Selected quad for the lemma: lord_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
lord_n aaron_n according_a people_n 300 3 4.2184 3 false
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A42583 An essay toward the amendment of the last English-translation of the Bible, or, A proof, by many instances, that the last translation of the Bible into English may be improved the first part on the Pentateuch, or five books of Moses / by Robert Gell ... Gell, Robert, 1595-1665. 1659 (1659) Wing G470; ESTC R21728 842,395 853

There are 121 snippets containing the selected quad. | View lemmatised text

Psal 111.9 He sent redemption unto his people which S. Augustine and Euthymius understand of Christ As God sent them redemption by Moses so a more excellent redemption by Christ Psal 130.7 in which place we have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And the Lord Jesus gave his life 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a ransom for many Matth. 20.28 Nor do I doubt but the reason why we finde in the history of the Israelites coming out of Egypt so frequent mention of the Lords out-stretched Arm as Exodus 6.6 Deut. 4.34 and 5.15 and 7.19 beside many other places is that thereby the holy Spirit might intimate unto us the Redemption wrought by Jesus the Arm of the Lord as he is often expresly called Esay 40.10 and 51.5 and 53.1 compared with John 12.38 who should bring his people again out of Egypt Psal 68.22 And therefore with good reason the translations of the Reformed Churches or the most of them render the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here Redemption as the French Bible the Spanish the Tigurin Martin Luthers Piscators and two Low Dutch translations Vatablus and Munster and of our old English Translators Coverdale and two others And I doubt not but all who love Redemption rather then Division will be of the same minde O thou Israel of God! The Lord hath sent and put his Redemption between his people and the spiritual Pharaohs people The Lord the Redeemer comes to Zion to them who turn from transgression in Jacob Esay 59.20 that he may redeem our souls from deceit and violence that we may not use deceit or violence towards others not others toward us Yea he gave himself for us a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a ransom that he might redeem us from all iniquity and purifie unto himself a peculiar people zealous of good works Titus 2.14 O when will it once be Intreat the Lord for it is enough that there be no more mighty thunderings and hail Exod. 9. Ver. 28. and I will let you go c. The words Pray to the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the Translators turn For it is enough sound onely multùm and much which if we refer unto the act of prayer as Arias Montanus doth it may import Pharaohs request for the intention of their prayer Pray ye to the Lord and that not perfunctorily and negligently but much earnestly and zealously as the King of Nineveh thought to be Sardanapalus as notorious for lasciviousness as Pharaoh was for cruelty in his fear of destruction he commanded the people to cry mightily unto God Jonah 3.8 Qui frigidè rogat docet negare he who prayes coldly brings with him a denial of his prayer And thus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may signifie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 much and intensely As for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 enough joyn'd to the mighty thundrings and bail as the Translators render it there is no doubt but Pharaoh would think he had soon enough of them but here he seems to fear they were so great that they could not be removed without prayer and that much earnest and zealous prayer But let us hear what answer Moses returns to this request of Pharaoh And Moses said unto him Exod. 9. Ver. 30. as soon as I am gone out of the City I will spread abroad my hands unto the Lord c. But as for thee and thy servants I know that ye will not yet fear the Lord God The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is here turn'd not yet includes a negative and so it makes that sense which the Translators have given But it signifies also priùs antequam priusquam before or before that as Exod. 1.19 According to this signification of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the words will yield this sense As for thee and thy servants I know that ye are afraid of the face or presence of the Lord God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is à propter à conspectu or because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may signifie the angry face or countenance of the Lord I know ye are all afraid of the wrathful face of the Lord God before that is before I pray which was the thing desired and here supposed in the speech of Moses to Pharaoh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the face or presence is quite left out by our Translators It includes fear as Psal 3. in the title David fled 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for fear of Absalom as the woman fled 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the face of the Serpent Its evient that the words will bear this sense Which the Arabick Version inclines to in part referring these words to those which follow verse 31. as also Vatablus Now it rests to be inquired into whether is the more probable meaning of the words and whether suits best with the context That of the Translators is this I know that ye will not yet fear the Lord God The other I know that ye are afraid of the face of the Lord God before I pray Moses is desired to pray to the Lord and that earnestly that the thunders and hail may cease Whether disposition of these two is the more likely to encourage Moses and Aaron to pray unto the Lord for Pharaoh and his servants and more probable to incline the Lord to hear their prayer According to the former Moses knew that they would not yet fear the Lord. What incouragement could this be to Moses to pray for them They did not yet nor would they yet fear the Lord therefore pray and pray earnestly How does that follow Simon Magus in the gall of bitterness and bond of iniquity intreated Peter to pray for him Acts 8.24 but we read no answer that Peter made to that motion What incouragement had he to pray Nor is it likely that the Lord should be inclined to hear Moses's prayer for Pharaoh and his servants For upon like consideration the Lord forbids Jeremy to pray for his people Jer. 11.14 and 14.11 The other disposition is this I know that ye are afraid of the face or presence of the Lord before that is before I pray This disposition might be a good motive unto Moses to pray for Pharaoh as for his own sinful people now under a slavish fear Exodus 33.4 5 6. And the like fear might incline the Lord in like case to spare Pharaoh as he did Ahab 1 Kings 21.27 28 29. and Rehoboam and his people 2 Chron. 12.1 7. It is clear that Pharaoh and his servants were for the present in a more hopeful condition to be praid for according to this later translation then they are according to the former Howbeit Moses speaks doubtfully of Pharaoh and his servants 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they were in a mutable state under slavish fear Ye are afraid of the face or presence of the Lord before I pray for you whereby is implyed a contrary disposition feared to be in them which would be discovered after he had
the Lord such 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 build a wall about themselves Prov. 28.4 as the LXX turn it The Lord promises that he will be a little Sanctuary to his people Ezech. 11.16 Yea as we are round about the Lord the Lord is round about us we have a strong City salvation will the Lord appoint Murale antemurale Wals and Bulwarks Esay 26.1 As the hils stand about Jerusalem so the Lord is round about his people Psal 125.2 But God is our Captain and Leader Hebr. 2.10 True but also the Lord is the rereward Esay 52.12 The God of Israel will be our rereward The Lord is in the midst of his people his Saints are round about him yet not only so but he is round about Israel also Zacb. 2.4 There we have this objection answered if Jerusalem be inhabited as Towns without walls by reason of the multitude of men and cattle therein then shall we lie exposed to the malice of the enemy Nay it followes I saith the Lord will be unto her as a wall of fire round about and will be the glory in the midst of her These are the names of the sons of Aaron the Priests which were anointed Numb 3. Ver. 3. whom he consecrated to minister in the Priests office Moses having numbered visited and mustered the other Tribes Chap. 1. of this book and Chap. 2. disposed them according to Gods command about the Tabernacle of meeting In this third Chapter he recites the names of the Priests of Aarons house and commemorates their unction and consecration unto the Priests office And the Lord having given the other Levites to the Priests for the service of the Tabernacle the Lord commands Moses to number visit and muster the Levites according to their families the Gershonites the Kohathites and the Merarites Of this verse I have chosen only the later part to treat of at this time Whom he consecrated to minister in the Priests office In which words we have 1. The consecration of the Priests he consecrated them 2. The end of their consecration to minister in the Priests office Accordingly there are in the words these two divine truths 1. He consecrated them 2. He consecrated them to minister in the Priests office 1. He consecrated them Who consecrated them we shall shew anon But first let us inquire into the Priests consecration What is here turn'd whom he consecrated is word for word in the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whose hand he filled So Arias Montanus Quorum manum implevit whose hand he filled So the Spanish Bible Martin Luthers translation and Piscators and three Low Dutch and Coverdale Ainsworth and another old English translations all which render the words whose hand he filled The LXX have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whom they consecrated their hands Harsh Hierom Quorum repletae consecratae manus whose hands were filled and that is consecrated And this last the most of the other Latin English translations follow By filling the hand some here understand Oleo consecrare to consecrate with oyl But in regard of oyl it were more proper to fill the Head on which the oyl was poured then the hand since only the Thumb of the Priest and that of the right hand only was anointed and that with blood not with oyl as appeares Exod. 29.20 Others have conceived that by filling of the hand is to be understood the Priests taking somewhat in their hands to offer and this they prove by Jeroboams consecration of Priests 1 Kings 13.33 and 2 Chron. 13.9 Whosoever cometh to fill his hand with a Bullock and seven Rams he shall be a Priest 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the no-gods But this is a very weak proof to say no worse of it especially since the Scripture saith expresly This thing became sin to the house of Jeroboam even to the cutting it off and to destroy it from off the face of the earth 1 Kings 13.33 34. That therefore we may know what 's here meant by filling of the Priests hand let us inquire 1. With what the Priests band was filled And 2. who filled it The hand of the Priest was filled with the Oblations and Sacrifices to be offered up unto God What those Oblations and Sacrifices were we shall best learn out of the first institution and consecration of the Priests which ye read of Exod. 29.9 Where after the clothing of them follows this command of the Lord to Moses Thou shalt consecrate Aaron and his sons the words are the same with those in this Text Thou shalt fill the hand of Aaron and his sons With what That we read at large together with the rite of consecration ver 22 23 24 25. Thou shalt take of the Ram the fat and the rump and the fat that covereth the inwards c. And thou shalt put all in the hands of Aaron and in the hands of his sons c. 2. But who here filled the hand of the Priests Here is no mention in the text some say Aaron And Vatablus supplies his name in the margent But Moses is said to have consecrated Aaron and his sons and the Spanish Bible puts in the marg Moses according to Exod. 29.9 Levit. 8.33 Ecclus 45.18 And therefore if either of their names be to be supplied surely 't is rather the name of Moses then that of Aaron But whether it were Moses or Aaron it was no doubt at Gods command and therefore Piscator in his High Dutch hath Deren hand der Herr gefullet hatte whose hand the Lord hath filled The reason of this appears 1. From the consideration of the Priests office For since every high Priest is ordained to offer gifts and Sacrifices Hebr. 8.3 these must have something to offer 2. No man might assume this power unto himself Hebr. 5.4 but he who is called of God whose hand the Lord filleth Mysticè What is meant by the hand Manus est animae virtus quâ tenere aliquid constringere quis potest velut si dicamus actus ejus fortitudo The hand is the vertue and power of the soul whereby we may apprehend something c. It is the strength and actions proceeding from inward power and strength Thus to have something given into our hand that is into our power Thus Abraham saith to Sarah Thy Maid is in thy hand Gen. 16.6 that is in thy power For so it followes Do to her what is good in thine eyes Num. 21.2 If thou wilt indeed deliver this people into my hand that is into my power as it followes then I will utterly destroy their Cities Now what is that which is given into the Priests hand what is that wherewith the Priests hand is filled in the place before named we read what 1. The fat That 's held either the best as Genesis 4.4 Abel brought of the fat or the worst as Psalm 119.70 Their heart is fat as grease 2. The rump or tail of the Ram either the best or the
errour of Balaam for reward and perished in the gain-saying of Kore Yea these Grand-fathers of iniquity as they served the Father of lies in their own respective generations so they were in after-times as it were revived and born again yea and in our times live again There is a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a regeneration of them who corrupt and infect the people as they formerly did They know the peoples humour well and the people theirs and so they claw one another Jer. 5. ult Of such also the Apostle speaks 2 Tim. 3.8 9. As Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses even so these resist the truth 2 Tim. 3. v. 8 9. men of corrupt minds 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 corrupted according to the minde of no judgement concerning the faith But they shall not proceed very much 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 For their madness 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall be manifest unto all as that of theirs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 also was By which words S. Paul shewes plainly that these who in the times wherein they are said to have lived and deceived the people the same should have their times again wherein they should deceive the people again For as David Elias and others have had their times in the flesh to teach the people and instruct them in the truth of God as also their times in the spirit Thus David in spirit must serve an after-generation Ezech. 34.23 and John the Baptist is Elias as he who came in the spirit of Elias Luke 1.17 So on the contrary Cain and Balaam and Korah and Dathan and Abiram and Jannes and Jambres have had their times in the flesh and must have their times in the Spirit also to serve him who deceives the nations And there is good reason for this circle and resolution 1. Satan is a lyar from the beginning and a great Apostate and he is the same he ever has been heretofore as subtil as malitious as operative and active according to the power permitted unto him read 2 Thess 2.8 9. Revel 13.11 12 13. 2. False Prophets and schismatical Teachers acted by this lying spirit flatter the people whom they call blessed Esay 3. v. 12. and so cause them tolerre and swallowed up the way of their narrow paths and seduce them into the broad way Thus the conspirators tell Moses and Aaron that all the congregation was holy and the Lord was among them Numb 16. v. 3. And the people is as easily brought into a good opinion of themselves as they are prone to revolt 3. God himself hereby tryes the people Deut. 13.3 and punisheth their leaders by putting a lying spirit in their mouthes 2 Thess 2. v. 10 11. 1 Kings 22 23. And the people because they received not the love of the truth that they may be saved even for that cause God sends them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the efficacy or operative power of errour that they should believe a lie c. 2 Thess 2.10 11. And this the Lord doth that the truth in these last times might answer to the types of the former For so Cain was a patern and father to all Apostates from God their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their guide and leader who made a broad way for all his followers to walk in For so ye read of the way of Cain Jude v. 11. And Balaam the oldness corrupter and devourer of the people as his name signifies he hath his followers even those who bring the people into bondage who devour them who take of them 2 Cor. 11.20 And Korah Dathan and Abiram have those of their issue who plead antiquity old customes of the Church and ancient Fathers to patronize and father their schisms heresies and errours But as the impiety of Korah was most notorious who withdrawing himself and betaking himself apart by his lewd example and seditious counsel won upon the Princes and the people so was the piety of the sons of Korah most notable with whom nor authority of the Princes nor example of the multitude nor the most endeering relation nor honour nor dignity nor seeming obligation of gratitude toward their parents could prevail so far as to make them sin against their God Nor was this piety toward their Father in heaven lost or unrequited For when their father upon earth with his name and family according to his earthly desires and designes was swallowed up of the earth their heavenly Father gave them a lasting name a name of renown which stands upon record in holy Scripture in eleven Psalms most of them consolatory bearing in their titles The sons of Korah for Samuel the Prophet and Heman the singer were of Korah's posterity 1 Chron. 6.33 A memorable example and powerful encouragement unto thee O thou Israel of God to call no man Father upon earth since one is our Father in heaven of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named Ephes 3.15 Patrizate Be ye followers of God as his dear children depart from the tents of your wicked parents and touch nothing of theirs lest ye be consumed in all their sins Numb 16.26 Come out from among them and be ye separate saith the Lord and touch no unclean thing and I will receive you and will be a Father unto you and ye shall be my sons and daughters saith the Lord Almighty 2 Cor. 6.17 18. And behold the Rod of Aaron for the house of Levi was budded Numb 17. v. 8. and brought forth buds and bloomed blossoms and yielded Almonds The Lord in these words determins the difference between the Rebels of the Tribes of Levi and Reuben and the faithful and obedient of the house of Aaron Herein I except against the translation of three words 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which they turnd a Rod. Which although in the latitude of the word it may so signifie yet in this place of Scripture the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cannot conveniently be so rendred but rather a staff such as the Princes of the people in their several Tribes were wont to carry as an Ensigne of their place and authority Numb 21.18 Which yet was not proper to the Princes of Israel but common also to the Governours of other nations as to the Moabites Jer. 48.17 So 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to bear a Staff is put among the characters of a Magistrate saith Theophrastus So Homer speaks of a Magistrates staff Iliad 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Now again the Grecian Judges bear it the staff in their hands as also they who have received lawes from Jupiter And the ancient custom of this nation is well known that the Lord Chamberlains and other great Officers of the kingdom have been wont to carry white staves the Ensignes and tokens of their high places of authority Beside the use of the Rod is for correction 1 Cor. 4.21 shall I come to you with a Rod or with the spirit of meekness But the staff is for supportation
and Dizahab There are eleven dayes journey from Horeb by the way of Mount Seir unto Kadeshbarnea In these words before us is the Title of the fifth book of Moses and the Argument of that Book The Title of the Book is either that in the Hebrew which is the same with the first words of the Book 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 These are the words and there is the like reason of all the other four Books of the Pentateuch Whose Titles are the first words of their respective Books Or that of the Greek Interpreters 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Deuteronomie which Title other languages by a common consent have followed and ours among the rest And they meet happily in it For the Title is or ought to be Communi fax as a common light to the whole Work whose Title it is And indeed such is this of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to this Book as we shall shew anon Meantime the LXX and their followers have good warrant for this Title out of Deut. 17.18 Where Moses faith concerning this Book the King shall write 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which they render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Deuteronomie So Hierom and Pagnin which yet Arias Montanus would rather express by Duplum legis a Duplicate of the Law Ours rather a Copy of the Law Others Secundam legem Deut. 17. v. 18. Josh 8. v. 32. the Second Law Ours rather a Copy of the Law So likewise Josh 8.32 I believe they might very well here as in the Title have retained the word Deuteronomie For this Title bodes something more excellent in this Book according to some Proverbs and Proverbial speeches 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Secundis melioribus Second things or thoughts better Secundae res are prosperaeres prosperity and melior fortuna sequetur better fortune will follow c. The excellency of this Book therefore appears in that it is Secunda Lex a Second Law or as some have rendred Deuteronomium Secundilegium For a new Law well beseeemed a new people such as this was Numb 26. v. 64 65. according to Numb 26.64 65. Among these mustered by Moses and Eliazar there was not a man of those mustered by Moses and Aaron the Priest who mustered the sons of Israel in the Wilderness of Sinai For the Lord had said of them Dying they shall die in the Wilderness And there was not left a man of them save Caleb the son of Jephunneh and Jehoshuah the son of Nun. And as the Law and the people were new so was the Governour new also even Jehoshuah Not that this Book containeth a new Law but indeed the iteration and repetition of the old As S. John writes of the old and new Commandement of love Beside this Book hath great affinity with the Gospel which is often by the Antients called Nova Lex the New Law and known by the name of the New Testament So it is called by S. Hierom Evangelica legis praefiguratio a prefiguration of the Evangelical Law For this Book of Deuteronomie hath in it much of the Gospel as will easily appear unto the humble and docible readers of it Moses expresly saith so much Deut. 29. v. 1. Deut. 29.1 These are the words of the Covenant which the Lord commanded Moses to strike with the sons of Israel in the land of Moab Beside the Covenant mark that which he stroke with them in Horeb. And what other covenant is that but the second and new Covenant the second or new Law which is Deuteronomie Which is the same whereof the Prophet speaks Jer. 31.31 Behold the dayes come saith the Lord that I will strike a new Covenant with the house of Israel and with the house of Israel Jer. 31. v. 32 33. and with the house of Judah Not according to the Covenant which I stroke with their Fathers in the day that I took them by the hand to bring them out of the land of Egypt which my Covenant they brake although I was an husband unto them saith the Lord which later words our Translators turn otherwise in the margent but neither text nor margent will yield so good a sense as if instead of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I was an husband we read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I rejected or abhorred them and so the word is used Levit. 26.43 2 Sam. 1.21 and the sense is plain and will agree with the parallel Scripture Hebr. 8.9 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and I regarded them not or I cared not for them or rejected them And with Hierom Ego neglexi eos I neglected them But this shall be the Covenant that I will strike with the house of Israel after those dayes saith the Lord I will put my Law in their inward part and write it upon their heart and will be their God and they shall be my people c. That Evangelical Covenant is intimated by S. Paul 2 Cor. 3.3 Hitherto we have considered the Title of this fifth Book of Moses stiled These words according to the Hebrew and according to the LXX called Deuteronomie the Second Law written in the heart which the Lord be pleased to make good unto us Come we now to consider somewhat of the Argument of this Book in the following words On this side Jordan in the Wilderness in the Plain Deut. 1. v. 1. over against the Red-Sea These and all other places here named are held most-what to be circumstantial to the speech of Moses Howbeit what they render on this side Jordan 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is no more on this side then on that but in transitu in the passage that is when they were now ready to pass over Jordan As for the Red Sea concerning it I have formerly spoken but here is no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 no Sea expressed but only 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which they turn Red which is indeed the Reed-Sea rather But I have shewen reason elsewhere why the LXX and others render it the Red Sea as here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 neer the Red Sea and the Vulg. Latin Prope rubrum mare But if here the Red Sea were to be understood how could the same place be neer Jordan as it is said to be both in the Greek and Latin And therefore Cajetan and others affirm that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is here taken for Cannetum a place where Cannae Reeds grow or as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 also signifies Finis or Terminus the term or bound of the promised land as neer to Mare mortuum or Lacus Asphaltites the Dead-Sea the bound of the Holy Land But indeed why should Moses be so extreme curious in describing the place where he spake these words to all Israel It is true the Argument he treats of is of great moment but so likewise are many other which are not so circumstantiated with names of places as the first giving the Law Exod. 20. The Apostasie of Israel Numb 13.14 In both Scriptures the actions are named and specified
Scripture useth this phrase as many other for modesty sake As the Jews speaking before children they call a Swine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 another thing lest the children by hearing it named should lust after it Yea the holy Spirit not only clothes the uncomely parts with more abundant comeliness of words but also imposeth on the Thigh a more venerable respect in that it s made a symbolum and token of Life and Truth for Abraham adjured his servant Gen. 24.2 3. and 47.29 Jacob his son Joseph by causing them to put their hands under their Thighs when they sware whence Christ was to descend according to the flesh who is the eternal life 1 John 5.20 and essential truth John 14.6 And therefore the Prophet foretels that he who should swear on earth should swear by the God Amen or Christ the Truth Esay 65.16 And that oath which Abraham imposed on Eliezer Gods helper 1 Cor. 3.9 a figure of John the Baptist who was to make ready a people prepared for the Lord Luke 1.17 even a Spouse for Christ the true spiritual Isaac That oath was taken by the Lord God of heaven through the mediation of Christ Gen. 24.2 3. by putting his hand under his Thigh out of which according to the flesh the Messiah was to come And so much the Chald Paraphrast there speaks expresly Thou shalt swear 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the Word of the Lord by that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that Word John 1.1 The God of Truth that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rev. 3.14 which could not but be done with great reverence Howbeit Jacob after his victory over the Angel halted on his Thigh Gen. 32.31 whereby may be mystically implyed that however he himself had obtained a solid victory over the Angel yet his posterity who proceeded out of his Thigh should in lege claudicare halt in their obedience unto the holy Law of God As although Christ brake the head of the Serpent yet the Serpent prevailed against the heel of his mystical Body And would God it were not too truly performed in these dregs of time when the Serpentine brood a sort of people who call themselves Ranters who pretend to the height of Christian piety yet break all that boundary wherewith God and Nature hath inclosed certain secret actions and words and lay all civility modesty sober orderly and venerable behaviour quite waste O thou that art called Jacob are these his doings Mic. 2.7 O that it were well considered by those whom it most concerns that For these things the wrath of God cometh upon the children of disobedience Ephes 5.6 As for us who are the Surrogatus Israel called the Israel of God Gal. 6.16 let us not halt as weak Jacob but be strong as Israel let us make up and repair the breach of modesty sobriety chast decent and orderly conversation Esay 58.12 And so far be it from us that we should act any uncleannesse that Let not so much as the name of it be heard amongst us as becometh Saints Ephes 5.3 Fortior est qui se quàm qui fortissima vincit Maenia He who ruleth his own spirit is better then he who takes a City Prov. 16.32 What though thou yet be weak Thy strength is not thine own Be strong in thy God When 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Thigh-bone of Jacob was put out of joynt Gen. 32.25 then he was called Israel So that it s no contradiction When I am weak then I am strong 2 Cor. 12.10 The more they afflicted them Exod. 1. Ver. 12. the more they multiplyed and grew Is not the Hebrew here proper enough and the English answerable thereunto altogether as good which sounds thus word for word As they afflicted them so they multiplied and so they brake forth For so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies to break forth as water which bears down all Dams and Banks made to keep it in as the waters of Noah's flood overturned the earth Job 12.15 Or it may signifie the great increase of children as the Lord makes promise unto Jacob Gen. 28.14 Thou shalt break forth to the West and to the East to the North and to the South and great increase of goods Gen. 30.30 So Satan saith of Job that his cattle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 breaks forth in the land And the enemies here of Gods people afflict them and as they afflict them so the Lord multiplies them and they brake forth in increase of children and increase of strength as the Psalmist commemorates both Psal 105.24 He increased his people exceedingly and made them stronger then their enemies And herein Israel according to the flesh and their enemies and their support and defence maugre all their opposition prefigure the Israel of God and their spiritual enemies and the grace and strength of God supporting them As the waters of Noe brake forth so was the Ark supported And the Lord saith that his peoples afflictions are as the waters of Noe. And as their enemies Mich. 7.19 the true Egyptians increase and break forth so doth the spiritual Israel also For so the Lord saith to his Church Thou shalt break forth on the right hand and on the left and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles and make the desolate Cities to be inhabited Esay 54.3.9 And which may be a spiritual commentary on the words before us As the sufferings of Christ analogical to those he suffered such as we suffer for his sake such as he accounts as done unto himself Acts 9.5 As these sufferings of Christ abound in us so our consolation also aboundeth by Christ 2 Cor. 1.5 Wherefore droop not despair not O thou Israel of God! It is true the Egyptian burdens are great but Israel is strong and like a Palm tree Psal 92.12 which growes against the weight that is laid upon it Be strong and expect and pray for the stronger one Luke 11.22 Cum duplicantur latores venit Moses saith the Proverb When the tale of the Bricks is doubled then comes the spiritual Moses Be strong and he shall strengthen your heart all ye who put your trust in the Lord Psal 31.24 And she called his name Moses And she said because I drew him out of the water Here Pharaohs Daughter gives a genuin Etymology of Moses's name not because he was drawn Exod. 2. Ver. 10. but because I drew him out of the water Which was well if the Translators would have let it alone But they put in the margent as an etymon of Moses's name That is Drawn out But so the child had not been called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is drawn out But the name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is active and signifies drawing or him who draweth Pharaohs Daughter thereby prophesying at unawares what Moses should do His Parents at his circumcision had given him another name which saith Clem. Alex. lib. 1. Strom. was Joachim the Resurrection of the Lord as hereby presaging that
prayed for them While the judgement was upon them they feared but when that should cease they also would cease to fear and would return to their own inclination Moses full well knew the false and corrupt nature of men So true is that Distich and the English of it Daemon languebat Monachus tunc esse volebat Daemon convaluit Daemon ut ante fuit The Devil was sick then he a Monk would be The Devil was well again the Devil a Monk was he Our corrupt nature is so base and servile it s far better when it s kept under then when it is at liberty Thus it was under the Law Jer. 22.21 And thus it is and hath been in the time of the Gospel For the Church of Christ was more pure holy just loving patient long-suffering c. in the time of the Apostles and afterward until Constantines dayes then ever it hath been since in any age Our own experience may prove this within these few years that the lives of men professing religion were more sober just godly and every way more truly Christian when there was a power over them to check them then ever they have been since while men may do what they list How many examples might be given for proof of this in these our dayes of Cheaters of Gamesters of Whoremongers of Drunkards c. who while the Lords hand is upon them by sicknesse or otherwise while 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the voyces of God his threatnings are thundred out against them by the Sons of Thunder O how humble they are how prodigal of large promises of amendment how full of confession of sin just like Pharaoh here how firmly a man would think do they binde themselves with vowes and promises How humbly do they desire Moses and Aaron to pray and that much for them Yet when the Philistines are upon them Potione cadentes as Hierom renders Philistine when their Pot-companions resort unto them they break all vowes all covenants with God and men as Samson brake his cords But Moses and Aaron well know that these Egyptians or as we call them in our English these Gypsies are afraid of the face of the Lord before they pray for them and that upon their recovery they will return to their own byass The Israel of God hath better learn'd Christ and well knows that it is more noble to be brought off by the whisper of Gods voice perswading us then by his terrible thunders threatning us rather by the goodness of God leading us then by his severe judgements driving us to repentance But the good God sanctifie every dispensation unto us which may win us unto himself whether it be His Rod or his Spirit of Meekness SERMON VII The right Dressing of and due Addresse unto the Paskal-Lamb preached in Commemoration of Mr. SHIELD one of the Worshipful Company of the COOKS at S. Mary Alder-mary London Febr. 2. 1655. being Candlemass-day And for a preparation to the Communion Exod. 12.9 Eat not of it raw nor sodden at all with water but roast with fire his head with his legs and with the appurtenance thereof THis was wont to be a Festival-day And accordingly I have prepared for you The Jewes had their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their preparation for the eating of the Passeover which was the killing of the Lamb and fleaying of it the Butchers-work Then followed the dressing of it the head and legs and appurtenance which must not be half-roasted or raw-roasted nor boyled at all but down-roasted that 's the Cooks work And being thus prepared it must be eaten by all and much good may it do us Not with much curiosity variety and excess as ye are wont to provide for your City feasting but with all simplicity and plainness one dish Gen. 18.7 8. according as our father Abraham entertained the Angels with a piece of Veal and a dish of Butter and I have so provided yea it is provided to my hand one dish now in season Lamb and this Lamb of the Passover in season all the year all the acceptable year of the Lord. From Verse 1. to Verse 28 SERM. VII we have Gods direction touching the Passover Feast of unleavened bread This direction is given by God to Moses and by Moses to the people The direction is of two kindes of acts where of some preparatory of the Lamb setting it a part Essential Killing it Essential Sprinkling of the blood ver 7. Eating the flesh verse 8. which is illustrated by Adjuncts Consentany Dissentany Verse 9. Which is my Text which dissentany is illustrated by a diversity Not raw nor sodden at all with water The words are the rule of the Modiparator or Moderator convivii the rule of the Master of the Feast where in ye have first his Bill of fare What we must eat Secondly How drest and that 1. Negatively how not Eat not of it raw nor sodden at all in water 2. Positively how we must eat it eat it rost with fire c. 1. We must eat the head of the Pascal-Lamb with his legs and with his purtenance 2. We must not eat of it raw 3. Nor sodden at all in water 4. We must eat it rost with fire Axiom 1. We must eat 1. the head 2. the legs and 3. his appurtnance These parts we may consider 1. a part 2. joyntly First a part 1. the head the most eminent part of the body All the nerves and sinewes have their original in the head whereby the head ministers unto the members all their power and strength of moving and acting It is seated in that eminent posture that it becomes him who in all things ought to be the chief to be called the head though otherwise he be one with his mystical Body For as the body is one and hath many members and all the members of that one body being many are one body Col. 1.18 1 Cor. 5.7 and 12.12 so also is Christ And so though he be the head yet is he also the Paskal Lamb it self The flesh of Christ the Lamb is the Word John 1.14 through whose help we keep the spiritual Passeover the passage from sin to righteousness whereby the destroying Angel passeth over us Deut. 8.3 the living Word Man liveth not by bread only but by every word which cometh out of the mouth of God Matth. 4.4 Thy words were found and I did eat them Jer. 3.15.16 that is partake of them and had communion with them Christ is the head of his body the Church and not only so but the head of every man is Christ 1 Cor. 11.3 2.16 in the head is placed the judgement We have the minde of Christ This gives light and direction unto the whole man for it is the Lords candle that Job said shined upon his head Obs 1. Own our Head and Prince This was figured by Ahashuerus which is an head and Prince of his Church as Ahashuerus was the Head Prince Lord and Husband of Esther the
good God pardon every one who prepareth his heart to seek God the Lord God of his fathers though he be not according to the purification of the Sanctuary And the Lord hearkned to Hezekiah and healed the people And thou hast a greater then Hezekiah even the true Hezekiah himself the strength of the Lord even Christ himself at the right hand of God making intercession for us Rom. 8.34 We say we are partakers of him by faith if so we feed on faith we live the life of God from which we have been estranged Hab. 2.4 By faith we are nourished up in the words of faith 1 Tim. 4.6 By faith we grow strong strong in the faith Rom. 4.20 By faith in Christ we walk 2 Cor. 5.7 By faith the heart is purified and hereby we become pure as he is pure 1 John 3.3 for whatsoever toucheth him and hath communion with him must be like unto him Surely if we be partakers of Christ by faith such as he is such are we also For every one who saith he abideth in him he himself also ought so to walk even as he walked 1 John 2.6 The Lord Excludes strangers from eating of the Pascal Lamb Exod. 12.43 The stranger is he who is the son of a strange god For as the people of the true God are his sons and daughters 2 Cor. 6.18 So the people of a false god are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the children of that false God and so strangers to the true God yea enemies unto him and Apostates as the Chald. Par. calls them there and Gen. 17.12 he calls such an one as is not of Abrahams seed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 filius populorum as in Latin they call such an one a Bastard But what Is such an one Exclusissimus altogether excluded Yes no doubt in sensu composito while he is such not in sensu diviso For Exod. 12.48 If he and his be circumcised he may eat the Passover They who have put off the body of sins in the flesh which is the true circumcision Col. 2.11 and worship God in the Spirit Phil. 3.3 such are no more strangers or foreiners but fellow Citizens with the Saints and of the houshold of God Ephes 2.19 Unto such now reconciled now of his house he saith Eat O my friends drink ye drink abundantly my well-beloved Cant. 5.1 And the children of Israel went up harnessed out of the land of Egypt They who say Exod. 13. Ver. 18. they went up harnessed as our Translators turn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Hierom Armati armed c. Aquila and Symachus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they are yet much neerer the business then the ordinary Greek Interpreters who referring the sense of the word to the time turn it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the fifth generation the children of Israel went up out of Egypt as also the Samaritan translation hath it which is point-blank contrary to what the Lord saith to Abraham That in the fourth generation they should return into the land of Canaan Gen. 15.16 But harnessed or armed is a general word and therefore they have put in the margent Or by five in a rank herein following Theodotion who renders 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by fives Nor yet does this version reach the meaning of the original word which porperly signifies girded which the Latins express by acccincti because the Girdle was wont to be worn under the fifth rib which in the Hebrew is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is the fifth the Hypocondria under which is the Liver and vesica fellea and the Spleen 2 Sam. 2.23 Abner smote him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 about the fifth rib So Rab. David and others interpret that place And the Ch. Par. turns 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is acccincti girded and Jos 1.14 Ch. Par. hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 where the LXX render the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bene cincti well girded For because the Hebrews wearing their Arms Ad 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the groin or fifth rib they were said to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 girt as the Greeks armed to the brest were said to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 muniti ad pectus fenced to the brest The Romans also had their cingulum militare their Military Girdle which was called Balteus or Balteum a Belt which the Low Dutch call Sweert-gordel a Sword-girdle part of their arms and properly the Soldiers Girdle Yea and a principal part of his arms as Isidore tells us lib. 19. cap. 33. Balteus dicitur non tantum quo cingitur sed etiam à quo arma dependent The military Girdle as he calls it before is not only that wherewith the Soldier was girded but that also on which his weapons hung So that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is to be rendred here girded But why have we stood so long upon a critical meer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a strife about words It is not so For as I have formerly shewn the Lord in the Israelites journey out of Egypt prefigures our passage out of the spiritual Egypt the straits of sin And therefore as Moses describes Israel according to the flesh armed and harnessed and especially girded for their journey so under that figure he signifies Israel according to the Spirit harnessed armed and principally girded and so prepared for their journey And as that people were trained up and fitted to go forth to war Numb 1.3 So thereby was typified the training up of Gods people and preparing them for the spiritual warfare As Seneca saith of Virgils description of a stately Steed Aliud agens describit virum fortem when he seems to do something else he describes a valiant man And when Moses seems to present unto us Military men armed he indeed intends to describe the soldiers of Jesus Christ how they go 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 girded out of the spiritual Egypt The principal part of their armour is their Girdle which signifies truth faithfulness and sincerity And the Apostle when he arms the Christian Soldiers Ephes 6. having discovered the enemy ver 12. he sounds an Alarm ver 13. then he first arms them Cingulo militari with the military Girdle and gives the word of command to stand in Battalia ver 14. Stand therefore having your loyns girt about with truth For truth sincerity and faithfulness is first required in a Christian Soldier when he comes forth of the spiritual Egypt Which was also required by the unleavened bread in the Passover when they came out of Egypt as S. Paul interprets it 1 Cor. 5. The unleavened bread of sincerity and truth And therefore ye have both together Exod. 12.11 They must eat the Passover with their loyns girded The Girdle also imports strength and constancy according to Psal 18.39 Thou hast girded me with strength when now we are to fight with our spiritual enemies And in this posture the Christian Soldier ought Stare in procinctu
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 But how will that suit with the history There is no doubt but the holy Spirit here aimed at the spiritual understanding of this history And therefore although the story of bringing the children of Israel out of Egypt and drowning the Egyptians be of all other most true and famous and accordingly it is thrice testified in the Preter tense ver 1. and 4. Yet was it not related onely for it self as if we should rest therein but that we ought to look at a greater mercy of God and a more general Therefore we read a promise of bringing the people of God out of Egypt many ages after Zach. 10.10 For our better understanding of this we must know That the Lord now about to manifest the great work of Redemption which he would make common unto all Nations which is therefore called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a common salvation Jude v. 3. He was pleased to choose the Land of Canaan as a publick Theatre and in it Jerusalem the midst of the world then inhabited according to that of the Psalm 74.12 He wrought salvation in the midst of the earth This Jerusalem had two ill neighbours Egypt and Chaldea the one Southward the other Northward And with one or other of these the people of God were alwayes much afflicted and captived first in Egypt then in Chaldea And out of both the Lord delivered them This story is evident in the Scriptures Now let us call our thoughts from abroad and look homeward In our journey towards the Jerusalem which is above the mother of us all we have experience of two like evil neighbours of which the Israel of God speaks Psal 66.12 We have gone through the fire and through the water and thou hast brought us forth into a well watered land 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so the LXX turn the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Refreshing such as we hope for are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the times of refreshing which shall come from the presence of the Lord Acts 3.19 Egypt is a muddy watry soil Chaldea is notorious for Ur now called Urchoa as appears in Ptolomys Maps which signifies fire out of which Abraham came Answerable to these two the Jewes tell us of two kindes of Spirits the one a dull Spirit delighting in uncleannesse which excites and stirs up to the carnal sin the other a subtil Spirit which takes pleasure in and moves unto the spiritual sin The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the animalish or souly man according to his living soul is obnoxious unto both these in respect of his concupiscible and irascible powers whereof I shall speak more in its proper place Eccles 11. ult Of these two Egypt typified the straits of the sensual lusts and pleasures wherein the brutish man is intangled and captived thus the Kings of Sodom and Gomorrah fell in the slime-pits Gen. 14.10 Of such ye read Prov. 23.27 Gal. 5.19 In the Land of Egypt say they we sat by the flesh-pots when we did eat to the full Exod. 16.3 Chaldea and Babylon prefigured the more witty and learned mans slavery under spiritual wickedness in heavenly things Ephes 6.12 Most men are first captived by their sensual and brutish lusts and therefore the Apostle calls them Youthful lusts 2 Tim. 2.22 because men commonly live the life of the beast before the life of the man And therefore as the first captivity is in Egypt so the first deliverance is out of Egypt Into Egypt they went without any compulsion and were received with feastings saith the Wiseman Wisd 19.16 And so Rom. 6.19 men yield their members servants to iniquity But the spiritual Pharaoh detains them in his straits that is Egypt as the Fowler entertains the Birds with a bait into his net but he will not let them go yea not by a mighty hand Exod. 4.19 and 6.6 and out-stretched arm that is the Son who is the Arm of the Lord Esay 40.10 who therefore is said to have brought the people out of Egypt Jude v. 5. V. Lat. and to have overwhelmed their enemies with the Sea This history speaks not only of those people and those times past but comes home to us and our present times also and declares the everlasting wayes of God and the spiritual estates of men in all ages That of the pious Father is most true Dum narrat gestum prodit mysterium while the Scripture tells us an history it reveals a mystery For what the Lord did then for his people according to the flesh was typical and representative of what he then did and now doth and ever will do for and in his people according to the Spirit especially in these later dayes And therefore the Verbs are both in the Future The depths shall cover them and they shall sink For warrant of this spiritual interpretation I desire the Reader who is spiritually minded to compare herewith what the Prophet Micah speaks of this argument expresly Mic. 7. per tot Having complained in the person of the Church and lamented the iniquity of all sorts of men he professeth his hope and confidence in the God of his salvation Then he recomforts himself in hope of deliverance and that such as formerly from the danger of Ogg King of Bashan and Pharaoh King of Egypt both together Psal 68.22 And both recorded by the Prophet Micah v. 14 15 19. The Lord be pleased to give us his spirit of grace that we may know the things which are freely given to us of God comparing spiritual things with spiritual 1 Cor. 2.12 13. He vouchsafes to shew us wonderful things to be wrought in us according to his peoples coming out of Egypt That he will subdue our iniquities even the choise of the spiritual Pharaohs Triarii His strongest and valiantest ones even all our mighty sins Amos 5.12 all our ruling lusts and that he will be pleased to cast all our sins into the depth of the Sea that we also may sing every one his part in that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that triumphant long of Moses Exod. 15. Revel 15.3 Thou didst blow with thy winde the Sea covered them Exod. 15. Ver. 10. Since the whole story is allegorically to be expounded as appears by what hath been said on ver 4 5. we ought upon all occasions to transfer the history to a mystical meaning which these words hold forth And thus what we turn with thy winde is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with thy spirit so the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Thou sentest forth thy spirit And the Chaldee Paraph. Thou didst say 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with thy word So that Baptism is hereby signified according to which the Apostle speaks 1 Cor. 10.1 2. All passed thorow the Sea children and all Exod. 12.37 and were all baptized to Moses in the cloud and in the Sea Whereby was prefigured the baptism of Christ in his person and followers For so the
to be understood here the Prophet more fully expresseth himself Hos 13.4 I am the Lord thy God from the land of Egypt and thou shalt not know a god besides me Let us then lay these together Moses saith that from the Mount Horeb or the Law the people stript themselves of their ornament the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is singular For from the work of the Law upon men they begin to put off their own ornament their own righteousness their own holiness The people had adorned themselves as a Bride to enter covenant of mariage with their God Exod. 19.10 11. Which done their first national sin was spiritual adultery with the Egyptian Apis an Ox 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the most powerful god to the Egyptians saith Aelian or a Calf which they made in Horeb and worshipped the molten Image Exod. 32.4 5 6. Psal 106.19 Whence by metaphor taken from an Ox which being head-strong shakes off the yoke the Lord first calls this people stiff-necked from their worship of the Egyptian Ox Exod. 32.9 and 33.3 And often he afterward mindes them of this idolatry by calling them stiff-necked and by metaphor from an unthankful Calf kicking the Dam Jeshurun waxed fat and kicked Deut. 32.15 According to a like metaphor Plato said that his ingrateful Scholar Aristotle was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Fole Notwithstanding this great sin the people were yet in their Holyday-clothes Tanquam re bene gestâ as if they had kept a Feast to the Lord as Aaron caused it to be proclaimed Exod. 32.5 And the Priests oftentimes have made Calves even of themselves to please the people Populo ut placerent quas fecissent fabulas And at this day too many think by their forms of godliness their bravery of Religion to serve God and Apis God and Mammon God and the Devil and their own lusts together as the Apostle makes application of this example Be not ye Idolaters as were some of them as it is written The people sat down to eat and to drink and rose up to play 1 Cor. 10.7 In this case the Lord though he knowes all his own works and ours and the events of them yet he would seem not to know what to do with such a people but utterly to consume them Unless from the work of the Law upon them they strip themselves of their ornament their own righteousness which they have taken on Consider this who ever thou art spiritually minded Reader Omnia in figura contingebant illis all things befel that people in figure and were written for our admonition especially this story as hath been shewen Would we that the good spirit of our God should be with us and destroy our spiritual enemies and lead us into the land of Righteousness which was in figure here mainly desired as appears v. 3.4.12 16. Let us then not pride our selves in a robe of righteousness or pompous ostentation of holiness which we have either chosen and clothed our selves withal or such as hath been imposed upon us by others while our Idols are yet erected and set up in our hearts lest the Lord consume us ver 5. But knowing the terrour of the Lord let us begin from Mount Horeb even from the holy Law and the holy fear wrought in us thereby Exod. 20.20 to devest our selves of our false righteousness whereof the Spirit at this day reproves the World John 16.10 And let us lay our selves low before our God and put on Sackcloth that is be clothed with humility 1 Pet. 5.5 See the good effect of such humiliation from legal terrour in that loose debaucht Heathen King of Nineveh and how it won upon his favour He arose from his Throne and laid his robe from him and covered him with Sackcloth sat in Ashes Jonah 3.8 See it in a foolish King Rehoboam and his people 2 Chron. 12.7 See it in an idolatrous and a bloody King Ahab 1 Kings 21.29 the good God spared them all And if thou begin from Mount Horeb from the work of the Law humbling thee and put off the rags of thine imaginary righteousness thou shalt see the like effect in thy self Let us hear S. Peters counsel Humble your selves under the mighty hand of God that he may exalt you in due time So will he be with us and go with us and subdue our enemies in us and his good Spirit will lead us into the land of righteousness O that this were come to pass in every one of our souls Thou shalt make the dishes thereof and the spoons thereof It is true Exod. 25. Ver. 19. that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the latitude of it may signifie a Spoon as from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies what is crooked or hollow and so Pagnin here renders the word Coclearia Spoons As also Numb 7.14 the Princes of Israel offered 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which our Translators turn Spoons and Jer. 52.18 19. Whether the word be rightly rendred or not will appear if we enquire to what end and use these Spoons were made surely to hold the Frankincense which was to be put upon the Table of Shew-bread as appears Levit. 24.7 And therefore everyone of the twelve Princes offered his Spoon full of incense This cannot be the meaning of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in these and other places as may appear by these reasons 1. A Spoon was no proper vessel for the Incense but that which the Latins saith Festus call Acerra vel dicunt arculam esse thurariam scilicet ubi thus reponehant a little vessel wherein they put Franckincense Vatablus having rendred the word Coclearia Spoons he explains it by thuri●ala in quibus ponebatur thus Boxes wherein Incense was put So likewise the old Greek Glossary hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 acerra thuribulum a receptacle for Franckincense 2. Moses having mentioned 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the vessels for Franckincense he addes the covers thereof Now it is not likely surely it is not usual that Spoons have their covers made for them If they be not Spoons what are they The Italian hath as also Hieron cups but in the margent incense-vessels And the French Bible having Spoons in the Te●t explains the word by vessels of incense in the margent Piscator turns 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ranchpfenlin which he explains A vessel wherein men put incense As for an English word to answer to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it s easier to shew what they are not then properly and in one English word what they are We may till we can express the word better be content with Incense-vessels The Lord hath his Table in the Holy and hath furnished it richly and plenteously with dishes of shew-bread the figure of the living bread or the bread which is the living Word that came down from heaven John 6.32 33. and with bowls for wine that we may drink into one spirit 1 Cor. 12 13. with Incense-vessels also that partaking
that the Righteousness of the Law is fulfilled in no man It is a glorious testimony that the Scripture gives to Josiah that he turn'd to the Lord with all his heart and with all his soul and with all his might according to all the Law of Moses 2 Kings 23.25 I can hardly be perswaded that he brake the Law daily in thought word and deed no though he lived in the time of the Law The Apostle professeth himself to be one in whom the end which God the Father and Son aimed at is obtained where he saith I am able to do all things 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 through Christ who inwardly enables me Phil. 4.13 And I hope there are some such in the world Whether now this and other such doctrine do not immediately tend to make the people sin let any indifferent man judge For whereas they are taught that no man is able no not by any grace received in this life perfectly to keep the Commandements of God but doth daily break them in thought word and deed who will go about to do that which as he is taught no man can do nor is it possible to be done Surely if the Teachers and people lived exactly according to this and some other like doctrine they would be the very worst Christians in the world whereas truly I think there are of both very vertuous and good men and of the Teachers many very learned also and that in the truth which is according to godliness Tit. 1.1 which is the best kinde of learning But I doubt not to say that nither that life nor learning proceeds from their opinions but as Tully writes of some Philosophers whose principles were corrupt naturae bonitate vincuntur they are better then their principles Now I beseech my Brethren who are Teachers of the people impartially to consider what befel ten of the twelve Spies who taught the same doctrine and the people who were perswaded by them that their enemies were too strong for them that they were not able to overcome them and so to enter into the holy Land Which is the sum of Numbers 13. and 14. where verse 11. the Lord complains of the people that they believed him not How long saith he will it be yer they believe me for all the signes that I have shewed among them He had promised them the holy Land and he had evidenced by many signes and wonders that he was able to effectuat what he promised yet they believed not For whereas there is in Faith a Duplex formale objecti verum potens our faith looks at two things in God whom we believe His Truth and His Power Rom. 4.20 21. And if the testimony concerning these be of things practicable things to be done or left undone belief is a confidence 1. in Gods Truth that what he saith is firm and sure 2. And in Gods power who commands forbids promiseth or threatneth that God is able to do and enable the believer to do what he commands and to shun what he forbids able to fulfil what he promiseth and what he threatneth c. Now whereas neither the ten Spies nor the people believed the Lords truth and power the Lord sware that they should not enter into his rest and accordingly the ten Spies died Numb 14.36 37. and the carkases of the people fell in the Wilderness David applies this story spiritually to the men of his age Psal 95. And the Apostle Hebr. 3.7 19. to the Christian Church Where verse 18. to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but to them who obeyed not which ours turn who believed not so we see they could not enter in because of unbelief which unbelief is the same with disobedience as appears by comparing with it the former verse The Spirit of God leaves this consideration upon our spirits We know the Lord promised to them a good land and to us the Land of uprightness Psalm 143.10 He promised them to be with them to the subduing of the inhabitants of the land Exod. 34.10 and had given good proof of this and a ground to believe this by destruction of the Egyptians Nor is there any believer who hath made any progress in the faith but he hath had some experience of what God hath promised that the Lord will not leave us nor forsake us Hebr. 13.5 Whence he may gather-in upon our good God and believe that he will finish his work as David reasoned 1 Sam. 17.32 37. And S. Paul touching the Philipians Phil. 1.6 and himself 2 Tim. 4.18 I was delivered from the mouth of the Lion and the Lord will deliver me from every evil work and will preserve me unto his everlasting kingdom That people believed not the Lord notwithstanding their knowledge of his power that he was able to subdue their enemies nor do many of the spiritual Spies or Teachers themselves believe Whereupon neither that people nor many of ours can enter into Gods eternal rest because of unbelief O my Brethren doth not this come to pass by reason of this doctrine of unbelief and impossibility of obeying the law and will of God And how great then must our sin be if we positively and directly teach this doctrine We may esteem the hainousness of the sin by the offering enjoyned for the expiation of it which is greater then any private mans ver 28. yea greater then that prescribed to be offered by the Ruler ver 22. Yea no less then that which was commanded to be offered for and by the whole congregation ve 13. Consider I beseech you the many miseries and calamities which have befallen thousands both of Teachers and people in these late years and the Teachers signally their ejections and want of livelyhood being disabled from teaching the people I meddle not with reason of State But when Isee so heavy a judgement befal one profession of men and the most of them I say not all for I know some better minded I fear ingaged in the same doctrine of impossibility and unbelief as I have had it confessed by many of them I cannot but apply what the Lord hath threatned the Priests The Priests lips should keep knowledge and men should seek the Law at his mouth for he is the Messenger of the Lord of Hosts But Corruptio optimi est pessima But ye are departed out of the way ye have caused many to stumble take offence or fall in the Law ye have corrupted the covenant of Levi saith the Lord of hosts Therefore have I also made you contemptible and base before all the people according as ye have not kept my wayes but have been partial in the Law Mal. 2.7 8 9. And shall we think that these who suffer these miseries are the only men who have caused the people to sin by their false doctrine and scandalous life Let them who think so read Luke 13.1 9. and with sadness consider that Parable which
reprieved and his punishment only delayed a while The palliated sore will break-out again Judgement and vengeance will follow the sinner unless the sin be taken away and it will appear at length when it will be too late to remedy it that such as Job calls Physitians of no value Job 13.4 have cured the bruise of Gods people slightly saying peace peace when there is no peace Jer 6.14 The ancient Jewes called the Messias or Christ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a man of expiation as he who should finish transgression and make an end of sinnes and make reconciliation for or expiation of iniquity and bring in the everlasting righteousness c. Dan. 9.24 Which if it be done in all the world and not done in thee and me what is that greatest of God and Christs works unto us O let us therefore now while we have time endeavour after such an Atonement and Reconciliation which will most certainly follow upon precedent expiation and purging of sin Wicked men out of self-love and fear of punishment pray for pardon of sin and peace of conscience But let us out of hatred of sin and love of righteousness repent turn to God mortifie our sin and pray that the Lord would expiate and take away iniquity This I am sure is most suitable with the end of Christs coming described Dan. 9.24 and by the Evangelist to dissolve the work of the Devil 1 John 3.8 and to take away the sins of the world John 1.29 O that that work were wrought in every one of our souls As the sin-offering is so is the trespass-offering Levit. 7. Ver. 7. there is one law for them the Priest that maketh atonement therewith shall have it What the Translators here turn the sin-offering and the trespass-offering is in the Hebrew only 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sin and trespass and howsoever our and other translations in this place and often elsewhere understand and adde an oblation or offering it s more then they have any warrant to do from the holy Text. Which they together with other Transsators acknowledge when sometimes they leave out the word oblation or offering yet understand the same thing Thus Hos 4.8 the Lord saith that the Priests eat up the sin of his people that is that which here they call the sin-offering as all agree the word is to be understood For which the Lord blames them not for it was their own Levit. 10.14 but for other sins as if the Lord will I shall hereafter shew Thus 2 Cor. 5.24 God made him to be sin for us who knew no sin Where by sin first named we understand that which they call a sacrifice for sin or sin-offering And accordingly Arias Montanus and Castellio both in this place and elsewhere what ours and others turn the sin-offering and trespass-offering they render peccatum or noxa and delictum the sin and trespass There hath been and yet is great difference of judgements concerning these two words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whether they differ one from other or not and if so how That they do not differ one from other there are who stiffely affirm But the place before us proves undeniably a difference between them yet how they differ its hard to discern One of the pious Antients puts the difference herein that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 peccatum sin is the commission of evil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 delictum the trespass or transgression is the forsaking of the good and indeed the Spirit of God makes them two evils Jer. 2.13 Another makes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a sinne of knowledge 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a sin of ignorance wherewith a man is surprized Gal. 6.1 Divers other distinctions there are brought by others of the Ancients What if we adde one more That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is that sinne whereinto a man fals of himself but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that sin wherein he falls by offence and occasion of another There are examples of this distinction Genesis 26.10 Abimelech blames Isaac Thou mightest saith he have brought 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 guiltiness upon us Levit. 4.3 If the Priest 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sin to the guilt of the people 1 Chron. 21.3 Joab dehorts David from numbring the people Why saith he should it be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for guiltiness unto Israel Prov. 30.10 Accuse not a servant to his master lest he curse thee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and thou be guilty and many the like Yet I will not be too confident of this distinction because I know there may be some examples found where 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath the like use However its clear from the words before us that there is a difference between them Let us learn from this distinction of sin and trespass as also from the various names of them not to content our selves in our confessions unto God with a general acknowledgement as that we are sinners but as particular oblations were offered for them so to make a more particular enumeration of our sins The Hebrew tongue though it be very scanty and penurious of words in comparison of other languages yet hath it very many words to express sin and wickedness as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 beside many words signifying more special sins importing sins to be so many and manifold that they cannot easily be expressed The vain thoughts are dangerous in-mates Jer. 4.14 And there is no word so secret that shall go for nought saith the Wiseman Wisd 1.11 And we shall give an account of idle words in the day of judgement saith the Wisdom Matth. 12. How much more of sinful actions Nor are all known unto us for who can understand his errours Cleanse thou me from secret faults as David prayes and may teach us to pray But blessed be the Lord that though our sins be numerous yea innumerable yet he hath given us who believe and obey him an High Priest whose blood and spirit cleanseth us from all our sins 1 John 1.7 Yea this King of Saints and High Priest makes his believers and lovers Kings ruling over their own wils affections and lusts and Priests to sanctifie and purifie others That Priest who makes the expiation to him belongs the sin and trespass That 's an hard saying how belongs the sin and trespass unto him Levit. 6.26 The Priest who expiates the sin shall eat it And ver 29. Every male among the Priests shall eat thereof And wherefore hath the Lord given this to the the Priests Moses tells Eleazar and Ithamar the sons of Aaron that the Lord had given it them to eat that they might bear the iniquity of the congregation Levit. 10.17 So we read that the Priests were to bear the iniquity of the Sanctuary Numb 18.1 2. It was the Priests duty to eat up the sins of the people as was shewen before Hos 4.8 as by sympathy bearing their sins as their
or displeased with them Others that they were no other then the twelve precious Stones which the High Priest wore in his Breast-plate Others and I shall name no more for shame would have the Vrim Thummim to be the same with the Teraphim which they affirm to have been two little Idols whereby God gave answers to the High Priest I might name many more But these last have-spoken out and declared for themselves and for all the rest the Idols of their own imaginations Good God! whither will the wicked imagination as the Wiseman calls it Ecclus 37.3 whither will it not wander if left to it self even to make God himself give forth his Oracles by Idols which he extreamly hateth and that to the people who of themselves are too prone to idolatry To such interpreters as these God hath made good what he threatens Ezech. 14.4 that they who come with such idols in their hearts the Lord will answer them according to their idols These are truly Commentaria inventions fictions and imaginations of men For how can men speak of God and the things of God without the Word of God Plato might have taught them better That nothing can be known of Gods minde without his Oracle None of these Authors alleage any Scripture at all to prove their assertions Which therefore are to pass upon the account of guesses and conjectures which may be as easily denied as affirmed But hence we learn that what these were its hard to say They judge more probably who think that as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 written on a plate was put on the fore-he●d of Aaron so Vrim Thummim were written on a plate and put in the breast-plate which was double Exod. 28.16 But neither have they any ground for this in Scripture more then the other This we may undoubtedly say of them that certain instruments or means they were whereby the Lord was pleased to manifest his Answer to the enquiry of the High Priest Whence the Greek Interpreters called Vrim 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is manifestation which that it might be believed they rendred Thummim 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 truth That they were wont to make inquiry of the Lord and receive Answers by these divers Scriptures witness as Numb 27.21 1 Sam. 23.9 12. where we read two questions moved by David and the Lords respective Answers to them by Vrim These were wanting at the peoples return out of the Babylonian captivity as appears Ezra 2.63 And whereas there were three usual wayes whereby the Lord revealed his will unto men 2 Sam. 28.6 7. Dreams Vrim and Prophets who spake as they were moved by the holy Ghost 2 Pet. 1.21 The Prophets ceased with Haggy Zachary and Malachy and the Vrim failed and divine dreams also Joel 2.28 For whereas the Lord promises the Spirit of prophesie divine dreams and visions in the dayes of the Messiah its probable at least that he had withdrawn them all before Nor was there left any other divine manifestation but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a small voice or the daughter of a voice that is an Echo or reflection of a voice such as that which came from heaven in Answer to our Lords Prayer to his Father John 12.28 29. when the people said some that it thundred others that an Angel spake unto him But why look we on these things at so great a distance surely they either are or may be no doubt they ought to be neer unto us even in our own Bosomes The illuminations and perfections were in the Breast-plate and must be on the heart of Aaron Exod. 28.30 There are some pious and good men who affirm that these Vrim and Thummim figured the perfections of all graces which are in Christ who is the High Priest of our profession Hebr. 3.1 And there is no doubt but these speak truth for they are in Christ But when they consider Christ only in his temporal dispensation as Gregory calls the dayes of his flesh or as he arose from the dead and ascended into heaven and sits personally at the right hand of God if Christ and his illuminations and his perfectious be at so great a distance from us how can he be Immanuel God with us How could he make good his promise to us under that name that he will be with us unto the end of the world Matth. 28.20 Yea how then shall we understand the Apostle when he tels us that Christ is in us Gal. 3.1 Col. 1.27 and that unless Christ be in us we are castawayes 2 Cor. 13.5 Surely therefore if Christ be in us as according to this Scripture he is if we be in the faith and not castawayes that also which is in Christ is analogically and according to our proportion of faith in us also And he is said to make his Believers and Lovers Kings and Priests unto God and his Father Revel 1.6 Kings to rule upon the earth Revel 5.10 and Priests who should offer spiritual Sacrifices unto God 1 Pet. 2.5 And upon condition of obedience the whole Israel of God hath promise to be a Kingdom of Priests Exod. 19.6 And although ver 22. we read of Priests they are the first-born of their respective Tribes whom the Lord challenged to himself Exod. 13.2 Numb 3.4 5. And after the revolt of Israel by their idolatry Exod. 32. the tribe of Levi retained their integrity and obtained the Priesthood Numb 8.13 22. Yet nor that nor any after constitution of Priests hindred the obedient from being Kings and Priests unto God Let them who are the holy Priesthood 1 Pet. 2.5 know the things which are freely given to them of God 1 Cor. 2.12 For these Lights and perfections are Gods gifts And therefore we read not that God appointed them to be made where the Pontificalia or High Priests vestments and ornaments are either commanded to be made Exod. 28. or reported to have been made Exod. 39. But only a command to Moses to put them in the breast-plate Exod. 28.30 and the obedience of Moses thereunto in this place Levit 8.8 For indeed how could any woman spin or Weaver make Doctrine or Truth saith Origen and as we may say Lights or perfections Sapientia ergo est quae utrunque facit It is the divine wisdom which makes them both as that Father goes on And whereas Moses is said to put them into the breast-plate of Aaron do we not read that Moses was to be to Aaron for a god Exod. 4.16 What is turn'd he put them is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he gave them they are his gifts They are both plural as the greatness and excellency of things is expressed by plurals Prov. 1.20 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Wisdomes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the mercies of the Lord Lam. 3.22 according to which S. Paul beseecheth the Romans 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the mercies of God c. Rom. 12.1 And for the excellency of these they are both plural Lights and perfections Both
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my neer ones mine intimate ones Thus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Minister either of State as unto the Prince is neer unto him in place and relation so the sons of David were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 Sam. 8.18 Chief Rulers or Princes for which we read 1 Chron. 18.17 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at the hand of the King and so expressed in the margent of our translation Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is a Minister of God neer unto God in a typical place and relation as Ezech. 42.13 They are holy chambers where the Priests 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which our Translators turn which approach unto the Lord. The words signifie neer unto the Lord. The separate place there is the Holy and Mostholy and therefore Chambers neer it are holy Chambers wherein holy persons the Priests must eat the most holy things And therefore Arias Montanus both in the place before us and in this place of Ezechiel turns the word in question Propinqui neer ones neer unto the Lord in typical place and neer in relation So likewise Tremellius So Luther Piscator and three Low Dutch translations So likewise the Spanish Castellio indeed hath accederent who should come neer but he explains himself in the margent ut libarent that they might facrifice Secondly although the people of God also are said to be neer unto him Psal 148.14 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as our Translators render it a people neer unto him yet is the Priest by his office more neer unto God as he who causeth the people to come neer unto God so very often the Priest brings neer him that offereth and his oblation and Moses brings neer Aaron and his sons For the Priest is he whose duty it is to be a middle man between God and the people saith Chrysostom and to make intercession for the people as Moses and Aaron often did And because the Priests are such as intervene and make intercession for the people they ought in reason to be more eminently pious and holy then the people for whom they intercede and in some measure like unto the great High Priest and Intercessor the Lord Jesus Hebr. 7.26 Such intercessors were Noe Samuel Daniel Job and others who were all neer unto God For it is not the office alone but the sobriety and temperance the righteousnness holiness and piety of him who bears it which ingratiates the Intercessor with our God Otherwise they who by office are neer for want of due qualification befitting their office they may be far off And this was the case of these two Priests Nadab and Abihu For since ex malis moribus ortaesunt bonae leges good lawes are occasioned by ill manners it s much to be suspected and some of the Jews Doctors doubt not to affirm it that Nadab and Abihu had erred through wine and strong drink which made them forward in offering their strange fire Whence it was that presently after the burial of these two Priests the Lord gives this charge to Aaron Vers 9. Do not drink wine nor strong drink thou nor thy sons with thee when ye go into the tabernacle of the Congregation lest ye die It shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations And the Lord addes reasons for this Law ver 10.11 This sin disposed them to commit another Their Intemperancy inclined them to impiety One sin is not long alone They kindle a fire of their own and worshipped God with their own assumed and pretended holiness There is and hath been much of that which the Apostle calls 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Col. 2.23 Will-worship in the Church of Christ for which they are most zelotical who are of a lower dispensation and under the discipline of the father For what they are not able by Scripture and reason out of Scripture to commend unto the consciences of men they commonly enforce upon their belief by an hot heady and ignorant zeal These things were ill boded in the names of these two young Priests Whereof Nadab signifies voluntary implying his own will and choise in the worship of God The other Abihu the father himself as he who was under the dispensation of the Fathers law And such as these commonly obtrude their own Electa sacra their own chosen holiness and what Hierom calls Boni opinio what they think good upon the service and worship of God Which is evil in the people but much worse in the Priest When iniquity thus burns like a fire Esay 9.18 it kindles Gods wrath which is also a fire Deut. 32.22 This sin cannot seem little when the punishment of it is so great even fire by fire and a strange fire by a strange act of God For so he calls his Judgement Esay 28.21 This proceeding of God was most just and necessary For the first trangressors of any law new made are exemplary in their sin and therefore must be exemplary in the punishment also of their sin Whence it was that the Lord ratified his lawes by signal punishments of those who first brake them Thus after the delivery of the moral law though the greatest part of the people sinned by committing idolatry Exad 32. Yet the Lord punished them for that sin by the death of many thousands That rule which holds among men Quod multis peccatur multum est avails not with the Judge of all the world In the example here mentioned the ceremonial Lawes having been newly given in most Chapters foregoing in this book of Leviticus these lrwes first violated by the Priests who of all other ought to have observed them the wise and just God punished these in that wherein they offended If we descend to the times of the Gospel we shall finde that when 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that way and manner of Christian community and living in common was first instituted two religious pretenders Hypocrites and Lyars violating that institution suffered condigne punishment and exemplary for their exemplary sin Acts 5.1 10. After the institution of the holy Supper when some in the Church of Corinth Invitâssent se plusculum had eaten and drunk more then was convenient for those who should communicate at the Lords table for that cause many were weak and sickly among them and many slept 1 Cor. 11.30 For by the punishment of some few the most wise and merciful Lawgiver and Judge prevented like transgression by the multitude ut terror ad omnes poena ad paucos veniret that all Israel might hear and fear and do no more such wickedness which is the end of punishment Deut. 13.11 and 17.13 and 19.20 and 21.21 This business concerns you O ye Priests Nor ought ye to think it any disparagement as vain men conceive when they so call us but indeed an honour if worthily so called For howsoever the word Priest as the office is corrupted a Priest is no other then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 one grown up to the spiritual old age of Christ unto that
people is their obedience Which is the drift of our Lords expostulation with them Esay 1.5 Why will ye be stricken any more It s possible that the Lord may inflict punishments often and often upon his people as here seven-fold more then formerly yet may his people not be obedient Yea t is possible that the rebellious heart of man may vie and contest with Gods judgements and be so much the more provoked to disobedience Exul ad octavam Marius bibit fruitur diis Iratis He pleased himself in Gods anger But the Scripture will give us the like example of Ahaz In the time of his distresse he did trespass yet more against the Lord. Then it se●s a brand of infamy upon him This is that King Ahaz 2 Chron. 28.22 Hitherto we have heard the negative or privative disobedience not harkening unto God Come we now to the positive and that 's the Lords third Supposition 3. The Lord supposeth that his people may walk contrary unto him These words may be considered two wayes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to the opinion and judgement of men 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to the truth of God Being considered according to the opinion and judgement of men the people of God may be understood to walk opposite unto God two wayes Disparatè Contrariè 1. Disparatè in disparate affection as when that one way of Gods Commandements is opposed by the many erroneous and by-wayes of men as one straight line is opposite unto manifold crooked lines one vertue unto divers vices The Pharisees opposed the Sadduces and the Sadduces the Pharisees but they were both against Christ But the opposition runs more strongly when all the disparate disaffections are drained and brought altogether into one chanel when Vnum uni opponitur when one is opposed to one as God and Satan Christ and Antichrist God and disobedient man Si mecum ambulaveritis in occursu if ye walk with me è regione as encountring with me c. So Arias Montanus Both these are good senses but however our Translators have thus rendred the words this seems not to be the genuine meaning of them 2. Let us inquire into these words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to their true sense and meaning and herein 1. What is meant by walking 2. What by walking with God 3. What is it to walk with God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is here turn'd contrary to me The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whence our English word to walk in Scripture is almost wholly metaphorical and the same which the Latins understand by versari conversari and the like importing what we understand by life and conversation What our Translators turn here if ye walk contrary to me is neither so nor so For the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doth not signifie contrary nor is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 unto me but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 notes contingency chance or casualty and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with me as in the margent at all adventures with me Accordingly our Translators elsewhere render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Jacobs sons tell their father all that befel unto them Gen. 42.29 Uncleanness that chanceth him by night Deut. 23.10 There shall no punishment happen to thee for this thing 1 Sam. 28.10 Mordecai told him all that had hapned unto him Esther 4.7 Haman told every thing that had befallen him Esther 6.13 The like we have Ruth 2.3 Eccles 2.15 In these places named and all others where the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is used it 's rendred according to this sense and by the same or the like words That we may understand this the better we must know that in humane affaires a thing is said to come to pass casually or by chance when it happens otherwise then we counselled would intended or purposed and beside or contrary to our hope and expectation Now whereas the will of the Lord is that we walk with him in his way that is as ver 3. that we walk in his statutes keep his Commandements and do them and that with our whole heart and will and so to please God as the Apostle turns the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hebr. 11.5 6. On the contrary when a man does what is commanded as it were beside his purpose and intention it is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by chance As when the heart of a man is fully set in him to do evil if yet he have occasion offered without his intention or seeking to do good do it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as it were nolens volens by the bye and beside his intention what he does may be said to be done by chance So that he is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a double-minded man unstable in all his ways James 1.8 he is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he is mutable and changeable adhering and siding now with one party now with another Thus the man walks with God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by chance Or else as the learned Jewes explain 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 via fortuita by chance or the way of fortune or chance And so the sense will be if ye so walk with me that what befals you from me ye ascribe to Fortune or Chance I shall speak something to both senses As to the former If ye walk by chance with me c. There is an harmony of other translations with this The French Bible hath the Text answerable to our margent If ye walk with me at all adventure And the Spanish translation If ye walk with me by chance So Diodati also in the margent and Tremellius If ye walk with me temerè he explains his meaning by sine discrimine without difference 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 utut accidat however it happens Secuti studia vestra non voluntatem meam following your own desires not my will To the same purpose Piscator in his Latin Scholia As for our Translation it seems not to make handsome English If ye walk contrary with me Yea it implies somewhat like a contradiction to be contrary yet with me They were advised of this and therefore they forced 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies with me contrary to the proper meaning of it and turn it to me Howbeit they have not erred alone but herein have followed the tract of all our English Translations which sound to the same sense as also that of Luth●r and all the Low Dutch Now if we shall enquire we shall finde that there is great reason why the Lord may suppose this possibility that we may walk at all adventures with him We are his workmanship created unto good works that we should walk in them Ephes 2.10 And for this end he made us according to his own image in wisdom in righteousness and holiness of truth and hath given us his Spirit as a light to be president over our souls Job 29.3 as a Candle upon our heads to guide us in the way of his Commandements Yet
chance which we may understand to be from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Lord as well as from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is contingere to happen And so we may render the words A certain Priest Cum Deo or secundum Deum by divine Providence came down that way c. Hence it followes that the most high God so disposeth and ordereth the whole Series of inferiour and second causes how va●ious and different yea how opposit yea how contrary soever their activity operation and working is that what seems unto men the most fortuitous and casual event the same is foreseen directed and governed by his providence as the Lot Prov. 16.33 Hence also it appears that the most high God having in himself eminently and vertually the whole causality and operative powers of all necessary and contingent causes and the whole disposing and ordering their effects and events he may most reasonably and justly require of his people an immediate constant and continual dependence upon himself in their whole conversation so that their whole life ought to be lived in him who is their life Deut. 30.20 All their motions moved on him who is their centre Hebr. 1.3 All their works wrought in him John 3.21 Yea it is his great love goodness and mercy that he requires of his people that they walk with him with intire and perfect heart So that so far is Fortune from having any power or deity that it is to be reckoned among the Non-entia And if there be degrees of non-entity Fortune is to be placed in the very lowest because it s born of privation and imagined out of the ignorance of causes For if we knew the causes it would easily appear that Fortune is as I said before a meer Idol which is nothing in the world Wisely therefore saith the Satyrist Nullum numen abest si sit prudentia sed te Nos facimus Fortuna deum caeloque locamus There wants no God where Prudence doth reside But we poor Fools have Fortune deifi'd Having disown'd the false god let us own and honour the true God in his just providence meeting men in their own way Which is the fourth and last doctrine in this Text. 4. If we walk with God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by chance and at all adventures he also will walk with us 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and at all adventures But how can God be said to walk at all adventures with those who so walk with him I must remember you that these two are opposed Purpose and Chance or Fortune When therefore the Lord does not purposely and out of intention walk with men he may be said to do it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as it were by chance As for example The Lord gave his ancient people the Jewes the former and the later rain in their seasons if they performed the condition of the Covenant For this he promiseth to them who walk with him in the way of his Commandements Levit. 26.3 4. These seasonable raines he gave on purpose and out of good intention unto these who were obedient but to the disobedient who kept not Covenant but walked by chance with him he gave them rain also For he rains upon the evil and upon the good but upon the good Per se on purpose on the evil Per accidens even as it chanceth But it s here said I will walk with you 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is not as we render it I will walk contrary to you in fury the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is in regimine and so precedes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will walk with you in furore occursus in the fury of opposition so Arias Montanus Or rather in the fury of chance or fortune Fortunâ reflante or adversâ fortunâ with ill fortune Pardon the expression But why should I crave pardon It s that phrase which the Spirit of God condescends to use The reason of this unfortunate and cross dealing of God with his people is evident from his peoples fortuitous accidental and crosse dealing with their God The terms and conditions of the covenant broken on the peoples part by uneven and casual walking with their God require like walking of God with them or at least disoblige him from his favourable and constant walking with them and in them Levit. 26.12 God is a most just Retaliator Sequitur scelestos ultor à tergo Deus God followes wicked men going on in their wickedness It belongs to the Judge of all the world reducere in ordinem to reduce and to bring into the order of Justice all those who walk inordinately with their God Whence it followeth 1. That Gods threatnings are conditional as well as his promises If ye walk at all adventures with me then will I walk at all adventures with you 2. The Lord takes notice of his peoples thoughts intentions purposes wayes workes their outward and inward walking life and conversation and accordingly he deals with them 3. God how ever good and the chief good yet is he just also yea severe in punishing unjust and wicked men according to that of a Father Deus est primariò bonus acque ex indole naturae at secundariò ex accidente severus idem est ex populi peccato God is primarily good out of the inclination of his nature but secondarily and accidentally he is severe by reason of his peoples sin Hereby are they justly reproved who walk with God negligently and casually as if all things came to pass by chance and fortune though hereby I do not justifie those who impute all things to a fatal necessity We read Acts 17.18 that the Epicureans and Stoicks encountred Paul And indeed who ever with purpose of heart cleave to the Lord and walk with him in his way as S. Paul did they shall be encountred with Epicureans and Stoicks Such Epicurean spirits I fear are among us who are without God and divine providence in the world Ephes 2.12 And what then rules the world but uncertain chance or nature determined to one way of working Tully in the place before named atributes unto Fortune these effects among inanimate creatures Procellas tempestates naufragia ruinas incendia storms tempests shipwracks ruins scaresires Among the Beasts Ictûs morsûs impetûs strokes bitings violence c. Among men Interitus exercituum destruction of Armies c. And to what else do many at this day refer even prodigious storms and tempests Are they not commonly ascribed to the elements to the ordinary course of nature or to chance and fortune And because men look no higher the most high God sometimes makes himself known in the world by some extraordinary and prodigious effects and so we may understand his threatnings in the text that if his people walk 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by chance with him as if all sell out by chance or otherwise without owning him for the cause of them I will walk with you saith he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
1. Beside the needless enallage and change of number the Translators adde able all that are able to go forth which is in the Hebrew only 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 every one going forth And the same is added to the particular muster of every Tribe and to the total sum of them Besides here seems to be a mistake For the words every one going forth have no respect to the Army but to Egypt as the phrase is used Verse 1. and is so to be here understood from twenty years old and upward every one that went forth viz. of Egypt And that it is so to be understood appeares Chap. 26.4 where the same phrase upon the same occasion is fully expressed 2. They render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 war which signifies an Army and they themselves so turn it in the same verse and an Host often in the next Chapter following 3. They render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to number which though it so signifie yet in the business of this and the next Chapter it s a word too general and is more properly to be turn'd to visit or rather to muster as the Latin phrase imports Exercitum lustrare facere militum recognitionem So Armilustrium signifies mustering a viewing of Harness Weapons and Souldiers For they who muster their forces do not only take account how many their souldiers are and so number them but also enquire and take notice how able how well appointed how well furnished they are for war So Vatablus Agite delectum muster them so the Tigurin Bible Recensete take a view make a general muster so Tremell us So Piscator in his High Dutch and Latin Scholia Beside the Scripture thorowout this and the next Chapter useth diverse words as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for number and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for visiting or mustering So that the translation confounds those acts which the Spirit of God distinguisheth In the words are contained these divine truths 1. Every Male of the sons of Israel from twenty years old and upward every one coming out of Egypt to the Army in Israel must be visited numbred and mustred 2. Moses and Aaron were commanded to visit number and muster them according to their Armies The former contains a description of the Lords Souldiers The particulars are many 1. Their Sex they must be all Males Every male 2. Their Age. 1. Definite every one from a son of twenty years which is an Hebraism or twenty years old 2. Indefinite Twenty years old and upward 3. The place and people 1. Whence and from whom coming out of Egypt 2. Whither and to whom to the Army in Israel 4. These must be numbred visited and mustred by Moses and Aaron So the Lord saith to Moses Thou and Aaron shall number visit or muster them If we inquire into the reason why Gods Souldiers should be numbred visited and mustred it will appear 1. from consideration of the Souldiers themselves 2. Their Commander in Chief 3. Their Common designe 1. As for the first of these They are to be numbred visited and mustred who are able and fit for war as these Souldiers in the text are choise yong men in the prime of their age valiant and couragious Such Souldiers the Lord requires Deut. 20.3 8. 2. Such as these are but few Rari quippe boni Pauperis est numerare pecus Gideons Souldiers who went to the battle with him were but 300. 3. But such as these are excellent absolutely the Excellent ones Psal 16.3 and comparatively more excellent then others Prov. 12.26 4. And such are highly esteemed loved cared for numbred as appears by the contrary as it s said of persons despicable and contemned Extra numerum esse nullo numero esse nullius esse numeri Military phrases implying such as are of no reckoning of no account who stand for Ciphers But the Lords Souldiers are all numbred visited mustred 2. In respect of the Commander in chief He is the God of Israel Israel imports strength and prevalency with God and God is the strength of Israel 1 Sam. 15.29 And therefore his Souldiers ought to be strong in the Lord and in the power of his might whom he visits takes care of numbers and musters 3. As for their designe it is to fight with the sons of Anak the Canaanites the Jebusites the Amorites the seven nations whose iniquities were full Gen. 15.16 And therefore it concern'd them to be strong and of a good courage and to be numbered visited and mustered in order to that designe 1. Whence it followes that the profession of a Souldier is a lawful profession God himself is the Lord of hosts And he himself here commands the Israelites to be mustred And surely when the Souldiers asked John the Baptist what they should do if their imployment had been simply unlawful he would not have directed them how to behave themselves in it as he did but would have advised them to desist from it as he did not Luke 3.14 2. The Lord takes care of his Militia he will have them viewed visited numbred and mustred But it is not my business to make a Military Oration or to encourage men to the outward warfare which throughout the whole Old Testament is figurative of the inward Let us therefore come to the mystical understanding of these words It is a Martial a war-like age all the World over an age answering to that which they call Seculum 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the angry the wrathful age Mens mindes and hearts are embittered one against another their gall of bitterness is overflowen they contend they fight one with another they themselves know not for what like the Andabatae who are said to have fought blindefold And well they may For their fair Helena the subject and matter of contention is Religion Revel 8.10 When the third Angel had sounded there fell a great Star from Heaven burning as it were a Lamp and it fell upon the third part of the Rivers and upon the Fountains of Waters and the name of the Star is called Wormwood and many men dyed of the waters because they were made bitter What is that Star called Wormwood but the false light of mans wit and earthly industry which falls into the earthly man and embitters unto him all the waters of divine doctrine Ephes 5.26 This Star fell in Germany and so embitter'd the mindes of men on both sides one against the other who should have learned and taught better that they brought the fairest and most fruitful Continent under Heaven to a vast desolate Wilderness I pray God the like may not be said of this Island Tantum Relligio potuit suadere malorum So many mischiefs Religion could perswade For it is and hath been the policy of Commanders and those who set them a work on all sides to perswade the souldiery that their war is for God and that it is Gods cause they sight for And who is there who hath any opinion of God or such as
to 1 Cor. 16.14 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Let all your things be done in charity What ever the true house of Jacob doth that Hobab the love of God and man must be the doer of it otherwise they are not Israel indeed And therefore the Prophet Micha speaks of a false Israelites who devise iniquity and work evil upon their beds when the morning is light they practice it because it is in the power of their hand And they covet fields and take them by violence and houses and take them away So they oppress or defraud a man and his house even a man and his heritage Whereupon the Lord threatens an heavie judgement against Israel falsely so called Micha 2.1.6 and then adds an Epiphonema O thou that art named the house of Jacob is the Spirit of the Lord shortned Are these his doings Is the Lords hand shortned that he cannot save you from doing these things Esay 59.1 Are these his doings whose spirit ye pretend Are these things done in charity And these are the Assistants of Moses and Aaron in the numbering visiting and mustering the Armies of Israel Whence it s strongly intimated what manner of people the souldiers of Jesus Christ ought to be even such as Moses and Aaron and their Assistants were or such as their well-boding names imply and hold them forth to have been For since similitude and likeness is one main ground of love how could these choose or approve of such for the Lords Souldiers who were not in some good measure like vnto themselves Yea what wise and devout Souldier will not endeavour by such ensignes of true valour to render himself approveable It is part of the fatherly advise which S. Paul now a Veteran and an old Souldier gives to his son Timothy endure thou hardness as a good Souldier of Jesus Christ No man that warreth intangleth himself in the affairs of this life that he may please him who hath chosen him to be a souldier 2 Tim. 2.3 4. The business of Moses Aaron and their assistants was numbering mustering the Israelites The people of Israel were thrice mustered 1. In the first year after their eating the Paskal Lamb their coming out of Egypt when they were to pay every one half a Shekel for the Ransom of his soul Exod. 30.11 12. which figured our Redemption by Christ For we are not redeemed with corruptible things as silver and gold from our vain conversation received by tradition from our Fathers but by the pretious blood of Christ as of a Lamb without blemish and without spot And every one is to pay his half shekel whereby some understand Faith which yet is of no value without holiness of life and the Redemption is from the vain conversation And therefore the Apostle speaking of our Redemption through Christ exhorts us to be holy as God is holy 1 Pet. 1.15 because it is written Be ye holy for I am holy ver 16. This holiness is in part at the first when men are newly come out of Egypt as an half shekel being the holiness of obedient children ver 14. and not purified according to the purification of the Sanctuary 2 Chron. 29.18 19 20. Howbeit having kept the Passover by faith and by faith and hope passed thorow the red Sea Hebr. 11.28 29. they continue sincere in the good will figured by the unleavened bread 1 Cor. 5.8 until a greater power come that they may cleanse themselves from all filthinesse of flesh and spirit and perfect holiness in the fear of God 2 Cor. 7.1 That filthiness of flesh and that of the spirit are the two sorts of enemies against which the Israel of God is to be numbred mustered set in rank and file And the mustering in this Chapter is against the former enemies 1 Pet. 2.11 And that which we read Chap. 26. is against the later Of both the Apostle speaks Ephes 6.12 When these enemies are subdued we take possession of the eternal inheritance And therefore being mustered the third time unto these saith the Lord shall the land be divided for an inheritance Numb 26.53 According to which in that excellent hymn called Te Deum laudamus prayer is made for the Church in these words Make them to be numbred with thy Saints in glory everlasting Wherein some have thought numerari to be numbred should be read munerari to be rewarded But according to the sense given both will amount unto the same things O ye true Israelites ye who are of the Church Militant ye Males of masculine valour and prowess ye yong men who overcome the wicked one 1 John 2.13 14. Ye are the true 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Choise yong men chosen men of Gods Israel such as are so often mentioned in the Old and New Testament strong and able to wage the spiritual warfare fight the good fight of faith Adde unto or in your faith vertue 2 Pet. 1.5 O ye Veterans ye old souldiers of Jesus Christ who have known him from the beginning There is no limitation no stint of time for continuance in your service from twenty years old and upward or above how much above is not defined Your old age is no diminution to your strength and courage Remember what Caleb saith to Jehoshuah Chap. 14.10 11. I am this day fourscore and five years old As yet I am as strong this day as I was in the day that Moses sent me as my strength was then even so is my strength now for war to go out and to come in Caleb hath his name from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Canis as being one of the Lords Dogs Psal 68.23 figuring out good will to his Lord and his righteousness as ye may read in that good old book under a new title the Treasure of the soul to the shame of those who jeer that excellent book of Tobit because mention is there made of his Dog These men know not the mysteries of God by which character the ungodly are described Wisd 2.22 Such Calebs are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Secundum Cor according to the heart of God These wait upon the Lord and renew their strength Esay 40.31 as trees of righteousness Esay 61.3 for as the dayes of a tree are the dayes of Gods people Esay 65.22 which bring forth more fruit in their age Let us do so brave souldiers Let us fight the good fight of faith let us be faithful unto the death of all and every sin and the Lord of hosts will give us the Crown of life as he hath given it unto that old souldier S. Paul I have fought a good fight saith he I have finished my course I have kept the faith henceforth there is laid up for me a Crown of righteousness which the Lord the righteous Judge shall give me at that day and not to me only but to them also who love his appearing 2 Tim. 4.7 8. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 O ye brave and valiant souldiers quit
of Antony the Monk that when he was assaulted by the Devil he made use of those two first verses of Psalm 68. parallel to Numb 10.35 And there is no doubt but soveraign use may be made of this Scripture upon every assault and temptation of the evil one When this is enlarged to men of contrary mindes to us whether Jewes Turks or Christians by profession too often men out of self-love partially endear themselves or fansie themselves to be endeared unto Christ as his friends and out of private hatred conceive others whom they hate to be the enemies of God and Christ when its possible to be quite otherwise Yet hence arise debates contentions enmities and most wars among pretending Christians Meantime its little understood and less regarded that the carnal minde is an enemy against God that the friendship of this world is an enemy against God Gods enemies are out fleshly lusts which fight against our souls c. O how needful is it to pray unto the Lord that he would arise up in us and scatter these which are his and our truest enemies and that they who hate him and us may flee from his wrathful face It is the Lords works as to scatter his enemies even all out carnal lusts and the spiritualities of wickedness so likewise is it his work to cause to return gather and unite all his scattered friends his ten thousands thousands of Israel to one another and to himself to return himself unto the ten thousands thousands of Israel That is the second object of Moses his prayer For so largely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word here used may signifie And thus the latter part of Moses's prayer may be two wayes understood 1. Return O Lord the ten thousand thousands of Israel to one another and to thy self 2. By a Supplement Return O Lord unto the ten thousands thousands of Israel The senses are both good our Translators take notice only of the latter The former work is the causing all Israel to return one to other and to himself The later is the Lords return unto his Israel so returned and gathered one to other and to himself These are two great acts of Gods grace and favour toward his people The former the Lord accomplisheth by Eliah the Tisbite that is the Turner who causeth to return according to what the Prophet saith of him That he shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children and the heart of the children to the fathers Mal. 4.6 This may occasion a long but no impertinent discourse Our Lord Matth. 17.11 12. distinguisheth a twofold coming of Eliah the Tisbite One Eliah saith he is already come the other shall come These two comings of Eliah answer to the two comings of Christ 1. In the flesh 2. In the Spirit So that before each coming of our Lord we read an express promise of his fore-runner Mal. 3.1 and 4.5 Eliah in his first coming was coursly entertaind by Herod Herodias and Salome Matth. 14. That Elias the Tisbite is yet to come is much opposed by many who endeavour to confound our Lords words as that they were to be understood of one Elias and one coming of that Elias Against this I oppose the very context our Lord saith Matth. 17.11 Elias cometh or shall come and shall restore all things But Ver. 12. he saith I say unto you that Elias is already come How can these be understood otherwise then either of a twofold Elias or at least of a two-fold coming of one Elias If further proof of this be needful both Jewes and Christians understand the fourth of Malachy ver 6. of Elia's second coming in the end of the world Thus the Jewes say of Elias that he must appear to Israel in their bannishment to bring them again into their own land And therefore when they administer circumcision they set an empty chair for Elias wherein some say he sits invisibly And as the Jewes testifie this so the Fathers also of the Greek and Latin Church understand our Saviour to speak of the second coming of Christ and the coming of Elias before him Thus S. Cyril Chrysostom Theodoret Euthymius Tertullian Hilary Anselm Hugo Lyra Tho. Aquinas c. And reason there is both in regard of Gods promise by Mal. 4.6 and our Lords prediction Matth. 17.11 12. and a kinde of necessity in regard of Christ and they who are Christs 1. In regard of Christ for if Christ coming in the flesh must have a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a forerunner much more must Christ in the spirit have his forerunner 2. In regard of those who are Christs for if that handful of men in Judea needed an Elias how much more all the ten Tribes Ecclus 48.10 Yea how much yet more all other kingdomes nations and peoples all the ten thousands thousands of Israel Since Moses prayes that the Lord would return reduce and restore the ten thousands thousands of Israel it appears that Israel for the present is in an averse and evil state of which Moses praies for a change unto a good condition The averse and evil state of Israel from which Moses prayes for a change to be made supposeth a former good condition wherein Israel had been and from which they had been depraved and corrupted So that the office of Elias the Tisbite comprehends three things whereof two supposed the third expressed the first supposed is That all things with Israel have been in a good state 2. That all things with Israel have been depraved and corrupted 3. It is prayed that Elias would reduce and restore all things from their averse and evil estate to their first good condition All which are contained in that full word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 used in our Lords speech Matth. 17.11 Elias shall come and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he shall restore or return all things unto their first good estate 1. All things have bin in a good estate with Israel Such their Creator made them Genesis 1.31 Ecclus 39.16 So saith Solomon of Adam That God made him upright Eccles 7.29 This rectitude and uprightness in man 1. in regard of God is a due conformity unto his will in a pure and holy worship and service 2. In regard of our neighbour the due performance of justice and judgement 3. In regard of every mans self sobriety temperance and continency All which are comprised in those three Adverbs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 soberly righteously godlily Tit. 2.12 Are all things in this good condition in our Israel Are they so among us I believe no man I am sure no honest man will say so The Cobler would have taught his Crow to flatter Domitian and those times by saying 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Omnia bene All things are well But the Crow could not learn that lesson nor be untaught the Dorie broad dialect 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Omnia crunt bene All things shall be well The like we may say and its all we can hope for
2 3. and then the children of Israel returned and wept as the complainers did v. 4. For surely here was a twofold murmuring which Munster and others understand to be implyed by the two Nuns 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 inverted And indeed the vulgar Interpreter seems to be mistaken and they who follow him for he hath left out 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 reversi sunt they returned and wept which clearly proves a second murmuring beside the former mentioned v. 1. Yea we read of two punishments and therefore the sin was twofold This later murmuring was the cause of Gods smiting They murmured for want of flesh But there was a greater provocation of Gods wrath then the bare murmuring for want of flesh viz. unbelief They thought that the Lord was not able to give them flesh notwithstanding all the miracles which this unbelieving and murmuring people confessed he had wrought for them The 78 Psalm v. 18. 22 is a clear Commentary on this text Wise men who read Stories that they may profit by them they look especially at three things 1. The act done 2. The counsel and advise upon which it was done 3. The issue and event which came upon the doing of it Ye have heard of the two former which are murmuring and tempting the power of God and that for the satisfaction of their greedy appetite Ye have both together Psalm 78.18 They tempted 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the strong God and desired meat for their lust Their Belly was their counsellour 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A fat paunch produceth commonly a lean wit Now what came of their lewd action and foolish counsel The wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people and the Lord smote the people with a very great plague Take notice what issue evil actions and foolish councels have The Apostle not without just cause calls lusts deceitful Prov. 12. v. 5. Ephes 4. So true is that of the Wiseman That the counsels the subtil counsels of the wicked so our Translators render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Prov. 1 5. wise counsels are deceit Prov. 12.5 deceitful and destructive to their authors as here to the mixt multitude especially who fell a lusting or lusted a lust v. 4. and fell by their own counsels according to Psal 5.10 And that of the old Poet 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ill counsell's worst for the author of it The Athenians sent to inquire of the Oracle what would become of the Peloponesian war The answer of the Oracle was Thucyd. lib. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Doriacum en aderit sacrum cum peste duellum The Dorick war shall come and plague with it Apollo was not in vain called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not only from his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his oblique circle but also because he did 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 give oblique and doubtful Oracles This Oracle the Priest so pronounced that the effect of the war might be understood either 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 famin or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pestilence The Athenians understood it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 famin whereupon they stored their City with all provisions which the countrey round about could afford whereon they fed gluttonously and riotously and seeking so to avoid 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the famin by their vain counsel they brought 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the pestilence amongst them The Lord be pleased in mercy to avert the like dreadful effects of our gluttony and excess for which we are notorious among all nations our rioting and drunkenness our chambering and wantonness our strife and envie Note hence how wisely and gratiously the Lord tempers his judgement with mercy When the people had despised Manna and desired flesh that he might punish the wicked and the seducers among them ver 4. by their lusts and satisfie the desires and withal inform the understandings of those who were in their simplicity deceived he gave them what might intimate some spiritual thing unto them He gave them not the flesh of wilde beasts nor four footed beasts He gave them fowles of heaven that they might rather meditate on heavenly things then earthly rather spiritual things then corporal He gave them Quails which foresee the Winter and flie away as the Stork and other fowles do that so his people might foresee and avoid the judgement of the Lord as the Prophet applyes it Jer. 8.7 3. The burial and monument of those who lusted He called the name of the place Kibroth Hattaavah because there they buried the people that lusted Sin ordinarily leaves a stain and gives a name to the place where it was committed Examples are obvious Massah Meribah Taberah c. because there they buried the people that lusted The people populus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is here singular who they were are here explained by the following word viz. who lusted which word is plural 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the lusters So that the Lord put a distinction between the just and unjust as the righteous Judge of all the world Gen. 18. Which our Translators here confound The words were more distinctly to be rendred thus There they buried the people the lusters or those who lusted Labour not for the meat that perisheth but for the meat that endures to the everlasting life John 6. Post concupiscentias tuas non eas Follow not after thine appetites saith the Wise man lest they make thee a scorn to thine enemies That 's the Wisemans reason to which we may adde that of the text lest they bring the wrath of God upon thee Which is the Apostles use which he makes of it 1 Cor. 10. v. 6. These things saith he were our examples to the intent that we should not be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lusters or desirers of evil things as they also lusted 1 Cor. 10.6 O let us timely mortifie and kill and bury our lusts lest we die in our sins and be buried in them as these lusters were And Miriam and Aaron spake against Moses Numb 12. v. 1. because of the Ethiopian woman whom he had married for he had married an Ethiopian woman And they said hath the Lord indeed spoken only by Moses Hath he not spoken also by us and the Lord heard it Aaron indeed spake against Moses yet our Translators here have done him some wrong in joyning him with Miriam in this detraction as equally faulty with her as indeed he was not as appears by the verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is Feminin she spake So that to do Aaron right the words are to be thus ordered And Miriam spake also Aaron against Moses For in that order the words are placed in the Hebrew So likewise in the Vulgar Latin Locutáque est Maria Aaron And Miriam or Marie spake and Aaron The Spirit of God intimates that Miriam first offended and drew her brother Aaron into the same sin Thus Eve first sinned then Adam the Serpent prevailing with the weaker vessel And to be first
in the sin renders the sin so sinful that after-offenders are excused if not à toto at least à tanto their sin comparatively is said not to be as touching the first sin Adam was not deceived but the woman being deceived was in the transgression 1 Tim. 2.14 And therefore Aaron was not smitten with leprosie but Miriam only though no doubt some regard was also had to his high Priesthood as Exod. 32. Nor was Adam so severely punished as Eve nor she as the Serpent Now as the Scripture here notes the first sinner as most guilty so likewise elsewhere as Numb 16.1 where our Translation joyns the conspirators altogether in one act but the Hebrew first appropriates the sin to the ringleader of it as I shall there shew The judicious Reader may observe many other like examples It is true 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies because But does it not also signifie Super occasiones upon occasions Whereas therefore Miriam and Aaron spake against Moses upon two occasions 1. Because Moses had married an Ethiopian woman 2. Because the Lord had not spoken only by Moses but also by them it cleares the text if we render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 upon occasions And whereas 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies as well causes as occasions So Gen. 21.25 Abraham reproved Abimelech upon just cause but Miriam and Aaron spake against Moses upon occasion only which were no just causes Therefore Arias Montanus turns the words Gen. 21.25 Super causas for the causes but this place Super occasiones upon occasions The first occasion was Moses had taken an Ethiopian woman We read of no other wife of Moses in Scripture but Zipporah though Josephus understands this of another wife an Ethiopian whereas Zipporah was a Midianitess Howbeit this is easily satisfied in that the Midianites dwelt among the Ethiopians as the Hebrews were accounted Egyptians because they dwelt in Egypt Gen. 50.11 Moses also Exod. 2.19 And the Midianites were esteemed Cushites or Ethiopians because they dwelt among them The Apostle tels us that Moses was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for a testimony of those things which should be spoken afterward Hebr. 3.5 that by what he made or caused to be made and what he wrote or taught the people by it he might testifie the will of God as 1 Cor. 1.6 2 Tim. 1.8 Revel 1.2 Hence the Tabernacle was called the Tabernacle of witness And what Moses did wrote or taught more obscurely with a vail on his face was to be declared afterward more fully and clearly according to the degrees of divine manifestation to such as are capable of them So that all who came after Moses must for doctrine and life speak no other thing then he did and his writings must be the test to prove others by The first occasion of Miriam her detraction from Moses was the Ethiopian woman either because he took her to wife who was a stranger from the Common-wealth of Israel though Midian descended from Abraham by Keturah Gen. 25.2 or because having married her he yet abstained from conjugal society with her as the Chald. Paraphrast saith he put away his fair wife whom he so cals by antiphrasis It s probable the contention began between the women and the beginning of strife is like the letting forth of waters saith Solomon which spreads it self to overwhelm the name and reputation of Moses The Ethiopians although properly one nation Gen. 2.13 yet that a very large one is used to signifie the Gentiles whose more proper sinnes were intemperancy of all kindes as Luxury Drunkenness Incontinency c. And therefore they who live in those sins are said to work 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the will of the Gentiles walking in lasciviousness lusts excess of wine c. 1 Pet. 4.3 And when the Prophet compares the people to the Ethiopians as in regard of their sins so in respect of their habitual continuance in them he chargeth them with drunkenness and whoredom Jer. 13.12.23.27 Hence it is that Bacchus the Heathens god of wine and excess of wine hath his name from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the son of Cush And therefore David not willing plainly to name Saul the son of Kish the Benjamite 1 Sam 9.1 he implyes him more secretly under the name of Cush the son of Jemini Psal 7. in the title for his unchangeable like sins As where the Poet not daring to speak out concerning Caelius a riotous Roman saith Dic quibus in terris Tres pateat Caelî for Caelii spacium non amplius ulnas Tell in what lands The grounds of Caelius are but three Elns Which three remain'd unsold as reserved for his grave Hence it is also that the Ethiopians and Israelites are opposed as Jewes and Gentiles Amos 9.7 Are ye not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Amos. 9. v. 7. as the sons of the Ethiopians unto me O ye sons of Israel which our Translators call Children When therefore Moses is said to have taken to wife an Ethiopian woman hereby he prefigured him whom the Lord would raise up like unto Moses who would reject his disobedient impenitent and incorrigible people and give them a bill of Divorce and should grant the Gentiles repentance unto life Acts 11 18. and take out of the Gentiles a people to his name Acts 15.14 so to be called as a wife by her husbands name This was an occasion of great obloquy and contradiction of sinners against the spiritual Moses John 7.35 Acts 22.21 22. The other occasion of speaking against Moses was the eminency of his gift of prophesie which occasioned the envie of Miriam and Aaron and their derision of him For so that may be understood 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 what hath the Lord spoken only only in Moses for so both words signifie only or what hath the Lord spoken only forsooth in Moses Hath he not spoken also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in nobis in us So very often our Translators render by or with 2 Sam. 23. v. 2. Zach. 1. v. 14.19 Hebr. 1.1 which should be turn'd in as 2 Sam. 23.2 Zach. 1.14.19 2.3 Hebr. 1.1 and elsewhere Such emulation and envie hath alwayes been among those of an inferiour dispensation against those who have been of a more eminent and higher which comes to pass by reason of acidia or laziness in spiritual things They under the letter of the Law and Prophets envie and detract from those who are lead by the Spirit of God How much more when a perverse spirit is mingled with a meer literal understanding Then Ismael mocks and persecutes Isaac Shimei curseth David and the Jewes encourage one another falsely to accuse and detract from Jeremy under pretence of the Law the Priest and Prophet who taught otherwise then Jeremy did Jer. 18.18 Manifold examples of this kinde we read of the Scribes learned only in the letter and the precise Pharisees zelotical high Priests and Elders who have contradicted and blasphemed the spiritual Moses as
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Jesus is implyed whereever these are said to have wrought any thing by faith for faith must have an object on which it must rest and what is that but the power of God who is Jesus Christ 1 Cor. 1.24 O that the Lord had wrought like conquests in our soules by that power But thanks be to God who giveth us believers in his mighty power the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ 1 Cor. 15.57 Caleb stilled the people before Moses Numb 13. v. 30. and said let us go up at once and possess it for we are well able to overcome it Caleb in these words whether by some inarticulate sound implyed in the great 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the Latins by St or by some signe made with his hand as Acts 13.16 Obtain'd silence He encourageth the people to march against the Canaanites alleaging that they were well able to overcome the land But truly our Translators have almost spoyled Calebs military Oration by rendring 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 let us go up at once What all at once Soft and fair Without doubt Caleb was more wise then to put the people already discomfited upon a sudden expedition Those words are more emphatical if rendred in their genuine and proper sense Ascendendo ascendamus by ascending let us ascend viz. gradatim pedetentìm not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not all at once not all together Some there are who conceive that the great work of salvation is wrought all at once So they say they are justified all in an instant whereas the command is he that is righteous let him be righteous still The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He that is righteous let him work righteousness still Rev. 22. v. 11. Revel 21.11 It s a gradual and successive work It is none of Gods way of destroying the spiritual enemies but by degrees so Exod. 23.29 30. And to lead men in successively by little and little as Jacob lead his sheep Gen. 33.14 Likewise in the following words it is a good encouragement that Caleb gives when he saith We are well able to overcome it though he saith not so only our Translators make him speak so Calebs words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Praevalendo praevalebimus by prevailing we shall prevail Whereby he not only encourageth them averring that they are able to prevail but likewise instructs them and puts them in a way of so doing Let not him that believes make haste nor hope to do the work of the Lord all at once but let us learn of Caleb to make the experiments of our former victories encouragements to after enterprizes So by prevailing we shall prevail nor shall our labour be in vain in the Lord but he who hath begun a good work in us will finish it until the day of Jesus Christ But my servant Caleb Numb 14. v. 24. because he had another spirit with him and hath followed me fully him will I bring into the land whereinto he went and his seed shall possess it These words are to be understood as spoken by the Lord Christ as the Apostle applies the same history unto him Hebr. 3. and 4 where having compared Christ the Lord of the house with Moses Gods faithful servant in it wherefore saith he as the holy Ghost saith To day if ye will hear His that is Christs voice harden not your hearts as in the Provocation as in the day of Temptation in the Wilderness when your fathers tempted me that is Christ For so the same temptation is expresly applied unto Christ 1 Cor. 10.9 Neither let us tempt Christ as some of them also tempted And the Apostle having applyed part of Psal 95. to the same purpose he pursues the same argument Vnion with Christ mentioned Hebr. 3.6 Whose that is Christs house are we if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoycing of the hope firm unto the end He then having quoted the words of that Psalm to his purpose v. 7. 11. he resumes the same argument warning them to take heed of an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God v. 12. and exhorting them to exhort one another daily lest they should be hardened by the deceitfulness of sin v. 13. This he enforceth by repeating the same blessed effect the union with and participation of Christ For saith he we are made partakers of Christ if we hold the beginning of our confidence stedfast unto the end whilest it is said To day if ye will hear his voice harden not your hearts as in the provocation for some when they had heard did provoke howbeit not all not Moses not Aaron not Joshua not Caleb Others indeed provoked the Lord and they shall not see it but my servant Caleb because he had another spirit with him and hath fulfilled after me him will I bring into the land whereinto he went and his seed shall possess it In which words we have these divine truths contained 1. Caleb was the Lords servant 2. Caleb had another spirit with him 3. Caleb fulfilled after the Lord. 4. Caleb went into the land 5. The Lord saith he would bring Caleb into the land whereinto he went 6. Calebs seed shall possess it 7. Because Caleb the Lords servant had another spirit and fulfilled after the Lord the Lord saith He will bring Caleb into the land whereinto he went and that his seed shall possess it 8. All those men who have seen my glory and my miracles which I did in Egypt and in the Wilderness and have tempted me now these ten times surely they shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers neither shall any of them who provoked me see it But my servant Caleb c. 1. The Lord said of Caleb that he was his servant What Caleb was we read Numb 13. What is it to be the Lords servant Generally his servants ye are whom ye obey Rom. 6. And what is it to obey what else but pliably and willingly to submit ones own will to the fulfilling of anothers will 1. Obedience must be pliable and willing Esay 1.19 2. It must be to the command of another as such For if the natural bent of ones own will be to the same act which another commands without respect had to the command as such it is nulla vel minor either no obedience at all or less saith S. Gregory Because obedience properly respects the fulfilling not of our own but of anothers will For example Jer. 35.6 7. Had the sons of Rechab been naturally abstemious and loved no wine their obedience to their father had been either so much the less or indeed none at all When therefore the Lord faith of Caleb that he was his servant it is to be understood that he was obedient that is that he was willing and pliable to the fulfilling of the Lords will That we may the better understand this we must know that there is a
John 5. v. 39 40. As the learned Scribes could tell where Christ should be born but themselves went not forth Matth. 2. Ye search the Scriptures c. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word appears by the context to be Indicative not Imperative but ye will not come unto me that is believe in me that ye might have life John 5.39 40. Signe The way lies Southward toward the perfect day Numb 14.17 Who will believe that we travail thitherward when our faces are toward the North and the dark land As for means conducing hereunto the Spies who searched the land went from the Wilderness of Zin to Rehob that is from the bushy and thorny way to largeness and latitude v. 21. That no doubt is the way through straits and difficulties We went through fire and water say such travailers and thou broughtest us to a ●arge place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a place of refreshment Psal 66.12 that 's meant by Rehob here 2 Esdr 7.7 Therefore Rehob was the inheritance of the Tribe of Asher Josh 19.24.28 Judges 1.31 that is bliss and happiness as Asher signifies The afflictions and sufferings of Christ must precede our salvation by Christ 2 Cor. 1.5 6. through the narrow to the broad God shewes the worst first Cut off the right hand c. Strait is the gate and narrow is the way c. The common method of the world is quite otherwise whereby we are first assured of life salvation the holy land and then commanded to perform these hard duties afterward 2. They shall bear their iniquityes the word we turn iniquity is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is commonly here understood Metonymically as the effect put for the cause But I see no reason but hereby we may understand the iniquity it self or the guilt of it For howsoever the Lord at the intercession of Moses had remitted the everlasting punishment Num. 14.20 Yet might they be made to feel the burden of their sin according as the Lord threatens in my text And Num. 27.3 The daughters of Zelophe had though they acquit their father of the conspiracy of Korah yet they confess that he died in the wilderness and died in his own sin He bare his iniquity according to Gods sentence in the text although I deny not but that the Metonymical meaning also hath place here when they are said to bear their iniquity in that their carkasses fell in the wilderness Hebr. 3.17 3. According to the dayes wherein they searched the land even fourty dayes each day for a year they shall bear their iniquities even fourty years The reason of this seeming great excess of punishment is because sin is not to be looked at according to the time wherein it is acted but 1. According to the person offended 2. According to the holy and just law violated and the just penalty of that law 3. According to the means of grace offered whereby the sin might have been avoided 4. According to the obligation of the person offending The Lord proportions and measures out the punishments of sin according to the nature extent and degree of continuance in sin Thus he dealt with Tyre and Sidon with Sodom and Gomorrha and with his own people The most just and merciful God in his punishments usually goes less and not to the full extent of his threatnings Chronologers who have exactly counted the years of Israels punishment in the Wilderness they finde it to fall short some moneths of full fourty years And the holy people who ought to be like their God being commanded not to exceed fourty stripes for the greatest fault Deut. 25.3 They Commonly out of equity remitted at least one St. Paul among his sufferings testifies this practice of the Jewes 2 Cor. 11.24 But in bestowing of rewards the mercifull God usually exceeds his promises Esay 35. Where the Lord foretells what miracles the Son of God should work in the dayes of his flesh we read not of casting out Devills nor curing the lepers both which we read frequently done by him The Lord promised David that after he should sleep with his fathers his Son should sit upon his throne but he brought that to pass while David was yet a live and his eyes seeing it 1. Hence it appears that the sin of a day may bring on us a years punishment yea many years yea an eternity if not timely repented of and forsaken 2. The quadragesima of sin may bring a quadringentessimum yea a seculum yea a seculum seculorum of Judgement 3. Hence it followes that there is an everlasting punishment remaining for incorrigible and impenitent disobedient men This is evident from hence because the Lord remitted and pardoned this people their sin as appears Num. 14. ver 20. Yet here the Lord denounceth a punishment against the same sinners 4. It s clear therefore that when God hath forgiven sin as to the everlasting punishment He may and often doth reserve a temporall This is evident as out of the text so by Nahans transactions with David 2 Sam. 12. And the reason is because there is no sin unles timely repented of but its deadly So saith the Lord Jer. 46.28 I will chastise thee in measure and not leave thee wholly unpunished 1. By this means he works further repentance and humiliation in the party sinning 2. It renders the sinner more cautious and wary for the time to come because the rod of Gods correction is upon him 3. It declares that there is a God that judgeth the earth Psal 58.11 4. It is for example unto others that they may hear and fear and do no more wickedly 5. We learn hence that the Purgatory and temporal punishment for sin may be safely admitted in this life 6. Hence its evident that some are judged here that they may not perish with the world 1 Cor. 11. for the destruction of the flesh that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord. 1. This reproves their erroneous judgement who think that because God punishes men here a long time therefore he will punish them for ever 2. Those who conclude that they may sin impunè because they see no hurt come of it for the present It s impossible but that they should be punished for it either temporally or eternally 4. The Lord saith to his people in covenant with him ye shall know my breach of promise The words thus translated contain in them these two I cannot call them divine truths but false Axioms 1. The Lord breaks his covenant and promise 2. The Lord will make his people in covenant with him know his breach of promise or covenant Both which as they are most false and absurd so must this translation be which contains them both to say the best of it be most absurd and false These words are variously rendred by divers Translators The Vulg. Lat. and Pagnin turns them thus Cognoscetis ultionem meam my vengeance Munster Irritationem meam my provocation Vatablus and the
down to the earth and earthly things prefigured by the Canaanites who have their name from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 curvari incurvari deprimi to be bowed down and depressed toward the earth such souls as cannot or indeed rather will not raise themselves to the consideration of things above heavenly things Of which the Prophet speaks They are wise to do evil but to do good they know not Jer. 4.22 This gross and supine ignorance preceding those things which a man is bound to know doth not simply excuse the act of the will from sin in toto or altogether but somewhat in or à tanto as they speak because so doing he commits a sin against the law which commands ands him to enquire what is right and just Awake thou that sleepest and arise from the dead and Christ shall enlighten thee And be not unwise but understanding what the will of the Lord is Ephes 5. But this ignorance excuseth somewhat and à tanto because the contempt of the command and authority commanding is by reason of ignorance so much the less The less knowledge the less contempt and the less contempt the less sin So that it rests that the invincible ignorance preceding the act of the will whether positive or negative whether juris or facti of the law or the fact simply excuseth from sin both in tanto and in toto in whole and in part if I may so English that distinction This invincible ignorance is that which remains after a man hath used all diligence due and possible and hath done all things expedient which he is bound to do for the removal of it And this is the ignorance which excuseth Howbeit because many things are known by nature which require duty and he who knew not his Lords will but did things worthy of stripes 1 Cor. 4. v. 4. shall be beaten though with few stripes Luke 12.48 And although a man know nothing or be not conscious or guilty to himself 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 saith the Apostle yet thereby he is not justified doubtless it is most safe not to stand upon strict termes of commutative justice with our God but to leave our selves and our condition unto his goodness who knowes us and what we know better then we our selves do It was S. Pauls case I was saith he before a blasphemer and a persecutor and injurious but I obtained mercy because I did it ignorantly in unbelief There had been no need of mercy maugre his ignorance if there had been no sin 1 Tim. 1.13 And that sin seems to have been that which he names blasphemy persecution of the truth and injury unto the professors of it all which he might have known to be sin according to Mich. 6.8 and according to Gamaliels reason Acts 5. v. 39. If the counsel be of God ye cannot dissolve it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lest ye be found even fighters against God sinners with an high hand 1. Hence upon the whole matter we may infer that the Heathen cannot plead invincible ignorance Mic. 6.8 Rom. 1.19 no not of the Gospel Psal 98.3 Rom. 10.18 if the Apostle reason right 2. Hence also it appears that sins are not equal which is evident from the words before us where it is supposed that some sins may be committed out of errour and ignorance others with an high hand Yea sins of the same kinde yet differenced by the persons offending are not equal Levit. 4.4 with ver 13 14. There is as great an expiation required of the Priests sin as of the sin of the whole congregation I which case Duo cum faciant idem non est idem when two men do the same thing yet it is not the same 1. Whence also they are justly blamed who pretend ignorance of those things which they may and ought to know 2 Cor. 4.3 2. They also who say they know the will of God and think it a great indignity that any should question their intellectuals yet they practise not what they pretend to know and so betray their morals or rather immorality and consequently their ignorance Such is disobedience in Gods esteem Rom. 1.21 22. and the wicked man how knowing soever is yet Solomons Fool. The Scripture here speaks of the Soul the soul that doth ought c. though the person of the man be understood because Animus cujusque is est quisque every mans soul is himself or at least the better part of every man of which I have spoken elsewhere more largely as also because the sin originally proceeds from the soul and it is the heart lifted up which lifts up the hand Wherefore O ye immortal souls your errours your ignorances are too many Adde not O adde not thereunto your wilful transgressions your sins of an high hand your mighty sins as the Prophet calls them Amos 5.12 Stand not out against the Almighty God but yield your selves unto him and give the hand It is the advice which Hezekiah gives to Israel to turn again to the Lord God of their fathers not to harden their necks but to yield themselves to the Lord the Hebrew words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 give the hand 2 Chro. 30 v. 8. submit your selves to the Lord c. And the Posts passed from City to City to carry the Kings Decree and to perswade the people But what was the event of this good counsel They laughed them to scorn and mocked them 2 Chron. 30.6 10. But diverse of Asher and Manasseh and of Zebulun humbled themselves c. Verbum Domini ad te This counsel this word of the Lord is to thee O Israel The Counsellour as Christ is called Esay 9.6 the Power and strength of the Lord as Christ is called 1 Cor. 1.24 that 's Hezekiah he exhorts us to turn unto the Lord God of our father Abraham Isaac and Israel that we harden not our hearts that we sin not against him with an high hand but submit our selves and yield our hand to the Lord. And the Posts the Ambassadors carry this Decree of the Lord from City to City These Ambassadors for Christ beseech us yea as though God did beseech us by them they pray us in Christs stead that we will be reconciled unto God 2 Cor. 5.20 that we give our hand unto him But alas I well foresee that these Ambassadors and their exhortations as often heretofore will have a like event to those there will be who will laugh them to scorn and mock them And for this the wrath of God is come and will come upon the present generation in variety of Diseases Consumptions burning Agues Plagues fire and sword wherewith the Lord pleads and will plead with all flesh Levit. 26. Deut. 28. Esay 66.16 For thus the Lord dealt with Israel according to the flesh they mocked the messengers of God and despised his words and misused his Prophets till the wrath of the Lord arose against his people till there was no healing therefore he
7.14 Mat. 6.10 Wherefore be couragious O ye faithfull Israelites who march against your spiritual enemies ye have the promise of the Lord of hosts that ye shall eat up all the peoples which the Lord your God is giving to you Hearken not to the faint-hearted and unbelieving Spies who say that the people are greater and taller then ye are and that ye are as Grashoppers or rather as Locusts Num. 13. v. 33. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in your own eyes and in the peoples eyes Numb 13.33 Let them not discourage or rather melt your heart Why should that significant metaphore be obscured and lost by mis-translation whereof the Spirit of God makes use as taken either from Ice resolved into water Josh 7.5 or from Wax melted Psal 22.15 Unbelief and fear soften and melt the heart which is strengthened by belief and courage Gen. 45.26 Psal 27.13 14. Believe the faithful and valiant Spies and witnesses of God Jehoshua the Lord the Saviour and Caleb the hearty and couragious man according to the heart of God these will assure us that we are well able to overcome and eat up the peoples For so they say Numb 14.9 Fear not ye the people of the land for they are bread for us If we be thus strong in the Lord the Lord will strengthen us Psal 31.24 and the Lord Jesus will take away the sin John 1.29 and the wicked shall perish and the enemies of the Lord shall be as the pretiousness of Lambs they shall consume into smoke Psalm 37.20 For so the Altar of Christs patience consumes and eats up the Sacrifices Therefore the Altar is called Ariel that is the Lion of God Ezech. 43.16 which devours the flesh of sin which is laid upon it And thus the spiritual enemies of the Lord and his people are consumed by the fire and spirit of love burning on the Altar the patience of Jesus Christ So the Prophet prayes Consume in wrath consume and let them not be He prayes against the sinnes not the persons of his enemies for ver 11. he had prayed slay them not He prayes that the Lord would consume the iniquity that it might not be For should he pray here against the sinners that they should not be how could he pray for them in the words next following Let them know that the Lord ruleth in Jacob and to the ends of the earth And to shew that what he had said is worth our consideration he adds Selah Which imports the suppressing of our earthly thoughts and raising up our heavenly meditations like that Psal 9.16 Higgaion or medidation Selah Even so O Lord impower us by thy mortifying spirit Rom. 8.13 which may kill eat up and consume all the wicked populacy all the seven nations the deadly sins which will otherwise eat up and consume us And quicken us unto the life of thee our God through the spirit of life which is in Christ Jesus our Lord. Gods request unto his People SER. XV. OR Gods Petition of Right SERMON XV. Deuteronomie 10. ver 12 13. And now Israel what doth the Lord thy God require of thee but to fear the Lord thy God to walk in all his wayes and to love him and to serve the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul to keep the Commandements of the Lord and his Statutes which I command thee this day for thy good SOme of these words are otherwise to be rendred as I shall shew in the particular handling of them Meantime we may know that they contain a summary comprehension These words are a summary comprehension of the peopses duty to their God inferred from the consideration of his goodness in renewing the Law continuance of the Priesthood and adding thereto the Levites Whence the words before us are deduced as a conclusion The 1. And is here collective as gathering all the promises together conclusive and illative as inferring from those promises Israels obedience and very emphatical as often elsewhere If for our better understanding of these words we take in the two following verses which depend upon the two former we shall finde that this Paragraph hath two parts 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Request or Desire 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Rendring of a reason for that Desire and Request In the former which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Request and Desire is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the thing desired and requested and the end why it is requested and desired 1. The thing desired and requested is either the peoples holy affections or the sutable effects issuing from them Their holy affections are either the holy fear of the Lord whose effect is walking in all his wayes Or the holy and intire love of God whose effect is serving him with all the heart and with all the soul The common effect of both these holy affections is keeping Gods Commandements and Statutes 2. The End aimed at in all this is either Cujus as they call it for which the request is made that is for good or Cui for whose sake and for whose benefit this duty unto God is requested for thee 2. The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or reason of this Request and Desire is either negative implicitly set down not that the Lord needs thee O Israel or any thing of thine For behold the Heavens and the Heavens of Heavens are the Lords thy Gods the earth also with all that therein is 2. Positive and express the affection of God toward the holy Fathers only the Lord did cleave unto thy Fathers to love them Deut. 10. v. 16. out of which he chose their children above all other people Which was the special grace of Christ toward his Church Ephes 1.3 4 5. Ye perceive by this Analyse that the Text is Oratio argumentosa a speech full of Arguments and may afford manifold Axioms of greatest regard But I have elsewhere spoken to diverse of them The divine Axiomes contained in these words are either 1. Gods Requests unto his people or 2. Gods Requesting these of them or his servant Moses Requiring of them or the ends why the Lord requests and Moses requires these of Israel Gods Requests are that 1. Israel fear the Lord their God 2. That Israel walk in all his wayes 3. That Israel love him 4. That Israel serve the Lord their God with all their heart and with all their soul 5. That Israel keep the Commandements of the Lord and his Statutes 6. The Lord requires all these of Israel 7. Moses requstes or commands all these this day 8. The Lord requests nothing more nor does Moses require any thing more of Israel but these 9. For what end doth the Lord request or Moses require these of thee O Israel but for good and to thee O Israel I intend not to treat of all these having spoken to many of them upon their Texts of Scripture Wherefore I shall waive the Press handling of what I have formerly
Feast 3. The Lord expects a gradual obedience of his people of every one according to what power he hath And as he gives to every one according to his ability Matth. 25.15 So he requires a proportionable improvement of what he gives of every one as he is able Non eadem à summo minimoque not the same of the greatest and least a Lamb-like innocency and fincerity from the weakest from those who are better growen a fruitfulness and profitableness such are the Sheep of the true Shepherd John 10. He requires an helpfulness and cooperation with himself of those who are his strong Oxen 1 Cor. 3.9 that they break up the fallow grounds and tread out the corn and when they have done all to suffer as Lambs Sheep and Oxen Jer. 11. v. 19. as the Prophet saith of himself I was as a Lamb an Ox brought to sacrifice Jer. 11.19 This discovers much hypocrisie in the present generation For there are who exceedingly magnifie the grace mercy of God and his love to mankinde in that he made Christ the spotless and innocent Lamb to be sin or an offering for sin not having known sin that we might be made the righteousness of God in him Who exceedingly cried up the dignity of Christs person that Lamb of God and the invaluable merit of his personal death and passion At quis vituperat But who dispraiseth him said one to him who made a long Oration in the praise of Hercules These can well make large Panegyrical Orations of what God hath done and what Christ hath suffered for them but meantime they consider not nor acknowledge that they themselves have crucified and slain that innocent Lamb in Sodom and Egypt Revel 11.8 and 13.8 Gal. 3. v. 1. even Christ crucified 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gal. 3.1 in you by the secret sin and the open and manifest sin They boast much of the Paskal Lamb sacrificed for them yet are they not sincere nor purge they out the old leaven of naughtiness and wickedness 2 Pet. 1. v. 9. but take forgetfulness both of Christs expiation and purging them and of their own duty of cleansing themselves of their own old sins 2 Pet. 1.9 One and All. OR Love the fulfilling of all the Commandements SER. XVI SERMON XVI Deuteronomie 19. ver 9. If thou shalt keep all these Commandements to do them which I command thee this day to love the Lord thy God and to walk ever in his wayes THis is Pendula sententia a sentence which depends on somewhat preceding in the former words and hath something depending upon it in the words following It s necessary therefore to the understanding of these words that we know the structure and natural order of the eighth ninth and tenth verses which contain one entire Paragraph The Lord having commanded the building of three Cities of Refuge in the midst of the Land v. 2. He gives order to build three Cities more but this command is upon a condition on Gods part If the Lord enlarge their Coast according to his promise and oath unto their fathers v. 8. But because there is no question but the Lord the faithful God will perform his promise and his oath the two immutable things the only doubt would be whether Israel would perform their duty that the Lord might perform his promise and his oath and therefore the condition on Gods part depends on performance of another condition on mans part which ye have v. 9. If thou shalt keep all these Commandements If this condition be performed then thou shalt build thee three Cities more The end why these Cities must be built ye have v. 10. That innocent blood be not shed in thy land Ye perceive my Text is the second condition according to the order of the words namely that which is required on mans part that the Lord might perform the condition on his part To enlarge their coast Rom. 7. v. 19.21 and so the three other Cities might be built Before we can speak as we ought to these words we must render them right For they are not truly translated as they are now read I read them thus If or when thou shalt keep all that Commandement to do it which I am commanding thee this day to love the Lord thy God and to walk in his wayes all dayes These words are considerable in themselves or with reference unto the neighbour words In themselves considered they afford us these Axioms 1. The Lord is commanding thee this day to love the Lord thy God and to walk in his wayes all dayes 2. Thou oughtst to keep all that Commandment to do it These words considered with reference to the neighbour words If thou shalt keep all that Commandement to do it the Lord will enlarge thy Coast 1. The Lord is commanding us this day to love the Lord our God and to walk in his wayes all dayes This in nature is first For there must be a command before there is an obeying the command Wherein we have the general duty 1. Love of the Lord our God 2. Obedience out of that love 3. The duration or continuance of that love and obedience 4. Gods precept enjoyning that love obedience and duration of it 1. The Lord is commanding us this day that we love the Lord our God This form of speech notes a continued act of commanding The Lord gives not his commands of love and obedience 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all at once Esay 3. v. 9. There hath been a dispute whether the Creator having once in the beginning put an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Impetus or principle of motion into his creature that were sufficient for the perpetual motion of every respective creature according to its kinde Or whether the perpetual concourse of the Creator be needful to the motion of every respective creature This later hath been more generally received in the School The reason may be 1. In regard of man averse and turned from his God and turned into a vitious self-love a love of the world and the things of the world and therefore he stands in great need of divine concourse continually reclaiming him recalling him requiring and commanding him entreating and requesting him exciting and exhorting him dayly while it is called to day continually every way winning upon him to regain him unto his love 2. Besides the Lords continual claim as I have formerly shewen preserves his right This discovers mans wonderful apostasie from the love of his God who although he be the chief good and therefore naturally most amiable and lovely yet the Lord sees it needful to command man to love him 2. We ought to keep all that Commandement to do it to love the Lord our God What our Translators here turn all these Commandements to do them in the plural is in the singular number only in these words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 All that Commandement to do it Where 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
perverse will So Luther and Piscator If thou lettest thy self be driven c. Accordingly the Apostles phrase is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ye know that when ye were Gentiles ye were carried away or driven away 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the dumb idols 1 Cor. 12. v. 2. according as ye were lead 1 Cor. 12.2 Who carried them or drove them There is no doubt but they had their Drivers of Religion as well as we have as they who use all arguments to perswade men to the worship of their gods But no Counsel in the world can enforce or drive any man to embrace or follow it but it leaves him free to obey or not to obey it Hence it appears that the man is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his own self-actor and mover his own self-driver to Idolatry They who affirm this or the like Positions they are accounted Free-willers as if this were the name of some old Sect or Heresie Whereas indeed to will or nill the same thing or to will or nill the contrary is as natural to a man as any other property he has Yea take these from a man and ye will utterly unman him What is more supposed in the holy Scripture then this If ye be willing if ye be obedient c. How often would I and ye would not So that I may undoubtedly affirm that they who call men Free-willers do not know what Free-will is It s a new term that hath its original from the ignorance and madness of the people A man is driven like a beast from the one and only God to other false gods from the worship and serving of God to the service and worship of Idols And because the heart is so moveable even from the chief good let us pray to the Lord to fix our hearts and knit them unto himself that we may fear his Name And when we are so strengthened let us strengthen our brethren When our heart is strengthened and confirmed in the good we may then every one sing with holy David My heart is fixed O Lord my heart is fixed I will sing and I will chaunt or praise Psal 57.7 The Regenerate become Degenerate SERMON XVII Deuteronomie 32. ver 5. They have corrupted themselves their spot is not the spot of his children They are a perverse and crooked generation AS this Book of Deuteronomy is called by the learned Jews A Book of Rebukes in regard of Israels sins now past so the Lord foreseeing their sins to come ordered this Swan-song of Moses as a testimony against Israel Deut. 31.28 29. Wherein when he has summoned his Auditors and witnesses he reproves them of their sin by discovering the disparity and unlikeness of the people unto that patern according to which they were made and that 's the image of God his perfect work v. 4. Our Translators turn the words thus He is the Rock Deut. 32. v. 4. his work is perfect The words in the Hebrew are capable of divers Translations Howbeit there is no Verb among these words which to make sense must necessarily be supplyed Because there is neither sense nor sentence neither truth nor falsehood without a Verb. Yet are not Verbs to be multiplyed beyond necessity There are two in the sentence as it is rendred by our Translators and it s made a copulate which may be only a simple Axiom The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which I would turn His perfect work is that Rock or That Rock is his perfect work The word here turnd a Rock is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Emphatical and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 extraordinary great and exceeding the quantity of the other letters The Rabbins understand by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God SER. 17. as the LXX render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 both here and v. 30. but with reference unto his vengeance for sin upon those who transgress his Law Howbeit he doth not hastily wreak vengeance but with judgement because his work is perfect So R. Salomon He is called a Rock to let us know that all that evil which befel Israel was for their evil works And that he is called a Rock because he stands firm So Aben Ezra But the Apostle tells us that the Rock is Christ 1 Cor. 10. And therefore it s expressed with an Emphasis more then ordinary as hath been shewen The Lord Jesus Christ may be understood to be the perfect work of the Father both 1. By eternal generation 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the off-shining of his glory the light of the Fathers light by eternal emanation and 2. By Temporal incarnation And that Rock being as I may so say the Master-piece of the great Artisun he made him the patern of all his works He made all things by Jesus Christ Ephes 1.9 whether visible or invisible c. Col. 1.16 17. And consequently according to this perfect patern was man made and after he was marr'd was re-made and made a-new Psal 139. v. 5. as Israel and the whole Church of God So the Psalmist 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Formasti me thou hast fashioned or formed me behinde and before Psal 139.5 All his wayes are judgement And in those wayes the man ought to have walked and Christ himself is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that way John 14.6 A God of Truth or God Truth that is Christ is that Truth John 14.6 Esay 65. v. 16. And it is prophesied of him Esay 65.16 that he who blesseth himself in the Earth shall bless himself 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the God Amen as Christ is called Revel 3.14 And according to this Image was the man made But further God is just and righteous and in righteousness was the man made according to Gods image even in righteousness holiness of Truth Ephes 4.24 God is right or upright And God made the man right or upright 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Eccles 7.29 Thus Wisdom built the house wherein God would dwell but Folly pull'd it down with her hands saith the Wiseman And thus one sinner destroyes much good Eccles 9.18 For where now shall we finde the sons of God who bear this Image When the Foster-fathers Mothers or Nurses had lost their children they sought them and discovered them by certain marks which they call'd 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 By such marks the true Mother knew her son 1 Kings 3. And Moses who had been to Israel as a Foster-father a Mother or Nurse Numb 11.12 When Israel had now departed from his fathers house Moses seeks him out And whereas these sons of God had their fathers characters and lineaments upon them these were now worn out and they become quite another people and not the sons of God Moses lookes for the form and fashion wherein they were made He looks for them in that way wherein they should walk but they were all gon out of the way they are corrupt and have done
the Clue of the Original Tongues as Pagnin and more exactly Arias Montanus have done And although some learned good men have somewhat condemned the later as if he were too curious and have affirmed that he hath in some places made the Scripture scarce to speak sense I confess the Idioms of every Language and so of the Hebrew tongue are such that they must seem harsh if expressed in another Language Yet I leave it to the due consideration of godly learned men whether less violence will not be done to the holy Text by rendring it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and expresly though in a phrase more harsh to our English ears then to impose our own sense upon it though in a phrase and manner of speech to us more familiar and better known For albeit the expression be uncouth and strange it will be the Preachers duty business and comfort to explain it unto the people together with the spiritual meaning of it How else can he be said to teach them For many of the people are at least in their own opinion so skilful in the Letter of the Scripture that they disdain to be further taught So that one said I say not how wisely that he would not go cross the way to hear what he knew not already Is it said in vain They shall seek the Law at the mouth of the Priest Malach. 2.7 Therefore it is said of the Levites That they read in the Book of the Law of God and gave the sense Nehem. 8.8 Whence it appears that the Letter of the Scriptures and much more the spiritual meaning of it was obscure even to the Jews themselves especially after they bad been in Babylon And may we not think that the Letter of the Scripture must be yet obscure to the Christian Church which in S. Peters dayes was in Babylon 1 Pet. 5.13 And is it yet come out of Babylon When now I had sometime proceeded according to this method and digested the more material mistakes of the Translation into Arguments of plain weekly Sermons both because I wanted other time properly to be bestowed upon that Subject as also that the Amendment of the Translation might appear not Arbitrary but necessary and had applyed the several ●ff●yps unto life und manners Although I had for brevity sake wittingly passed by many oversights in the Translation especially in the three first Books of Moses and had scattered enough for any man to glean after me yet I perceived the Work swelled beyond my first intention And therefore considering that the further wo proceed in survey of the Scripture the Translation is the more faulty as the Hagiographa more then the Historical Scripture and the Prophets more then the Hagiographa and the Apocrypha most of all and generally the New more then the Old Testament Considering also that the Work would be very long if I should proceed thorowout the whole Scripture according to the same large measure of Application Lastly perceiving the infirmities of old age already upon me and that Ars longa vita brevis the business is long and life but short I thought meet in mine Essayes to take notice of the mis-translation of other Scriptures as well as these of the Pentateuch observed in this Volume And therefore although at first I put all Scriptures quoted promiscuously either in the Margent as in the beginning or because that was more troublesome to the Compositer in the Context afterward I placed all such Scriptures cited in the Margent against the translation of which I conceived there lay any just exception For the discovery of these mis-translations I have used the help of diverse of my friends especially Dr. Thomas Drayton Mr. William Parker and Mr. Richard Hunt who beside that hath also taken great pains in making a Table of the Sermons contained in this Book also an Index of such Scriptures as either purposely or occasionally are opened in it and also hath made a Catalogue of the more notable Errata in the whole Volume a labour much below his worth and ability The Lord in mercy be pleased to give his blessing unto these my weak Essayes and endeavours that they may tend as they are intended unto his honour and glory in the illustration of his serviceable Word and the edifying of his people in their holy fear faith and love He be pleased to stir up many far more able then I am so thorowly to furbish and sharpen the two-edged Sword of his Spirit the Word of God that it may cut down the known sin and the false righteousness the outward and inward iniquity that I and these my labours may be as nothing in comparison of such instruments as the Lord may raise up that the testimony of Jesus may be cleared and may witness of him that all the people may be gathered unto Shilo Gen. 49.10 2 Thess 2.1 and may give testimony unto the truth in Jesus even the putting off the old man and putting on the new Ephes 4.21 22. That all may be so reconciled unto God by the death of his Son and saved by his life That all may hear the voice of the Father and see his shape Phil. 2.6 and may have his Word abiding in them and receive the Son whom he hath sent and may come unto him that they may have life John 5. That the Son of God may obtain the end of his coming who is therefore come that men may have life and have it more abundantly John 10.10 in Faith Prowess Experimental knowledge Temperance Patience Godliness Brotherly love and Common love whereby an entrance may be administred unto us abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ So great grace the God of all grace vouchsafe unto us all through the same Jesus Christ our Lord Amen! GEN. 1 2. And the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the Waters EVery Scribe taught into the Kingdom of Heaven is like unto a Man an housholder who bringeth forth out of his Treasure things New and Old Matth. 13.52 The Old is the Figure the New is the Spirit saith S. Basil And the Lord Jesus maketh the Ministers of the New Testament able Ministers not of the Letter but of the Spirit Now should any Man purchase a Field yielding a plentiful Crop and well worth his money yet if he who sold him that Field should beyond his bargain and what he looked for discover unto him a rich Mine and a Treasure hidden in that Field surely he should do the purchaser no wrong Nor have the pious Ancients Jews and Christians Greek and Latin Fathers who delivered the holy Scriptures unto us done us any injury when beside the literal sense which onely some look after they shew us a spiritual meaning also especially of the Penteteuch or Five Books of Moses which Juvenal calls an hidden Book Tradidit arcano quodcunque Volumine Moses And of that hidden Volume the Book of Genesis Yea and of that Book the
this day When men fall off from the City of David the City of Gods love 1 Kings 14.17 and the love of their neighbour they thence forth live in Tirza that is according to their own lusts and pleasures in self-love so Tirza signifies And thus S. Paul prophesying of the perillous times which now are if ever his first character of those who make the times perillous is Men lovers of themselves of Caines family 2 Tim. 3.1 2 and his last character of the open sinners is They are lovers of pleasure more than lovers of God All which City of open and manifest sin is covered with a roof of hypocriticall and false righteousness having a form of Godlyness but denying the power of it These and such as these are building the City of Cain which by their own markes are easily distinguished from Gods builders And therefore the Apostle presently after their characters adds shun these They may yet be further differenced by the Cities which they build Gods and Christs workmen are building Bethmaacha the City of contrite lowly and humble men The Devills and his son Cains builders are raising Ramatha the high proud and lofty City which God and his builders are destroying Esay 26.5 Gods City is Bethel the house of God The Devils Avith and Bethaven the house of wickedness and vanity Gods City is Bethulia a company of chaste virgin-soules The Devils City is Seboim a licentious a lascivious a Goatish generation which must be set on the left hand in the judgement Gods City is Bethshemesh the house and Tabernacle of the Sun Psal 19.4 Mal. 4.2 which constantly continues its course of Righteousnesse and goodnesse The Devils City is Jericho or Luneburg Ecclus. 27.11 Hebr. 7.2 as the Fool changeth like the Moon saith the Wiseman Gods City is Sedec whereof the true Melchisedec is King The Devils City is Poneropolis the City of wicked men whereof the Prince of darkness is King and governour Gods City is Salem and Jerusalem the vision of peace The Devils City is Rabbath or Riblatha contention and strife Let Cain and his builders go on and be building Mal. 1.4 The Lord hath said They shall build but I will throw down And they shall call them the border of wickednesse and the people against whom the Lord hath indignation for ever As for us who are Gods workmen and people let us hear the Exhortation of Cyrus His name saith Plutarch signifies the Sun and he delivered the people of God out of captivity and so is a lively type of Christ the sun of Righteousness and our Redeemer He gives us this exhortation Ezra 1.3 Who is there among you of all his people His God be with him and let him go up to Jerusalem and build c. And that of Joab 1 Chro. 15.13 Be of good courage and let us behave our selves Valiantly for our people and for the Cities of our God And let the Lord do that which is good in his sight He was the father of such as dwell in tents By father here is to be understood the Master or Teacher Gen. 4. Ver. 20. as he who is the inventor or author of any Art or Science Now although Father may be a proper expression in the Hebrew tongue yet since 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by metophore will reach also the signification of a Teacher we may so render the word here He was the Teacher of such as dwell in Tents and possess Cattle For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifying Cattle and possession because the first and most antient possession was of Cattle this translation may comprehend both without a supplement Unles with Castellio we turn the words thus Qui primus tabernacula habitavit pecuariam fecit Who first dwelt in tents and used grazing or shepherdy Verse 21 So Jubal was the Teacher of every one who handles the Harpe and the Organ It is tru 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies to handle but it signifies also a more gentle kinde of handling to touch and so it is a more musical phrase To touch an instrument that is to play upon it as the Chal. Par. turns it here And Jubal so carries jubilation and joyfull shouting in his name And that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is so to be understood appeares by the next words She bare Tubal-Cain Vers 22 word for word a whe●●● of all workmanship of Brass and Iron Which our Translators metaphorically turn an Instructor We may render the words Tubal-Cain who taught all workmanship of Brass and Iron The poets have deviled a Fable out of this most antient History Of Tubal-Cain they have made Vulcan whom they sain the God of Metalls and Metall-men as by Naamah the Beautiful they may understand Venus and because Metalls cannot be wrought and fashioned without Fire they say he first found out Fire and is the God of Fire whence in the Greek he hath his name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or by the Dorick Dialect 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Father or Inventor of Fire He is said of his Metalls to have made the first Armour and Weapons of war A Trade very fit for one of Cains posterity Upon the whole matter we may note thus much That the family of Cain the men of the Old World were ingenious and witty in finding out the profits and pleasures of the world and meanes and wayes to defend themselves in the fruition of them and offend others and therein they lived voluptuously eating and drinking marrying and giving in mariage untill the day that the floud came and took them all away And thus the men of the old world prefigured the men of this later world according to that proverbial speech What befell the fathers were types unto their children Such are the men of this world who walk in the same way of Cain Jude vers 11. and must expect the like or worse destruction Matth. 24.38.39 2 Pet. 3.6.7 He called his name Enos Then began men to call upon the name of the Lord. What But then Did not Abel righteous Abel Gen. 4. Ver. 26. Hebr. 11.4 did not he call upon the Name of the Lord What nor Seth a man of that noted piety that he was accounted 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a God among men deificatus homo even a Godded man saith Theodoret. And did not Seth call upon the name of the Lord If so how then is it said that in the time of Enos Men began to call upon the name of the Lord These inconveniencies may render the translation suspected and yet the more because scarce any one translation speaks like another Drusius in his Fragm Interpretum Graec gives this translation of the words Tunc caeptum est invocari nomen Domini then the name of the Lord began to be called upon and then adds Interpretatio auro contra non cara The interpretation is not dear at any price I shall shew what
they might be filled with all the fulness of God For this reason the Jewes of old had this of all the names of God in greatest reverence expressing it by these and such like phrases the name of four Letters 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The name the great name the glorious name And therefore lest by use of it it might be dishonoured they pronounced in stead of it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Lord. Nor was that name heard more than once in a whole year and that pronounced by the High Priest and that only on the Expiation day and that only in the Sanctum Sanctorum But this critical discourse had not been so fit for a popular auditory but that it 's very necessary for the opening of this point as the Learned know 2. Ye have heard the meaning of this glorious name in it self considered Let us now look at it with reference unto the Creatures And so it signifies the Author of all created being past present and to come It 's a name God imposed upon himself by himself who alone knows his own Essence and Being and such as in some measure may signifie his nature at least so far as the utmost and highest speculation of the most transcendent understanding can reach unto yet such is his condescent that we may see it revealed in the subsistence and Being of every Creature whereof it is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Fountain of all Idea's the Being of Beings in whom we live who have life all Creatures move who have motion and all have their Being which are 1 Sam. 17.12 This was figured by Jesse that is He that is and he who long hath been The Antient of dayes even from the dayes of eternity This Jesse this Antient of dayes is the Father of the true David This is the true Nun. What 's that the Eternal as the French call God of whom Nun was a type the father of Joshua that is Jesus Christ The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here and elsewhere is used in the form plurall though joyn'd to the proper name of God which is alwayes singular And the reason is God is one and his name is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 one Yet is there a three-fold exertion Deut. 6.4 1 John 5.7 gradual manifestation degree or maner of Being in the Deity And this name of God is common to them all to the Father Hebr. 1.1 to the Son vers 8. Acts 20.28 Rom. 9.5 and to the holy Spirit Acts. 5.3 4. As for the signification of the word the name Jehovah imports the Eternity and immutability of Gods Being and all the Divine Attributes as also his giving a Being unto all the Creatures Elohim signifies God the Judge as also God the Almighty he is Shems God 3. Hitherto we have iniquired into the great Name Jehovah the Lord God Let us now consider what it is to be a God of one and how the Lord may be said to be the God of Shem it may generally imply his right of creation and preservation but more specially it imports a covenant made between the Lord God and Shem as in this Chapter so elswhere and such a covenant consists of four acts whereof two on Gods part Gen. 9.9 10 11. 17.7 His Stipulation requiring somewhat to be done Promise upon performance of that Stipulation to be our God One Mans part Repromission or answering by promise to Gods stipulation Exo. 19.5 8 20 19. Restipulation because the parties covenanting are so unequal by way of humble petition and prayer unto God We have examples of these in many Scriptures 2 Cor. 6.17 18. with 7.1 The Stipulation and that which God requires of man is mans whole duty Exodus 20 1-17 abridg'd into fewer words but vertually containing what ever was elswhere required at large Deut. 10.12 and yet more contracted Mich. 6.8 and yet more briefly Matth. 22.37 Though this be Shems prerogative to be the first in all the Scripture whose God the Lord is expressely said to be Gen. 6.9 Mat. 23.35 as his father Noah is the first in the Old Testament who is said to be a just man though Abel also be called so afterward by our Saviour Yet neither the one nor the other had that peculiar unto himself For both before and after Abel and Noah there were and are righteous men and the Lord was the God of Adam Abel Seth Enoch and all the eight preachers of Righteousness and especially styled the God of Abraham Isaac and Jacob and all in covenant with him And therefore we are here to understand under the name of Shem Rom. 4.12 all the Shemites all of Shems faith and obedience The Text is here so to be understood that under Shem yea under Japhet the posterity of both are here meant So where our Translators render the word Canaan shall be his Servant the words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a servant unto them If we now inquire into the reason why the Lord is the God of Shem and his Shemites even all the children of Heber even of all in covenant with him many reasons might be alleaged But since there is no disposition at all in the Creature unto good but it proceeds from the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the good will of the Lord unto his Creature 1 Sam. 12.22 unto this we must originally refer it as Samuel does It pleased the Lord to make you his people If yet we inquire further for a reason in God he becomes the God of Shem and his peoples God through Christ This is my well beloved 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ephes 1.6 So saith the Apostle he hath made us accepted in the Beloved He is the Mediator of the new covenant and as a Mediator he plies it on both sides 1. On Gods part he stipulates and requires He is that one Law-giver He promises All the promises of God in him are yea and in him are Amen 2. Esay 65.16 Esay 42.6 49.8 On mans part he promises Heb. 2.12 Luke 12.8 He restipulates by prayer in his own name In these regards he is called the very covenant it self whence we may note 1. The eminency and excellency of that God with whom we are in covenant 2. The happyness of that people who are in covenant with this God Psa 144.15 So the Psalmist Blessed are that people whose God is the Lord. 3. What the Lord is to all his people he is to every one of them But we must remember that Momento Respice titulum My scope has long been to inquire out Christ yester-day Christ hidden under types and figures Among them as we have found Adam Abel Seth Enoch with all the other Preachers So we shall finde Shem also to be one Of him I have spoken in the history Let us now consider him in his mystery Herein I shall inquire what Shem was what he did what befell him In all which we shall finde Analogies and
them Thou canst dwell next neighbour to one with whom perhaps thou never exchangest one word scarce in a year I have heard it is very usual in this City Hath not Noah foretold it that Canaan should be a servant unto the Shemites according to the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an houshold servant Most true it is they dwell in me and nothing else In me dwells no good thing This proves not his right but his usurpation It is no new thing for servants to usurpe authority over their Masters The sons of Zerviah were too strong for David You tell me I am Lord of Canaan Canaan is rather Lord over me 'T is true the time is when the childe differs little from a servant although he be Lord of all Gal. 4. The good that I would do I do not and the evil which I hate that I do The Canaanites will dwell in the Land but the servant abides not in the house alwayes John 8.34 Yet trouble not thy self overmuch what thou yet doest it is not thou but sin that dwels in thee I say while thou art yet a childe this comes to passe and God is merciful 1 John 2.12 Thy sins are forgiven thee for Shems sake that is for his Names sake But thou must not be alwayes a childe They are too strong for us True while only Moses is our Captain Deut. 7.1 But when Joshuah the Lord Jesus leads us in him we overcome them Then the Gibeonites are made hewers of wood and drawers of water When So●omon the true Shemite and type of Christ the true Shem and the true Solomon the Prince of peace overcomes the world John 16.33 and bids thee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Considere Be of good courage The God of peace treads Satan under the Saints feet Rom. 16.20 The Canaanites 1. are first made tributaries when the Spirit lusts against the Flesh Gal. 5.17 They are 2. made servants and bondmen when the Flesh becomes obedient unto the Spirit 3. They are lastly driven out and destroyed when they that are Christs have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts as crucifixion was wont to be the death of servants But alas The Canaanites have Chariots of Iron Jos 17. They have so What are the Chariots spiritually Eliah and Elisha were called The Chariots of Israel and the Horsemen thereof The true Prophets of the Lord are such they are Chariots of fire whose motion is upward Heavenward Godward carrying our thoughts and affections to heavenly things and things above These are the Chariots of Amminadab Cant. 6.12 the people of good will The Chariots of the Canaanites they are earthly of Iron heavie tending downward toward earthly things and carrying mens thoughts and affections downward toward things below He that is of the earth speaks of the earth And therefore the sons of Joseph Jes 17.17 Manasseh and Ephraim they have a promise from the true Josuah to overcome the Canaanites Phil. 3.13 14. Manasseh that is forgetfulnesse forgets that which is behinde and Ephraim fruitfulnesse and increase endeavours after what is before and presses hard after the mark c. The true Joshua he saith it Thou shalt cast out the Canaanites though they have Chariots of Iron and though they be strong This promise is to be performed in these last dayes Zach. 14.21 In that day there shall be no more a Canaanite in the house of the Lord of hosts O but I have been a Canaanite by sinful life and evill manners Even such have the best of us been as the Lord tells those who were of Shems race and progeny Ezech. 16.3 thy birth and thy nativity is of the land of Canaan thy Father was an Amorite and thy Mother an Hittit So was that woman Math. 15.21 and her daughter Acknowledge thine own vileness as she did a Dog And then shalt thou hear that even the Doggs eat of the crums c. In a cursed condition But the Lord by a divine art proper to himself can bring light out of darkness good out of evill blessing out of cursing He turned the curse into a blessing Nehem. 13.2 The Temple was built on the Threshing-floor of Arauna the Jebusite 2. Chro. 3.1 where the Jebusites dwelt there the Temple must be built Christ who is the true Temple Revel 21.22 must be there builded and reared up where he was trodden down before Arauna the Jebusite as a King gave to David that area that ground whereon the Altar and afterward the Temple was built 2 Sam. 24.18.23 and David commanded to gather the strangers of Jsrael c. 1 Chro. 22.2.3 whose number is reckoned 2. Chron. 2.17 who were these A poor contemptible people of the Canaanites implyed in the building of Gods Temple and these must be the men and no other In every Nation he that feares God c. Even the Tria 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 have yet had notable men among them S. Paul was a Cilician by birth and one of the Gregories was a Cappadocian as Julian brands him Our Lord Magnifies the faith of the Canaanitish woman Matth. 15. Vriah the Hittite is famous for his faithfulness to David Though these were all servants yet Esay 10.27 The yoke is taken away because of the Anointing even the unction of the Spirit Luk. 4.18 For where the spirit of the Lord is there is libertie The true Shem gives this liberty He takes from off us the yoke of servitude under Sin and Satan Matth. 11.28 29. under which we laboured and were heavy laden and we taking his yoke of patience upon us and learning of him lowlyness and meekness we finde rest for our souls Exhort 1. To the true Shemites to exercise their power and authority over their servants They have rebelled and usurped power The Lord hath promised unto Abraham and his seed the Land of Canaan Canaan is now Malae fidei possessor he detaines from us the holy Land the Land of holiness Jos 5.15 It is a good Land All the spies say so Num. 13.14 Even the Prophets who have search'd diligently 1. Pet. 1.10 The Lord hath delivered them to utter destruction Deut. 7.1 and 20.16 17. If we drive them not out they will be pricks in our eyes c. Num. 33.55 Despair not they are all conquerable 1. The Zidonian by Gods Fishermen the Preachers of his Word 2. The Hittite is cast out by love perfect love casts out fear 3. Christ gives power to tread down the Jebusite all the power of the enemy 4. The Amorite bitter words bitter envy is subdued by meekness of wisdom Jam. 3.13 14.5 Minding things above subdues the Gergashites earthly mindedness Col. 3.1.6 The Hivite by Christ who is our life Col. 3.7 The Arkite persecution by him who is born after the Spirit He cast out the bond-woman and her son 8. The Sinite or legal righteousness by the righteousness of Christ 9. The Arvadite the ruling sin by the reign of Christs righteousness 10. The Zemarite
and heir The Lord secures Abraham that his servant shall not be his heir no but one that shall come forth out of thine own bowells saith he Esay 9.6 So the Chal. Par. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my word shall be thy strength Gen. 15.1 even that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that word which was in the beginning We have in the words 1. Gods promise unto Abram of a numerous and godly seed 2. Abrams belief of that promise 3. Gods acceptance of that belief 1. The promise is of a numerous posterity illustrated and confirmed by a signe à parium collatione by comparison thus As thou canst not number the stars of light in the fair heavens so neither canst thou number thy godly seed which promise Abram believes We may resolve all these into the following divine Truths 1. God brought Abram forth 2. He shewed him the heaven and Stars in it 3. He brought Abram forth and so shewed him the heaven and the Stars and bids him try if he can number them 4. He promised that his seed should be so 5. Abram believed in the Lord. 6. That belief God counted to Abram for righteousness First God brought Abraham forth and why did God bring Abram forth ● that he might shew him the Stars of heaven which he could not see in the Tent. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies abroad which is opposed to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the house out of which the Lord brought Abram He had made him a promise of a son and heir now he gives him an ocular demonstration and assurance not only of a seed a child but of a multitude a great number of children Why did the Lord bring Abram forth and shew him the heaven and Stars Abram was by birth a Caldean and that people was much addicted to Astronomy and Astrologie so that the Caldean and Astrologer was taken for one and the same And Abram is reputed by the Antients to have been extream well seen in those Sciences Orpheus in Clemens Alex. speaking of God saith he is invisible but that he made himself known to Abram the Chaldean 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He knew the way of the Stars their motions Matth. 14.19 Mark 7.34 Iohn 17.1 their settings and their risings Besides we cannot but conceive that Abrams pious soul looked toward the heaven to pray and blesse God as our Lord Jesus did Obs 1. It was a night vision Dan. 2.19 and 7.2 Acts 16.9 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so S. Chrys. read the words then onely the Stars are seen and then the Lord reveales secrets to his Saints The Antients observed that time as the fittest for contemplation And therefore they called the night 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Iob 33.14.15 29 30. from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Elihu observed it as the most seasonable time for divine d●eames I wish therefore that good men were as not too scrupulous about every dream so not too negligent of all Obs 2. Our father Abram● absolute obedience unto Gods guidance and direction Esay 41.2 the Lord called him out of his countrey into a land that he should shew him and there leads him from place to place and here called him forth And the righteous man alwayes followed Gods footsteps 1 Pet. 2.21 22 Rom. 8.1 The Lord hath also called us unto his foot and given his Spirit after which we ought to walk and provided Abram as a way-guide before us O ye children of Abram Eamus nos faciamus similiter let us go and do like wise There are two guides which offer themselves unto us the Flesh and the Spirit Gal. 5.17 Gal. 5.1 Rom. 4.12 Rom. 8.14 It concerns us extream nearly whether of the two we follow for as many as are led by the Spirit they are the sons of God And therefore one of the Ancients reports Gods speech to Abram thus Away with thy Astrologie according to the principles of which thou seest in the Stars that thy wife being barren and old and thy self also thou shalt have no issue Believe in him who made the Heaven and the Stars Iob 9.9 and 38.31 and it is his peculiar Obs 3. The Lords gracious condescent he vouchsafes to stoop our apprehensions and comes home to us and takes us at and by our imployments professions and callings he takes Abram an Astronomer and Astrologer at the Stars the Fishermen at their Nets c. God brought Abram forth Whence out of his Tent. A Tent is Symbolum carnis a type or figure of the flesh wherein Abram and we all dwell or sojourn rather for a time yea so Christ himself 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Iohn 1.14 The word was made flesh and took up his Tent in us The Lord brought Abram forth that is Extra carnem aut terminos naturalis ordinis out of the flesh or out of and above the rank and order of meer nature by the guidance of the Spirit as our Lord was lead by it Matth 4 1. Ezech. 8.3 2 Cor. 12.2 3. And the Apostle Whether in the body or out of the body he knew not Axiom 2. The Lord brought Abram forth and shewed him the heaven and the stars The Lord bids Abram look towards heaven 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the God of Abram directs Abram and his children upward heaven-ward God-ward Not that there is any great piety in looking toward the material heaven or the stars in it The Angels rebuked the Apostles for so doing Why gaze ye up into heaven Though a great Leader directed his Disciples to look alwayes toward heaven as he himself was wont to do And another being sick of a Feaver contrary to the Physitians advice would needs lye on his back that he might look heavenward And another stood many years upon one leg looking up to heaven 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 All to what purpose The Heaven of heavens cannot contain him Wherefore we must know that heaven is not only that materiall and visible body well known by that name but God himself in Scripture is often called and known by the name of heaven So that the true heaven is not locally above For heavenly things the things of God are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Col. 3.1 that is spirituall which things above are not to be understood in regard of place and posture For so we conceive that heaven is above whereas indeed hell is above in pride and high-mindedness 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all that is high in men is an abomination in the sight of God Luke 16.15 Men conceive that hell is beneath but heaven is indeed beneath in humility lowliness and meekeness For surely as where the King is the Court is so where God is Psal 138.6 heaven is and that 's with the humble and lowly 3. Axiom He bids Abram try if he can number them these words may be considered 1. either in themselves or 2. as the protasis of the
is his Christ his Arm. Obs 2. Here note a great mistake in the understanding of these words It s evident to common sense that Abram is here said to believe that God would give him an heavenly seed and that exceeding numerous even as the Stars The Text here mentions nothing at all it speaks not one syllable of the active and passive obedience of Christ his suffering or death but onely of a numerous and blessed seed with should be like the stars of heaven c. So that however it be true that the imputing of Christs obedience and suffering in us and for us be in it 's right place firmely to be believed namely as a deliverance from the curse of the law when we are dead to sin according to these and diverse other Scriptures Act. 26.18 Gal. 3.13 Hebr. 10.14 Yet is it not the argument of this place which is my Text nor consequently the principal object of faith For the better understanding of this we must know that the Apostle in Rom. 4. and divers other of his Epistles endeavours to compose the differences between the Circumcision and uncircumcision circumcision between the Jewes and Gentiles and sets himself between them as an Umpir of their controversies And in this chapter he endeavours to declare and prove that salvation brought by Christ is not bestowed upon Abram and his seed neither out of Circumcision nor out of the law nor workes of the law which either Abram or any son of Abram hath done but out of the free grace and bounty of God who of his Clemency and mercy hath given us the salvation even Jesus Christ the righteous for what had either Abram or any of his seed done whereby he might either deserve or dispose or incline the mercifull God to give the redeemer even the Lamb to take away the sinns of the world The Son was most freely given Esay 9.6 But that any man may pertake of that affluence of grace and salvation it 's necessary that he believe in him that gives the Son that he hunger and thirst after the righteousness come unto him and drinke and through the same faith receive the water of life which may become in him a well of water springing up unto everlasting life John 4. So that his faith is not barren but fruitful as having the fruits of the spirit Gal. 5. Reproof 1. The great unbelief of many seeming and pretending sons of Abram They believe not the Lord they believe not the Lords omnipotency he sees they say no sin in them although they see it and know it in themselves yet they say God sees it not They believe not his power that he is able to subdue all the enemies of the life in us that he is able to make us clean Yet they believe that the enemy is able to make a man perfectly wicked Num. 14.11 as the Philosopher calls 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a perfect thief not that God is able to make a perfect honest man Therefore he complaines how long will it be ere ye believe me They believe not his promises that they shall live and reign with God eternally or if they believe his promises yet not in their method and order 2 Tim. 2.11 12. as to die with the Lord that they may live with him to suffer with him that they may reign with him Which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a saying of faith or a faithfull saying Iona 3.5 Mat. 12.41 They believe not his threatnings nor repent of their sins And therefore tho Lord threatens that the men of Nineveh shall rise up in judgment against them and condem them who repented and believed the preaching of Jonah O ye sons of Epimetheus Ye believe no evill toward you before ye feele it They believe neither law nor Prophets nor Gospell of Jesus Christ Mat. 7.12 whatsoever ye would that men should do to you do ye even to them For this is the law and the Prophets Yet who so believes this as so to do as he would be done unto and can we marvell that Gods in dgements are so rife among us Yea may we not rather mervail that his judgments are no more frequent in the earth since the inhabitants of the earth have not learned righteousness The Lords arme is not shortned with him no shaddow of change but we want faith in his power Math. 13.58 The Gospell is a Gospel and glad tidings of power Psal 71.18 Esay 53.1 John 12.37 38. Luke 18.8 This David preached when he declared Gods Arm or Christ and the prophet Esay who saith he hath believed our doctrin and to whom is the Arm of the Lord revealed So S. John understood it and interpreted it to be Christ This Arm of the Lord is not shortned for with him there is no shadow of change but there is no faith in the earth no belief in his power Matth. 13.58 They believe not that God can raise up Christ crucified and dead in them And therefore no great works are wrought in them because of their unbelief Consol Abrams son or daughter heavily complaines Alas I go childless Hath not the Lord promised thee an innumerable of-spring Abram complaines Alas what are thousand of children which are as the dust The Steward of my house is Eliezer of Damascus one born of blood and of the will of man that 's Damascus But behold to me thou hast given no seed one born in my house is mine heir my servant shall be mine heir Here the answer of God to thee O child of Abram this shall not be thine heir The servant abides not in the house alwayes but the son abideth alwayes he that shal come out of thy self 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 out of thy self out of thy heart so the LXX sometime render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the heart shall come the hidden man of the heart which is not corruptible 1. Pet. 3.4 He is the seed of many thousands as Joshuah cap. 24.3 Saith of Abram that God multiplied his seed how it followes and gave him Isaac as a seed of many thousands the increase of God a new heaven with innumerable stars of light Exhort Believe the Lord as Abram did Abram came first out of Vr then he came out of Egypt then he over come the Babylonians and at length he believed the promise Omnia in figura forsake thy people c. depart out of thy carnal sin Egypt and the spirituall Babell Mortify thy sins then maist thou believe the promise of an heaven and stars made by the father of lights For if we be dead with him then we believe that we shall also live with him Rom. 6.8 2 Tim. 2.11 And therefore it is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a faithfull saying or saying of faith if we die with him we shall also live with him If we suffer with him we shall also raign with him Howbeit although it be not said that Abram
the Lord through this Joachim would renew the world raise up and restore his people Israel bring them out of Egypt And such a restitution is as life from the dead But by the name of Moses more properly was prefigured what literally the Lord by Moses afterward should do viz. bring the people out of the waters Where is he that brought them up out of the Sea c. that led them by the right hand of Moses c. Esay 63.11 12 13. Hereby also was foreshewen what spiritually Moses doth viz. He draws men out of the sea of wickednesse as David confesseth 2 Sam. 22.17 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He drew me out of many waters Or according to the proper work of Moses which then was and afterward should be He shall draw me out of many waters For by Moses is figured the Tractus Dei Patris the drawing of God the Father of which the Son speaks No man can come unto me except the Father who hath sent me draw him John 6.44 And this work of the Father Moses faithfully performs in men whether they regard it or not For the Apostle saith that Moses was faithful in all Gods house as the servant of the Father And this thou wilt not deny who ever thou art if thou well consider it When thou hast an opportunity to go beyond thy brother in bargaining opportunitas est maxima peccandi illecebra opportunity may possibly invite and draw thee so to do But what is that which withdraws thee from so doing what else but Moses he is the drawer of the Father and Gods faithful messenger unto thee Thus when thou lookest upon a woman and wouldest lust after her opportunity is an arrant Baud. The Fathers servant Moses withdrawes thy heart from thinking on a woman Job 31.1 I withheld thee saith the Lord to Abimelech from sinning against me Gen. 20.6 Thou hast eaten and drunk enough to suffice nature whence now is it that thou forbearest Thou hast one within thee who saith Be not drunk with wine wherein is excesse Ephes 5.18 Cynthius aurem vellit Thy Monitor Moses inwardly speaks unto thee Thou art wrathful and wouldest smite yea kill him who provokes thee What is that which holds thy hands Thou hast a faithful and meek Moses in thee who saith Doest thou well to be angry Be angry and sin not that is Be angry with thy self that thou mayest not sin Thou art sad and terrified by apprehension of some future evil which is likely unavoidably to befal thee whence thou art ready to lay violent hands upon thy self desperation saith the Philosopher is the cause of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 self-murder What 's that which now whispers to thee and saith Do thy self no harm Stultum est ne moriare mori Its folly to die lest thou shouldst die Thou hast committed one or other of these sins what caufeth that remorse in thee Ye have one who accuseth you saith our Lord even Moses John 5.45 And truly men are very much too blame who take no more notice of Moses's work in themselves since from hence it comes to passe that men heedlesly suffer themselves to be drawn aside by their earthly affections and lusts For as God the Father so the father of lies hath his Drawer also Ye read Gen. 36.36 of Samlah of Masrecha one of Edoms Kings We have drawing on the right hand and on the left Moses on the right hand drawes from vanity unto Christ and his kingdom Samlah on the left hand so Samlah signifies he drawes unto vanity that is Masrecha the drawing of vanity For he who is so tempted is drawn away by his own lust and enticed saith S. James 1.14 O let us who are of Gods houshold be faithful unto Moses as Moses is faithful unto us and to all Gods house It will be our wildom to yield unto his drawing and the benefit is inestimable which thereby will redound unto us A man of understanding trusteth in the Law and the Law is faithful unto him as an Oracle or as the answering of Urim saith the son of Syrach Ecclus 33.3 A great incouragement to the people of God to believe God and his servant Moses And it came to passe when Moses was grown Exod. 2. Ver. 11. that he went out unto his brethren and looked on their burdens and he spied an Egyptian smiting an Hebrew one of his Brethren c. What our Translators here render grown as also ver 10. is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Moses was grown great or he was a grown man For S. Stephen saith that that time when it came into his heart to visit his brethren he was full forty years old Acts 7.23 In which interim the Protomartyr saith Moses was learned in all the learning of the Egyptians and was mighty in words and in deeds ver 22. Which makes that probable which Josephus Antiq. lib. 2. and Clem. Alex. lib. 1. Strom. report of Moses his being General of the Egyptian forces and waging war with the Ethiopians of whom he obtained a glorious victory c. and many other great works wrought by Moses before he visited his brethren And therefore the LXX turn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ver 10. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 grown strong and manly and the same word ver 11. they render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 grown great Accordingly Arias Montanas hath magnus factus in both verses he was grown great And the great exploits if we believe Josephus and Clem. Alex. both already atchieved and now undertaken by him declare him to be no youngling The onely wise God makes choise and furnisheth such as he sets a work with great abilities proportionable to great enterprizes But whereas we have a spiritual Moses with us even him whom the Lord said he would raise up like unto Moses Acts 3.22 would God he were grown great in us Ephes 4.13 that he might effect the like works in us which Moses wrought among the Hebrews according to the flesh when he was grown great He came forth the first day and flue the Egyptian And at the first coming of the spiritual Moses he destroyes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Egyptian even the known sin which entangles us in its straitnesses Moses appeared the second day ver 13. and went about to compose a difference between two Hebrews and said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the wicked one which our Translators turn to him that did the wrong which is not a translation of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but a good paraphrase taken either out of the LXX or out of Acts 7.26 27. wherefore smitest thou thy fellow And so at the second coming of the spiritual Moses he reproves the false Righteousness Moses after all his miracles in Egypt drowns Pharaoh and his host in the Red Sea And the spiritual Moses atchives this great work also Mich. 7 15-19 which is ascribed unto Jesus Jude v. 5. V. Lat. All these three great works we finde promised to be wrought
the same image from glory unto glory even by the Spirit of the Lord 2 Cor. 3.17 18. So great fulnesse flowes into these last times fulness of Righteousnesse when it rowls down like a mighty stream Amos 5.24 And fulnesse of peace like a river Esay 66.12 and Joy fulnesse of joy joy unspeakable and full of glory Psal 16.11 1 Pet. 1.8 The kingdom of God in righteousness peace and joy in the holy Ghost Rom. 14.17 This is Gods plenty this is the fulness of God which flowes into these last times All this fulness dwels in Christ Col. 2.9 when 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 becomes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when what God promises to be He fulfils in Being O what manner of men ought we to be who look for such things who hope that these things shall be fulfilled in our selves O let us not deceive our selves by flattering imagination and self-love in a matter of the greatest moment wherein as in a stratagem of war we can erre but once and then when it will be too late to correct that most dangerous and last errour But since we look for such things let us be diligent that we may be found of him in peace without spot and blameless 2 Pet. 2.14 So 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will be will be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I am unto us yea 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 who is and who was and who is to come Revel 1.4 and we also shall be filled with all the fulnesse of God Ephes 3.19 They will not hearken unto my voice For they will say Exod. 4. Ver. 1. The Lord hath not appeared unto thee It s but harsh English but the sense is good verbatim They will not hear in my voice I deny not but 't is the Syntax and costruction of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so here with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I know also that there are certain idioms and properties in all tongues as in the Hebrew Yet when there is special Emphasis in Hebreisms and special hints are given of the divine wisdom speaking in them I cannot omit them Such I conceive to be in these words before us For there is an inward word conveyed by the outward which the heart hearkens unto O 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The minde-hears and the minde sees According to which we understand our Lords reasoning Psal 95.7 To day if ye will hear his voice 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in his voice harden not your hearts And the reason which Moses alledgeth here makes to this purpose For they will say The Lord hath not appeared unto thee and consequently not spoken by thee By this argument S. Paul proves his Apostleship and mission 1 Cor. 9.1 Am I not an Apostle Am I not free How proves he that Have I not seen Jesus Christ our Lord Whence we may understand our Lords speech He that heareth you he heareth me Because the inward Word of God is conveyed in the outward voice Aliud est verbum aliud est vox saith holy Anselen A word and a voice differ formally one from other Primùm vox sonat ut verbum possit audiri saith S. Gregory The voice first sounds that the word may be heard There is an inward word called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and an outward 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as made up into flesh Between these two is his voice to whom the Lord hath appeared and it is verbi vehiculum the Vehicle the Chariot of the Word which conveighs it unto the heart of the hearer As John Baptist calls himself the voice of the cryer for the same reason The Evangelist first describes the inward word John 1.1 In the beginning was the Word and the Word was with God and that Word was God Then before the essential Word was to be uttered he describes the voice A man sent from God whose name was John the same came for a witness to bear witness of the light that all men through him might believe Then he describes the Word made flesh and dwelling in us which cries in John and John is the voice of the Crier who hath cried in all men who have spoken any divine truth from heaven even from the beginning saith V. Bede as yet it doth sometime informing and instructing sometime checking and reproving sometime complaining sometime comforting whither are to be referred all the acts of conscience which are Gods cryings in the soul And thus Christ cried 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 unto the Spirits in prison 1 Pet. 3.18 19. Thus Wisdom or Christ cries Prov. 1.20 1. and 8.1 2 3 4. This inward essential Word must first be in and appear in those who are the vehicles of it unto men before they can be the voyces of God and Christ crying unto them For so the Son must first be in S. Paul before he could preach him among the heathen Gal. 1.16 This was that whereof Moses here doubted They will not saith he hear or hearken after the inward word in my voice for they will say The Lord hath not appeared unto thee and so not spoken in thee and by thee Thus the Corinthians sought a proof of Christ speaking in S. Paul 2 Cor. 13.3 And therefore the Lord furnisheth Moses with miracles to perswade the people that he had spoken by Moses To thee be it spoken who ever thou art who callest thy self A Minister of the Word Look into thy self whether the Lord and his living word hath appeared in thee and spoken in thee or no and whether by thy voice that word be conveyed unto men so that they who hear thee may be truly said to hear Christ speaking in thee and by thee 1 Cor. 9.1 If that word be in thee thou oughtest to speak Acts 13.15 If yet thou doubt whether they will believe thee because all are not workers of miracles 1 Cor. 12.29 Yea John Baptist was a Prophet and more then a Prophet Matth. 11.9 yet did no miracle John 10.41 live thou the life of that word unto which thy voice gives testimony and that life shall be the light of men 1 John 1.4 And because that life of God is strange and rare in the world it will perswade more then the word 1 Pet. 3.1 2. more then many miracles Barnabas exhorted that with purpose of heart the Antiochians should cleave unto the Lord for he was a good man and full of the holy Ghost and of faith and much people was added unto the Lord Acts 11.23 24. O my Lord Exod. 4. Ver. 13. send I pray thee by the hand of him whom thou wilt send I know that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sometimes may imply intreating as Gen. 43.20 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we beseech thee my Lord and the like Judg. 6.15 and so it might be understood here But then two expressions of intreaty should be in these words one in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the other in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
unlesse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be rendred now as Vatablus turns it Mitte nunc send now But I conceive with Arias Montanus that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may be here rendred pro me for me or in my stead and that to good purpose For whereas Moses by all means deprecates and declines the Embassie and sending unto Pharaoh he here desires the Lord to send one whom he would afterward send for him or in his stead Whereby he implyes Christ himself who was to be sent And so Hierom turns 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 qui mittendus est who was to be sent Gen. 49.10 For so no doubt that word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Hieroms dayes And our Lord for this reason makes so frequent mention that he was sent as in other places so especially in S. Johns Gospel from the fourth Chapter to the twentieth And for what other reason can we conceive that S. John saith the Pool of Siloam is by interpretation Sent but that hereby he would have us to understand that Jesus Christ was sent into the world to enlighten every man that cometh into the world John 1.9 And therefore being about to cure the blinde man John 9.4 I must work saith he the works of him that sent me while it is day the night cometh when no man can work As long as I am in the world I am the light of the world when he had thus spoken he anointed the blinde mans eyes and sent him to wash in the Pool of Siloam Sent that through the power of Shiloh he might be enlightned and receive his sight Whereas therefore Moses foreknew by divine revelation that the Lord would send his Son the great Redeemer and Saviour of the world to bring his people out of Egypt and that he was to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 qui mittendus est he who was to be sent whom the Thargums and learned Jewes interpret 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Christ yet hitherto he knew not whether he himself should go before that Shiloh as a figurative and typical Redeemer because in his first entrance upon that work he found great opposition made against him Exod. 2.14 15. he therefore desires the Lord to excuse him and to send the great Redeemer by whom he would send for him or in his stead He also out of profound humility judged himself unworthy of so transcendently honourable an imployment as to be sent on an Embassy from the Blessed and onely Potentate the King of Kings and Lord of Lords 1 Tim. 6.15 unto Pharaoh King of Egypt as wise men dare not hope or promise so much of themselves as indeed they are able to do whereas on the contrary rash ignorant and arrogant men intrude and thrust themselves blindfold into the greatest Enterprizes And therefore after all his reasons alleaged and all his objections satisfied he beseeches the Lord to send in his stead and for him whom he would send Consider this thou who art rich in opinion of thy self because learned with other mens learning who presumest thy self to be an Embassador of Jesus Christ because he saith to his Apostles As the Father hath sent me so send I you Joh. 20.21 And because the Apostle saith of himself and his fellow Apostles We are Embassadours for Christ 2 Cor. 5.20 hath the Lord therefore sent thee Art thou therefore his Embassadour Moses a most godly and learned man in all divine and humane learning Acts 7.22 was afraid to undertake so weighty a burden as also Jeremy and many others have been and would most willingly have withdrawn his shoulder And darest thou out of thy pride of knowledge 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 boldly take the burden How justly may the Lord complain as in former ages I have not sent these prophets yet they run I have not spoken to them yet they prophesie Jer. 23.1 How true is it that very much learning divine and humane renders men humble and lowly but a very little learning makes men proud O let us wait upon the Lord until our iniquity be taken away and our sin purged by the spirit of judgement and the spirit of burning and then if the Lord shall furnish us with suitable abilities and make an overture and open a way saying unto us whom shall I send let every one of us be ready to say Lord here I am send me Esay 4.4 and 6 7 8. Yet even then let us not dare to speak of any of those things which Christ hath not wrought by us Rom. 15.18 but let us speak as the Oracles of God and minister of the ability which God giveth 1 Pet. 4.11 And thou shalt be to him instead of God It cannot be denied Ezod 4. Ver. 16. but that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies God But does it not also signifie A Judge or Prince Psal 82.6 I have said ye are Gods which v. 7. he calls Princes And Moses accordingly explains one by the other Thou shalt not revile the Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nor curse the Ruler of thy people Exod. 22.28 And so S. Paul understood it and applyed it to Ananias the High Priest Acts 23.5 And what inconvenience will follow if so we understand the word to be here used that it signifies a Prince or Ruler Sure I am the ancient Expositors of this Scripture have so rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here as the Chal. Par. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou shalt be unto him for a Prince So again Chap. 7.1 And so the Arabick Version the LXX He shall be thy mouth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which Hierom follows Tu autem eris ei in his quae ad Deum pertinent But thou shalt be unto him in things pertaining unto God And the Apostle hath the same expression Every high Priest taken from among men is ordained for men 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in things belonging unto God And thus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may be rendred here to God as as Internuntius a middle or mean by whom Aaron may inquire the will of God So the Targ. Jerusal and Gods Truchman and Interpreter by whom Aaron may understand what the will of God is And for this reason Justin Martyr Orat. Par. ad Gentes saith that Moses was called Mercurius by the Egyptians for his profound understanding and interpreting the will of God As the people of Lystra for like reason called Paul Mercurius Acts 14.11 And truly it were to be wished that there were a more sober use of this name and a due limitation of it when it is given to men since at this day there are who abuse this phrase and make a very course application of it when they call him whom they repute the chief of their party their Lord God and the same one who is no good man Their reason Because the Lord said to Moses I have made thee a God unto Aaron How much better were it that every one of us who fear God
should sincerely aim at and labour to obtain those exceeding great and precious promises of God to become partakers of the divine nature having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust 2 Pet. 1.4 And since as Tully could say it is Proprium Dei servare benefacere its Gods property to preserve from evil and to do good herein let every one endeavour to be homo homini Deus every man a god unto another The Lord incline and strengthen every one of us so to be And Pharaoh said Who is the Lord Exod. 5. Ver. 2 3. that I should obey his voice to let Israel go c. And they said The God of the Hebrews hath met with us Let us go c. Moses and Aaron here named the Tetragrammaton 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whom Pharaoh saith he knoweth not that is he owns not for his God and therefore he denies obedience unto him And here he first hardens his own heart against the commandment of God whom because the Lord punisheth not in his person or neer relation as Exod. 12.29 the Lord by his clemency is said to harden his heart whereas indeed Phararoh by occasion of Gods sparing him further hardens his own heart Exod. 8.15 and 9.34 until the death of his first-born awakened him And then his hard heart began to be more pliable Exod. 12.29 30 31. because he feared he should be the next which is the reason of that doubtful speech Exod. 3.19 He will not let you go not by a mighty hand or marg but by a strong hand nolens volens Unto these words of Pharaoh Who is the Lord c. I know not the Lord neither will I let Israel go Moses and Aaron make answer according to our Translators thus The God of the Hebrews hath met with us c. This answer doth not satisfie Pharaohs question For though I deny not but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies to meet with one as it is used for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Exod. 3.18 because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 are interchangable yet whether some other signification may not be more fit for this place let the godly learned judge Pharaoh saith Who is Jehovah c. Moses and Aaron answer thus The God of the Hebrews is called upon us c. That 's their answer word for word and its proper to Pharaohs question wherein they certifie Pharaoh who Jehovah is and their relation unto him He that is His Name is called upon us we are called by his name which is a very frequent Scripture phrase Esay 43.7 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 every one that is called by my Name c. Thy name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is called upon us Jer. 14.9 and very many the like which is a satisfactory answer unto Pharaohs question And thus the Chald. Par. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The God of the Jewes is called upon us And so the Samaritan is here translated Thus also Arias Montanus Deus Hebreorum invocatus est super nos O that we well considered who and whose name is called upon us who it is who owns us for his people and knowes who who are his which is one part of Gods sure foundation and seal so should we who name the name of the Lord depart from iniquity 2 Tim. 2.19 So we should be bold in him as those Jews were who gave this answer to them who asked them We are the servants of the God of heaven and earth c. Ezra 5.9 So as Moses and Aaron here when Pharaoh asked Who is Jehovah they answered The God of the Hebrews is called upon us Let there more work be laid upon the men Exod. 5. Ver. 9. The Hebrew words sound thus Let the work be heavy upon the men which might have satisfied our Translators and been put into the Text and not cast into the margent For there is a time of voluntary service of sin when men bear the work and service of sin lightly of which state they speak Numb 11.18 It was well with us in Egypt until the Lord came to visit and redeem them Exodus 4.31 And then the spiritual Pharaoh and his Task-masters the ruling lusts lay load upon them make their work heavie and them sensible of it Opera carnes terrina opera opera seculi actûs terrae luteae explere ministeria works of the flesh earthly works works of the world the durty drudgery of sin saith Origen such as the Apostle calls the service of uncleannesse Rom. 6.19 and make them servants of the pot of filthy lucre Tit. 1.7 of divers lusts and pleasures Tit. 3.3 Of this state speaks the Apostle Rom. 7.15 c. Now the service of sin becomes involuntary and now the servant cries out for deliverance Verse 24. Who shall deliver me The answer is Gratia Dei per Jesum Christum V. Lat. the grace of God by Jesus Christ Cum duplicantur lateres venit Moses When the tale of Bricks was doubled then Moses came and then the people were most fit to receive him And when men groan under the Egyptian burdens which are their sins then is the spiritual Moses the Prophet like to Moses most welcome and such he invites and welcomes unto himself who are weary and heavy laden and he gives them rest Matth. 11.28 And I will sever in that day Exod. 8. Ver. 22. the land of Goshen in which my people dwell that no swarms of flies shall be there c. What the Translators here turn I will sever is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies more then a meer severing or separating It addes somewhat which may excite wonderment as indeed such a separation ought to do if duly considered For what through want of due regard is neglected the same advisedly considered of may provoke admiration And a very powerful means this separation was to perswade the heart of Pharaoh into an acknowledgement and admiration of Gods great power if he had not hardened it but rightly thought on the exact division that God made between the good and the evil the oppressed and their oppressours the Israelites and the Egyptians Yea not onely between their persons but also between their cattle as Exod. 9.4 where the Lord makes the like wonderful separation The end which the Lord herein aims at is that Pharaoh yea and all ungodly men in the world might be induced to take notice of the divine power and God-head Romans 1.20 and so be brought to believe in God the Father This was the very end which the Lord here intended as appears by the following words I will marvellously separate the land of Goshen c. to the end that thou mayest know that I Jehovah am Lord or Governour so the Greek Chald. Pharaph and Arabic Version in the midst of the Earth By like wonderful separation in distributing rewards and punishments in the world the Lord begins the first dispensation and advanceth belief in God the Father
Such a marvellous separation the Lord made when he divided Noah and his family from the world of the ungodly Lot and his houshold from the Sodomites and the obedient who at Gods command yielded themselves captives to the King of Babylon from those who disobeyed and remained in Jerusalem Which the Prophet compares to good and evil Figs. And of the good he saith I will give them an heart to know me that I am the Lord c. And of the evil I will deliver them to be removed into all the Kingdoms of the earth for their hurt Jer. 24. per tot by these exact separations of the good from the evil whereby God preserves the good and signally punisheth the evil he makes himself known the Lord separated between his Church and the rebellious Jewes when Jerusalem was to be destroyed warning his people to remove to Pella Euseb lib. 3. cap. 5. which was a marvellous separation intimated in Pella somewhat like to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word here used The Psalmist takes notice of this providence Psal 9.15 The heathen are sunk down in the pit that they made in the Net which they hid is their own foot taken Whence he infers v. 16. The Lord is known by the judgement which he executeth the wicked are snared by the works of their own hands Which David accounts worthy of deep meditation and therefore addes Higgaion A Meditation or object worth our thinking and speaking of it as that word signifies Which because it cannot be done without depressing our earthly and carnal thoughts and raising up our spiritual and heavenly the Psalmist addes thereunto Selah which therefore is far from being a meer Musical Note or dictio sine sensu a word without a meaning as yet some have thought I say not how unworthily of any part of Gods Word The like effect of this providence he notes Psal 58.10 11. The righteous shall rejoyce when he seeth the vengeance c. So that the earthly man Adam hereby convinced shall say Verily there is a reward for the righteous Verily there is a God that judgeth in the earth This is Gods constant providence in the world though in some examples more eminent than others whereby he leaves not himself without witness unto any person or nation So that when Pharaoh frustrated the end of Gods goodness towards himself as all Atheists and Epicureans do he and they sin against much light For God the Creator who made us this soul he knows his own work and how men are apt to reason from their observation of humane counsels actions and their events so that when they see as they may see if they will be patient and duly consider a marvellous separation of the good from the evil a requital of the good with good and the evil with evil they may hence collect that there is a Wisdom Justice Power and Goodness acting and ruling in the world ordering and disposing humane actions unto their respective ends even the Lord the Ruler in the midst of the Earth This marvellous separation of the good from the evil the good God therefore makes that men may acknowledge and own his eternal power and God-head Rom. 1.20 Heb. 11.6 believe that he is and that he is a rewarder of them who diligently seek him Otherwise if they hold this truth in unrighteousness and become vain in their imaginations so that their foolish heart is darkned they render themselves as Pharaoh did without excuse O let the true Israel of God timely and seriously consider this They are in Goshen a people near unto God Psal 148.14 that 's Goshen appropinquatio approximatio the Lord hath marvellously separated between you and the Egyptians Yea saith Moses if the Lord be with us we shall be wonderfully separated from all the people that are upon the face of the earth Exod. 33.16 An honourable a glorious separation as the LXX here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will glorifie even to wonderment the land of Goshen All the Land of Egypt is pestered with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Exod. 8.24 a mixture of sundry sorts whether of Flies and so its 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a troublesome evil or of wilde beasts Lions Bears Wolves c. and so its 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a destructive evil though the former be more probable according to Hierom and the LXX The good God hath made promise marvellously to separate us from all these the evil beasts the roaring Lion 1 Pet. 5.8 and all his lusts unreasonable and bruitish affections from the swarms of Flies Beelzebub dominus muscae the Lord of the Flie as he is interpreted the god of Ekron 2 Kings 1 2. whence the Poets had their Acheron he stirs up swarms of worldly thoughts and cares From these troublesome and destructive mixtures he hath graciously promised marvellously to separate his Israel Yet hath he not exempted his Israel from separating themselves from these swarms and mixtures yea he requires of us sobriety and vigilancy and stedfastness in the faith that we may resist them 1 Pet. 5.8 9. For he that is born of God keepeth himself and the evil one toucheth him not 1 John 5.18 He keepeth himself in Goshen even drawing near to God and the evil one cannot draw near to him as it is in the Syriack It s said by some that all the sins committed in the Wilderness were suggested by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the great mixture it is not said of whom or what that went up with them out of Egypt Exod. 12.38 And 't is very true for hence indeed proceeds the sin of Israel when we mix our selves with beastly lusts when we entertain into our hearts swarms of earthly thoughts and worldly cares O thou Israel of God! if God so marvellously separate us from these let us also marvellously separate our selves from them Let us draw near unto God and he will draw near unto us James 4.8 Hear what he saith unto us Come out from among them and be ye separate saith the Lord and touch no unclean thing and I will receive you and will be a father unto you and ye shall be my sons and daughters saith the Lord Almighty And I will put a division between my people and thy people Exod. 8. Ver. 23. It is confessed in the margent by the Translators that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word which they render division signifies in the Hebrew Redemption And why then was Redemption cast into the Margent and Division put into the Text Surely beside that the genuine proper signification of the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is either 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 redemption Psal 111.9 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a ransome and price of redemption Exod. 21.30 is here neglected the minde of the holy Spirit also is hereby obscured which under the outward Redemption aims at and figures an inward Redemption by the Lord Jesus Christ the spiritual Redeemer Whereof the Prophet David speaks
to stand ready girded to be in a readinesse and wait for the on-set of the enemy The Girdle also requires Chastity It girds the loyns Quoniam in lumbis origo seminis est concupiscentiae And therefore the Lord hereby figured his Spouse the Church which should be chaste unto him Jer. 13.11 Yea among the ornaments wherewith he decks his Church Ezech 16.10 one is a girdle of fine linen which S. John tels us is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the righteousnesses of the Saints the word is plural Revel 19.8 even all the vertues and graces of the Spirit So that it were to be wished that they who render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 armed or harnessed would shew us where the Israelites had their arms Is there any probability that a notorions Tyrant holding a numerous people in servitude and bondage who therefore oppressed them lest they should increase and rebel Exod. 1.10 who yet now were multiplyed and waxen very mighty ver 20. is it likely that Pharaoh should permit to these arms or the use of arms N. Lyra raiseth this Spirit but layes it not Surely their armour was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the whole armour of God which depended upon their faithfulness and sincerity as the Roman Soldiers armour hung upon his Girdle And therefore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which our Translators in the marg turn five in a rank signifies quinquagenarios fifties For fifty is the sacred number of the Jubile and portends in a figure the remission of sin and all the vertues and graces of the Spirit which should be given in the Pentecost and meantime are girded up together in faithfulness and sincerity according as the Philolospher could say that Virtutes sunt connexae vertues are knit together which shall be administred unto us as we grow up in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ 2 Pet. 3.18 Meantime O my fellow travellers out of the spiritual Egypt toward the promised Land and my fellow soldiers engaged with me in the same common cause against our spiritual enemies let us gird our loins with the girdle of truth let us be sincere and faithful unto the Captain of our salvation He himself is so girded Esay 11.5 Righteousness is the girdle of his loyns and faithfulness is the girdle of his reins It is a Soldiers honour to be as his Commander in chief He will gird us with strength and according to our faithful use of his strength he will give us more grace for to him who so hath shall more be given until he make all grace abound in us Hear the Military Oration of a great Commander under the Commander in Chief Gird up the loyns of your minde be sober and hope to the end or perfectly for the grace that shall be brought unto us at the revelation of Jesus Christ 1 Pet. 1.13 His chosen Captains also are drowned in the Red Sea the depths have covered them Exod. 15. Ver. 4 5. they sank into the bottom as a stone It had been as good English and more consonant to the Hebrew text to have rendred the former words thus The choise of his Captains c. And the later thus the depths shall cover them they shall sink into the bottom as a stone I shall endeavour to prove these in their order It is very ordinary in the Psalms and other parts of Scripture conceived to be written in meeter that the later part of a verse is the Exegesis or explication of the former Examples are obvious Psal 114.1 When Israel came out of Egypt the house of Jacob from a people of a strange language and ver 8. He turn'd the Rock into a standing water the flint into a fountain of waters So Praise the Lord all ye nations praise him all ye people And of this nature that Scripture is which we have before us Yet it cannot be denyed but that in it there is some variation not in the words onely but also in the sense In these words one and the same thing is three wayes expressed Take them first in the Translators words 1. The chosen Captains are drowned in the Red Sea 2. The depths have covered them 3. They sank into the bottom as a stone As for the first I render it The choise of his Captains And the Translators themselves so turn the same word here used 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 In the choise of our sepulchres Gen. 23.6 Nor were they very happy in rendring 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Captains who were the third sort of Governours in the kingdom The Chald. Par. renders the word Valiant or Mighty ones The first in order of dignity was the King Then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the second such was Joseph to Pharaoh Gen. 41. Such was Elkanah to Ahaz 2 Chr. 28.7 marg After him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the third Such was Daniel Dan. 5.29 in civil business 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to the Chaldee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the third Ruler in the Kingdom In military affaires they were such as the Triarii in the Roman Army the most strong and valiant who bare up the weight and the greatest brunt of the battel saith Veget. lib. 3. cap. 14. as when the Army was in danger of a rout it is a proverbial speech Res ad Triarios redit And therefore the Tigurin Bible renders the word here Triarii The LXX renders the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as here so in divers other places Exod. 14.7 2 Kings 7.2 What is here turnd the Red Sea is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mare junci or carecti from the Sedge and other shrubs growing in it and neer it So that some have thought it to be more fitly called the Reed-sea then the Red Sea The LXX here and elsewhere most-what renderit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Red sea not from the colour of the water or sand or any thing else there different from other Seas as experience proves But it was long believed to have had that name from Erythras Erythrus or Erythraeus a King of the Land near unto it so that as neighbouring countreys gave names to their Seas so this But when inquiry hath been made who this Erythrus was all his story was resolved into a fable The truth of which is that this Erythras was Esau who was called Edom from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which in the Greek is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Red Gen. 25.25.30 which name Esau had because he came out of his mothers womb Red. And the same was confirmed to him from his insatiable appetite after Jacobs red pottage He and his posterity dwelt near that Sea This antiquity hath been discovered to this later age by a very learned man of our own nation What is further added the depths have covered them and they sank c. The Verbs are both future and should be rendred The depths shall cover them and they shall sink The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
Spirit of God descended upon him and the voice from heaven testified of him Matth. 3.16 17. And by the same Spirit we are all baptized into one Body 1 Cor. 12.13 and that Spirit flutters over the waters as in the first creation Gen. 1.2 so in the second and makes the new creatures when the Egyptians are drowned Mich. 7.19 that is the body of sin is destroyed that hence-forth we should not serve sin Rom. 6.6 Consider this O ye Christian men and women who say ye are baptized into the Name of Christ yet live in your sins and flatter your selves that ye shall live for ever with Christ Know ye not that so many of us as are baptized into Jesus Christ are baptized into his death Rom. 6.3 If so ought any one sinne to live in us The Lord hath made a gracious promise that he will have compassion on us and that he will cast all our sins into the depths of the Sea Mic. 7.19 as he cast all the Egyptians Let us pray unto the Lord that he will send forth his Spirit into us whereby we may mortifie our sins and so live Rom. 8.13 For if we so die with him we then be believe that we shall also live with him Rom. 6.8 Then shall the truth of that which the Psalmist speaks be fulfilled in us Psal 106.11 The waters covered their enemies the Egyptians there was not one of them left Then believed they his words they sang his praise Thou in thy mercy hast led forth thy people Exod. 15. Ver. 13. Thou hast guided them in thy strength to the habitation of thy holiness The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 This people 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Translators have quite left out the demonstrative 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this The LXX read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for they so here expresse it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 This thy people So likewise the Chald. Par. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is very often spoken of Israel though very often also they be called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as Jos 3.17 4.1 Zeph. 2.1 But when 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a nation is opposed to the people of God then it signifies the Gentiles as Psal 115.2 and 126.2 And there is the like reason of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 people often spoken of the Jews and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 most what understood of the Heathen Howbeit because the Jewes as many Christians also rather affect names and titles of Gods people then the reality and being of such and put off from themselves what names might diminish their honour and lay them on other people as they call Abimelech though but one person by the name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 20.4 therefore God justly brands them with that infamous name if there be any infamy in it and multiplyes it upon them for their sin Ezech. 2.3 I send thee to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nations because a divided and a factious people As for like reason they are spoken of in the plural number Acts 4.27 Against thy holy childe Jesus whom thou hast anointed both Herod and Pontius Pilate with the Gentiles 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the peoples of Israel c. For a disobedient people are not owned by the Lord for a people as Deut. 32.21 They have provoked me to jealousie by that which is not God and I will provoke them to jealousie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with those who are not a people Who are they but all nations who walk in their own wayes So the Apostle applies that Scripture Rom. 10.19 and 11.11 12. Otherwise 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is a title honourable to the obedient people of God And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 This increaseth that honour which S. Paul expresseth Acts 13.17 The God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of this people Israel Would God that they and we who boast our selves to be Gods people would seriously endeavour to be such that it may be truly said of us what the Apostle speaks Ye are a chosen generation a royal Priesthood a peculiar people that ye should shew forth the praises of him who hath called us out of darkness to his marvellous light who in time past were not a people but are now the people of God 1 Pet. 2.9 10. But let us proceed to the later part of the verse Thou hast guided them in thy strength to the habitation of thy holiness The words are metaphorical as the former and borrowed either from a Shepherd in regard of his Flock or a Father in respect of his Childe or a King in reference to his Subjects All which relations suppose or require as love and tenderness so likewise power and strength in the Shepherd Father and King in every one toward his respective charge And the Lord takes upon him out of wonderful condescent all these and other endeering names of a Shepherd Psal 80.1 Of a Father Deut. 32.6 Of a King Esay 43.15 Now as the Lord shewed his mercy and love in the former part of this verse Thou in thy mercy hast led forth this people whom thou hast redeemed so in the later part of this verse before us he declares his strength for so I would render these words Thou hast born them in thy strength for in this and other verses of like nature the later part adds somewhat to the former Since therefore in the former part of the verse Gods goodness is declared in leading forth his people so in this later his power and strength is manifested in bearing his weak and feeble flock children and people For though guiding in our English adds nothing to leading yet 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 imports more then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies not onely to lead or guide but also to bear and support in guiding or leading And so the Chald. Par. hath here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Portâsti eum thou hast born them So likewise the Vulg. Lat. and Symmachus hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou hast carried them Martin Luther also and Piscator and three Low Dutch Translations as also five of our old English Translations have the word carry but whom ever they followed they misappy it to the former Verb which belongs to the later O Israel know thy Shepherd thy Father thy King They are all mutually winning titles of our God and signifie his goodness and power in guiding us and bearing us Whence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Prince has his name from Bearing And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a King is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the foundation of his people And Kings are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Shepherds of their people Such a King such a Shepherd such a Father is our God unto us who bears us as a Father bears his childe Deut. 1.31 O let us not abuse his love and patience toward us let not us cause him to complain as he hath done of
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is Non mundificabit he will not cleanse him who bears his Name falsly or vainly For whereas this Commandement is directed against hypocrisie and the end of the Law and Gospel is to render men pure as God is pure holy as he is holy the Lord here threatneth that he will not purifie him who pretends Gods Name and being in shews of holinesse but hath not that purity nor desires to have it that he will not purifie or cleanse such an one A due reward of hypocrites who do all they do by the art of seeming holy and thereunto intend all their endeavours Mat. 23.5 do all their works to be seen of men and therein rest themselves as if to be reputed pure and holy were in-indeed to be the people of Gods holiness its just with the most holy God not to purge and cleanse these from their sins since they desire not real and true purity and withal to render unto them what they desire a reputation and esteem among men as if they were pure and holy Such is that generation Prov. 30.12 pure in their own eyes yet not cleansed from their own dung And of such our Lord saith They have their Reward O that all the people of God well considered this That the proper Name of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies Being and he requires of all who bear his Name Being sincerity reality and truth That his Name is holy and therefore he requires of us like holiness and that we purge our selves from all pollution of flesh and spirit and perfect holiness in the fear of God So will he purifie us and cleanse us from all our iniquities 1 John 1.9 and we shall be pure as he is pure 1 John 3.3 and as he is holy so shall we be holy in all manner of conversation 1 Peter 1.15 The Lord strengthen us hereunto Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbour Exod. 20. Ver. 16. These words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and verbatim sound thus Thou shalt not answer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or speak against thy friend neighbour or companion a false witness or a witness of falshood Where by witness we understand not only the testimony or thing witnessed as the Chaldy Paraphrast and the LXX here render it but also the person who bears witness as Levit. 5.1 If a soul sin and hear the voice of swearing and is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a witness So Deut. 19.18 If 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the witness be a false witness c. where the words following are the same with these before us of the ninth Commandement If the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 witness 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mendatium respondit in fratrem suum hath testified or answered falshood against his brother So that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is here personally understood and in rectio thus Thou a witness of falshood or a false witness shalt not answer against thy neighbour because witnesses were wont to be adjured and to answer to interrogatories But the Law is spiritual Christ is God Amen Esay 65.16 The Truth and he that is true 1 John 5.20 And we who believe and love him are in him who is true and he in us and he speaks in us and witnesseth unto us what is true and we answer by our assent and consent unto him the true and faithful witness Rev. 1.5 and from that testimony of truth we speak the truth to our neighbour And so our yea is yea if we say yea it answers unto the witness in our minde and heart and so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the minde and speech anagrammatically answer one to the other It answers also to the thing testified Pronuntiat uti res est and so likewise our yea is yea And so on the contrary our nay is nay O how far is the present falsly called Christendom from that which all pretend unto the Christian life conversation and communication Doth not the Prophet foretel what manner of people we ought to be The remnant of Israel shall not do iniquity nor speak lies nor shall a deceitfull tongue be found in their mouth Zeph. 3.13 Where shall we finde this necessary character of a Christian Take away lying take away a deceitful tongue and take away withal many a mans trade and his whole livelyhood who get their treasure by a lying tongue Prov. 21.8 The just man lives by his faith these live by deceit and fraud But I hope there is such a remnant in the world of whom the world is not worthy Such as the Lord owns for his people Children that will not lie upon which terms he is their Saviour Esay 63.8 Such as the sons of Jacob said they were True men Gen. 42.11 O that we all who call our selves Christians were of that number For there is a word which is clothed about with death God grant it be not found in the heritage of Jacob Ecclus 23.12 It is the word of Belial Psal 101.3 that is the Devil and Satan according to the Syrlac 2 Cor. 6.15 He is a lyar c. and the father of lyes and lyars John 8.44 and unto these he dictates and teacheth his lyes and they become his lying children by answering and consenting thereunto and not hearing the Law of the Lord Esay 30.9 And out of that evil treasure of their heart they speak lyes unto their neighbour But we have not so learned Christ if we have heard him and have been taught by him as the truth is in Jesus that we put off concerning the former conversation the old man which is corrupt according to the deceitful lusts and be renewed in the spirit of our minds and that we put on the new man who after God is created in righteousness and true boliness Therefore putting away lying let every one speak truth to his neighbour Lord deliver our souls from lying lips and a deceitful tongue If the thief be not found Exod. 22. Ver. 8. then the master of the house shall be brought unto the Judges to see whether he have put his hand unto his neighbours goods The sense of this Scripture is obscured by a mistake of our Translators who have added to the text a superfluous supplement to see For they well knew how ever they neglected it that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is not only a conditional and interrogative which is wont to be expressed by Si and an if and whether as they here turn it But it s also a particle of swearing affirmatively if alone Gen. 26.28 Let us make a covenant with thee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if thou wilt hurt us that is as the LXX render it that thou wilt do us no hurt If 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be added negatively 1 Kings 1.51 Adonijah saith Let King Solomon swear to me this day 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that he will not slay his servant with the sword So the Chald. Par. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
〈◊〉 and the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that he will not kill me Thus our Lord Matth. 16.4 A signe saith he shall not be given unto it which words S. Mark reports thus with an oath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Verily I say unto you if a sign be given to this generation which the Syriac expresseth verily I say unto you that a signe shall not be given unto this generation and so our Translators rightly turn the words there there shall no signe be given to this generation So the servants of the King of Syria swear 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that they shall prevail over Israel 1 Kings 20.23 and other like examples we may adde as that more notable Psal 95.11 To whom I sweare in my wrath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 If they shall enter into my rest that is that they shall not enter into my rest as the Apostle explains those words Hebr. 3.11 compared with ver 18. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that they shall not enter So in this place before us 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is a note of swearing and the Scripture should be so expressed The Master of the house shall be brought unto the Judges That he hath not put his hand to his neighbours goods If this seem harsh we must know that an oath is wont to be understood by an Elipsis and defective speech as in the former examples may appear But if any supplement here be thought needful it should not be that or any such as that which our Translators adde to see but rather to swear for so the Greek Interpreters here have expressed the words the Master of the house shall come 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 before God so they render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which we more rightly turn Judges 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and shall swear that he hath not dealt wickedly in all the pledge of his neighbour So Hierom also jurabit and he shall swear The Chald. Par. retains the genuine defect common with the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Si non The Syriac also and the Arabic and Samaritan translations express the words in form of an oath Vatablus also and the Tigurin Bible and Castellie as also Tremellius who hath this supplement Juramento se purgaturus he shall be brought before the Judges to purge himself by an Oath c. The like supplement hath the French the Italian and Spanish Translations and two Low Dutch The other was mislead by Luthers translation as also Munster and Piscator and one of our old English translations which our last followed But Coverdale and all the rest understood the words as an Oath And it is much that ours were so mistaken For in the 11 verse following we have the very same words with those before us in the form of an oath as they there translate them Whence we may take notice with what fear and reverence we ought to take an Oath for the Scripture here prescribes a defective speech in expressing an Oath as they who speak out of fear are wont in speaking to lose some word or other And the Scripture omits especially such words as bode evil as execrations and curses which are commonly understood in Oathes And it may teach us in like case to forbear all imprecations and evil wishes to our selves or others and to suppresse them under an Euphemismus or to use some circumlocution rather then plainly to pronounce them Thus much even the Heathen may teach us as in that known broken speech Quos ego sed motos praestat componere fluctûs How much more may we learn this of David Psal 132.3 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 If I come into the tabernacle of my house and the like ver 4. that is surely I will not c. How much yet more may we learn this of God himself who swearing useth an abrupt and imperfect speech which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an antecedent without a consequent If they enter into my rest Psal 95.11 what remains is understood Let us be followers of God and be taught by him as his dear children Ephes 5.1 and forbear swearing and cursing yea and lying and stealing and committing adultery c. for which the land mourneth Hos 4.2 3. Therefore now put off thine ornaments from thee Exod. 33. Ver. 6. that I may know what to do unto thee And the children of Israel stript themselves of their ornaments by the Mount Horeb. The people had not put on their ornaments as appears ver 4. which is spoken by anticipation otherwise the Lord had not here commanded them to put them off The words contain the Lords precept with the end of it and the peoples obedience thereunto But whether that obedience be set forth by the place where it was performed or from the cause moving them thereunto there 's the question For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 does not signifie by as it is here turn'd but from as it is rendred in the Chald. Par. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the Samaritan the Syriac and Arabic Versions also in the Vulg. Lat. A Monte LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the Mount Horeb. So Castellio and one Low Dutch Bible Vatablus and Munster render the word juxta and ad yet they confesse that its à Monte in the Hebrew Tremellius and Diodati adde a supplement far from the Mount Horeb. Another tells us that here is Enallage praepositionis an enallage or change of one preposition for another viz. à for ad or juxta from for at or nigh But if we admit of such changes we shall soon elude and lose that sense which the Spirit of God aims at Only one of our old English translations hath from but with an unreasonable supplement viz. After Moses came down from the Mount Horeb. The rest of our translations have by or under or before as others have at or neer It s evident from this variety of translations and all differing among themselves and from the Original that there must be something amiss they saw not how the word would yield a good meaning if rendred from But suppose that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be turn'd from as from the Mount Horeb what sense shall we make of it The Mount whether Sinai or Horeb two tops of the same Mountain where the Law was given signifies the Law there given by a Metonymie Hebr. 12.18 Ye are not come to the Mount that could be touched that is the Law given in Mount Sinai or Horeb opposed to the Gospel figured by Mount Sion ver 22. whence it went forth Esay 2.3 Compare also Gal. 4.21 with 24. As for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it doth not only note a distance but implies a cause as Hos 12.9 I am the Lord thy God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the land of Egypt that is from my bringing thee out of the Land of Egypt It is the Lords argument whereby he claims his people as peculiar to himself Exod. 20.2 3. And that indeed it is so
persons devotions and prayers shall be accepted of God being sanctified by the holy Ghost Rom. 15.16 If a soul shall sin through ignorance against any of the Commandements of the Lord concerning things which ought not to be done Levit. 4. Ver. 2.13.22 and shall do against any of them I have three exceptions against the translation of this second verse whereof two are common to verse 13. 22. 1. What is here rendred against any of the Commandements is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ex omnibus praeceptis of all the Commandements 2. What they put in a Parenthesis concerning things which ought not to be done is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which should not be done 3. What is turn'd against any of them is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from one of them 1. What a difference is here in the first 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 among all the significations reckoned up by Grammarians doth not signifie against nor doth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifie any unless joyn'd with a negative as Exod. 20.10 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Non facies omne opus i.e. ullum that is as our Translators turn that place well thou shalt not do any work 2. What reason had they to put those words in a Parenthesis concerning things which ought not to be done And what need was there of that supplement concerning things I suppose to make the best of it it might be this pious consideration whereas these words the Commandements of the Lord come immediately before if these words which ought not to be done shold so follow there might be an ill inference made viz. That some of the Commandements ought not to be done But they well knew that as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies as well a negative precept as an affirmative as the Rabbins call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a precept-do an affirmative precept and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a precept-thou shall not do a negative precept so that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a precept or Commandement is common unto both Yea themselves elsew where so render the words without scruple as Psal 15. wherein there are more negatives then affirmatives yet they conclude the Psalm he that doth these things shall never fall Zach. 8.16 17. These are the things which ye shall do c. where there are things to be left undone which the Lord saith he hateth Yea although the Decalogue or Ten Commandements are more of them negative then affirmative yet how ordinary is it with the Lord to enjoyn us to do his Commandements For to do them is to obey them whether affirmative or negative 3. What they turn against any of them is from one of them And ver 13. If they have done some what against any of the Commandements whereas the Hebrew words are if they have done 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 one of all c. And again verse 22. If the Ruler hath done somewhat against any of the Commandements c. the words are to be rendred as before if he hath done one of all c. In these places the note of universality all the Commandements and the singularity of the breach and violation of one of them are both slur'd and vanish in conceptum confusum into an obscure indefinite How much better hath the Tigurin Bible expressed both in ver 2. If a soul shall sin through errour in cunctis prohibitionibus Domini quae fieri non debebant ipse verò unum ex illis fecerit c. In all the prohibitions of the Lord which ought not to be done but he hath done one of them c. So Vatablus So Luther also mentions one of the Commandements and two Low Dutch Translations Pagnin also and Tremellius Piscator and the French Bible I note this the rather because of that almost general neglect of Gods Commandements held by some not to belong to a Christian man by others to be impossible to be kept through the grace of God by any man and this opinion amounts to the same in effect with the former whereas these three verses beside manifold other Scriptures forcibly prove that as the Lord requires both of the Priest and the People of the Ruler and all and every one under his power an universal regard to be had to all and every one of his Commandements so he supposeth that all and every one of these have respect unto all the Commandements of God and to every one of them in that he prescribes an offering in case any one of them hath broken one Commandement and that out of ignorance and errour And certainly the like care and observation yea greater ought to be had by us Christians in respect of all every Commandement of God For although it be now almost commonly believed that there is something to be remitted and abated of the strictness and rigour of the Law in our Evangelical obedience in regard of that which was required of them who lived under the Law that assertion is altogether groundless and untrue which yet therefore hath obtained belief and approbation amongst most men because it is easie For they love an easie religion a-life Proclives à labore ad libidinem men by corrupt nature hate what is hard and difficult love their ease But the Gospel indeed requires more obedience of us then the Law which may appear as by that which our Lord affirms Except your righteousness exceed the righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees which yet was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the most strict Heresie as the Apostle calls it Acts 26.5 ye shall by no means enter into the kingdom of heaven Matth. 5.20 As also by our Lords exposition of the Law that the obligation of it reacheth to the soul and spirit Matth. 5.21 c. Yea the penalty of disobedience to the Gospel is more grievous then that for the breach of the Law For if the word spoken by Angels was stedfast and every transgression and disobedience received a just recompence of reward how shall we escape if we neglect so great salvation Hebr. 2.2 3. and 10.28 29. He who despised Moses Law died without mercy under two or three witnesses How much sorer punishment shall he be thought worthy of who hath troden under foot the Son of God c. And great reason there is For where the Lord hath given more grace he may justly expect more obedience and duty from us according to our Lords rule of equity Luke 12.48 Let us well consider this O Reader who ever thou art and let us conscientiously regard every one of Gods Commandements and take great heed lest we break any one of them since he who breaks but one Commandement is guilty of all James 2.10 As in a copulate Axiom saith the Logician one false part renders the whole Axiom false And a Chrystal Glass or Mirrour though broken but in one part yet the whole Glass is said to be broken And one breach made in the Glass of righteousness the holy Word of God
our souls Jer. 6.16 Let us hasten to that unity that one Commandement that day of love Let us hasten the coming of that day that one day Zach. 14.7 8 9. It s a strange exhortation but it s the Apostles 2 Pet. 3.12 We rather say Phosphore redde diem we wish for the day Acts. 27. That the day would hasten to come to us not that we should hasten to the coming of the day But such is the goodness of the Sun of Righteousness that he shines alone in his Saints as Apollo and Sol the Sun have their names from shining alone saith Macrobius when his day-light appears He then contracts all that multiplicity of starlight into himself For as the multitude of Stars were made in the firmament of heaven and every one of these contributed its share of light unto the World before the Sun was made Even so the multitude of Lawes and every respective Commandement gives light unto the man until the day begins to dawn and as the day-light appears one Star after another disappears and still they become fewer and fewer until the Day-star that is the Sun according to the Syriac ariseth in our hearts 2 Pet. 1.19 If the Priest Levit. 4. Ver. 3. that is anointed do sin according to the sin of the people The words rendred as they are make a good sense according to that of Hos 4.9 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the people so the Priest But it is not here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whereas 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is more frequently used in Scripture for the expression of similitudes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 most-what rather notes a motion toward some end as Judges 8.27 Gideon made it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for an Ephod 2 Sam. 2.4 They anointed David 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the Chal. Par. turns 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that he should be King And of like nature is this Scripture If the high Priest so the Chaldy Paraphrast and the LXX here understand him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sin to the guilt of the people or to the sin of the people to make them sinful and guilty So the Chald. Par. If the great Priest 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sin to the sin of the people and the LXX clearly render the words so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if the high Priest being anointed sin to cause the people to sin or that the people sin Which must not be understood not on set purpose for then it could not be a sin of ignorance which in this Chapter is principally intended but a sin of malitious wilfulness which admits of no Sacrifices Hebr. 10.26 but deserves outting off Num. 15.30 So Hierom also turns the words Delinquere faciens populum making the people sin So Vatablus and the Tigurin Bible Piscator also both in his High Dutch and Latin Translation turns the words thus If the Priest so sin that he brings a guilt upon the people So likewise Diodati if the chief Priest so sin that the people is made culpable To the same purpose Luther three Low Dutch Translations There are also two of our old English Translations that of Coverdale and another which so render the words Tremellius speaks home to this purpose If the Priest who is anointed sin ad reatum populi to make the people guilty which he explains by leading them into guilt giving them matter of offending either by doctrine or example And he confirms this Translation with a parallel Scripture 1 Chron. 21.3 where Joab saith thus to David urging him to number the people why shall it be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for a guilt unto Israel And Castellio having turn'd the words si deliquerit in noxiam populi if the Priest shall sin to the offence of the people he explains it in his Annotations Cujus delicto c. by whose fault the people may be made guilty as the disease of the head or other member reacheth to the whole body and as Achats and Davids sin hurt all the people And this translation may be confirmed by the constant tenor of the Scriptures which blame not the people for the sinnes of the Priests or of the Prophets as the other translation doth but the Priests and Prophets for the sinnes of the people Thus for the sin of Eli's sons the Priests the people abhorred the offering of the Lord 1 Sam. 2.17 as he tels them ver 24. Ye make the Lords people to transgress And the Prophet out of compassion toward the people he tels them O my people they who lead thee cause thee to erre Esay 3.12 and the like Chap. 9.16 And Jer. 23.15 From the Prophets of Jerusalem is prophaneness gone forth into all the Land and 9 10 11. The adultery swearing or cursing and violence of the people is laid to the Prophets and the Priests charge And the Prophets and Priests are said to have shed the blood of the just in the midst of Jerusalem Lam. 4.13 that is by their sins they occasioned them to be slain as Ezech. 13.19 they are said to slay the souls that should not die Yea that whole Chapter is on this argument And very often elsewhere the Lord takes up the same complaint against the Priests and Prophets Whence it appears that their sin is peccatum peccans a brooding sin which makes the people sin and becomes exceeding sinful Let them sadly consider this who I hope out of ignorance as being themselves deceived by their Authors whom they follow teach the people such doctrine as not accidentally and occasionally but directly and per se causeth them to sin such is that catechetical doctrine That no man is able either of himself or by any grace received in this life perfectly to keep the Commandements of God but doth daily break them in thought word and deed Surely the people to whom the Law was given first thought themselves able to keep it as appears Exod. 24.3.7 8. Nor did Moses blame them for promising so to do but he directs them how to keep it Deut. 30.6 7 8. 14. Other Scriptures sound the same thing Psal 119.1 2 3.6.10.32 c. and 130.8 and 138.8 Prov. 2.7 beside manifold more Scriptures It is true that no man is able of himself either to think a good thought 2 Cor. 3.5 or repel an evil But is not this a disparagement unto the Spirit of God that no man should be able by any grace received in this life perfectly to keep the Commandements of God but doth daily break them in thought word and deed I shall instance but in one Scripture If what is there delivered be true what then is meant by the Apostle Rom. 8.3 4. God sent his Son in the similitude of sinful flesh and for sin condemned sin in the flesh that the righteousness of the Law might be fulfilled in us who walk not after the flesh but after the Spirit Is God the Father and Son utterly frustrate of their end so
our Lord there delivers and fear lest the like or a worse judgement remains for themselves My Brethren The hand of the same Lord of Hosts is stretched out still And if we shall in life or doctrine especially this doctrine of unbelief and impossibility cause the people of God to sin let us fear the like yea heavier judgement upon our selves because we have not taken warning by the heavie hand of God upon them Quorum facta imitamur cur non illorum exitûs exhorrescamus If we be like them in the sin why should we not fear that we shall be involved with them in the same judgement 1. We who call our selves and would be reputed Ministers of the Gospel are supposed to know more then other men do and to be more strong in the Lord and in the power of his might then others are and so to be more able to resist the Tempter and his motions unto sin 2. We are thought to have received more grace from God and therefore if we sin against our God we are more ingrateful then others are 3. Impiety in us is in a special manner repugnant unto our profession who more then other men pretend to piety and holiness 4. The example of our sin extends more to scandal then other mens because being reputed learned we may be supposed to sin by the Book O let us bring our sin-offering even repentance a broken spirit and a contrite heart Psal 51.17 Let us confess forsake and mortifie our sin that by the blood and spirit of Christ we may be sprinkled from an evil conscience Hebr. 10.22 and the blood and spirit of Jesus Christ shall cleanse us from all our sins 1 John 1.7 Then will our sober chaste temperate honest just godly conversation win the people to sobriety chastity temperance justice honesty and piety and every grace which they shall see in us they will copie out into themselves Then shall we be pretious men indeed not in the vain opinion of ignorant men then shall wee bee powerful Preachers when we preach powerfully Christ to be the power of God 1 Cor. 1.24 by whom the righteousness of the law may be fulfilled in us who walk not after the flesh but after the spirit Rom. 8. So that we warn every man and teach every man in all wisdom that we may present every man perfect in Jesus Christ Col. 1.28 Then shall we boldly propound our selves examples unto the flock And when the chief Shepherd shall appear we shall receive a crown of glory that fadeth not away 1 Peter 4.2 3. If a soul sin and hear the voice of swearing and is a witness Levit. 5. Ver. 1. whether he hath seen or known of it if he do not utter it then he shall bear his iniquity The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is here turn'd swearing is not to be understood in the latitude of it but more proper to the business here treated of by Moses it signifies an Adjuration which is that kinde of Oath or Execration whereby a man hearing is obliged to say or do something as in controversies among men an oath for confirmation is to them an end of all strife Hebr. 6.16 Thus also in mens private affairs and extrajudiciall matters As Abraham adjured his servant or caused him to swear imposing an oath upon him Gen. 24.3 And examples of both kindes we have many in Scriptures Exod. 13.19 Numb 5.19 1 Sam. 14.27 28. 1 Kings 2.43 Ezra 10.5 Cant. 5.8 9. and elsewhere This Adjuration is understood in this Scripture here before us For the Jews in their Courts admitted an Adjuration to be laid upon all persons present for the eliciting and drawing forth the truth in question Insomuch as although a man were not personally cited and adjured to confess his knowledge yet if he heard the adjuration or execration and concealed the truth he rendred himself guilty according to this Law Much more if any man were personally adjured to speak his knowledge and yet held his peace In which case he was obliged to answer the adjuration although possibly what he uttered might prove disadvantageous unto himself So vain is that assertion which yet is vulgar and common that no man is bound to accuse himself This very Law bindes a man to speak his knowledge although summoned thereunto generally only and in common with all who hear the adjuration however his own personal interest may be concerned thereby Otherwise this Law makes him guilty How much yet more if the Judge himself adjure him to declare the truth In which case it is very observable that when the High Priest had questioned our Lord Luke 22.67 68. and the false witnesses had bin produced against him Matth. 26.61 62. which yet could prove nothing and Jesus himself held his peace so that they were all at a loss the high Priest made use of the last expedient which in this case could be used and adjured him by the living God that he should tell them whether he were the Christ the Son of God This Adjuration drew from our Lord that Confession that he was the Son of God Matth. 26.59 64. For so what there we read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou hast said S. Mark reports to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I am So sacred a thing is an Oath that he who submitted himself to be a Servant of Rulers as he is called Esay 49.7 when he had stood dumb and opened not his mouth the Adjuration caused him to make that glorious confession of the truth This sense Arias Montanus Vatablus Munster and Castellio give of these words Tremellius and some of the Jews understand this Law to be against him who hath heard one blaspheme God and conceals his knowledge And he refers this Law to the precept of brotherly correction and reproof Levit. 19.17 And it is possible that our Translators may have been of the same judgement But 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is not any where used to signified blasphemy in that sense so far as I yet can finde Nor was swearing wholly forbidden the Jewes either judicially or extra-judicially but onely vain and false swearing Levit. 19.12 Jer. 7.9 And of this swearing Hos 4.2 is to be understood and Zach. 5.3 Every one that sweareth shall be cut off What kinde of swearing is that It followes in the next verse every one that sweareth falsly by my Name So Mal. 3.5 For the merciful God graciously connived for a time at the Jewes swearing so they sware not falsly nor vainly by his Name And therefore our Lord in his exposition of that Commandement saith not Thou shalt not swear but thou shalt not forswear thy self And the reason may be The people of God lived among the Nations who walked every one in the name of his god Mich. 4.5 Wherefore the Lord condescended for a time to be accounted as it were a Topical God as if he had been the God of Israel only as may appear by Jephta's reasoning Judges
11.12 28. lest his people being mingled among the Nations should learn their works and swear by other gods See the truth of this Jer. 12.14 15 16. Thus saith the Lord against all mine evil neighbours c. it shall come to pass if they shall diligently learn all the wayes of my people to swear by my Name The Lord liveth as they have taught my people to swear by Baal then they shall be built up in the midst of my people And we now live mixt one with another good and bad together and every one endeavours to assimilate and render another like unto himself O that every one of us so far as we have attained would endeavour to render another like unto God! Now although swearing by the Name of God rashly vainly and falsly and without just cause hath alwayes been a sin and so accounted Ecclus 23.9 13. Yet the universal prohibition hereof was reserved until the time of Reformation Matth. 5.33 37. Howbeit that this kinde of swearing ought not here to be understood but Adjuration only and to put an end to controversies among men as hath been said will appear to be true if we lay to the words now questioned and compare with them what Solomon saith Prov. 29.24 He that is partner with a thief hateth his own soul 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he heareth adjuration and uttereth it not Where we have these very words of the Law Levit. 5.1 and an exemplification of it In this case the Arabic Proverb is not to be understood Repentance for silence is better then repentance for speech And that of Cato hath no place here Nam nulli tacuisse nocet nocet esse locutum For silence in this case argues a consent unto evil Take notice here Christian Reader how strict the Lord is in requiring a discovery of sin and that the truth should be brought to light and judgement and that under a ceremonial dispensation so that he who concealed his knowledge rendred himself guilty And shall we who ought to depart from and hate every evil way and every iniquity and loathe it in our selves shall we hide and keep anothers sin as sweet under our tongue In this case it will well beseem our Christian prudence and charity to enquire what will be more profitable for our brothers reformation whether to accuse him and discover his sin as Joseph did his brethrens Gen. 37.2 or at least for a time with lenity and pious long-suffering to bear his weakness But if we wink at and dissemble our brothers sin as if we favoured it and waited not for a fit time for reproof of it we make our brothers sin and guilt our own and our tenderness and clemency toward our brother will be interpreted no less then contumacy and disobedience toward God Remember how Solomon concludes his Ecclesiastes and with it I shall conclude this Essay God will bring every work into judgement and every secret thing whether it be good or whether it be evil And the Priest shall make an atonement for him concerning his sin Levit. 5. Ver. 6. This sense is imposed upon these words beside their genuin and proper meaning which is this And the Priest shall expiate or purge him from his sin The only difficulty if any there be is in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whether it be referred to the person purged from his sin and so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to purge or expiate is construed with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Or whether it have reference to the Sacrifice as Arias Montanus understood it Both have their Authors and their meanings good As for Atonement what is meant by it but union with God or oneness as when God and man are at one And how can that be wrought while the sin intervenes and keeps man at a distance from his God Esay 59.2 It is true indeed that the Spirit of God hath couch'd two actions under one word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. to cover and 2. to purge cleanse or expiate But although 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifie to cover yet not so as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1 Pet. 2.16 as a cloak to cover knavery not so as to hide the sin but as a playster is applyed to cover and so to cure and heal a wound and so the first signification will fall into the second Thus the Tigurin Bible renders the words verbatim Et expiabit eum sacerdos à peccato suo And the Priest shall purge or expiate him from his sin And the Chald. Par. saith the very same though somewhat otherwise translated So Munster so Vatablus so Tremellius so Diodati And although the Spanish Bible hath reconcilierà in the text yet it hath expiarà the Priest shall expiate in the margent If meantime the sin remain how can the atonement or reconciliation be made since sin is the only make-bate Quod turbat omnia which therefore if it remain and be not really and truly removed and taken away the wrath and the condemnation and guilt and obligation unto death must remain with it What is wont in this case to be said that there is no condemnation to them that are in Christ Jesus which words are usually cited alone and the following words suppressed it is true of them who walk not after the flesh but after the spirit whom the law of the spirit of life in Christ Jesus makes free from the law of sin and death in whom the righteousness of the law is fulfilled Rom. 8.1 4. It is true these actions are all of them ceremonial poor and beggarly rudiments yet by them are figured out the pretious truths of God touching atonement with God and expiation from sin as gold is weighed out by brass or leaden weights The real purging from our sins by Christ is meant by the ceremonial expiation wrought by the Priest and the sacrifice And therefore the Apostle so reasons if the blood of Bulls and Goats and the ashes of an Heifer sprinkling the unclean sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh so far then it did sanctifie how much more shall the blood of Christ who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot to God Purge your consciences from dead works to serve the living God Let us well consider this Christian Reader lest in a matter of so great concernment unto our immortal souls we suffer our selves to be deceived by concerning a word of very large signification which if it mean any thing but expiating the sin take heed of it Dolosus versatur in generalibus if we be deceived in the figure we shall also be deceived in the Truth it self which is conveyed by it But suppose the sin only covered which is that which many contend for if it yet remain in us what singular benefit is the Reconciliation or Atonement unto us only that the putrid and loathsom ulcer is skin'd over that the remorse and clamour of the guilty conscience is quiet and stilled for a time that the malefactor is
own suffering with them praying for them th●earning exhorting entreating and beseeching them to offer up their bodies as a living sacrifice using all means to consume mortifie and destroy the whole body of sin Thus to eat up the sin is to consume it Gen. 31.41 what is turn'd confaine is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to eat And to consume it and destroy it is by our sympathy and hearing them to help them to consume and destroy the body of sin For so what Psalm 41.9 we read he that did eat my bread John 13.18 our Lord saith he that eateth bread with me So to consume and destroy sinners is to eat them Numb 14.9 Joshu● and Caleb say the people of the land are bread for them compare herewith Numb 22.4 Deut. 7.16 This language is uncouth and strange and the duty of bearing and forbearing one another hath been so long out of fashion especially these times of violence and bloodshed that it s hardly known to be the law of Christ to bear one anothers burdens Gal. 6.2 And very few there are who are known to be his Disciples or servants by his Livery John 13.34 A new Commandement do I give you that ye love one another as I have loved you that ye also love one another And why does our Lord repeat that duty was it not enough to say love one another as I have loved you but he must inculcate the same again that ye also love one another He the great High Priest loved us with an heroical love with a love strong as yea stronger then death He eat up and consumed he bare and bears the sins of many Esay 53.11 So he loves us and his Commandement is that we so love one another And that indeed such an intense love is required of his Disciples appears by his Apostles exhortation unto it Ephes 5.1 Walk in love how As Christ loved us And how was that and gave himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God This indeed is a new Commandement and never before heard of a Livery whereby all men may know who are the Disciples of Christ there are so few who wear it But lest I be thought to urge this comparison intensis gradibus to the extent of it and beyond our Lords and his Apostles drift whereas our Lord and his Apostle meant it only in remissis so that some small measure of love might serve the turn read what his best beloved Disciple adviseth touching this very argument Hereby saith he perceive we the love of God because he laid down his life for us and we ought to lay down our lives for the brethren If this be well understood that of Philo Judaeus will not seem strange 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a vertuous man is an expiation and atonement for a wicked man Thus Ezechiel Chap. 4.4.5 must bear the iniquity of the house of Israel O my Brethren whom the High Priest of our profession Christ Jesus hath made Priests of the holy of the royal Priesthood 1 Pet. 2.5.9 Let us consider our office and what reward the Lord gives us for discharge of our office Ye have both in the words before us The Priest that makes expiation of the sin it shall be his or it shall be to him If thus we bear our brothers sins instruct exhort dehort admonish sympathize and suffer with him and by all means endeavour the consuming and abolishing his sin the Wiseman hath assured us that we shall be satisfied by the fruit of our mouth Prov. 12.14 He who thus with great patience and long-suffering waits at Gods Altar he shall be partaker with the Altar 1 Corinth 9.13 S. James assures us that he who converts a sinner from the errour of his way shall save a soul from death and shall hide a multitude of sinnes James 5.20 He put his breast-plate upon him and he put in the breast-plate Levit. 8. Ver. 8. the Urim and the Thummim The words contain a part of Moses investiture of the High Priest Having put upon him his breast-plate he put into the breast-plate the Urim and the Thummim What these were great enquiry hath been made both by antient and modern Writers The Translators leave them without translation only they are left in the Hebrew with much emphasis He put into the breast-plate 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Urim and the Thummim But why were not these words turned into English It is true there are many names and words some proper others appellative which by the holy Spirit and venerable antiquity according to the dictate of the Spirit hath left without translation in their own native language as Hosanna Hallelujah Maranatha and many other appellatives beside many proper names The words before us are none of those but we finde them rendred by Translators as the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he put upon the brest-plate manifesiation and truth The Vulg. Lat. Aptavit rationali in quo erat doctrina veritas in which was Doctrine and Truth It is true the Chald. Par. hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Vrim and Thummim but in the Chaldee tongue not in the Hebrew The Syriac turns the words Knowledge and Truth and the Arabic Declarations and Truths Castellio Claritas integritas clearness and integrity Luther Liecht and Recht Light and Right that is Justice or Righteousness One Low Duch copy followes Luther herein that of Cullen renders the words according to the Vulg. Lat. a third hath Light and Fulness Coverdale turns the words Light and Perfectness And so many testimonies and warrants we have to translate these words And I would render Urim and Thummim Lights or Illuminations and Perfections or Consummations I have done with the words but what shall we say to the things themselves To define what these were it s none of my business nor indeed dare I attempt that which hath puzzled all the learned men in the World Only I shall relate what hath been delivered by diverse men in their generations Some to make good the V. Latin translation of these words would deduce Vrim from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is to teach that 's Doctrine doctrine and Thummim from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is Credidit to believe there 's Veritas Truth the object of belief But their originals are better known to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 light and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Perfecit to perfect Some would have these to be the Nomen Tetragrammaton which they say includes the mystery of the Trinity and the incarnation of Christ Others say they were certain letters which being shuffled together made up the Answer of the Oracle to what was asked of God Others affirm that they were two bright shining Stones immediately made by God which gave a lustre according to the Answer of God to the question of the High Priest Others that these were an Adamant which changed the colour according as the people were qualified and God pleased
the Vrim the illuminations or manifestations according to the LXX whereby God reveales and declares his will and the Thummim the perfections or consummations of that will in us when we serve him as Joshua exhorts Israel Josh 24.14 in perfection and in truth as the Greek and Vulg. Latin turn Thummim in integrity These are the gifts of God according to what S. James saith Every good giving and every perfect gift there 's one of them is from above and cometh down from the Father of Lights there 's the other And of all other they are the most perfect gifts as we may esteem them by the receivers of them the most principal parts of man his minde and will And what accomplishes and beautifies the minde but the divine wisdom that 's Vrim illuminations And what rectifies and fortifies the will in good purposes intentions and actions but rectitude and integrity That 's Thummim perfections Happy thrice happy they to whom the Lord gives these divine illuminations or doctrines whereby they know the counsel of his will and the perfections and consummations of it whereby they are conformable unto the will of God! These are to be received by faith by which we receive every good giving and every perfect gift from the Father of Lights And therefore Moses first put on the breast-plate that 's 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the vulg Latin turns Rationale the Informer and Director of the judgement and therefore it s called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the breast-plate of judgement Exod. 28.30 Indeed the Directory of Judgement and Counsel being a figure of Him who is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the divine Word and Reason whole name is Counseller Esay 9.6 And therefore good reason there is that in Him should be the Illuminations and Perfections And therefore Moses put into the breast-plate illumination and perfection For the breast-plate as it signifies Christ himself so faith in him whereby we receive these things which are freely given to us of God for so S. Paul cals it the breast-plate of faith and love 1 Thes 5.8 And because the Righteousness is obtained by faith it s called also the breast-plate of righteousness This breast-plate of faith was to be fastned unto the Ephod Exod. 28.28 which the LXX render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 superhumerale the ornament of the shoulder whereon we bear burdens and what is that but Patience which therefore is to be joyned unto the breast-plate of faith that so through faith and patience we may inherit the promises Hebr. 6.12 and 10.35 36. But alas the Vrim and Thummim was lost at the Babylonian captivity Ezra 2.65 And the Church in Babylon 1 Pet. 5.13 loseth her light and perfection by Babylonian confusions debates and strifes for the truth is lost by contending for it 2 Esdr 5.8 9. 1 Tim. 1.5 6 7. whence it is that the god of this world blindes the mindes of them that believe not lest the light of the glorious Gospel of Christ who is the image of God should shine unto them 2 Cor. 4.4 And because men depart not from iniquity they understand not the trnth Dan. 9.13 Yea the Thummim or perfections are so lost that it s almost a sin to say there is a possibility left of finding them But Nehemiah when the Vrim and Thummmim were missing he put the people in hope that there would be a time when a Priest should stand up with Vrim and Thummim Nehem. 7.65 And the Lord hath left such a consolation unto his people so Nehemiah sounds a Comforter of the Lord that if they make use of such means as the Lord hath vouchsafed unto his church the illuminations and perfections may be recovered The Prophet in order hereunto puts us in a method and way of obtaining them Mal. 4.4 Remember the Law of Moses my servant which I commanded unto him in Horeb with the Statutes and Judgements Then the Lord promiseth to send Eliah the Prophet before the coming of the great and terrible day of the Lord and he shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children c. This Eliah is not to be understood of John Baptist only for he did not accomplish that work which Eliah was to do viz. to restore all things as our Lord foretels Matth. 17.11 12. where speaking of one Eliah he saith he shall come and restore all things and then addes concerning John Baptist that he was already come So that by the doctrine of the Law and the doctrine of Repentance and conversion we are brought unto an holy fear of God and upon such as fear Gods name the Sun of Righteousness Even that true and greater Light which comes after the less John 1.8 9. ariseth and is indeed the High Priest who stands up with the Vrim and illuminations inlightning our mindes with the understanding of Gods will that we may be light in the Lord Ephes 5.8 The LXX Nehem. 7.65 have the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he shall rise importing Christs Resurrection that he should arise from the dead and shew light unto the people and to the Gentiles Acts 26.23 And he hath the healing under his wings whereby he cureth all our backslidings Jer. 3.22 rectifies and strengthens our wills to perfect and consummate the Lords will and to make us perfect and compleat in all the will of God Col. 4.12 For the influences of the Stars and heavenly bodies are conveyed by the Moon into this lower world But the powers vertues and influences of God and his divine nature are communicated unto us by the Sun even by Jesus Christ the Sun of Righteousness he brings with him the heavenly light and healing power the truth of that Apollo whereof the Poets have made a Fable and all perfection and all the fulness of God Ephes 3.19 I will be sanctified in them that come nigh me and before all the people Levit. 10. Ver. 3. I will be glorified These words In them that come nigh me answer to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the Translators though they express in many words yet they give not the full meaning of it For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 are not onely such as come nigh unto God and make address to him by offering sacrifices as Levit. 1.2 but they especially who in relation are neer unto him as his Priests are in a peculiar manner And so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is usually rendred by the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Exod. 13.17 1 Kings 8.46 neer in place neer in dignity and honour as Esther 1.14 as the seven Princes to Ahasuerus Yea 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies such a relative neerness as of consanguinity blood and kindred Exod. 32.26 Levit. 21 2 3. as of friendship Job 19.14 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my kinsfolk which the LXX turn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my friends In such a neer relation are the Lords Priests unto him who are here called by the same name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
glorious mark set before us all Priests and people Ephes 4.13 A perfect man the measure of the age of the fulness of Christ Ye are by your place and profession neer unto God his friends and intimate ones whose duty it is to be middle men between God and his people who are also a people neer unto him Psal 148.14 Whose office it is to burn incense to our God to make prayers and intercessions for the people It is therefore expected of us that we should be more holy more sober more righteous more godly then other people are This is necessary if we consider the end of our prayer For it is the prayer of a righteous man that avails much James 5.10 And intercession is such a kinde of prayer as must avail very much since it is made for the Priest himself and for the whole congregation It s meet therefore that he be an eminently righteous man and zealous such an one as Phineas who stood up and prayed and so the plague ceased Psalm 106.30 the words are he executed judgement nor is there any mention made of prayer in the story Numb 25. though the words will bear both senses and imply that an intercessors prayer must be operative and the mediator himself a righteous man zealously executing justice and judgement Without holiness no man shall see the Lord no not when he is best pleased And shall we think that some remiss degree of holiness will suffice a Priest an Intercessor for Gods people and their Agent with God to see God obtain grace and mercy from God for himself and the people and that when God is most displeased with them when as the people are so is the Priest then where is that Shepherd that will stand before me saith the Lord Jer. 49.19 All the sons of Levi were holy and zealous in Gods cause Exod. 32. yet all of them could not hold Gods hand It was to Moses only that God said Let me alone Nor can we be so uncharitable as to imagine that all men were wicked in Jerusalem when God sought for a man that should stand in the gap and could finde none Ezech. 22.30 No no he sought some excellent man some Moses some Samuel some Daniel to stand before him It s well if an ordinary just man can obtain his own pardon in a common Judgement Lot was a righteous man 2 Pet. 2.7 but he was delivered out of Sodom at the instance and intercession of a more eminently righteous man than he And therefore we read that when God destroyed the Cities of the Plain that God remembred Abraham and sent Lot out of the midst of the overthrow when he overthrew the Cities in which Lot dwelt Gen. 19.29 As for profane men they are as unserviceable intercessors in the gap as a dry bush to keep out a flame of fire from devouring the stubble 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 These are far from righteousness Esay 46.12 and far off from God We are neer unto God and intercessors for other men wherefore far be it from us that we should be like other men that it should be true of us Like people like Priest Hos 4.9 Or that we draw neer unto God with our mouth and honour him with our lips but our heart should be far from him Matth. 15.8 Far be it from us that it should be truly spoken of us which yet some of the people say that there is much Lording and Domineering over one another and over the people although we be brethren although we be not Bishops If it be so that we can be prowd without a title how neer to God soever we imagine our selves to be he beholds us afar off Or what some say that some of us are neer men covetous if so we are neerer Mammon than we are to the true God That we are as passionate and have as little rule of our affections yea some of us less then other men have If so how can we be said to be neer unto God or neerer then other men It is true what Hierom writes Vehementer Ecclesiam Dei destruit meliores esse Laicos quàm Clericos It s very destructive to the Church that the people should be better men then the Priests Howbeit I hope none of the people can say of any of us that we have erred through wine that we have gone out of the way through strong drink as those Levitical Priests are thought to have done I hope there is no such Beast that toucheth the mountain of the Lord. We well know the Apostles admonition Be not drunk with wine wherein there is excess but be filled with that wine wherein there can be no excess the Spirit of God I know there are among us some I hope many mortified men who need Pauls exhortation to Timothy drink no more water but use a little wine for thy stomacks sake and thine often infirmities 1 Tim. 5.23 But if any such intemperate men there be among us as some say there are I shall direct the Apostles exhortation unto them with some little change Drink more water and use but little wine Let the Potitii and Pinarii the drinking Priests and hungry gluttenous Priests as the old Priests of Hcrcules were called saith Festus let such be Priests to them who are no gods 2 Chron. 13.9 In the mystical Temple of the true God the sons of Zadoc every way righteous men must be neer unto him to minister unto him Ezech. 44.15 But there is a drunkenness and not with wine Esay 29.9 a surfeting with the giddy spirit of opinion kindled in our own imaginations or borrowed of our neighbours neer home such a drunkenness I fear there is too much among us and that such boutefeus and incendiaries there are who bring their own strange wilde fire into the Church of God and zealously offer up their own 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their own will-worship unto God Shall such escape the just judgement of God Our God hath his spiritual judgments under the Gospel figured by those under the Law but more dreadful then those Such was the judgement on these two Priests The fire burnt their bodies not their clothes There is a kinde of thunder which burns not the Chest but melts the money in it hurts not the flesh but consumes the bones And such are Gods spiritual judgements they touch not mens bodies but seiz upon their souls Non quoties peccant homines sua fulmina mittit God sends not thunder and lightning alwayes to destroy ungodly men but such judgements as are much heavier as hardness of heart impenitency treasuring up wrath against the day of wrath contempt of Gods Word and Commandement from which good Lord deliver us Let these Boutefeus who kindle their own fire and compass themselves about with sparks walk in the light of their fire and in the sparks which they have kindled but this shall they have of Gods hand they shall lie down in sorrow Esay 50.11 O my brethren Let
us I beseech you sadly consider the punishment of these men and let us from their example Discere justitiam moniti Learn righteousness and remember that the Lord will be sanctified either upon those who are neer unto him Ezech. 38.22 23. Or by those who are neer unto him 1 Pet. 3.15 Let us be sober righteous and godly that we may put difference between holy and unholy and between unclean and clean that we may teach the children of Israel the people of God all the statutes which the Lord hath spoken unto them by the hand of Moses Levit. 10.10 11. that they may be a people also neer unto God For the Lord hath said that he will be sanctified in his nigh ones such as are neer unto him and intimate with him and before all the people he will be glorified Yea let Priests and people who are neer unto God consider that their Body is the Temple of the holy Ghost which is in us which we have of God and are not our own For we are bought with a price therefore let us glorifie God in our Body and in our Spirit which are Gods 1 Cor. 6.19 20. The Swan Levit. 11. Ver. 18. the Pellican and the Gier-Eagle I believe these three fowls are all mistaken Our Translators render the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Swan following herein S. Hieroms authority But if we may believe that most diligent and accurate searcher of Nature Vlysses Androvandus one who was extream well seen in most languages he tells us that the Hebrews have no word that simply and properly signifies a Swan And most Translators that I have yet seen are of his judgement For the Greek Interpreters turn the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but what special Bird that is we have no English word that I know to signifie it unless with Ainsworth we turn it a Redshank It s said to have the name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because it hath a purple coloured beak it s agreed by them to be a water fowl Pagnin herein followes the LXX so doth the Spanish Translation and Vatablus but Tremellius will have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be Monedula a Chough or a Daw and that 's a land fowl The Jews side with neither One of the learned Rabbins derives 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies attonitum esse obstupescere to be astonished because he who looks upon 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 will be astonished in that it is of such a strange shape and so unlike to other creatures Another of them saith that this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is a Mouse that flies in the night or a flying Mouse that is vespertilio a Bat which the Naturallists doubt whether they may count it among the fourfooted beasts or among the birds as it is described negatively Vespertilio neque in muribus planè neque in volucribus Its neither altogether a Mouse nor altogether a Bird but mixt of them both Howbeit because it flies though with membranous wings and scarce useth its feet though four in going therefore it s reckoned by the Naturalists among the night-birds according to the Poets description of it Nocte volans seroque tenens à vespere nomen This seems to be the more probable because verse 30 of this Chapter we finde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the creature now in question forbidden among the creeping things and interpreted a Mole For there are many words and names among the Jewes common both to fowles and beasts of the earth saith Vlysses Androvandus Yea many living creatures disparat one from other yet may have the same name common to them Nor ought this to seem strange to us since very frequently one kinde of creature hath been taken for another As from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Leo the Lion Aries was mistaken And from the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Aper a Bore is the Latin Caper which signifies a Goat And whereas 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Anser signifies a Goose thence is our English word Hen Gallina And from the Latin Vulpes a Fox is our English word Wolf Lupus and many the like But because the Bat hath in its shape a kinde of loathsomness and may suppose in men a natural abhorrency from eating it though Strabo lib. 16. reports that the inhabitants of Borsippa and Scal. Exer. 236.3 that the Islanders of Catigan feed on Bats and whereas the people of God were brought up in all principles of neatness and cleanliness especially in regard of their food as may appear out of many places of this book as also Ezech. 4.14 Acts 10.14 they seem not to need such a prohibition Also because Moses here reckons up all such as are unquestionably fowles except the Bat which he puts last by occasion of which he addes ver 20. all fowls that creep going upon all four shall be an abomination unto you Hitherto we have heard what 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is not Now what is it I conceive 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies an Owl So Castellio renders the word And Arias Montanus because mention is made of other kinds of Owles ver 16 17. he borrowes an Italian word Civetta which Vlys Androvandus useth which also signifies an Owl As for the Swan the same author thinks some injury to be done to her that she should either under this name or any other be reckoned among the unclean fowles and such as are not to be eaten since the Romans of old saith Plutarch were wont to put up their Swans and fat them and eat them as a very rare dish as the Cygnets are accounted at this day Although it cannot be denied but that the prohibition of eating the flesh of certain beasts fowles and fishes imported unto Ifrael according to the flesh an abstaining from communion with the Heathen by reason of divers analogies and proportions between them as was darkly intimated Levit. 20. Where the Lord having prohibited the Heathenish manners practised by the nations whom the Lord cast out of the Land I am saith he Jehovah your God who have separated you from the Nations ver 24. and then adds ye shall therefore put difference between clean beasts and unclean and between unclean fowls and clean implying that by these the other were intended Also the vision to S. Peter Acts 10. and the same occasioned to be recited by him Chap. 11. for greater confirmation makes it clear and evident Yet can we think that when now this distinction between the Jewes and Gentiles is taken away this Scripture is become useless and like a Letter long since dated which hath done its errand Surely no for I know saith the Wise man that whatsoever God doth shall be for ever Eccles 3.14 And all holy Scripture is profitable for doctrine for reproof for correction for instruction in righteousness that the man of God may be perfect c. 2 Tim. 3.16 17. It remains therefore that this Scripture as well as others have
Thus Esay 40.10 Behold the Lord will come 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with strong hand where hand is supplyed In the marg ye finde against the strong that is he whom our Lord calls the strong man Luke 11.22 Howbeit I know not how truly diverse Learned men make Azazel the president of the Desert But whereas Franciscus Georgius Venetus Cornelius Agrippa and Reuchlin and other Learned men have written with great confidence concerning Angels and Spirits good and evil and among these of Azazel that he is the President of the Desert I shall leave his particular presidency and principality upon their credit although I doubt not but as there are Hierarchies and orders of the good Angels as I have elsewhere shewen so are there presidencies and distinctions of honours such as they are among the evil Angels as not only the sorenamed Authors aver but also our Lord John 12.31 and his Apostle Ephes 2.2 and the Jews Mat. 12.24 Wherefore I shall so far consent with these Authors in the general that by Azazel here we are to understand the Devil Which word they commonly compound of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Goat and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 abiit as it hath affinity with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 abiit in contemptum to be vile and contemptible So the LXX render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to despise to account base and viie according to which the Prophet speaks Thou didst debase thy self even to Hell Esay 57.9 Beside a Goat and the Devil have the same name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 verse 7. The Priest shall take 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 two Goats and so often in this Chapter But in the Chapter following Levit. 17.7 They shall not sacrifice any more their sacrifices 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Devils Thus 2 Chron 11.15 Jeroboam ordained him Priests for the High places 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and for the Devils Thus also Esay 13.21 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Daemones the Devils which our Translators turn the Satyrs shall dance there so Pagnin and the like we have Chap. 34.14 The Devils were called by this name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Goats because they appeared in that form saith Kimhi As also because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Goat hath its name from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 horruit exhorruit so extreamly to fear as when the hair stands on end Whence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hordeum Barley and frit in Varro which according to him is the top of an ear of corn which stands up like hair Whence our English word fright extremity of fear into which the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Devils drive those to whom they appear That Azazel ought so to be left untranslated and not to be rendred a Scape-Goat may appear from this consideration that where ever either of the two Goats is named in this Chapter its never called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath its name but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And whereas Azazel is four times named in this Chapter ver 8.10 twice and 26 the translation renders it self suspected in the last place especially where it s read He that let go the Goat for a Scape-Goat when there was no other but that the former being sacrificed Munster was aware of this and therefore howsoever in the three other places he translates the word as ours do yet in the last place he translates it not but leaves it Azazel Which also the Tigurin Translators perceived and therefore turn'd it in ver 26. campum caprarum the field of the Goats Others with Arias Montanus retain Azazel in all the four places as Tremellius Vatablus Diodati the Spanish Bible What therefore they render One lot for the Lord and the other lot for the Scape-Goat I would turn One lot for the Lord and the other lot for Azazel Otherwise instead of a distribution of the two Goats here by lot the words will contain an equivocation as that the one lot shall be for the Lord as proper to him and his use the other shall be for a Scape-Goat that should be all one as if 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for were left out because for in this sense signifies no more then the word alone to which it is joyn'd as I will be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for a father c. 1 Chron. 17.13 is no more then a father Whereas indeed these two Goats are distributed according to their subjects or owners the one to the Lord the other to Azazel But why must one Goat be for the Lord and the other Goat 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for Azazel or the Devil For the understanding of this we must know that the Lord in this Chapter ordaines 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the day of Expiations as it is called Levit. 23.27 and the reason is given Levit. 16.30 the Priest 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall expiate for you to cleanse you that ye may be cleansed from all your sins before the Lord. This cleansing must be thorow full and accurate as appears both by the plural of the Nown 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the conjugation of the Verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Now the people to be purged are defiled with two kindes of sins whereof the one is open and manifest Gal. 5.19 the other hath an appearance and shew of righteousness John 16.8 By both these we may understand the whole body of sin to be destroyed Rom. 6.6 with both these the creature is polluted The Body of sin to be destroyed is figured by that Goat which is to sent to Azazel as by the Goats on the left hand in the judgement Matth. 25. And upon the head of this Goat the Priest must lay both his hands and confess over him all the iniquities of the sons of Israel and all their transgressions in all their sins putting them upon the head of the Goat and shall send him away by the hand of a fit man into the Wilderness and the Goat shall bear upon him all their iniquities into a land of separation and he shall let go the Goat in the Wilderness Now whereas the creature of God hath been polluted with the Body of known sin and false righteousness it is not the will of the Lord that his creature should perish in sin nor is it his will nor is it possible that his creature should be saved in his sin which implyes a contradiction because to be saved is so to be from sin Matth. 1.21 And therefore the sinful man signified by the Goat which is for the Lord ver 9. must die from the sin he must be mortified and the will in him unto sin must be altogether dead in him We may see this prefigured unto us in the creature The seed is cast into the ground suppose a grain of Wheat the earthly part of it falls asunder and some of it returns to the earth the other part being reduced by the Quintessence or natural Balsam becomes a
part of the plant There is an earth that is the Serpents food Esay 65.25 which is indeed the terra damnata the damn'd earth the disobedient knowledge and the disobedient in their knowledge who detain the truth of God in their unrighteousness Against these the wrath of God the Judge is revealed from Heaven There is another sort of earth which becomes a part of the heavenly plant which growes up in all things into that plant of renown Ephes 4. The same was figured by Moses killing the Egyptian a type of sin and iniquity Mich. 7.19 and hiding him in the sand damned earth to earth But he rebuked the Hebrew and flew him not who wronged his brother even the Edomique nature the animalis homo who wrongs his brother the spiritual heavenly man Adde yet a third representation of this mystery figured by Joseph in prison of whom the chief Butler saith to Pharaoh Gen 41.13 Me he restored to mine office and him he hanged The work of the true spiritual Joseph the perfect one in the judgement Which he as evidently sets forth upon the Cross with whom were crucified two Thieves whereof one according to an antient tradition was an Edomite a Red man as Edom signifies the other an Egyptian a black thief The Edomite the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the animalish or souly man being crucified with him he takes with him into Paradise the Egyptian the sin it self and all who will by no means part with it but become one with it he sends away to Azazel Let us well consider this O ye Israel of God! Herein is pourtrayed before us in the High Priest whose duty alone it was to officiat on the day of Expiation the Lord Jesus Christ who is the true High Priest for ever He is here brought in offering up himself without spot unto God He is the true sin-offering figured in the Bullock and the true burnt-offering signified by the Ram as the Apostle shews largely Hebr. 9.7 28. The Lord ordains that Aaron must take for the congregation of the sons of Israel two Kids of the Goats Hereby the Lord prefigures his judgement wherein two parties are principally concerned the Judge with his Assessors and the persons to be judged The Judge with his Assessors of whom Enoch prophesied Behold the Lord cometh with his holy ten thousands as the words properly signifie Jude v. 14. The persons to be judged are of two sorts both represented by the two Goats which must be taken for the Congregation of the Sons of Israel ver 5. These must be separated as a Shepherd separates the Sheep from the Goats the Sheep on the right hand and the Goats on the left To the Sheep shall be commemorated their works of mercy to the Goats on the left hand their unmercifulness And accordingly the merciful obtain mercy to whom it is said Come ye blessed of my Father c. To the unmerciful ones depart from me c. This 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and description of the judgement is here presigured by Moses The Judge and his Assessors are the same the same also are the persons to be judged represented by two Goats But how come the Goats to be Sheep They had done away their sins by righteousness and their iniquities by shewing mercy to the poor Dan. 4.27 they made friends of the unrighteous Mammon the other keep their unrighteous Mammon and perish with it O ye sons of Israel this neerly concerns us all We all wait at Bethesda the house of Mercy and every one merciful or unmerciful if ye ask him will say he hopes to be saved he hath hope of mercy Yet every one almost judgeth another and condemns another Must we not all stand before the Judgement Seat of Christ Why then do we censure and judge one another and that concerning our final estate who shall bee saved who damned Some have been very bold in obscurities of this nature positively to affirm what others have as boldly denied and both upon equal grounds when neither party hath had authority of Scripture or sound reason whereon to build his assertion Above twenty years since two books came out printed at Millan The Title of the one is De Inferno Of the other De animabus Paganorum The Author of the former hath so curiously described Hell and all the parts and nooks of it and for what uses the feveral Cels therein are you would think he had been there imployed as a Surveyor or a Viewer so punctual he is in his relation and survey of the place He having thus provided Hell the other as a Judge by his own cise and rule very strictly examines those whom we would have thought out of all question whether saved or not as Melchisedec Job and his three friends as also Elihu who with much a-do escaped this Authors condemnation But as for the Philosophers and of them the very best we read of he represents them living very holy lives and leaving to posterity very many divine sayings but at length like et Minos Aeacas or Rhadamanthus he adjudges them all to Hell all to Azazel O were it not much better and more safe to examine our own lives and consider our own later end We have here a clear and evident demonstration O ye sons of Israel that we are saved by grace We stand all before the Judgement seat of Christ as the two Goats taken for the whole Congregation of Israel and are presented here before the Lord ver 5. The distinctive and separating Lots pass upon us one for the Lord and the other for Azazel Who of us knows whether Lot shall fall upon him We all know that we have all sinned and have fallen short of the glory of our God Rom. 3.23 And the wages of sin is death Rom. 6.23 And they who are blessed and called to inherit the kingdom of God because they have dote works of mercy they remember them not Matth. 25.37 38 39. These things considered why may not the Lot for Azazel fall upon us It is the Lot which makes the distinction John 19.24 and therefore the eternal inheritance is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a distribution by lot Acts 20.32 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an inheritance obtained by lot among those who are sanctified and often elsewhere And we are said to obtain that inheritance by lot 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ephes 1.11 In whom also we have obtained an inheritance by lot And the means qualifying us to obtain the inheritance 2 Pet. 1.1 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to them who have obtained by lot equally precious faith with us Which hath allusion to the Israelites receiving their inheritance from Joshuah in the Land of Canaan who divided unto them the Land by lot and by lot the true Joshuah 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as Joshuah is also called and his book after his name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he divides the true inheritance of the holy land or land of holiness which is called his
land thy land O Immanuel Esay 8.8 He distributes the eternal inheritance by lot unto his followers his valiant and victorious souldiers according to Revel 21.7 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he that overcomes shall inherit or shall obtain by Lot the inheritance of all things Now what is more doubtful then a Lot And the lot must determine who is for the Lord that he may receive the kingdom and who is for Azazel that he may depart from the Lord and be sent away to Azazel But blessed ever blessed be the Lord who reserves the ordering of the Lot in his own power as we read The Lot is cast into the lap 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the whole judgement discerning or disposing of it is of the Lord Prov. 16.23 Nor does this bring in any destiny or fatal necessity O no he hath shewen thee O man what is good to do justly to love mercy and to humble thy self to walk with thy God Mich. 6.8 The Goat upon which the Lords lot fell must be sacrificed if we be of the Lords lot we must be such as he is mortified in the flesh that we may be quickned in the Spirit 1 Pet. 3.18 The Greek text understands it of Christ the Latin of those who are Christs It is true it is neither of him that willeth nor of him that runneth but of God that sheweth mercy Rom. 9.16 And to whom doth God shew mercy Even unto thousands of them that love him and keep his Commandements Exod. 20.6 So that destruction O Israel is thine own but thine help is from me Hos 13.9 They on whom the Lords lot fals are saved by mercy They on whom Azazels lot fals perish by justice O that the whole Congregation of Israel for whom these two Goats are taken while it is yet Res integra while yet we have time to work out our salvation and before the evil dayes come that we would Pro se quisque every man of us endeavour to mortifie his sin to crucifie his flesh with the affections and lusts before it be too late I have heard of a rich Citizen of London who toward his end made his will and bequeathed his soul to God his body to the earth and his sins to the Devil 'T was well if he could be rid of them so But were it not much more safe now while we have yet time to spend it in the daily mortification subduing deading of our sins to make it our business that in that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that day of expiations when there shall be an Exact separation made between the just and unjust the righteous and the wicked those who serve God and those who serve him not Mal. 3.18 we may be found so doing Blessed is that servant whom his Lord when he cometh shall finde so doing So shall that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that fit man that man of time called by the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that ready prepared man ver 21. take away the Goat with all our sins and iniquities And who is this man of time this ready prepared man but that Lamb of God who takes away the sins of the world He is figured by Othniel the Judge of Israel that is the due time of God the Redeemer who came in the fulness of time Gal. 4.4 He conquers and subdues Cushan Rishathaim the blackness of both iniquities inward and outward Judges 3.10 and conveyes our sins into a land of separation even so far as the East is from the West so far he removes our transgressions from us Psal 103.12 and delivers them to Azazel and so gives the Devil his due Then when so exact separation shall be made then shall the righteous shine in the glory of their Father Would God that were come to pass unto every one of our souls For every one that curseth his Father or his Mother Levit. 20. Ver. 9. he shall be surely put to death he hath cursed his Father or his Mother his blood shall be upon him For is a rational or causal as that which renders a reason of what went before it and answers to Nam quia quòd quoniam 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the like But what has this For reference unto And how doth it render a reason in the following words of what goes before In the two former verses we read two general precepts the one of sanctifying our selves unto the Lord the other of keeping the Lords statutes and doing them both which give reasons of the two former prohibitions Sanctifie your selves unto the Lord. Sanctitas importat duo separationem ab aliquo applicationem ad aliquid saith Aquinas Sanctity imports two things 1. Separation from somewhat as here from Molech from Wizzards and such as have familiar spirits 2. Application unto the Lord in the observation of his statutes and doing them Why Because he is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the holy one of Israel sanctifies and separates his people from all other gods and their polluted services and dedicates and applies them to himself and to his pure and holy service that they may be holy as he is holy So that these words ver 9. cannot well render a reason of those fore-going or if they do certainly its far fetcht There is no doubt but all divine aetiologia's all reasons and rendring of reason are most rational and like themselves divine as proceeding from him who is the very 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it self the summa ratio he who teacheth man to reason shall not he reason to which purpose the Psalmist reasons Psal 94.8 9 10. But we must not impose a reasoning upon the Scripture or upon Gods Spirit speaking in it which is none of his The particle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here used is mis-translated For whereas 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is either 1. Causal and rational as 1 Chron. 13.11 David was displeased 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because the Lord had made a breach upon Vzzah For which we have 2 Sam. 6.8 where the same story is recited David was displeased 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because the Lord had made a breach upon Uzzah Or 2. Discretive as Gen. 45.8 It was not you that sent me hither 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but God Or 3. Conditional or of time which answers to if or when As 2 Sam. 7.1 It came to pass 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when the King sat in his house For which we read 1 Chron. 17.1 It came to pass 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as or when as And in this last sense its evident the particle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is here to be understood when or if any man curse his Father or his Mother whence also it appears that these words are altogether incoherent with the former and that even according to the judgement of the Translators themselves who set ¶ a mark before these words in the ninth verse which imports the beginning of a new subject and argument In
in their wars First to proclaim and invite them unto peace which if they embraced well if not what remain'd but killing and slaying Deut. 20.10 13. Even so the Lord himself deals with Israel first he displayes the white Banner of his love Goodness and Mercy Cant. 2.4 which if it be accepted he graciously promiseth life and immortality but if that be rejected he holds forth the black Flag of defrance death and destruction Rom. 2.4 10. For well he knowes the frame of our heart who made it that naturally we had rather be drawn with the cords of ● man even with the bonds of love Hos 11.4 and therefore he rather would that his goodness should gently lead us to repentance then that we should need forcing like a beast I will instruct thee saith he and teach thee in the way which thou shalt go I will give counsel with mine eye upon thee be ye not as the Horse or the Mule without understanding whose mouth must be held with bit and bridle Psal 32.8 9. In the Chapter before us the Lord observes the same method For having propounded the way of his Commandements and exhorted us to walk in his statutes and to keep his Commandements and do them ver 3. He invites us first by the former kinde of motives temporal and spiritual blessings and the very best of them both The temporal though under them also spiritual are contain'd plenty of corn and wine with the cause of that plenty rain in due season And because plenty is a dangerous attractive and oftentimes drawes enemies to share with us and hinder our quiet injoyment of it he secures our fears of that danger by promise of peace and safety And whereas our peace might possibly be distrub'd either by some home-bred evil or from abroad he promiseth security in regard of both ver 6. I will rid evil beasts out of the land neither shall the sword go thorow your land But in case any shall be so bold as to make an assault upon us they shall be repulsed with notable loss for five of you shall chase an hundred and an hundred of you shall put ten thousand to flight v. 7 8. And because when goods increase they are increased who eat them Eccles 5.11 When the enemies are put to flight and plenty peace and safety returns the Lord promises the fruit of plenty peace and safety I will have respect unto you and make you fruitful and multiply you and ye shall eat the old store and bring forth the old because of the new ver 10. And these are the temporal blessings and the principal ones which also have their spiritual contained under them 2. His spiritual blessings are here only two but those instar omnium as comprehending all the rest his establishing of his covenant with them and his residence and presence among them with them and in them as the parallel Scriptures prove Ezech. 37.26 27. 2 Cor. 6.16 Revel 21.3 This is Gods method even with Jewes and Gentiles If so great goodness of God cannot so far prevail with us as to keep us in the way of his Commandements but that we will depart from him he then hedges in our way with thorns Hos 2.6 When his mercies cannot win upon us then he sends his judgements when rewards will not perswade us he then afflicts us with his punishments Yea if lighter afflictions will not move us he then sends heavier Which is the purport of this Chapter from verse 14 to the 40 and of my Text which is named once before ver 21 22. Herein we have 1. the Lords supposition of his peoples disobedience and obstinate opposition If ye will not for all this hearken unto me but walk contrary unto me 2. The Lords answerable opposition threatned against his peoples supposed disobedience and opposition then will I walk contrary unto you also in fury Both which will afford us these several points of doctrine 1. The Lord supposeth his people may not hearken unto him 2. That they may not hearken unto him for all this 3. That they may walk opposite unto him 4. If thus they walk opposite and contrary unto him he also will walk contrary unto them in fury 1. The Lord supposeth his people may not hearken unto him The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the words which answers to it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and a●●●ire to hear or hearken they all signifie to obey As my sheep hear my voice John 10.27 Be swift to hear slow to speak James 1.19 Which Scriptures and many other speak not of the outward hearing or if of that yet in order to the inward 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it is the minde and heart that hears and sees This inward sight and hearing therefore is obeying as the holy Ghost saith To day if ye will hear his voice harden not your hearts Hebr. 3. For whereas Cor est terminus ●●nium actionum ad intrà the heart is the term of all actions tending inward no action can be performed aright unless the heart be suitably affected with it So that to the due and effectual hearing of the Lords voice there is required a soft pliable and tender heart and humble meek and yielding spirit such as that was of Josiah 2 Kings 22.18 19. The Lord may well suppose that his people will not hearken unto him but give a deaf ear to his command to walk in his statutes to keep his Commandements and do them which is the precept here to be heard and obeyed ver 3. If we shall consider the Lords experience of mans perverse reasonings touching the grace and mercy of God the delay of his judgements against impenitent sinners hope of impunity delight in the pleasures of sin the great gain hoped for by continuance in sin and a thousand such whereby the man frustrates Gods counsel and hardens his own heart against the Commandement of God to his own destruction Hence it followes that the Lord hath his speaking power and his voice and that he puts forth his voice and would have it heard and obeyed by his people This is necessary as Plato himself could say because the will of God cannot be known unto men unless God by his Oracle reveal it Hence it is that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the voice is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by the voice we know the thoughts and will which otherwise are hidden in the soul This minde and will God reveals either immediately by his own in-speaking or by means of those who are his Truchmen and Interpreters which comes all to one purpose For the inward in-speaking is Gods Oracle and they who speak ought to speak as the Oracles of God 1 Pet. 4.11 And in this sense it is true he who heareth you heareth me The Lord leaves it to the power will and choise of his people whether they will hearken or not whether they will obey or not obey So the holy Ghost saith Hebr. 3. To day if ye will
hear his voice c. and here in the text If for all this ye will not hearken unto me c. He speaks to those who are his people within his call within hearing And therefore Psal 95. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 si in voce ejus if ye will hear in his voice if ye be within hearing if ye be his flock for to those he there speaks So Esay 1.19 20. If ye be willing if ye be obedient c. But if ye refuse and rebell c. whether they will hear or whether they will forbear Ezech. 3.11 21. If any man will do his will c. John 7.17 These and many the like Scriptures evidently prove that the Lord having declared his will unto his people he leaves them in the hand and power of their own counsel as the Wise man saith Ecclus 15.14 It is a free and voluntary act to sin and to be disobedient and harden our hearts against the voice and calling of God And as free and voluntary an act it is through the preventing grace of God to hear the Lords voice to be willing and obedient Wherefore be we exhorted Beloved to hearken unto the Lord to walk in his statutes to keep his Commandements and do them In one word to be obedient unto him That 's here meant by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as I shewed before and the LXX here render it by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to obey and the Chald. Par. by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 So Castellio turns it Quod si neque tum mihi morigerantes c. If neither then ye be obedient unto me c. So the French Translation and the Italian And all other sound to the same purpose All the promises of God all the temporal and spiritual blessings tend hereunto Yea all the threatnings all the punishments all the curses aim at this to make the people obedient unto their God which is the main drift of this whole Chapter yea of the whole Law and Gospel and in special of this Text. What ever fals short of this however pleasing to us it s not acceptable not pleasing unto God 1. Whether it be Reading and curious prying into the Word of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ye search the Scriptures so those words are to be translated as I may shew hereafter if the Lord will for herein ye think ye have eternal life and they are they which testifie of me but ye will not come to me that ye might have life John 5.39 40. 2. Or whether it be outward hearing of Gods word For not the hearers of the Law are just before God but the doers of the Law shall be justified Rom. 2.13 Otherwise they deceive themselves and that in the main James 1.22 3. Nor is it enough to know the word and will of God the Lord saith of those hypocrites Esay 58.2 They seek me daily and delight to know my wayes And the same people had a form of knowledge even so far as to be able to instruct others yet they taught not themselves Rom. 2.20 21. 4. Nor will holy conference prove acceptable without obedience For of such holy pratlers the Lord saith with their mouth they shew much love but their heart goes after their covetousness Ezech. 33.31 And therefore the Lord expostulates with the wicked in his judgement what hast thou to do to declare my statutes or that thou shouldst take my covenant in thy mouth seeing thou hatest instruction and hast cast my words behinde thee Psat 50.16 17. 5. No nor is faith it self sufficient without the obedience of faith Rom. 1.5 For faith without works is dead James 2.26 6. Nor is a velleity or half-will enough Agrippa was almost perswaded to be a Christian but S. Paul wisht that he and all that heard him were both almost and altogether Christians Acts 26.28 29. Completa voluntas pro facto aestimatur a compleat will is accepted for the deed that is when the deed cannot be done nor is at all in our power according to which the Apostle saith that if there be first a willing minde it is accepted according to what a man hath not according to what he hath not 2 Cor. 8.12 7. But what shal we say of obedience of it self if it be only in part performed when it is in our power to do the whole and stand compleat in all the will of God the partial and half obedience is not accepted Saul had done much of Gods will and in lieu of what was wanting he reserved a Sacrifice But what saith Samuel unto him Hath the Lord delight in burnt-offerings and sacrifies as in obeying the voice of the Lord Behold to obey is better then sacrifice and to hearken then the fat of Rams 1 Sam. 15.22 Yea though lesse of the work were performed yet if done with our whole will and all the power we have it s accepted of God David must not build God an house though he much desired so to do 2 Sam. 7.5 yet what David might do he did to the utmost of his power I have prepared saith he with all my might for the house of my God c. 1 Chron. 29.2 And this was accepted of God saith Solomon It was in the heart of David my father to build an house for the Name of the Lord God of Israel But the Lord said to David my Father Forasmuch as it was in thine heart to build an house for my Name thou didst well in that it was in thine heart Notwithstanding thou thou shalt not build the house 2 Chron. 6.7 8 9. 8. Can we ascend yet one step higher We may Read we may and search the Scriptures and hear and know all that 's knowable and talk it out again yea we may believe and may have all faith 1 Cor. 13.2 Yea we may be somewhat willing to do Nay we may do many things as Herod did Mark 6.20 Nay we may do all we ought to do yet if we persevere not in the faith good will and obedience all we have done is as if it were undone when a righteous man turneth away from his righteousness and committeth iniquity and dieth in them in the iniquity which he hath done shall he die Ezech. 18.26 He that endureth to the end the same shall be saved Matth. 10.22 Be thou faithful unto the death of all and every sin and I will give thee the crown of life Revel 2.10 The Lord strengthen us all in faith good will obedience and perseverance For t is possible notwithstanding all the promises of God and all his threatnings denounced against his people yet that they may not be obedient That 's the Lords second supposition in the Text. 2. The Lord supposeth that his people may not hearken unto him for this or as it is explained for all this for all is not in the Text notwithstanding all the punishments inflicted Whence it appears that the end which the Lord aims at in all the chastisements and punishments of his
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their business by the bye following with their utmost endeavour those things which will not profit them in the latter end little regarding those things which will then profit us and indeed nothing else but they Hezekiah had now a message of death sent unto him by the Prophet Esay 2 Kings 20.3 Thus faith the Lord set thy house in order for thou shalt die and not live it s said that Hezekiah turn'd his face to the wall and prayed unto the Lord saying I beseech thee O Lord remember how I have walked before thee in truth and with a perfect heart and have done that which is good in thy sight Let the Atheists of our time consider this who think it a vain thing to serve God and that there is no profit to keep his Ordinance and to walk mournfully before the Lord of hosts Mal. 3.14 Let the Edomites the earthly minded ones consider this who hunt after the lusts of the old man and slight the blessing and the eternal inheritance as if it were good for nothing The time will come when they shall experimentally finde that nothing but humble walking with God with a perfect heart 〈…〉 11. 〈◊〉 and doing what is good in his sight will profit them and unless they timely enter into that way walk in Godt statutes keep his Commandements and do them they shall seek the blessing and eternal inheritance and the way leading thereunto with tears and not be able to finde it but die in their sins Gen. 25.33 34. and 27.38 Hebr. 12.16 17. This also reproves our hankering and halting between two opinions whether we should walk with God or walk with Baal or rather with Baalim or many lording lusts which have dominion over us If the Lord be God serve him if Baal be god serve him We cannot serve the Lord and Baal God and Mammon But there is yet another meaning of these words that the Lord supposeth its possible that his people might attribute the good or evil which befel them to Chance and Fortune not to God himself And so they should make Fortune their god The Mythologists whose proper business it is to search out the original and truth of old Poetical Fables they report that among all humane Authors 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Fortane was never held to be a god or goddess till Homer made it one Nor doth Hesiod mention any such deity in all his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 It is true Chance and Fortune were taken notice of long before as I have shewed And the Philistines owned it but not as a god 1 Sam. 6.9 But when Homer had found out such a new god the after Poets easily added to his invention and so enlarged the power of Fortune that they gave her at length the soveraignty over all humane affairs And if this fiction had rested among them who have authority to dare any thing it had not been so strange But can we think that the Orators and of them the most sober men should entertain the same opinion of it What saith Demosthenes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 For great is the moment yea rather Fortune is all in all as to all the affairs of men Yea Tully saith as much Magnam vim esse in fortuna in utramque partem c. that Fortune hath great power on both sides either in prosperity or adversity who knowes not for if we have her prosperous gale we are carried to our wished ends and when she is ●●●trary we are afflicted and much more to this purpole lib. 2. de officiis wherein indeed he makes Fortune such a goddess as ruleth and disposeth of all things in the world as I shall shew by and by But all these own'd a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a plurality of gods and if so why might not Fortune have a place among them since what the Apostle faith of idols is most crue of Fortune that it is nothing in the world 1 Cor. 8. But who can imagine that the people of the only true God should take Fortune for a god yet the onely true God supposeth this possible Esay 65. ver 11. Yea this was so possible that it proved fecible and was actually done by Gods own people as he complains Esay 65.11 Ye are they who have forsaken the Lord and have forgotten my holy mountain who prepare a Table 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for that troop or for Gad as our Translators turn it in the margent Pagnin understood the host of heaven Arias Montanus turns it Jove So Munster explains Gad by Jovi and tells us that the Jewes thereby understand 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is Jupiters star Luther retains Gad but understands by it in his Notes Mars or Mercury But it s most probable that by Gad in that place Fortune is to be understood for so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies Good fortune or success And therefore Leah called her son born of Zilpah her hand-maid Gad and gives her reason 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Good fortune success or prosperity cometh Gen. 30.11 Hence it was easie for the Heathen Poets especially Homer to counterseit their god Fortune as they were wont to do others out of the ancient Monuments of persons recorded in the Scriptures as I have formerly showen by divers examples Hence it is that the Vulgar Latin turns Gad Fortune Ponitis Fortunae mensam ye prepare a Table or Altar for Fortune So Vatablus and Castellio in the margent as also the French Bible But the Spanish Bible and that of Coverdale hath Fortune in the Text. But I may speak more to this on Esay 65.11 if the Lord will Meantime concerning Fortune we may affirm thus much 1. That although the Heavens and Stars have their instuencies motions and operations although all inferiour second causes whether necessary or contingent have their energie and causality and may possibly be so shuffled and hudled together that their effect is unknown to us whence it immediately proceeds and so may be said to come to pass by Chance or Fortune yet is the most high God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the first cause and cause of all causes and he so disposeth and ordereth all second causes whether acting naturally and necessarily or freely and contingently that its impossible that any thing should be fortuitous casual or accidental in regard of him And therefore when such actions which to men are fortuitous and accidental come to pass the less of man there is in them the more there is of God As where it s said that a certain man drew a Bow at adventure or in his simplicity and hit Ahab there is no doubt but God who would have Ahab fall at Ramoth Gilead he directed the arrow 1 Kings 22.34 And when our Saviour tells the Story or Parable of the man descending from Jerusalem to Jericho Luke 10. By chance saith he there came down a certain Priest that way ver 31. the words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by
he apprehends God to be that will not for his cause 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 who will make any account at all of his life but will hazard it and all he had and is to serve his God Bravely resolved Noble Israelites But would we indeed serve the Lord of Hosts be of his Militia enter and list our selves in his Matricula his Military Roll as his Souldiers 1. All his Souldiers must be Males in regard of dignity strength and courage Pharaoh reason'd right though to a wicked purpose Exod. 1.9 10.16.22 The sons of Israel are mightier then we Come on let us deal wisely with them lest they multiply and it come to pass that there falleth out any war and they joyn also unto our enemies and fight against us and so get them out of the Land Therefore lay servile works upon them enfeeble and abase their spirits and bring them low As for their off-spring kill all the male children and save the female alive Thus Pharaoh reasoned and that rightly for the males of Israel are they who most annoy the spiritual Egypt and are most fit to expel the spiritual Canaanites Yet is this no prejudice unto no exemption of the female sex from the spiritual warfare But as there have been Virago's Man-like women famous for their Martial exploits their stout and masculine valour as Semiramis Tomyris the whole Nation of the Amazons beside many other so there have been are and must be of the same sex women as valiant and able to wage the Lords wars Ye read of such Exod. 38.8 who 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 waged war at the door of the Tabernacle how so they did I have shewed elsewhere and the like examples ye have 1 Sam. 2.22 For there is the spiritual and masculine part of the inward man in all faithful and holy women even strength and vigour of minde and life Such was in Sarah Hebr. 11.11 and in all the genuine daughters of Sarah who are not afraid of any amazement 1 Pet. 3. So that the natural difference of Sex makes no spiritual difference in Christ the Leader and Captain of salvation in whom there is neither male nor female Gal. 3.28 But as the Christian fortitude is here signified by the masculine Sex Christs Souldiers must be males so likewise by their age 2. The Lords warriours must be twenty years old This age imports the strength of the yong man The Lord requires this age in a Souldier who is to fight against the inward and spiritual enemies For what is here implied by this number twenty what else but the Law of God doubled in their number The Ten Commandements in the letter only Deut. 4.13 they are proper to the childe and one as yet under age So the Law is weak by reason of the weakness of the flesh Rom. 8.3 This weak Law came from Mount Sinai but the Law is also spiritual Rom. 7.14 and that comes from Mount Sion Hebr. 12.22 Even the Ten words which the Lord gave out of the midst of the fire Deut. 10.4 the fiery Law Deut. 33.2 or rather as in the Hebrew the fire of the Law that is the Spirit of the Law which is as fire Matth. 3.11 Even the Law of the Spirit of life which is in Christ Jesus our Lord Rom. 8.2 This is not written in Tables of stone 1 John 2. Ver. 13 14 the hard heart will not yet receive impression but in the fleshy Tables of the heart 2 Cor. 3.3 This Law bring life and strength and power with it For as the man is so is his strength Judg. 8.21 I write to you yong men 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that ye have overcome 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the wicked one the Devil 1 John 2.13 and again ver 14. I have written to you yong men that ye are strong and the word of God abideth in you even the Law of the Spirit of life which is in Christ Jesus our Lord Rom. 8.2 and ye have overcome the wicked one It is not the literal law the Ten words in the letter only but the spiritual law written in the heart which having brought us to Christ makes us powerfull and valiant in him This was figured by Abner who brought about all Israel to David 2 Sam. 3.12 And what is David but as anciently etymologized 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 manu fortis the strong and able of his hands and a notable type of Christ the strong one born in Bethlehem as Christ also was that is not only the house of bread but also the house of war And the Lord had said of David By the hand of my servant David I will save my people Israel out of the hand of the Philistines and out of the hand of all their enemies 2 Sam. 3.18 But David hath another Etymologie from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dilectus the Beloved one a figure of the love it self which is strong as death Cant. 8.6 Unto this David Abner comes Abner what 's he but the light of the father that is the fathers law Psal 40.8 Prov. 6.23 which brings us to Christ And he comes with twenty men 2 Sam. 3.20 the Commandements in the Letter and in the Spirit 3. There is no discharge from the spiritual warfare every one who is listed in the Army of Israel must be twenty years old and upward or above So old he must be but not only so old but above How much above The Scripture no where limits no where sets any period or end to the Christian souldiers duty and service But more of this anon 4. The Lords Souldier must come out of Egypt Otherwise how can he be said to be redeemed out of Egypt How can he obtain any benefit of his redemption A price indeed is paid for redemption but it profits not them who continue in their slavery but those who come forth of it and serve their Redeemer in his wars For being redeemed out of the hands of our enemies we ought to serve him without fear in holiness and righteousness before him all the dayes of our life Luke 1.74 75. For what is it to Come what else but to believe so one explains the other John 6.35 Howbeit this belief is not that Christ hath come out of Egypt for us not that we should believe this and still continue in Egypt The people believed the Lord and his servant Moses Exod. 14.31 but the people themselves came out of Egypt and so must we To believe is expressed by coming and to be coming is to be yielding pliable and obedient 5. Here is a great difference between the outward and inward souldiery Old age as of sixty years exempts men from going to war and some of the Jews have so limited the time but without warrant of Scripture For hereby was figured the Christian warfare from which no man can be discharged no man can be relieved Paul the aged was also a servant and souldier of Jesus Christ Nor can
sickness excuse us from this warfare as it doth from the outward The Egyptian was left behinde because he was sick 1 Sam. 30.13 But too many who in time of health and strength and welfare being called to the spiritual warfare would not hear Jer. 22.21 the same being pressed by sickness and old age they then begin to learn the use of their spiritual arms to repent deny themselves mortifie their lusts their youthful lusts 2 Tim. 2.22 as of surfeting and drukenness which follow them to their old age the iniquity of their heels Psal 49.5 which dogs them to their graves and now they would part with it when they can enjoy it no longer T is true better late then never But I much fear it will be then too late For the Captain of our salvation calls us to this duty strive to enter in at the strait gate For many I say unto you shall seek to enter and shall not be able Luke 13.24 6. Howbeit the Lord would not that any of his souldiers should dispair or be discouraged and therefore he saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 omnem egredientem every one who is coming forth of Egypt every one who hath a good will and endeavoureth to come out of the Spiritual Egypt the Lord accepts of such an one according to the time sincerity and faithfulnesse of his endeavours He would not that a good thought or will should be lost but accepts it for the deed when God himself is the cause why the deed cannot be done Completa voluntas pro facto aestimatur a complete will accompanied with our utmost diligence is esteemed for the deed it self 7. Provided alwayes that he who so cometh forth of Egypt adjoyn himself to the Army in Israel that is to the Church of Christ which is Acies ordinata an Army or Armies with Banners Cant. 6.4 He must not be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he must not fight alone but adjoyn himself to the Army as Paul and Barnabas assembled themselves with the Church Acts 11.26 that so he may receive and contribute his strength as the Poet speaks of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Testudo 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the souldiers by joynt Targets and Shields mutually defended one the other And thus it is or ought to be in the Church of Christ to which he who comes out of Egypt ought to unite himself 2. Moses and Aaron were commanded by the Lord to visit number and muster all the males from twenty years old and above c. And who so fit as they Moses the King in Jeshurun Deut. 33.5 and Aaron the High Priest Moses the King by his authority and as his name signifies drawing forth the souldiery Aaron the Priest interpreted Mons Scientiae the Mountain of Knowledge the teaching Priest It was his duty to instruct and incourage the souldiers Deut. 20.5 And it is the Evangelical Priests office to do the like in the spiritual warfare Ephes 6.10 18. The Law commanding the Priest making intercession for the transgressours of the Law These had their assistants Numb 1.4 principal men of every Tribe a man of these or most of these names Ainsworth hath given notations which with some additions and alterations we may fit unto the present purpose Such was 1. Elizur My God is the Rock and the Rock is Christ 1 Cor. 10.4 His father is Shedeur the light of the Almighty The light of wisdom and counsel and the Rock of strength two main requisites for the holy war 2 Kings 18.20 2. Shelumiel God is my recompence the souldiers wages their exceeding great reward Abrahams pay after his war Gen. 15.1 Shelumiel was the son of Zurishaddai the Almighty or All sufficient God is my Rock The Psalmist puts both together God is the Rock or strength of my heart and my Portion for ever Psal 73.26 3. Naashon Experiment an experienced Souldier the son of Amminadab my noble or willing people Of such Deborah and Barak sung Judges 5.9 My heart is toward the Governours of Israel who offered themselves willingly among the people all volunteers which was not of themselves but of God So 4. Nathaneel the gift of God the son of Zuar The little one the humble one the watchman of the City as the name signifies 5. Eliah My God is the father the strong God the son of Helon mighty and strong 6. Ammihud the glory of my people A figure of him who is the true glory of his people Israel Luke 2.32 the son of Elishama My God hath heard or the hearing and obeying of God And whosoever obey him he plentifully rewards them that 's 7. Gamaliel God is my reward and he is the rewarder of every one who diligently seeks him Hebr. 11.6 He is the son of Pedazur the Rock who is the Redeemer even Christ 8. Abidan My father is the Judge even God the Father who is Judge of all the Judge of our just cause for which we fight his battels The son of Gideoni who treads down breaks and cuts off the iniquity according to the Hebrew and Syriac etymologie 9. Achiezer the helper of his brother According to Joabs speech to his brother Abishai If the Syrians be too strong for me then thou shalt help me but if the sons of Ammon be too strong for thee then I will help thee 1 Chron. 19.12 So we ought to help one another against pride and deceit that 's Aram the Syrian and the secret sin that 's Ammon He was the son of Ammishaddai the people of the Almighty Such must they be who fight against such spiritual enemies 10. Pagiel who meeteth God and God meeteth him as Melchisedec met Abraham returning after the slaughter of the Kings Hebr. 7.1 Yea God meeteth him who rejoyceth and worketh righteousness Esay 64.5 Or who maketh intercession with God for the people as the word also signifieth and is spoken of Christ and prophesied of him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the great Mediator shall make intercession for sinners Esay 53.12 He was the son of Ochran who troubles the enemies of Israel 11. Eliasaph God shall increase or adde viz. courage strength knowledge He was the son of Deguel the knowledge of God S. Paul puts both together Increasing in the knowledge of God Col. 1.10 who Numb 2.14 is called according to the frequent change of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Reguel the friend of God 12. Ahira a friendly brother or brotherly friend the son of Enan their eyes as a Scout or Scout-master of the Army According to what Moses saith to Hobab Numb 10.29 whom he intreats to accompany the Armies of Israel in their Expedition Leave us not I pray thee forasmuch as thou knowest how we are to encamp in the Wilderness And thou mayest be to us instead of eyes Indeed Hobab is so necessary unto Israel that they can do nothing without him Hobab signifies Dilectus Beloved or Love and Charity whereby and wherein Israel doth all things according
your selves like men A far off about the Tabernacle of the Congregation shall they pitch Numb 2. Ver. 2. In the former Chapter Moses relates the numbring visiting and mustering of the Israelites in order to their encamping about the Tabernacle and their march toward the land of Canaan In this Chapter he declar●● their posture and order of encamping round about the Tabernacle Before we speak particularly to these words let us set the translation right wherein two words may be better expressed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The former is here turn'd the Congregation the later A far off As to the former What they turn the Tabernacle of the Congregation it were more properly rendred the Tabernacle or Tent of meeting or of Testimony For howsoever 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifie a festival time when the people were congregated and gathered together as at the three solemn feasts in the year 1. The Passeover to which answereth the Christians Feastival called Easter 2. The Feast of weeks to which agrees our Feast of Pentecost or Whitsuntide and 3. The Feast of Tabernacles which answereth to the Feast of Christmas when is commemorated the Nativity of Christ who took flesh and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 took up his Tabernacle in us beside other solemn Feasts celebrated yearly by the Jews yet 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath not the name from thence but from Gods convening and meeting with Moses or Aaron or such as came to enquire of the Lord there It s the Etymologie which God himself gives of it Exod. 25.21 22. Thou shalt put the covering Mercy-Seat upon the Ark and in the Ark thou shalt put the Testimony which I shall give unto thee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and I will meet with thee there And more plainly Chap. 30.36 Before the Testimony 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the Tabernacle of meeting Exod. 33. Ver. 7. where I will meet thee And Moses confirmes this Exod. 33.7 And Moses took a Tabernacle or Tent not the Tabernacle as our Translators render it as if it were that which God commanded to be made but either 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his own Tent as the LXX turn it or some other in imitation of Gods Tabernacle of the making whereof ye read not before Exod. 36. and he called it the Tabernacle of meeting and it came to passe that every one who sought the Lord went out to the Tabernacle of meeting which was without the Camp It may also be called the Tabernacle or Tent of Testimony or Witness Which hath warrant also from the aforesaid place Exod. 25.21 in the Ark thou shalt put 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Testimony that I will give thee And where Moses cals it the Tabernacle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of meeting Exod. 33.7 there the LXX render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Tabernacle of witness So S. Stephen also cites the words Acts 7.44 Where the roots 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 are changed in their significations And for further proof of this Moses also calls it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Tabernacle or Tent of Testimony or Witness Numb 9.15 Because the principal thing contained in the Tabernacle was the Law or Testimony of Gods will Thither also Moses resorted to enquire the minde of God and there God met him and revealed his will unto him Whence the Targ. turns the Tabernacle of meeting Exod. 33.7 The Tabernacle of the house of doctrine And where the Lord saith I will meet with thee the Targ. hath there I will direct my word unto thee And from hence the Lord delivered his Oracles whence that part of the Tabernacle was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Oracle 1 Kings 6.16 Hither the Tribes went up the Tribes of the Lord to the Testimony of Israel Psal 122.4 So that our Translators do much wrong to the sons of Israel to set them at so great a distance from their God when they render the Text A far off about the Tabernacle of the Congregation shall they pitch This Translation they took upon trust from that of Geneva and the other called the Bishops Bible I both which have the words as ours here render them whereas that of Tyndal expresseth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on the other side which yet is obscure because no mention is made as yet of different sides of the Tabernacle There is no doubt but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 word for word signifies è regione straight over against or ex adverso over against And so Vatablus Munster Ar. Montanus the Tigurin Bible here turn the word and Castellio obversa toward or against The LXX render the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which exactly answers to the foresaid Latin translations But it seems there hath been some doubt touching this word how it should be rendred whether far off or over against And therefore some to avoid the inconvenience which might follow upon either of them have left them both out and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 altogether without translation so Hierom and the Doway Bible and Coverdale On the contrary some have put in both versions for failing Ex adverso procul over against far off so Tremellius and Piscator And our Translators put one in the Text the other in the Margent which had not been amisse had they not mis-placed them That which occasioned the difference is 1. the Psalmists explaining 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a loof or far off Psal 38.11 My lovers and my friends stand aloof 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from my sore and my Kinsmen stand 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 far off 2. A distance from the Tabernacle supposed to be 2000 Cubits because such a space was between the Ark and the people Jos 3.4 But neither of these proves that the people should pitch their Tents far off from the Tabernacle 1. Not the former For that cannot be said to be far off which is within our kenning as the Lord saith to Moses Thou shalt see the Land before thee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 è regione over against thee Deut. 32.52 But because that representation seems to be made unto Moses by spiritual vision as that to Exekiel Chap. 40.2 that to our Lord Luke 4.5 and that also to S. John Revel 21.10 In all which examples the distance is great the same word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is used where the distance is only about a Bow-shoot and so expressed Gen. 21.16 2. Nor doth that space of 2000 Cubits Jos 3.4 injoyned the people in their march prove the same distance from the Tabernacle in their encamping For if the distance had been the same with that in their ordinary marching they had not now needed a new precept as this seems to have been But although these words of distance far off or neer may be comparatively understood surely it is more harmonical unto other Scriptures to affirm that Gods people are neer unto him then
about him is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the good pleasure of God whereby he hath made us accepted in the beloved Ephes 1. It hath pleased the Lord to make you his people And therefore where should the Children be but about their Father the Servants but about their Lord the Disciples but about their Master the Subjects but about their Prince the King of Saints the Sanctified ones but about their Sanctifier the younger brethren of Christ but about their elder brother This description of Gods Saints is taken from the disposition and placing of the twelve tribes about the Tent of meeting every man of the children of Israel shall pitch about the Tabernacle of meeting so the Chald. Paraph. turns it ye that dwell about the Sanctuary The word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all his circuits They are of larger compass then the land of Canaan So that this description of Gods Saints is too strait And therefore the Jewes themselves enlarge this interpretation unto the Gentiles and extend it unto all Nations dwelling round about the holy Land which was the middle of the world then inhabited Psal 74.12 Operatus est salutem in medio terrae which the Lord seems to have made choice of that from thence he might convey as from the centre of the known world the knowledge of salvation into all the world accordingly t is scituate most convenient for that purpose in the fourth or middle Climate so our Saviour saith Salvation is of the Jones Obs 1. This discovers the diffusive and common nature of our good God He is no Topical God he is not confined to some one place or nation but as the Sun extends the beams to all parts of the Horizon even so he sends forth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hebr. 1. And therefore he is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ju●● v. 3. I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation common faith Titus 3.4 He was Notus in Judaea Deus c. But the true Judaea is the Church of those who confess him The true Jew is he who is such within Rom. 2. Gen. 29.35 The true Israel is the pure in heart Psal 73.1 without guile John 1.47 who walk according to the rule of righteousness Gal. 6.16 His Temple are ye 1 Cor. 3. At Salem is his Tabernacle His Tabernacle what is that what but his dwelling among men Revel 21.3 In Salem where is that where else but in peace Factus est in pace locus ejus Vulg. where the son of peace is there the peace rests Psal 76.1 Thus the straits or narrow bounds of Gods goodness which seemed to be limited unto the Jews Esay 65. Ver. 16. are enlarged even to all people Esay Esay 54.2 3. and 65.16 Psal 71.21 Obs 2. If the people of God be about him he himself is in the midst of them He converses with them as a Father among his children as a King in the midst of his people The best place as the wise Indian told Alexander the Great and demonstrated it by reading on a piece of Leather on the one side it rose on the other c. God is in the midst of the City of God it shall not be moved Psal 46.5 But is he no neerer There is one in you whom ye know not John 1.26 No did we know him we would not crucifie the Lord of glory 1 Cor. 2.7 Know ye not that Christ is in you c. 2 Cor. 13.5 Master where dwellest thou John 1.38 come and see Where two or three are gathered together in his Name there he is in the midst of them Matth. 18.20 According to that speech of the Jews where two or three are n●et and speake of the Law the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the divine presence the Deity is among them Mal. 3.16 They that feared the Lord spake often one to another and the Lord harkned and heard it c. Luke 24.14 When the two Disciples travelled and communed about the things which had hapned Jesus himself drew neer and went with them Yea Christ with his Saints Brethren and Members make but one and the same body one mystical Christ Rom. 12.4.5 1 Cor. 12.12 Reproof This reproves our narrow brain and strait heart and affection who confine God and his goodness within the narrow bounds of our knowledge and acquaintance and will hardly allow him to be good to any beyond those whom we know love and affect An envious a malignant a Jewish disposition unworthy the large bowels of Christians When our Lord named Sarepta Luke 4.26 when he hinted to them that Heathens should be partakers of his salvation they would needs cast him down headlong ver 29. when S. Paul mentioned the Gentiles they gave him audience to that word but then they were stark mad away with such a fellow from the earth Acts 22.22 Yea the Jews Interpreters are of more large bowels then such Christians who extend this speech unto the Nations round about the Lord. Is our eye evil because God is good what else do we mean when by way of distinction we call our selves the godly the Saints c. and arrogate all such titles of honour to our selves as if God wrought only in us and we would exclude him out of all the world beside as if the dew of Gods grace fell only upon our fleece and left dry all the world about us How dare we thus limit the Holy One of Israel Psal 78.41 Hath not our God his circuits Is not he in the midst of his Saints are not his people all round about him In every Nation he that fears God and workes righteousness is accepted of him all the world over Acts 10.34 35. And to all such this may be a strong consolation What people that the Lord our God so neer them c Deut. 4.7 What Nation so great that hath God so nigh unto them to hear their prayers Nigh to all them that call upon him Psal 145.18 and 148.14 Nigh to all such as draw nigh unto him by prayer They are in covenant with him Ephes 2.13 They are neer at command to do him service Levit. 10.3 They are true Levites joyned unto him They have spiritual alliance with him by Christ My Father and your Father John 20.17 But alas while we are round about our God we lie exposed to the adversary without He goes about like a roaring Lion c. 1 Pet. 5.8 Yes but it follows whom resist strong in the faith and greater is he that is in you then he that is in the world 1 John 4.4 in the midst of you so strong that resist him that is in the world ane hee 'l flie from you and surely you 'l say who are Souldiers that 's but a weak enemy who can conquer onely those who yield themselves and will not resist him James 4.7 This promise is to the Saints who keep the Law of God who are undefiled in the way and walk in the law of
worst The best Cauda jubetur adoleri Deo saith S. Gregory ut omne bonum quod incipimus etiam perseverantiae fine impleamus that what ever good we begin we may also fulfil with the end of perseverance The rump or tail of the Ram hath a special name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to curse which is due to the Prophet who perseveres in speaking lies Esay 9.15 The inward part that is the heart as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies as also the minde and so what Hebr. 8.10 is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the minde that Jer. 31.33 is the inward part which may be good or evil for the good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forth that which is good the evil man out of the evil treasure of his heart bringeth forth that which is evil Luke 6.45 And the like may be said of all the rest Who puts all these in the Priests hand who else but the great God as was shewen before He puts in the mans power to do good or to do evil Take notice from hence what the Wiseman saith Ecclus 15.14 God himself made man from the beginning and left him in the hand of his counsel the good and evil is put into thy power if thou wilt to keep the Commandements of God and to perform acceptable faithfulness He hath set fire and water before thee Stretch forth thine hand to whether thou wilt Before man is life and death and whether him liketh shall be given him This however Apocryphal hath prime Canonical Scripture to confirm it with a witness I call Heaven and Earth to record this day against you that I have set before you life and death blessing and cursing therefore choose life that thou and thy seed may live that thou mayest love the Lord thy God and mayest obey his voice c. Deut. 30.15.19 20. And I beseech you take notice how the Angel in Esdras interprets that place having spoken of this argument with the Angel 2 Esdr 7.1 58. then ver 59. the Angel saith This is the life whereof Moses spake unto the people while he lived saying choose thee life that thou mayest live God puts the good in special into our hand Thus to fill the hand is to give possession of the heavenly goods whereof God hath made Christ the high Priest Hebr. 9.11 and put all things into his hand and he makes his believers such when he gives them an earnest of the holy Land As when possession is given a clod of the land is given into his hand who takes possession of it Acts 20.32 Ephes 1.14 Note from hence who is the great high Priest of our profession who else but the Son of God John 3.35 The Father loved the Son and hath given all things into his hand his right hand is full of righteousness Psal 48.10 Here is the accomplishment of all the typical Priests in Christ For what was meant by the first-born Priests but Christ the first-born of every creature What was Aarons Priesthood or Melchisec's and the execution of their respective offices in expiation and intercession and manifold particulars but representations of Christ and his Priesthood and the execution thereof he was the true Aaron the Mountain of knowledge the Teaching Priest who teacheth like him The true Melchisedec Heb. 7.1.2 3. The true Eleazar Gods helper the true Abiathar that excellent Father Esay 9.6 Pater futuri seculi the Father of the after-world as Hierom turns it the everlasting Father Sadoc the righteous one Jehoshuah the Lord the Saviour the son of Jehosadac the righteous Lord Zach. 6.11 Such an high Priest becomes us to have Observe whence the true believers obtain their office of a royal Priesthood unto God Revel 1.6 Here is no man named neither Moses nor Aaron who fils the hand of the Priests it is the Lord alone who makes Priests Hence also we learn what manner of men the Evangelical Priests ought to be Clean-handed men Man us habere consummatns as one of the Ancients speaks to have perfect hands Hear what Philo Judaeus speaks to this purpose God requires of a Priest first of all a good minde holy and exercised in piety then a life adorned with good works that when he layes his hands on any he may say with a free conscience Those hands are neither corrupted with bribes nor polluted with innocent blood they have done hurt injury wounds violence to no man they have not been instruments unto any dishonest thing but have been imployed in things honest and profitable such as are approved by just honest and wise men So he 2. Axiom Wherefore was the Priests hand filled To minister in the Priests office That 's the end of his consecration And it is in the Hebrew in one word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which our Translators express by so many the LXX render it by one 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Castellio succinctly turns all the words thus Quorum manûs ipse Sacredotio sacravit whose hands he hallowed for the Priesthood 1. Hence we may learn who they are who truly judge themselvs to be of the royal Priesthood Who but they who are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 made perfect or consecrated so the Apostle renders that phrase whofe hand is filled and so the LXX express it who stand complete in all the will of God And having done their own work are ready to offer something up for others as prayers intercessions giving of thanks c. Such were they who stood idle in the market place They had done their own work For shall wee think they were a company of Circumforanei a sort of lazy fellons such as are often in our markets Our Lard entertaines no such into his service 2. Hence it appears that no man taketh this honour to himself Hebr. 5. That is that no man ought to take in hand the Priests office unless it be first put into his hand by the Lord. This justly reproves those who do involare violently take unto themselves the Priesthood who assume and arrogate that office to themselves by their own private that is no ●●●●ority under pretence of gifted men who boast of a false gift whereas indeed God hath not filled their hand with any such gift but they have gotten it by a kinde of Legier de main they have taken it to themselves by Brachygraphy or Short-hand and so by a competent measure of boldness intrude into the Priests office and into the things which they have not seen vainly puft up by their fleshly minde Col. 2. Nor yet do I here confine the gifts of God unto mans approbation or ordination Surely the Lord may fill whose hand he will speak by whom he will as he is said to speak not only by the mouth as Acts 1.16 3.18 but also by the hand of his Prophets as by the hand of Moses Numb 4.37 by the hand of Abijah 2 Chron. 10.15 and many the
like which our Translators render only by as Haggai 1.1 and often elsewhere Thus he hath in all ages raised up his Priests and Prophets without the authority yea against the authority of men Amos 3.8 Acts 4.20 2 Pet. 1.21 For certainly it is unreasonable and most presumptuous to confine the Spirit of God unto certain Theses Articles confessions and opinions of mens making which yet seems so much the more daring and indeed provoking of the only wise God in that they cannot say that their dictates proceed from an infallible spirit yet would they limit and bound the infallible Spirit of the God of truth by their presumptuous humane spirit which as they themselves confess is fallible and subject unto errour This where-ever it appears it s the spirit of Antichrist according to which the Scribes and Pharisees boldly examined our Lord himself By what authority doest thou these things and who gave thee this authority And as they dealt with our Lord himself so likewise with his Apostles as it is evident in their Acts often And after the same manner the wisdom of the flesh hath alwayes advanced it self over the wisdom of God So true is that which our Lord tells us If they have persecuted me they will also persecute you if they have kept any saying they will keep yours also Which yet seems the more strange that the same men who have heretofore judged it most unjust so to have their hands bound their mouthes stopt that they might not exercise their gifts their own complaint and phrase the same men or of the same spirit are the most zealous persecutors of others and that upon the very same grounds whereby they justifie the least warrantable proceedings of those heretofore in authority which formerly they most condemned pudet haec pudeatve opprobria vobis Et dici potuisse non potuisse refelli Be we exhorted who ever are made Priests unto God that we become like unto the great high Priest who fills our hand and makes us Priests unto his Father He is styled by the Apostle a merciful and faithful high Priest Hebr. 2.17 As for Mercy it is 1. The common Character of all who feat God Psal 112.4 2. It is his command whose Priests we are Zach. 7.9 3. He gives example in himself Luke 6.36 and 15.20 Exod. 20.6 4. As this mercy is not without example so not without reward Prov. 14.21 He who hath mercy on the poor Prov. 14. Ver. 21. happy is he Or rather O the blessedness of him who hath mercy on the poor Blessed are the merciful for they shall obtain mercy 5. It is more acceptable unto the Lord then Sacrifie Matth. 9.12 and 12.27 It s the primary will of God whereas the other is the secondary less principal and good only in order to the first 2. As the great high Priest is merciful unto men so is he faithful unto God in things belonging unto God The Father hath given all things into his hand John 3.35 And he was faithful unto him who appointed him Hebr. 3.2 which was necessary in regard of the covenant between the Father and the Son Psalm 40.6 7 8. which the Apostle applies Hebr. 10.5 9. And as the great high Priest was faithful so ought we to be in things belonging to God in our Priests office We have many kindes of Oblations to offer unto our God which the great high Priest hath put into our hand Every Priest must have somewhat to offer And I fear we have many of us too much to offer Have we offered up our free-will offering Rom. 12.1 Our trespass-offering Psal 51. Our daily whole burnt offering Psal 44.22 The Wiseman tels us of many Oblations Ecclus 35.1 c. These are the most acceptable Sacrifices when the Priest offers not alienam carnem at suam mactat voluntatem not the flesh of beasts but his own will For the inward offerings are most pleasing unto our God who is a spirit when we mortifie kill and crucifie our corrupt affections and lusts which are contrary to the law and will of God So that he who keeps the Law offers Sacrifices enough saith the Wise man Ecclus 35. Such are all acts conformable to the will of God all acts of obedience to the law of God which the high Priest hath put into our hand and power and enabled us to do Rom. 8.3 Phil. 4.13 It is the saying of an holy Father Verum sacrificium est omne bonum opus quod agitur ut sanctâ societate Deo inhaereamus c. A true Sacrifice is every good work which is performed that with holy fellowship we may cleave unto God And doubtless it is the will of God and which was at first intended by him that such a Priesthood should be the common office of all his faithful and obedient people And therefore upon condition of obedience the Lord makes promise to all Israel that they shall be unto him a kingdom of Priests Exod. 19.6 And this promise no doubt had been fulfilled had they continued in their obedience But when they fell by idolatry Exod. 32. upon occasion hereof God made choise of the Tribe of Levi who according to their name clave intirely to the Lord when all the other Tribes revolted Yea and upon the disobedience of Levi the Lord saith he will have no pleasure in them nor will receive an offering at their hand Mal. 1.10 but that his Name shall be great among the Gentiles ver 11. And Chap. 2. Because the Priests corrupted the covenant of Levi and they made the people stumble at the law which hath been and is the great sin of the present Priesthood therefore hath the Lord rendred them contemptible and base before all the people where their crime is again repeated ver 8 9. Hence also it is that the Lord threatneth that he will cut off the name of the Chemarim with the Priests Zeph. 1.4 Therefore the promise of the Priesthood is enlarged even to all the penitent believers and obedient ones and is said to be fulfilled 1 Pet. 2.9 Revel 1.6 O that the same Priests office were fulfilled by us into whose hand and power the Lord puts such spiritual sacrifices as shall be accepted of God through Jesus Christ the great high Priest By him therefore let us offer up the sacrifice of praise to God continually that is Hebr. 13. Ver. 15 16 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the fruit of lips confessing to his name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 But forget not doing good and communicating for with such sacrifices God is well pleased SERMON IX MYSTAGOGUS The Dispenser of Divine Mysteries Numbers 4. ver 19 20. When they approach unto the most holy things Aaron and his sons shall go in and appoint them every one to his service and to his burden But they shall not go in to see when the holy things are covered lest they dye THese words contain part of the Cohathites service which is positively and negatively set
Crucifying Christ in us is forbidden by the sixth Commandment And by the seventh is forbidden spiritual whordome against God as well as corporal against our neighbour So that we see reason why it is said that the Tables were written on both their sides Exod. 32.15 But does any man commit any ●in on purpose to trespass a trespass against the Lord The words sound so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to trepass a trespass and so our Translators turn the words I so the words be to be understood every sin committed against our brother should be a sin with an high hand as intended against God himselfe We must know therefore that there is a twofold end 1. finis agentis and 2. finis rei the end whereat he aimes who doth any thing as he who doth injury to his neighbour he aimes at the increase of his own wealth 2. The finis rei or the end whereunto the deed it selfe done tends is quite another thing than that the sinner aimes at as the breach of Gods law provoking His wrath c. Let us consider some examples of this kinde Esay 3.8 Their tongue and their doings are against the Lord to provoke the eyes of His glory Ier. 25.7 Ye have not hearkened to me faith the Lord that ye might provoke me to anger with the works of your hands It is not probable that the people though a sinfull people had any such aime or intended any such thing as to provoke the Lord. That of all other were a most foolish and impious enterprise Doe we provoke the Lord saith the Apostle are we stronger than He 1 Cor. 10.22 Surely they did not intend to provoke the Lord to wrath they had no such end no more than they intended to doe themselves hurt Yet they did those things which tended to provoste the Lord to wrath and in the effect tended to their own hurt Mark how the Lord reasons Jerem. 25.6 Provoke me not to anger with the works of your hands and I will doe you no hurt Yet ye have not hearkened unto me saith the Lord to provoke me to anger with the works of your hands to your own hurt No doubt they intended not to provoke the Lord to anger they intended not to themselves hurt Yet the finis rei the end that their sin aimed at was to provoke the Lord to anger and to doe themselves hurt Observe how the Lord prizes neighbourly-love and faithful-dealing of man with man He accounts the breach of brotherly love by unjust dealing as done unto himselfe 3. Then the soule that so doth shall be guilty So I would read the words as here to end the sentence When a man or woman hath committed of all the sins of men to trespass a trespass against the Lord then that soule shall be guilty I shall shew reason for this anon Meantime I am not alone in the opinion For here Munster ends the sentence and Piscator Martin Luther also and two low Duch translations the French Bible and the Italians And of our old English Tyndall and Couerdall and two others That soule hath guilt upon it And indeed how can it be otherwise If we consider well what it is to sin 1. against man and to sin 2. against God and 3. to be guilty 1. To sin against man as directly or indirectly to rob him deceive him cheat him goe beyond him overreach him is to break the society of men which is contrary to nature as you heard before from the voice of nature And the same Author fully presses it lib. 3. de Off. Si etiam hoc natura prescribit ut homo homine quicunque sit ob eam ipsam causam quòd is homo sit consultum velit necesie est secundum eandem naturam omnium utilitatem esse communm If even nature prescribe this that man be willing to provide for the good of man who ever he is even because he is a man its necessary that according to the same nature the profit of all men be common Whence by strong reason he infers that they who deny that any regard is to be had of those among whom they live but that to encrease their own profit they may rob or steal from others Hi deriva●t communem humani generis societatem They saith he break the common society of mankinde So that he who commits any of all the sins of men as he breaks so he is broken off from humane society and stands alone by himselfe divided from all men And that much more that by the same sin he sin against God as this Scripture speaks expresly And the same voice of nature confirms it as the same Author goes on Quâ sublatâ take away humane society saith he and bounty liberality goodness justice is utterly taken away Quae qui tollunt etiam adversus Deos immortales impii judicandi sunt Ab iis enim constitutam inter homines societatem evertunt Thus saith he who take away these they are to be judged impious against the immortal God For they overturn that society which is constituted of God among men So he As therefore he who so sins against man breaks himself off from mankind and stands alone by himself so he who by sinning against man sins also against God he breaks himself off from God according to that of the Prophet Your sins have separated between you and your God Esay 59.2 And I am broken by your whorish heart which hath departed from me Ezek. 6.9 He who hath so sinned against God and man and by so doing hath broken himself off from the society of both he must be guilty 3. What is it to bee guilty The words here used are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 then that soul shall be guilty Which our Translators turn that person shall be guilty But surely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 though of large signification as I shall shew ere it be long if the Lord will yet the first and principal signification of it is the soul And guiltiness is properly in the soul So I render the words that soul shall be guilty What we call guilty Tremellius here turns rea but not so properly for reos appello non eos modo qui argumentur sed omnes quorum de re disceptatur I call them reos not only who are reproved but those concerning whose business question may be made saith the Orator And so a man may be called into question who is not guilty of any crime as it s said of Cato that noble Roman that he was accused four and fourty times but never found faulty Who ever is so accused and questioned and proves faultless is probably an honester man then he who was never accused For he who has been accused has been searched and tryed whereas he who was never questioned may have many faults though hidden He who is here said to be guilty having been tryed is culpable and faulty and such as is called reus sons that is nocens a faulty person
For si bonus est insons contrarias malus est sons Auson So that Sons is an evil man from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rebellious against God and man Or from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 odious hateful to God and man and to himself also If we consider the original word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rendred here to be guilty which from its affinity with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 imports an horror and abominatiou as from blasting and as it were a lovely and desolate estate such as needs must the guilty mans be who is broken off from the society with God and man So that to be so guilty to be in fear and horrour after committing some of all the sins of man to trespass a trespass against the Lord to be so guilty its a duty an obligation that lies upon the sinner as in the day of expiations the people are commanded to afflict their souls Levit. 16.29 under penalty of being cut off Levit. 23.29 And such a duty it is as the Lord expects Hos 5.15 I will go and return to my place until they acknowledge their offence Hos 5. Ve 15. The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 until they be guilty Dones deficiant as Pagnin turns the word until they fail faint and quail in their courage till fear and horrour overtake them and so the words following sound Until they be guilty and seek my face in their affliction or strait 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 unto them they will seek me early Such a desolate state sin committed against God and man the sinner through mercy is disposed unto Lam. 3.28 29 30. He sits alone and keeps silence because he hath born the yoke upon him He putteth his mouth in the dust if so be there may be hope He giveth his cheek to him that smiteth him he is filled with reproach Such an abased condition the Lord requires toward repentance remission of sin and expiation of it 2 Chron. 7.14 It my people upon whom my Name is called shall humble themselves and pray and seek my face and turn from their evil wayes then will I hear from heaven c. If we consider this well what it is to be guilty and how it follows upon sin committed against God and man we cannot but wonder at an impudent and daring generation who have on their souls an heavie load of guilt yet beat it lightly at least with pretence of much innocency Spem vultu simulat premit al●o corde dolorem Confident in face but full sad in heart Nil conscire sibi nullâ pallescere culpâ Own 's no guilt to himself appall'd at no fault Yea with great boldness they intrude into the Congregation of Saints as if they were of their communion The Lord himself seems to marvel at the peoples impudence Jer. 7.8 9 10. Jer. 7. ver 8 9 10. Behold ye trust in lying words that cannot profit Will ye steal murder and commit adultery and swear falsly and come and stand before me in this house which is called by my Name and say we are delivered to do all those abominations as if they should say we come into the Temple to thank God for the success of our sins or to pray for help to do them or we are free'd or redeem'd 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to commit these abominations And truly its wonderful that the just God shewes not some notable example upon such hypocrites He hath so done as appears by what the Wiseman speaks Ecclus 1.29 30. Be not an hypocrite in the sight of men and take good heed to what thou speakest Exalt not thy self lest thou fall and bring dishonour upon thy soul and so God discover thy secrets and cast thee down in the midst of the Congregation because thou camest not in truth to the fear of the Lord but thy heart is full of deceit Hence it followes that the man hath in himself 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Judicatory a Tribunal where he judges or may judge himself 1 Cor. 11. Judge your selves c. accuse or condemn himself Rom. 2. According to which a man is said to be worsted in his cause 1 Cor. 6.7 This is utterly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1 Cor. 6. ver 7. a fault among you that ye go to law one with another it is a worsting as when a man does causa cadere lose his suit According to which a man is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 self-judged and condemned Tit. 3.11 according to which a man being self-judged self-worsted self-condemned he is also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a self-tormentor yea too often 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a self-executioner Take notice hence how partial men are unto themselves they will not own their own guilt Achan took Josh 7. And Micha took Judg. 17.2 Neither of them stole And the Civil Law calls stoln goods Res amotae things put out of their place The figures Euphemismus and Charientismus whereby graceful names are put upon dishonest and soul actions are of notable uss in these evil dayes Which may discover the egregious folly of many vain men who go about to silence the clamour of their guilty conscience with a noyse of Musitians Alas to what purpose are the Minstrels when the Damsel is dead Matth. 9.23 Or who put themselves into merry company of some Buffoons who may jeast away their sorrow Or else they get them among their associates and carnal friends perhaps as deep in guilt as themselves and there they hope to drive away their guilt with a Club or play it away at Cards or Dice Or else they get into the countrey and hope to run away from their pursuing guilt But evil hunts the wicked man to overthrow him Psal 140.11 haeret lateri lethalis arundo Alas These and such shifts as these are but like the skinning over of a festred wound It will break out again And when men have used all their arts and policies to hide themselves from their guilt their sin will at length finde them out Mystice We read Verse 5. that the Lord spake unto Moses This form of words so often iterated are not vainly to be neglected like Homers 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nor to be understood onely according to the dulness and incapableness of the hearer but according to the Majesty of him who so speaks For the Lord Jesus tels us that God is a Spirit John 4.24 And the Apostle The Lord is a Spirit 2 Cor. 3.17 And therefore what he speaks must be spiritually understood Yea it is not only spiritual but even Spirit it self The Lord Jesus John 6. when he had in mystical words delivered at large the secret of his body and blood some who were fleshly minded said How can this man give us his flesh to eat My words saith our Lord are spirit and they are life And whereas the words before us are a part of the Moral Law and belong to the eighth Commandement Thou shalt
renders the word but then it followes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which I know not well how to make English of unless as he renders the word super peccato suo concerning their sin But Super concerning is here added to the Text and particle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 imports the case following I shall therefore understand and suppose the inward and reflex acknowledgement of sin and render the words as ours do They shall confess their sin What sin is here meant appears out of the former verse As for confession the Schoolmen following S. Austin have distinguished it into confessio Laudis Fraudis Confessio laudis Confession of praise is to the honour of God Confess or praise the Lord for he is good Psal 106.1 Confessio fraudis confession of fraud is to the dishonour and shame of our selves that we have suffered our selves to be beguiled with the deceitfulness of sin Such a confession the Apostle makes Tit. 3.3 we our selves have been sometimes foolish disobedient deceived serving divers lusts and pleasures This we may call a reflex confession there is also a direct confession which will follow upon this Confessio fraudis a confession that we having been deceived our selvs have also deceived others And this confession supposes the other For no man deceives another but first he is fouly deceived himself Hitherto we have had the first means of expiation and reconciliation viz. Confession Come we now to the second viz. Restitution in the words following And he shall recompense his trespass with the principal thereof and adde unto it the fifth part thereof and give it unto him against whom he hath trespassed Which words I would rather for more exact answer to the Hebrew thus render And he shall restore his trespass in the head-sum thereof and shall adde over and above it the fifth part thereof and shall give to him against whom he hath trespassed For although to recompense and restore seem to be the same yet they indeed are not so For to restore is properly applyed to the same thing filched and stoln as Micha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 restored in specie the eleven hundred shekels of silver Judges 17.3 But to recompense is more properly understood of the price or value of the thing taken stoln whereas no doubt but the Lord here requires the thing it self to be restored as it evidently appears by comparing the parallel place herewith Levit. 6.4 where the same law is given Levit. 6. ver 4. and restitution of the same thing taken away enjoyned In the words we have these divine directions to him who hath committed some or other of all the sins of men to trespass a trespass against the Lord. 1. He shall restore his trespass in the head sum thereof 2. He shall adde over and above it the fifth part thereof 3. He shall give to him against whom he hath trespassed 1. He shall restore his trespass in the head sum thereof His trespass here is that thing wherein the guilty person wronged his neighbour so called by metonymie Which is to be restored in the head sum The word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 incapite ejus as Arias Montanus turns it and the Vulg. Latin and the Chald. Paraph. as also the LXX He must restore his trespass So five of our old English translations have it nor doth this our last amend them herein Restitution in the School is largely taken sometime according to the multiplicity of goods wherein our neighbour is unjustly damnified for there are goods 1. of the soul some naturall endowments and others conferred on us by grace 2. there are goods also proper to the body as strength health integrity of parts beauty 3. Goods of same as a good name 4. There are goods of fortune as they are called as riches and these in the letter are here properly understood And thus Restitution is described by Aquinas actus justitiae commutativae an act of commutative justice whereby the true owner is restored into possession of his own goods In which description one main thing is wanting which is supplied by Gabriel Biel viz. That those goods now restored were violently or fraudulently taken away Violent and fraudulent dealing deceit cheating cousening makes a breach upon proper interest breaks the bond of humane society yea the bond of union with God renders the soul desolate and alone without God and man These Bonds cannot be reunited unless there be restitutio integri until Restitution be made to the full Non remittitur peccatum nisi restituatur ablatum The sin of deceit and violence that Davus which makes all this trouble is not remitted unless what is taken away be restored This is an hard lesson will some say who have otherwise learned Christ These are the very times which our Lord foretold should come that there should be false Christs and false Prophets For some have imagined such a Christ to themselves as hath so done and suffered all things for them that he has left nothing for them to do nothing for Christ to do in them A Christ that hath been just for them so that they need not be just Such a Christ as has been sober chaste continent for them so that they need not be so Such a Christ as has paid their debts for them to God and man Against these I shall lay down these two positions 1. There are distinct dominions rights and proper interests in temporal things How else can there be thefts since theft is the taking away that which is anothers If it be anothers then hath that other no right in it which he may call his He hath dominion over it power to use it spend it alien it sell it Hence it is that the Lord requires in every believer contentation 1 Tim. 6.8 Yea that every one be provident for time to come Prov. 30.25 that he make provision for himself and his house that he be not burdensom to others 2 Cor. 8.12 13. Yea so provident he ought to be that he have wherewith to pay publick charges Matth. 22.21 Yea that he may supply the necessities of the poor Saints according to brotherly love 2 Cor. 8.12 Yea that according to common love he may have to give to him that needeth Ephes 4.28 Now were there no proper interest no meum nor tuum in the world no man could call any thing his own or use it spend it alien it nor have wherewith to be content Nor would there be buying or selling giving or receiving borrowing or lending or any other act which supposeth property 2. This right and proper interest in temporal things is not founded in grace so that a man who hath grace may not take away that which is another mans who hath no grace Our Lord determined this long since when he forbad his own gracious people to intermeddle with the graceless Edomites Moabites and Amerites and that they should by no means invade their possession and his reason is convictive he had
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sinne Gen. 42.21 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 injustice Jer. 51.5 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lawlesness Ezek. 16.21 So Vatablus and the Tigurin Bible Reddet culpam suam he shall restore his fault If therefore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so signifie as it doth how shall the sinful man make any restitution satisfaction or recompense for his sin a man may run into debt but how he shall discharge it how he shall pay his debt there 's the question Facilis descensus Averni sed revocare gradum superasque ascendere ad auras hic labor hoc opus est we may abase our selves even to Hell Esay 57.9 But how shall we arise Hos 13. ver 9. Corruption O Israel is thine own but thy help is in me And what is the condition of one is the same of all For all have sinned and fallen short of the glory of God Rom. 3.23 And who can satisfie one of a thousand What then shall the trespasser the sinner the unjust person do garly how shall he pay his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his trespass The Text answereth this question 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He shall restore the trespass in his Head And 1. What is the Head And 2. How shall the poor indebted man pay or restore his trespass in his Head Surely the Head is Christ Ephes 1.22 He is Head over all especially to his Church Ephes 5.23 Col. 1.18 Yea yet more especially the Head of every man is Christ 1 Cor. 11.3 to rule and govern the man This is the ransom which God findes upon the mans acknowledgement of his sins Job 33.23 24. whom the Lord sets forth a ransom for all to be testified 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in their several seasons 1 Tim. 2.1 Of this debt and discharge of it the Apostle speaks Rom. 3.23 That we may the better underdand this great work of the Lord Jesus our Head and only Mediator and how he makes reconciliation for the sins of the people Hebr. 2.17 I beseech you consider it in this order The Lord Jesus makes reconciliation 1. Passively and exemplarily 2. Actively 1. Passively by his inward and outward suffering his dolours and agonies of his soul the buffetings the scourgings the contradictions of sinners against himself yea the suffering of death it self 2. Actively and that two wayes 1. Purgatively by incorporating and imbodying or fleshing us with his flesh For so Believers are members of his body of his flesh and of his bones Ephes 5. And arming us with a lowly meek obedient watchful wise and long-suffering minde and spirit and spirituall blood whereby we are enabled against carnal and fleshly pollutions as also against spiritual defilements 2. Meritoriously by taking away the guilt of these sins whereof we have repented and which we have left Gal. 3.13 Christ hath redeemed us from the curse of the law being made a curse for us 2. The debtor must adde over and above the fifth part I shall not here trouble you or my self with what one of the ancient Greek Fathers descants upon 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word here read in the LXX but his mystical sense is good Quinque munerus frequenter imò pene semper pro quinque sensibus accipitur saith he The number five often yea almost alwayes is taken for the Five Senses These five senses may be restored in holy actions so as if we have abused them in worldly businesses and imployed them in those things which are not according to the will of God we may now restore them in holy religious actions and adde over and above five others which are the senses of the inward man according to which being become pure in heart we see God Mat. 5. And having ears to hear we may hear what our Master Christ teacheth That we may receive that sweet savour whereof the Apostle saith we are a sweet savour of Christ unto God 2 Corinthians 2. And that we may taste and see that the Lord is gratious that our hands may handle the word of life 1 John 1. Accordingly the Apostle prayes that our love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and all judgement Phil. 1. ver 9. Phil. 1.9 The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in acknowledgement and in every sense Unto all these one must be added saith he Vt ad unum Deum haec cuncta referamus that we refer all these to the one and onely God So he Or by the fifth we may understand what ever is above that which is elementary visible and of this lower world all whatever is holy just good wise patient meek loving gracious honourable excellent This and infinitely more then all this is to be attributed unto him against whom we have sinned To him be Glory Majesty and Dominion for evermore All the dayes that he separateth himself unto the Lord he shall come at no dead body He shall not make himself unclean for his father or for his mother for his brother or for his sister when they die because the consecration of his God is upon his head These words contain a part of the Nazarites Rule which wholly consisted in abstinence 1. From all what ever the Vine brought forth as wine and also from strong drink 2. From polling or shaving his head 3. From what ever was unclean as from touching or coming at a dead body so that he might not go to any funeral What Not of his Father or Mother or Brother or Sister No He shall not be unclean for any of them when they die So that the third part of the Nazarites rule is in the words before us and the reason of it Which words generally contain these divine Axioms 1. All the dayes that the Nazarite separates himself unto the Lord he shall not come at a dead body 2. He shall not make himself unclean for his Father or for his Mother for his Brother or for his Sister when they die 3. This he must not do because the consecration of his God is upon his head In the first of these are vertually contained these propositions 1. The Nazarite is separated unto the Lord. 2. The Nazarite must not come at a dead body 3. All the dayes that the Nazarite separates himself unto the Lord he must not come at a dead body 1. The Nazarite is separated unto the Lord. And 1. Who was a Nazarite And 2. What is it to be separated unto the Lord 1. The Lord in the former words gives us a description of a Nazarite A man or woman who marvellously separates him or himself to vow a vow of a Nazarite to separate themselves unto the Lord. These Nazarites were either perpetual as Samson Judges 13.7 And Samuel 1 Sam. 1.11 Or for a certain time as Paul and others with him Acts 18.18 This vow although according to the ceremony it required abstinence from certain things as hath been shewen yet in the realty and substance of it it imported a dedication and
conceives or that they had reference to that part of the vow which the Nazarite vowed the preservation of his hair Vatablus and the Tigur in Bible have Naeser retaining the Hebrew word Two of our old English Translations Coverdale and another turn the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 abstinence The Chald. Paraphrast renders it a crown So Drusius The Spanish although in the text it hath consecration yet in the margent is Corona a Crown So the word is turnd by the LXX 2 Sam. 1.10 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 Chron. 23.11 And Psal 132.18 upon himself shall his Crown flourish the word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the same in the text It s called the Crown of his God because the Nazarite wears that Crown for the honour of his God and hereby his God honours him according to 1 Sam. 2. 1. The true Nazarite is in eminent manner in covenant with his God it s said the Crown of his God c. 2. The Crown though on the Nazarites head yet is Gods Crown 3. Here is a ground of great thankfulness to be given unto our good God that he is pleased to raise up eminent holy men and women who may be examples of purity and holiness unto their generation The Lord commemoratest his his goodness unto his people Amos 2.11 as one of his special favours 2. The words are considerable as the reason of the law preceding The Nazarite must not drink wine poll his head or defile himself by his father or his mother when they die because the Crown of his God is upon his head 1. The will of the Lord is that the spiritual Nazarite for no person should become unclean It s a known rule Primum in unoquoque genere est mensura reliquorum the first in every kinde is the measure of all the rest Whereas therefore our Lord forbids the Spiritual Nazarites to defile themselves for their father or their mother c. when they die since these dearest relations challenge our best affections therefore à fortiori the Lord forbids the spiritual Nazarite to be unclean for any other person whosoever because natural relations of all other are the strongest and most binding So Sampson the Nazarite reasoned well if he could have held Judges 14.16 Hence appears the reason why the believers Saints and holy ones of God are said to be made Kings and Priests and a royal Priesthood unto God and made such by Christ the King of Saints and high Priest of our profession Hebr. 3. These two orders of men were crowned But if Kings and Priests and so crowned and all such over whom have they dominion whom do they rule Revel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and shall reign upon the earth Over whom else rule they but over their own spirits Prov. 23.28 The great Monarchs of the word who conquerd multitudes of nations and people yet had not rule over their own spirits 1. This justly reproves those who pretend the spiritual Nazariteship of Christianity yet are wine-bibbers and drinkers of strong drink such as refuse to be subject unto God in holy life such as defile themselves with dead works these are no Nazarites they have lost their crown they have broken their vow of the spiritual Nazariteship 2. Such as having consecrated themselves defile themselves All their labour they have taken is in vain as the Nazarite lost all his dayes that were past when he defiled himself Numb 6.10 And all the righteousness that he hath done shall nor be mentioned in his trespass that he hath trespassed and in his sin that he hath sinned in them shall he die Ezech. 18.24 3. But more are they to be reproved who having lost their own crown and broken their vow of spiritual Nazarites attempt to take away the crown from others to corrupt the Nazarites to inveigle others into their excess of riot This is a very high provocation of the great God and exceedingly moves his wrath as appears Amos 2.11 12. they gave the Nazarites wine to drink thereby to enfeeble them therefore the Lord threatens to enfeeble those corruptors of his Nazarites These and such as these are the greatest enemies of the Common-wealth who deprive it of such Nazarites as in perilous times might avert the wrath of God from us as they were wont to do 1 Mac. 3.46 Lord stir up many such among us Mysticè The Head of every man is Christ 1 Cor. 11.3 And if Christ be the Head what is the Crown What else but the spirit and minde the Lamp of Christ as Job saith Job 29.3 His Candle shined on my head All the thoughts they are in the power of the true Nazarite All the affections are under his power And therefore some have rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 abstinence viz. from all vain desires all corrupt affections He wears not the Crown in vain He who sets the Crown on his head gives him power to tread upon Serpents and Scorpions and all the power of the enemy yea to tread Satan under his feet Rom. 16. This is a ground of exhortation to the true Nazarites of the Philadelphian Church it s the Lords exhortation to them Keep what thou hast and let no man take thy Crown Revel 3.11 These are they who are made Kings and Priests unto God Now it is not for Kings to drink wine nor for Princes to drink strong drink Prov. 31.4 Nor is it for Priests to drink wine nor strong drink Lev. 10.9 Nor is it for the spiritual Kings and Priests to distemper their souls with the joyes and delights of the earthly life as I have shewen But they ought to be wholly subject unto their God to whom they are consecrated and whose Crown they wear Nor ought they to touch any unclean thing whether of man or beast Num. 19. v. 11. He who toucheth the dead of every soul of man must be unclean seven dayes Numb 19.11 For the filthiness of a man is much more noysom and unclean and renders men more unclean then the uncleanness of a beast The beasts uncleanness makes a man unclean onely untill the evening Levit. 11.32 but the uncleanness of a man polluted a man and made him unclean seven dayes Num. 19.11 And in nature the stench of a prison is loathsome but the smell of a Stable is to many delightful It is true the brutish and carnal uncleanness pollutes but the uncleanness of a man as he is a man pollutes seven times more Carnalia peccata plus habent infamiae spiritulia verò plus habent de natura peccati The bestial and fleshly sin is more infamous but the spiritual sin hath more of the nature of sin in it saith one of the pious Ancients And in all these there ought great strictness to be used For there is not the same reason of the Divine Law which is of our Humane Laws We say De minimis non curat Lex The Law regards not the least matters As the Law forbids annoyance of the High-ways
Nor must the Carkase of a Horse or Dog or the like be thrown into a Common rode But what if a dead Mouse be thrown there The answer is De minimis non curat Lex The Law takes no notice of things so small And some out of their Epicurean spirit would perswade us that Non vacat exiguis rebus adesse Jovi that God is not at leisure to heed small matters Under which pretence they plead for their infirmities and those of the largest cize and by that name they understand their gross habitual sins But the wise man tells us that he who neglects small things shall fall by little and little Ecclus 19.1 Surely our God neglects not but forbids and punishes even the smallest sins neglected and unrepented of and not forsaken Therefore vers 3. of this Chapter the Lord forbids the Nazarite not only the drinking of Wine and strong drink but also Vinegar of Wine Numb 6. ver 3. and Vinegar of strong drink neither shall he drink any liquor of Grapes c. Howbeit the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies not the liquor or juice of Grapes For that was before forbidden in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Wine For what is Wine but the juice or liquor of Grapes if the Wine be made of Grapes For Wine may be made of many other things as Diodorus Siculus writes of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Barley-wine What then may 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here signifie but water wherein the Grapes have been steeped tinctured and moystened as in some sleight decoction And therefore Arias Montanus renders the word made factionem moystening The Lord here when he would prohibite the Nazarite the use of Wine he forbids all what ever belongs to it And thus some understand the Lord Jesus Mat. 5.33 when he saith swear not at all That he well knowing how frequent swearing and forswearing was among the people and how true it is Qui facilè jurat facilè pejerat He who easily swears easily forswears himself That therefore he might restrain men from that frequent sin of perjury he prohibites what usually leads men thereunto Thus the Lord having given strict charge to Adam that he should not eat of the forbidden fruit Adam gives charge to Eve that she should not touch it as we charge our children not to come neer the well And thus the wise man gives charge to his children Prov. 4.14 15. Enter not into the path of the wicked go not in the way of evil men avoid it pass not by it turn from it and pass away And the wise men of the Jews perswaded the Nazarites that they might the better observe their vows not to go into the Vineyards This no doubt is a great error in the sons of men they fear lest they should commit some great sins and regard not the less sins which insensibly dispose them to the committing of the greatest And therefore the Scripture warns us that we take great heed of the little sins A little leaven leavens the whole lump Gal. 5.9 And he who keeps the whole Law and offendeth in one point is guilty of all Jam. 2.10 O take heed lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you and thereby many be defiled Heb. 12.15 Whence it appears that the will of the Lord is our sanctification in modico in magno our whole our thorow obedience For in this vow of a Nazarite was prefigured unto us the state of perfection such as was held forth unto us in the High Priest on whose forehead was the golden plate with this inscription 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Holiness unto the Lord or The Holiness of the Lord Exod. 28.39 This type was really and in the Truth fulfilled in Christ the true Nazarite the true High Priest The same perfect life is held forth unto all and required of all who are Christs What else means the Apostle 2 Cor. 6.17 where he saith Come out from among them which is also the Prophets invitation and call unto us to come forth out of the confused spiritual Babel And be ye separate be true Nazarites separate your selves unto the Lord. Touch no unclean thing come not at any dead soul Be not so endeared unto Father or Mother or Brother or Sister when they are dead in trespasses and sins as to be defiled for them Though the Priest of the second order might be defiled the true Nazarites who are made like unto the great High Priest as he might not be defiled no not for his Father or for his Mother Levit. 21.10.11 So neither ought we out of natural endeerment or indulgence to be spiritually polluted no not for our Fathers and Mothers Forasmuch as Christ hath suffered in the flesh arm your selves with the same suffering minde For he who hath suffered in the flesh hath ceased from sin He who doth the will of my Father which is in heaven he is now adopted into the Divine linage he shall be my Mother and Sister and Brother Mat. 12.50 And God the Father speaks unto such Nazarites who separate themselves to the Lord unto such Levites who in this case say to their Father and to their Mother I have not seen him neither did he acknowledge his brethren nor do they acknowledge their children for they have observed Gods word and kept his Covenant Deut. 33.9 Vnto such Levites unto such Nazarites such separated ones he saith Be ye separate own no father nor mother nor brother nor sister upon earth and I will receive you and I will be a father unto you and ye shall be my sons and daughters saith the Lord Almighty 2 Cor. 6.17 18. Be we exhorted to separate our selves unto the Lord to become true Nazarites that we may obtain the Crown of our God This seems to be the drift of the Apostles exhortation 2 Cor. 6. as I shewed before How shall we obtain this Crown of our God The Nazarite by wearing of his hair professed himself subject unto God as the woman hath power on her head 1 Cor. 7. This subjection is unto the will and law of God and he is in meditation of the law day and night Psal 1. Hereby he is rendred humble contrite and mortified endures temptations and so obtains the Crown of life James 1.12 See how this was prefigured in Esther the invisible and hidden Church Esther 2. She had neither father nor mother v. 7. they were both dead Such a virgin Church as the Psalmist speaks unto Hearken O daughter and consider forsake thine own people and thy fathers house Psal 45. But did she not make her self unclean by her father or her mother when they died No Mordecai took her for his daughter Mordecai who is that Amata contritio bitter contrition A figure of the holy Law which renders us contrite and humble the son of Jair the light Or Mordecai is docens contritionem teaching contrition He becomes the father of Esther or Myrrha contrita Myrrh contrite Myrrh is a principal
at sixty years yea at sixty three years of age after nine climactericals when old age it self begins to be burden enough Provision was made for the Levite now super-annuated under the Law And did the Lord wholly neglect his Evangelical Levites when their strength faileth them Surely no Liberal maintenance was provided for them whereby their old age might be cherished after their hard duty performed But when the Gospell Levites made the people stumble at Gods Law as impossible to be kept or which amounts to the like not belonging to those under the Gospel when they corrupted the covenant of Levi Mal. 2.8 when the people enlarged their desire like hell Habak 2.5 The Levite now past his labour is as much regarded as an old Horse which hath ease and rest only when he is dead But this is a remediless complaint when what was provided and consecrated unto the support of the aged Levites is diverted unto other and those to speak most sparingly whrse ends May not the consideration of this shame us who pretend our selves to be spiritual Levites such as cleave unto the Lord they are the true Levites yet spend our strength and chief time of our strength from twenty five till fifty years of age may I not say of some till sixty yea seventy years of age and upward in the war of their members following their fleshly lusts which fight against their souls Be we rather exhorted to hasten the coming of the fiftieth year that year of release from our hard duty and service That acceptable year of the Lord that day of the Lord whose approach we must hasten 2 Pet. 3. v. 12. Hasten the comming of the day of God So Erasmus renders 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 Pet. 3.12 Accelerantes adventum hastening the coming or presence of that day of God It s an expression somewhat strange for we rather wish Phosphore redde diem that the time were come then that we should come to the time or day Indeed that day of the Lord is alwayes ready and would shine unto us but we interpose our clouds or mists and darkness of our sins between it and us We draw our selves in a boat with cords to the shore when the shore seems to come unto us And so it is when we are drawn by the cords of love unto that day of our God and the Lord is drawn by his love toward us as when the Prodigal son returned his father saw him a far off ran unto him and kissed him Thus the Lord meeteth him who rejoyceth and worketh righteousness Esay 64.5 But when the Levites strength is spent in warring the warfare of the Lord must the Levites then be idle Surely no they must now minister There is no part of time that wholly exempts any man from serving God If the enemies be subdued in the spiritual warfare being delivered out of the hands of our enemies we must serve him in holiness and righteousness all the dayes of our life As for the two following divine sentences 3. That the Levites must minister 4. Not serve but minister I have noted somewhat that may give light unto them on Gen. 39.4 upon the Translators mistake there which I shall not here repeat Let the children of Israel also keep the Passeover at his appointed season Numb 9. v. 2 3. in the fourteenth day of this moneth at even ye shall keep it in his appointed season according to all the rites of it and according to all the ceremonies thereof shall ye keep it These words contain the Law touching the due observation of the Passeover to be kept in the due time appointed for it and according to the manner prescribed of keeping it But special charge is given concerning the time which is twice mentioned in his appointed season and again in his appointed season Why then do our Translators point us to one evening when the Scripture tels us of two evenings and mentions them precisely both here and Exod. 12.6 And appoints the set time when the Passover must be killed and the Feast kept viz. between the two evenings It is true that secundùm idolum fori according to our common notion we know but one evening in one day and that about Sun-setting whence our English word evening is from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Bed because the evening or eventide is Bed-time But it s reasonable yea necessary that our notions be conformed unto the Scriptures expressions not that we should force the Scriptures to our notions For our understandings wills affections actions life and manners are all of them to be shaped and fashioned according to the Canon and rule of the Word the Word is not to be formed or modeled according to our understandings wills affections life and maners It was a foul oversight of the Translators to render these words Rom. 6. v. 17. Rom. 6.17 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 But ye have obeyed that form of doctrine which was delivered you whereas the words sound thus But ye have obeyed that form of doctrine unto which ye were delivered This they acknowledge to be the sense of the Greek text which yet they cast into the margent Where this true translation and many other more agreeable to the Original then what they put in the text are utterly lost in all our English manual Pocket Bibles But come we to our two Evenings whereof the one is the declination of the Sun from the Noon-point the other is the setting of the Sun And therefore the Chald. Par. renders between the two Evenings 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not as he is translated ad vesperam toward the evening but between two Suns viz. the declining and setting Sun The LXX therefore hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 toward the Evening And that this was the preceise time of killing the Passover Josephus testifies Antiq. lib. 16. cap. 10. And Solomon Jarchi and from them Cajetan and others The reason of this exact observation of time for the killing of the Passover was that there might be a due correspondence between the type and the truth between the slaying of the Passover and the crucifying of Christ who is our Passover 1 Cor. 5.7 For whereas the Jewes divided their day into twelve hours which they made longer or shorter according to the divers parts of the year so saith our Lord Are there not welve hours in the day John 11.9 at the third hour that is our nine a clock in the morning they offered up the Morning Sacrifice a perfect Lamb and betwetn the two Evenings about our three a clock after noon they offered up the Evening Sacrifice Exod. 29.38.39 Numb 28.3 This is the offering made by fire which ye shall offer unto the Lord two Lambs of the first year perfect in a day for a continual burnt offering the one Lamb shalt thou offer in the morning and the other Lamb shalt thou offer between the two Evenings These things befel that people in figure and were written
if we suffer with him if we die with him we shall also arise with him and live with him and be glorified with him And as his countenance is as the Sun shineth in his strength Revel 1.16 So let them who love him be as the Sun when he goeth forth in his might Judges 5.31 And it came to pass as the Ark set forward that Moses said Numb 10. v. 35 36. Rise up O Lord and let thine enemies be scattered and let them that hate thee flee before thee And when it rested he said Return O Lord unto the many thousands of Israel The words contain the prayer of Moses when the Ark journeyed and rested When it journeyed that the Lord would arise and scatter his enemies when it rested that he would gather together and unite his people and take up his residence with them For both these later acts may be comprehended in the Verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as I shall shew Two exceptions lie against the translation of this Paragraph 1. That no notice is taken of the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nor is it rendred otherwise here nor in many other places then only before thee which is a decompounded word and signifies from before thy face I deny not but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the face spoken of God notes his presence but withal according to the places of Scripture where we meet with it it imports either his grace and mercy or his wrath and hatred For as the face of a man naturally declares his will and affections Vultus index animi a mans countenance speaks his minde until that damnable art of seeming perverted the simplicity of nature so the face of the Lord discovers his good will and favour toward us or on the contrary his dis-favour hatred wrath Examples are obvious The Church prayes God be merciful unto us and blesse us 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cause his face to shine upon us Psal 67.1 But Psal 34.16 we read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the face of the Lord is against them who do evil And Levit. 17.10 The Lord saith I will set 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my face against that soul and 20.3 and 26.17 beside many like places Where by the face of the Lord his wrath is to be understood Thus in the Scripture now in question which speaks according to our Translators thus let them that hate thee flee before thee here is an object of wrath and hatred propounded to the Lord and therefore the Spirit of God expresseth his face which imports his wrath and hatred against his and his peoples incorrigible enemies Let them who hate thee flee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from before thine angry countenance The second exception lies against the last words Return O Lord unto the many thousands of Israel The Translators well knew that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies the same with Myrias in the Greek viz. ten thousands and therefore they say in the margent Hebr. ten thousand thousands though therein they come not home to the Hebrew text which is in the plural 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ten thousands thousands of Israel So that neither in the text nor margent they expresse the original May we conjecture what their reason might be It s probable that they thought there were not so many Myriads of Israelites and that this might be an hyperbolical speech of Moses But the Jewes have a tradition that three Millions of men came with Moses out of Egypt wandred in the Wilderness toward Canaan Which though it were true yet these might fall short of the number mentioned Nor ought this tradition to be imposed upon our faith What if we shall rather say that when the Israelites were numbred and mustered in the Plains of Moab and a Catalogue was then taken of the fighting men only of twenty years old and upward who were six hundred thousand and a thousand seven hundred and thirty Numb 26.51 It is not said how many more there were under that age to say nothing of the women All which its possible might amount to the number mentioned without hyperbole And this may be made yet the more probable if we lay hereunto what Moses saith Deut. 1.10 The Lord your God hath multiplyed you and behold you are this day as the Stars of heaven for multitude But why should we confine our thoughts unto an Israel according to the flesh since the Scripture tels us of an Israel of God Gal. 6.16 an Israel pure in heart Psal 73.1 An Israel without guil John 1. Are there not or may there not be in the Wilderness travelling toward Canaan according to the Jews tradition more then three Millions of such souls If so what need is there that we should make that an hyperbole which being duly examined and that by those who restrain not religion and religious persons to their own chosen way of worshipping God and those who dwell in their street may be found even in the letter an undeniable truth Mysticè The words before us are to be understood as directed unto Christ who as I have shewen in Numb 4.19 20. is signified by the Ark of God called the Ark of Gods strength Psal 132.8 where we have a like prayer to that before us Arise O Lord to thy Rest thou and the Ark of strength But the Psalmist begins Ps 68. with the words of this prayer Let God arise let his enemies be scattered Psal 68. v. 41. let them also that hate him flee before him Where the word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 before his face his wrathful face which hath a suitable effect in the next words As smoke is driven away so shalt thou drive them away As Wax melteth before the fire so let the wicked perish 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from the wrathful face of God And ye read the like twice v. 8. But the ancient Fathers S. Austin Hilary Hierom Euthymius and after them the later Expositors understand the Psalm of Christ and his Church and aver that there are contain'd in it the mysteries of both Testaments especially the giving of the law the resurrection and ascension of Christ his bringing his people a-again out of Egypt c. His leading them thorow the Wilderness c. Many have applyed this portion of Scripture unto Christ before his appearing in the flesh as Salomon 2 Chron. 6.41 Psalm 68. Others as the Ancients before named have made use of it unto Christ as to his Resurrection that thereby he might prove himself to be God Let God arise and so evidence himself to the Son of God by his resurrection from the dead Rom. 1.4 And let his enemies be scattered that is say they the Jewes who said we will not have this man to reign over us Luke 19. And indeed they have been so scattered as never nation but themselves have been Others understand his enemies to be other wicked men Others yet hereby will have the Devils to be meant And therefore Athanasius saith
of those evil times For if we look impartially upon the present evil averse and perverse state of things we will report that in the general which our Lord spake in a more particular case Things are not so as they were in the beginning For when the man is depraved that Vinculum universi that bond and tye of the universe that compendium creaturarum that sum and breviary of all the creatures that binding cord which makes the harmony between heaven and earth when that 's loose and broken it cannot be but all must full asunder into discord disorder and confusion Here then is work for Moses the Drawer as his name signifies Here is work for Elias the Tisbite the T●rnor as that name sounds Elias must rectifie the depravation of all things John Baptist whom our Lord called Elias began this work as much as befitted his dispensation as the Prodromus or forerunner of Christ in the flesh The other Elias was to return and restore all things He was to rectifie the worship of God to act the part of old Elias over again And since John Baptist could not wash away Baal his Priests the later Elias must fire them out of Israel Baals Priests offer their sacrifices without fire and teach that the sin must remain unconsumed and that its impossible it should be consumed in this world Elias prayes for fire from heaven even the holy Spirit of God which is as fire and that consumes the sacrifice upon the altar of Christs patience even the body of sin that is to be destroyed Yea it licks up the water all the transitory delights and pleasures in sin It consumes the stones the hardness of the heart and the dust the knowing knowledge which is the Serpents food Esay 65.25 1 Cor. 8.1 This Elias must destroy the painted Jezabel which puts Naboth to death by the authority of Ahab And does not Jezabel yet act the same part Revel 2.22 that earthly lying spirit of the false righteousness in the mouth of the false Prophets which by the power and authority of Kings Princes and Governours by the secular power in all ages and in this last part of time puts Naboth to death by false witnesses For what is Naboth but the true Prophesie as the word signifieth And thus at this day the false Priests of Jezebel by their false testimonies suppress the true Prophets of God who have the testimony of Jesus which is the spirit of prophesie Revel 19.10 This therefore is Elia's work to discover Jezebel the false prophets adorn'd with false holiness and to anoint Jehu a type of Christ who was is and is to come and shall cause her to be troden under foot of his army as the old Jezebel was And as Elias must rectifie the worship of God so must he set in order the man toward his neighbour He must turn the heart of the fathers to the children and the children to their fathers He shall put an end to all differences between the spiritual fathers and their children and the spirits of the later Prophets shall be subject to the former Prophets Cum Elias venerit solvet nodos When Elias comes he shall untye all knots resolve all doubts In a word he shall bring back the whole man unto his God He shall restore the natural man to his right and the heavenly man to his He shall recover all Edom to the house of Israel Obad. v. 21. And great reason there is 1. The honour of the God of Order His Wisdom Justice Power and Goodness herein is eminently seen How much more when all what ever is amiss is rectified and brought to right again 2. It is the office of Elias the Tisbite so to do Mal. 4.5 LXX And why should we doubt or despair but such a time there will be when all things which are now 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 turn'd upside down all out of order all confounded shall be restored and brought to right again have all the Beasts had their reigns and shall not God have his shall not his kingdom come unless we pray in vain unless we pray without faith and hope Have we not a promise that there shall be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 times of refreshing Acts 3.19 Were this mans work no doubt might be made of it but the whole is wrought by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 there is nothing of man in him It s the work of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God the strong God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ipse God himself as Galatinus and Scaliger render that last word And therefore well may Moses pray in faith and we with him that the Lord would return and reduce the ten thousands thousands of Israel and bring them to their first estate 2. As the Lord returns the ten thousands thousands of Israel one to other so likewise unto himself So the Prophet I will gather the remnant of my flock out of all countries whither I have driven them and will bring them again to their selves their rest in the divine nature Jer. 23.3 Which promise another Prophet expresseth thus I will have mercy upon Jacob and will yet choose Israel and set them in their own land where is that it followes And the people shall take them and bring them to their place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Esay 14. v. 1 2. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 place is one of the names of God in whom all things subsist and have their being and the house of Israel shall inherit them upon the Lords land Esay 14.1 2. When the Lord hath caused his people to return one to other and to himself he gratiously returns unto them and resides with them So the Chald Parapheast interprets this part of Moses's prayer Return O Lord with thy glory dwell in the midst of the ten thousands thousands of Israel Hitherto I have endeavoured to prove my two exceptions against the translation of Moses prayer We have authority also of other Churches The Tigurin Bible and Vatablus Pagnin Munster and Tremellius fat down at the right hand of as also Piscator have before thy face and that for good reason as I have shewen As for the later the most Translators diminish the number in the Hebrew text only Pagnin the Spanish Bible and Ainsworth retain and express it O Israel now arise and take your journey the clowd of the Lords protection is over thee and the Ark of the Lords strength is risen up and scatters thine enemies and puts them to flight before his face Ten thousands thousands of Israel have journeyed in the same way of the Lord before thee Wherefore having so great a clowd of witnesses lying about us laying aside every weight Hebr. 12. v. 1 2. and the sin that doth so easily beset us in every circumstance let us run the race of patience lying before us looking to Jesus the Author or Leader and finisher of our faith the Ark of Gods strength who
for the joy that was set before him endured the cross despising the shame sat down at the right hand of the throne of God Let us choose him for our guide in our motions in our rest leading us out and bringing us in turning and gathering us one unto another and to himself unto whom all the ten thousands thousands of Israel ought to be gathered Gen. 49.10 2 Thes 2.1 Arguments are wont to be brought to perswade us to our duty Are any needful unto this Psal 133. v. 1. If so behold how good and how pleasant it is that brethren dwel even as one The Prophet admires the goodness and pleasure of the excellent way of mutual love These two motives very seldom meet For some things are good which have no delight and pleasure in them as the labour of repentance sorrow for sin the throws and pangs of mortification Some things are delightful which are not good as the pleasures of sin But brethren to dwel together in unity comprehends both Vis unita fortior when they are as one they more strongly advance the profit one of other How good how profitable when many have one heart and one soul and one spirit when the good of one is the good of all when every one rejoyceth in the good of another as of his own how joyful how pleasant This is the pretious ointment the unction of the Spirit John 2.20 which descends from the Holy one from Christ the Head to the Beard the aged ones united unto Christ the dew of the holy Word that renders the heart fruitful There the Lord commanded 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 there 's a great emphasis in that word That blessing And no marvel For what is that Blessing but the life for evermore Psal 24.3 4 5. For unity and love invites God and his good Spirit unto men as when the Disciples were all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with one accord in one place the Spirit of God came upon them Acts 2.1 2. And it is the Apostles Vale to the Corinthians Finally Brethren farewell or rather rejoyce 2 Cor. 13. v. 11. as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies be perfect be of good comfort be of one minde live in peace and the God of love and peace shall be with you 2 Cor. 13.11 I will take of the spirit which is upon thee Numb 11. v. 17. and will put it upon them and they shall bear the burden of the people with thee that thou bear it not alone What here the Translators turn I will take of the spirit is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is separabo de spiritu so Pagnin I will separate of the spirit and Vatablus Segregabo I will sever of the spirit and so Munster also the Tigurin and French Bibles Which is properly so to separate as to reserve what is so separated So Arias Montanus reservabo I will reserve of the spirit And to the same purpose Tremellius seponam I will set apart In this sense Esau saith to his father Isaac 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hast thou not reserved one blessing for me Gen. 27.36 This separation and reservation is by way of excellency Whence the Princes and Nobles are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not only because they are separated from the multitude by reason of high place and dignity but also in regard of that excellent spirit which is in them So we read that Moses Aaron Nadab and Abihu and the Seventy Elders are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Excellent ones or Nobles of the sons of Israel Exod. 24.11 where the Chald. Paraphrast hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Grandees and Princes and the LXX hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the elect or chosen ones or the choise of the chosen ones Of such 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 such choise such excellent men men of an excellent spirit Prov. 17.27 consisted the great Synedrion the Synagoga magna called the Sanhedrin the great Council of the Jewes The ground of ordaining this Government constituted by God himself is that the weakness and waywardness of the people might be born by their Governours Whence they are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not only because they are elati or praelati lifted up and preferred above others although that be true but also because their principal business is to bear as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies the burden of the people Or if because they are lifted up above others it is as the clowds are lifted up which are also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that they may shower down showers of Blessings upon the earth as governours ought to do upon the inferiour people Therefore the excellent spirit was imparted unto these seventy men that thereby they might be enabled to bear the burden of the people Whence it is that the spiritual men are the strong men and most able for that imployment We who are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak Rom. 15.1 and not to please our selves which is one character of an Elder though under another word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tit. 1.7 And who are thus strong but the spiritual men Gal. 6.1 Brethren if a man be overtaken in a fault ye who are spiritual restore such an one in the spirit of meekness Yea this spirit is the spirit of love which is so strong that it beareth all things 1 Cor. 13.7 and that the rather because their burden is somewhat lightned by their dear relations of children whom they have begotten 1 Cor. 4.15 and of whom they travel Gal. 4.19 Especially the burden being divided among so many The Lord commands Moses to gather to him seventy men of the Elders of Israel whom Moses knew that they were Elders of the people The LXX have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Presbyters or Elders of Israel whom thou thy self knowest c. Which Eldership therefore is not to be understood of natural age in this outward world but in regard of the wisdom or Christ himself who enters into the holy souls according to the ages Wisd 7. v. 27. Wisd 7.27 which our Translators turn in all ages and makes friends of God and Prophets The Greek words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which word for word sound thus according to ages She Wisdom descending into holy souls makes friends of God and Prophets Which is confirmed by the Apostle Ephes 4. v. 7. Ephes 4.7 Vnto every one of us is given grace 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to the measure of the gift of Christ that is of Christ himself who is that gift as he calls himself John 4.10 And Socrates in Plato's Apology for him saith he was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods gift to the Athenians as every good man is to the place where he lives It is the spiritual old age or age of the spirit that is here to be understood For if in truth and in Gods computation they were old whom the world accounts such who should be elder then
Adam Methusala Who yet in all the Scripture are never said to be old men But Abraham who as S. Hierom observes is first said to be an old man he was the father of the faithful and had seen Christs day he is said to die in a good old age And Jehoshua Job Jehoiada with some others all children in respect of the two before named are yet stiled old men and full of dayes when yet the eldest of them all if we regard their natural life in this outward world came short of Admn and Methusala many hundred years But lest any one should refer the difference unto natural causes only and say that mans vitals were weaker now since the flood and his nourishment was now less able to support him then before let us hear what the Wiseman saith in express terms That honourable old age is not of much time nor is it measured by number of years Wisd 4. v. 8 9. but Wisdom or Prudence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is the gray hair unto men and the unspotted life is the old age Wisdom 4.8 9. Which if it be doubted because Apocryphal Solomon will make it good by a Canonical Testimony Prov. 16. v. 31. Prov. 16.31 The hoary head is a crown of glory if it be found in the way of Righteousness So So our Translators render it but amiss for there is no if no condition at all in the Hebrew text which might amuse them since many an hoary head is far from a crown of glory and is found in the way of wickedness The words therefore are to be understood 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as Parables ought to be and they make this intire sense without supplement The Hoariness shall be found a crown of glory in the way of righteousness Vnto these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Presbyters or Elders and such as these the Lord committed the care and rule of his Church And ever afterward in Israel the great Synagogue which sate at Jerusalem judged of all controversies among the people And in after ages they assumed unto themselves power in all things belonging to Religion But it s here to be well heeded and remembred what manner of men they were to whom the Lord gave this power and authority Elders of Israel whom saith the Lord to Moses Thou thy self knowest that they are elders of the people such as had attain'd unto the good old age old men in Christ Ephes 4.13 such as thou knowest to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with thee like thee and therefore it was required that they should be wise fearing Gad loving meek merciful patient long-suffering in a word such as Moses was These had the separated reserved excellent spirit of God put upon them But in process of time this good old age of the wisdom was little regarded and men promoted out of the Priests Levites and other Israelites who exercised the same power and authority but had not the same spirit and life of God Whence it came to pass that their authority was like a sword in a mad mans hand They abused it to the satisfying their desires and pleasures and to the suppressing of the truth it self which is most contrary to the Apostles rule 2 Cor. 13.8 We are able to do nothing against the truth but for the truth Yea they so abused their power that they would suffer no man though called of God to teach the people Jer. 29.26 27. Shemaiah wrote letters to Zephaniah the high Priest to this effect The Lord hath made thee Priest in stead of Jehoida the Priest that ye should be Officers in the house of the Lord for every man that is mad and maketh himself a Prophet that thou shouldst put him in prison and in the stocks Now therefore why hast thou not reproved Jeremiah of Anathoth who maketh himself a Prophet to you Vpon this ground the high Priests 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Presbyters or Elders questioned our Lord Jesus Christ himself while he was teaching the people by what authority doest thou these things and who gave thee this authority Matth. 21.23 And accordingly they questioned his Apostles for their Doctrine and Miracles as the cure of the lame man By what power or by what name have ye done this Acts 4.7 Nor God the Father nor his Apostles however full of the holy Ghost must teach the divine doctrine or do any good work but by license from the Elders So degenerate was this Government in after ages from the purity of it by divine institution This or the like Government under the presidency of the separate reserved and excellent Spirit of God is continued unto the Christian Church even a spiritual Judicatory a power of judging spiritual things How does that appear I answer our Lord supposeth it and by supposing it Mat. 5. v. 21 22. confirmes it Let us consider Matth. 5.21 Ye have heard that it was said to them of old time or to the antients 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Thou shalt not kill and whosoever shall kill shall be in danger of the Judgement Where for the word kill I wish were put to murder For to kill is a large word so that he may be said to kill who either justly as the Magistrate who bears not the sword in vain or unjustly as a murderer or doubtfully whether of the two as he who kills his neighbour unawares until he hath stood before the judgement Numb 35.24 But so to kill as must here be understood is wilfully and feloniously to take away the life of another upon prepensed malice as our Lawyers speak The word therefore to kill doth not fully express the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 used in the sixth Commandement Exod. 20. Deut. 5. The English word to Murder borrowed of the Saxon Mordren signifies wilfully and feloniously to take away the life But go we on with our Lords speech But I say unto you whosoever is angry with his brother 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 without a cause which S. Hierom would have blotted out as being not found in any ancient copy In plerisque codicibus antiquis Sine causa additum non est ut scilicet ne cum causa quidem debeamus irasci saith S. Austin in most old Greek copies without a cause is not added namely that we ought not to be angry no not with a cause Whosoever is angry with his brother shall be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 obnoxious or liable unto the judgement but whosoever shall say to his brother Raca shall be obnoxious or liable to the Council 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the Sanhedrin By which words our Lord necessarily supposeth a spirituall Judicatory unto which every one who is angry with his brother is abnoxious and liable Yea hereby our Lord confirmes that spiritual Council Otherwise he who is the great Judge and Governour of his Church who was figured by Moses in his legal Court should be wanting to his
was void great care was taken for the choise of Matthias in his room Acts 1.21 26. And S. Paul cals himself an Apostle in most of his Epistles and proves himself such 1 Cor. 9.1 2. The like is said by others of Barnabas and Silas They who say that that and other Offices were temporary and to continue only for a time must if they will be believed by judicious men prove their assertion out of the Word of God If the office yet continue in the Church what answers to it but Episcopacy so S. Ambrose affirmes And it may as well be credited as that under helps and governments are to be understood Elders and Deacons which yet I deny not But all these are but Mera nomina names only unless they be informed with the Lords excellent spirit which is most necessary for the informing and actuating as the whole Body so especially the principal members of the Body of Christ And therefore in great wisdom the Spirit of God requires that the meanest and lowest Officers in the Church who are as it were the feet of Christs body the Church 1 Cor. 12.21 the Deacons being to be appointed to their office the Twelve give the multitude of the Disciples this charge Acts 6. v. 3. Look ye out among your selves seven men approved by testimony full of the holy Ghost and Wisdom whom we may appoint over this business Whence we may strongly reason that if the Deacons must be full of the holy Ghost and wisdom then much more must the Elders and Officers of the Church superiour unto them be filled with the same excellent spirit and wisdom And whereas the Apostles must appoint the Deacons as Titus must ordain Elders Tit. 1.5 These weighty businesses are not to be permitted unto the multitude no not of the Disciples to choose either Elders or Deacons though this is at this day practised by what warrant of the Word I know not but to the Apostles or those who though called by another name are yet in their stead as being best able to judge of these things 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Every man judgeth well of the things he knowes and of these he is a competent judge What ever Governour hath this excellent spirit he is thereby enabled to bear all the weaknesses and waywardnesses all the murmurings and repinings of the people under them It is their business And therefore they ought not to domineer over the flocks so I would render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so Castellio turns the words 1 Pet. 5.3 Gregibus imperantes domineering or Lording over the flocks Ut reges Gentium qui dominantur eorum like the Kings of the Nations who domineer and abuse their authority over the flocks as Vatablus explains Cleris Cleros vocat greges qui illis velut sortè gubernandi obtigerunt He cals those Cleros that is properly lots who happen unto them as it were by lot to be governed by them And it is the continued Metaphore or Allegory used by the Spirit of God 1 Pet. 5.2 3 4. Much less must they domineer over their faith as to enforce men to their opinions as to rule over their consciences The Apostle when most of all he improves his authority over the flock he most abominates all such dominion 2 Cor. 1.24 Not that we have dominion over your faith but are helpers of your joy for by faith ye stand They must leave the conscience free to God alone the Lord of it Gen. 9. v. 27. who alone perswades the heart Gen. 9.27 what some abuse to that end Compel them to come in Luke 14.23 Beside that it is unhandsome to cudgel men and force them to come to a Feast as the drift of that speech is to be understood the meaning of the word is by perswasive arguments to incline men to what they desire as may appear by comparing Luke 24.29 2 Kings 4.8 Acts 16.15 and other places But we need not further descend unto particulars The excellent Spirit of Christ which is known by the fruits of it Gal. 5.22 sufficiently qualifies all spiritual Governours And this Spirit is that due radical qualification which some zealous for the Government or rather the counterfeit of it believe not possible to be obtained in this life but Dolosè ambulant in generalibus wrap up their hidden meaning in general terms and instead of downright Scripture language that God puts his Spirit upon the Governours choose rather to speak in Conceptu confuso that Christ furnisheth these Officers with suitable qualifications for discharge of the office and work committed to them And since they nor have nor hope for that excellent Spirit how can they convey that spirit by laying on of their hands in Ordination Nihil dat quod non habet If they have not that excellent Spirit how can they give it by their hands to those whom they Ordain as the old Presbyters did S. Paul saith 1 Tim. 4.14 Neglect not the gift that is in thee which was given thee by prophesie by laying on of the hands of the Presbytery And ye read the like Exhortation Stir up the gift of God which is in thee by the putting on of my hands 2 Tim. 1.6 O my Brethren ye who are zealous of Christs government and discipline let us first sit down in the lowest room and yield our selves Disciples unto the Father Esay 8.16 and suffer our selves to be corrected by his discipline and to be instructed out of his law Psal 94.12 and thereby lead unto Jesus Christ and bearing his yoke his cross and patience that being made conformable unto his death we may be made partakers of his spirit his life and resurrection whereby we shall be enabled to bear the burdens of the weak and one anothers burdens whereby we shall be taught to rule our selves and so become Rulers and Governours of the Church of Christ So shall we be able experimentally to preach Christ warning every man and teaching every man in all wisdom that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus Col. 1.28 For this is the end why the Lord gives those his gifts unto men Apostles Prophets Evangelists Pastors Teachers and so Elders and Deacons for the perfecting of the Saints for the work of the ministery for the edifying of the body of Christ till we all meet or come into the unity of faith and acknowledgement of the Son of God unto a perfect man to the measure of the stature or age of the fulness of Christ The Lord vouchsafe that great grace unto us all He that gathered least Numb 11. v. 32 33 34. gathered ten Homers and they spread them abroad for themselves round about the Camp And while the flesh was between their teeth yet it was chewed the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people and the Lord smote the people with a very great plague And he called the name of the place Kibroth Hattaavah because there they buried the people that lusted
In which words are these general parts 1. The Israelites provision for their flesh and satisfaction of their lusts 2. Gods wrath and vengeance on those who so lusted and so satisfied their lusts 3. The Burial and Monument of those who so lusted In the peoples provision for their lusts we have their two acts contained in two sentences 1. He that gathered least gathered ten Homers 2. They spread them abroad for themselves round about the Camp 1. In the former we must inquire First What they gathered Secondly How much 1. What they gathered ye read was what God sent ver 31. Quailes from the Sea 2. How much He who gather'd least gather'd ten Homers That we may know the quantity of the Homer we must know that there may be an adequation of all measures among all Nations it hath been the custome to measure by somewhat which in Nature varies not as artificial measures do or may do The Jewes therefore begin their measure of dry things Ab Ovo from an Hens Egge probably of equal quantity in all Nations The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Log contained 6 Eggs their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Kab 4 Logs that is 24 Eggs. Their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Satum 6 Kabs Their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3ª Sata which Epha is the nearest to our Bushel The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Homer contained ten Ephas Ezech. 43.11 We have now found the quantity of an Homer An Homer containes ten Bushels Every one who gathered least gathered ten Homers What a vast number of Quailes according to this account must every man gather He who gathered least gathered ten Homers that is one hundred Bushels of Quails That the Lord gathered together such a numberless number of Quails was miracle enough The Translators had not need to create any miracle to be wrought by the people And what would they do with them It would yet be another miracle that they should keep sweet until they were eaten Yet further if he who gathered least gathered ten Homers that is an hundred Bushels how many Homers gathered he that gathered most To put an end unto this disquisition we must know that the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies not only that vast measure before mentioned but also an heap and in this signification we read the word used Exod. 8.14 which no doubt had been more fit for this place He who gathered least gathered ten heaps Take notice of mans large appetite whether 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifie Homers those vast measures so called or only heaps it was too great a proportion for one man to gather ten heaps or Homers Make no provision for the flesh unto lusts The sense is full so Rom. 13. v. 14. and better expresses the Apostles meaning without two needless supplements For no doubt moderate provision may yea must be made for the flesh if the Apostle be constant to himself Ephes 5.29 Ephes 5.29 For no man at any time hath hated his own flesh but nourisheth and cherisheth it It is an honest speech of Seneca Fateor corporis nostri nobis insitam charitatem fateor hujus genere tutelam non nego indulgendum illi serviendum nego Epist 13. I confess we must favour our bodies but I deny that we must serve them And he gives reason there we ought not to live for our bodies sake but because we cannot live without our body Your business is about the Quails to provide meat for the body my business is about the Manna to provide spiritual nourishment for the soul Wo to me if I keep not under mine own body while I endeavour to nourish your soules And wo to you if ye overcharge your own and others bodies and neglect your own soules Wo to us all if we long for the Quailes and despise the Manna For Nimia carnis corporis cura magna animi virtutis est incuria too much care of the flesh and of the body is a great carelesness and neglect of the minde and vertue could the Philosopher say 2. They spread them all abroad for themselves Take notice of this peoples unbelief The Lord had made them promise of flesh for a whole moneth together ver 20. and they make provision every one for himself as if every day were a moneth He who gatherd least gatherd ten heaps how many gatherd they who gatherd most If we condemn this people how can we justifie our selves Our Lord commands us to pray for our daily bread and that we take no care for tomorrow what we shall eat and what we shall drink Yet our provision commonly made is for our childrens children to the third and fourth generation as if God were our God only and not the God of our seed Moses here presents us with an history of things done in that age which in after ages were and are done over and over There is in man an appetite that 's infinite which being implanted in mans nature by God himself it cannot be in vain And since the whole world and all creatures in it are infinite and cannot all of them latiate and fill an infinite desire it remains that either God made us this soul and this appetite for himself to fill or that it should be empty ever desiring and never satiated never satisfied and so that God should make it in vain which is absurd and contrary to that known rule that God and nature make nothing in vain Consider this O man And turn thine infinite desire toward the infinite God who alone can fill it This desire having lost its guide right reason which is subject to the law of God it rambles up and down among the creatures seeking here and there for satisfaction hunting like Esau in the field of this world for savoury meat Eccles 6. v. 9. which the wisdom findes only at home This is the wandring of the soul and the breaking of the spirit Eccles 6.9 In this scrutiny and search the Lord though forsaken yet forsakes not us but in our Wilderness he drops down his Manna his bread of life his Angels food his Word A food that hath in it the delight of every taste saith the Wiseman which yet the people despised 2. Gods wrath and vengeance on those who so lusted and so satisfied their lusts While the flesh was between their teeth the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people c. The reason why the Lord smote the people with a very great plague may well be inquired into It seems to be contain'd in the first verse of this Chapter where it s said that the people were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Quasi murmurantes Our Translators turn it in the Text The people complained but in the margent they were as it were complainers The meaning is they were like those murmurers and complainers described ver 4. the mixt multitude who went up with Israel out of Egypt The people had first complained and were punished with fire ver 1
if he were made and had a Devil And can they who are Christs Disciples hope for better measure from the evil world If they have persecuted me saith the Lord they will persecute you if they have kept my saying they will keep yours also John 15.20 Wherefore comfort thy self thou Ethiopian woman married unto Christ by faith and love and cleaving unto him in one spirit betrothed unto him in righteousness and in judgement and in loving kindness and mercies Hos 2.19 What though the Ismaelites and Shimites the hearers only what though the Jewes viz. the Professors that is Jewes outwardly Rom. 2.28 What if the adulterous generation by their partial narrow-brain'd and strait-hearted literal understanding censure and condemn the spiritual birth as adulterous heterodox erroneous because they themselves are such The story of the Ethiopian Noble Woman who brought forth a white childe though her self a Blackmore is well known She was judged an adulteress by the lying generation and her birth spurious and base Yet were there wise men who found the picture of Andromeda in her bed-chamber which she beheld in her conception and brought forth a white childe like unto it Nor do thou doubt but maugre the false judgement of this adulterous generaration there will be wise men who will be able to judge aright of of the spiritual birth and thy spiritual conception of it while thou and we all who are spiritually minded 2 Cor. 3. v. 18. behold as in a glass the glory of the Lord with his open face who is true 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Ruler of men and are translated into the same image from glory to glory even as by the Lord the Spirit 2 Cor. 3.18 The Lord by his Spirit vouchsafe such conception and spiritual birth unto us all And Moses called Oshea the son of Nun Jehoshua Numb 13. v. 16. Why is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not expressed in the name of Hoshea but he is called Oshea It is true Hierom leaves out the aspiration but his authority is not enough in a matter of such weight For although its bu● h● which some say is no letter yet the omission of it obscures the holy text and hides that excellent name which signifies a Saviour and that Saviour who was a principal type of the Lord our Saviour whole name therefore is here changed from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Jehoshua that is The Lord or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Saviour as he who lively figured the true Jehoshua who is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as Jehoshua is also called by the LXX and the book of Jehoshua is called by the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 But our Translators having here rightly rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Jehoshua why do they never turn that name so afterward but Josua surely though the Greek tongue cannot express the middle aspiration in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and therefore the Greek Poet rendred it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yet our English tongue can and ought to return it This is not a meer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or strife about words and names This name is a most artificiall compound of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whence is the name Jesus Vocabula sunt rerum vehicula words are Vehicles which import and carry things with them By obscuring this glorious name Jehoshua the most significant and lively type of the Lord Jesus is obscured with it The ancient fathers and of later times Osiander and Castellio have written of this name and the composition of it But because according to that true saying 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He is his name and his name is himself as Moses gives example Deut. 28.58 That thou mayest fear that glorious and fearful Name The Lord thy God although we ought to esteem the Etymologie no less then divine it is the Energie vertue and power intimated in that Name which is here to be regarded in the change of Hoshea to Jehoshua That is the Divine Nature present with Jehoshua as the Lord promiseth Josh 1.5 I will be with thee I will not leave thee nor forsake thee Which promise or the latter part of it the Apostle enlargeth unto all who bear the Name of Jesus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Heb. 13. v. 5. which its hard fully to express by reason of the many negatives I will not leave thee no I will by no means forsake thee In which name and power Jehoshua wrought all his great works lively prefiguring the wonderfull works which the true Jehoshua 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 had doth and afterward should work who is Immanuel God with us Matth. 1.23 who is therefore said to be the son of Nun that is the Eternal God For so Jesus Christ yesterday to day the same also for ever Hebr. 13.8 But to evidence this type the more clearly he is called not only Jehoshua as here and elsewhere but also Jeshua Nehem. 8.17 which differs only in termination from Jesus This name was given Hoshea when he was to enter upon his office of discovering and saving the people from their enemies And the name of Jesus was given to our Lord when he entred upon his temporal dispensation and the reason of his name given by the Angel for he shall save his people from their sins their true enemies Matth. 1.21 Which if it were my business might be further made appear by particular Analogies between those nations and their Kings which Jehoshua subdued and those which the Lord Jesus hath conquered and proceeds to conquer in us which though a work of time yet is it well worth the labour But the work of Jehoshua was not only privative and destructive but also positive and edifying Having redeemed the people out of the hand of their enemies he distributed unto them their respective inheritance Which also is the work of Jesus the Son of of God and his essential Word the Word of his grace which is able to build us up and to give us an inheritance in all the sanctified ones Acts 20.32 Yea the Lord himself is that living principle of light life power and might by whom the people of God perform all their workes which he therefore is said to do in them Esay 26.12 Yea without whom or from whom being separated 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as Vine-branches from the stock we can do nothing John 15.5 Nor is it unworthy our observation that whereas the Apostle reckons up De industria studiously and purposely the examples of faithful men as from Abel Enoch Noah Abraham Isaac and Jacob and downward to the Prophets and what exploits they wrought by faith there is no mention at all made of Jehoshua nor is he once named who lead the people into the Holy Land fought so many battles conquered so many nations subdued the land yet is not Jehoshua mentioned by the Apostle in that large Catalogue of Gods Worthies Hebr. 11. The true Jehoshua who is
great difference between doing that which is the will of the Lord and being obedient unto the will of the Lord. For we may do that which is the will of the Lord 1. As natural agents not as voluntary Thus the Egyptians lent the Israelites their Gold Jewels at their departure out of Egypt as natural agents for willingly they would never have 1. disfurnished themselves 2. lent their goods to those whom they should never see again 3. and arm'd their enemies against themselves 2. As voluntary agents yet not doing the will of the Lord voluntarily and willingly but either executing their own evil wils as Herod and Pontius Pilate and the Gentiles and the people of Israel did what the hand and counsel of God determined before to be done Acts 4.28 3. Or doing what is the will of the Lord out of fear as Laban hurt not Jacob Gen. 31.29 Pharaoh and the Egyptians let the Israelites depart out of Egypt Exod. 12. Balaam did not curse but blessed Israel Numb 24. 4. Or else they do the will of the Lord out of hope of reward and self-seeking Thus the false Prophet prophesied for hire Some Saducies lived orderly out of hope of temporal blessings The Pharisees made long prayers and gave almes and did all they did to be seen of men All these and many the like do the same thing which God wills to be done but none of them can be said to be genuine servants and obedient unto the Lord. 1. But the first of these we may call serviceable instruments of God Qui acti aguntur which are rather used as tools and wrought by then work of and by themselves 2. The second are the enemies of God whom by his power he so over-rules that he makes them do his work and serve his ends and that when most of all they advance their own 3. The third are the Lords slaves and vassals who would not do any good unless they feared otherwise to be beaten 4. The fourth and last are as it were the Lords Mercenaries and Hirelings who do his work but meerly and solely for wages otherwise they would do no good These all these are as it were the Lords servants extraordinary his retainers and servants at large But the true and genuine servants of the Lord and such as are in ordinary service are obedient unto him pliably and willingly submitting their wills unto the will of the Lord Ephes 6. v. 6. doing the will of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ex anima or ex animo as the Vulg. Latin from or out of the soul or minde or heart When their heart is according to Gods heart as the Lord saith of his servant David Acts 13. v. 22. I have found a man after mine heart who shall fulfil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all my wills Acts 13.22 And such a servant of the Lord was Caleb as his name signifies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Secundum cor according to the heart minde and will of God Would God we were all of us such servants of the Lord And that we had as the Lord saith that Caleb had another spirit with him For our understanding of this we must know that the Lord makes a promise unto Caleb and his seed of the Holy Land c. The Lord makes a promise unto Caleb and his seed of the Holy Land upon consideration of conditions fulfilled on Calebs part 1. He had another spirit 2. He followed the Lord fully Touching both these conditions there is some doubt may be made of the Translation As to the former we may render the words out of the Hebrew thus but to my servant Caleb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Reward or because that another spirit was with him c. What is that other spirit and how was it with Caleb 1. As to the former the words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Spiritus alter an other spirit that is the spirit of faith whereof the Apostle speaks 2 Cor. 4.13 This spirit of faith rests on the wisdom and truth of God for the performance of his promise and on the power and goodness of God as for the effecting his promise the subduing the Canaanites and bringing Israel into that land This is another spirit differing from that of the false Spies and people which was the spirit of fear bondage and unbelief which other spirit may be rendred a new spirit Esay 65. v. 15. as Esay 65.15 He shall call his servants by another name I rather turn it A new name as the LXX there doth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a new name All agree that Esay there prophesies of the times of the Gospel wherein All things shall become new 2 Cor. 5.17 Yea what the Prophet there calls another name he calls a new name Esay 62.4 And what S. Luke Acts 2.4 calls other tongues S. Mark 16.17 calls new tongues And what Moses here calls another spirit Ezechiel calls a new spirit Ezech. 11.19 and 36.26 Why had Caleb another spirit He was now entring into an other a new estate the estate of faith in Christ in whom all things are new 2 Cor. 5.17 which he received by the hearing or obedience of faith Gal. 3.2 when he believed in the truth and power of God who promised the holy land to the couragious believers This was figured by all those wars and victories over the seven nations under the conduct of Jehoshua And the dispensation of Christ is described by mortifying killing crucifying destroying and so conquering and overcoming They that are Christs have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts Gal. 5.24 The old man is crucified with Christ that the body of sin might be destroyed that henceforth we should not serve sin Jos 10.26 Rom. 6.6 This is that death of the Saints which is so pretious in the sight of the Lord Psal 116.15 That death whereof the Apostle speaks For thy sake we are killed all the day long Howbeit this death doth not extinguish us but the sin that is mortified But we become more then conquerours through him that loved us Rom. 8.37 For the atchieving of this victory in his new state there is need of a new spirit even the spirit of faith which is the victory that overcomes the world 1 John 5.4 This will appear if we shall consider that Caleb was ingaged in a war against the seven nations He therefore had need of counsel and strength for counsel and strength are for the war Esay 36.5 And therefore this new spirit was the spirit of faith in the wisdom and counsel and in the might and strength of God which ye read both together on the new man Esay 11.1 2. There shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse and a branch shall grow out of his roots Esay 11. v. 1. A branch growes not out of the roots of trees but out of their stock 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therefore were better turnd a sucker sprout or sprig here
elsewhere and the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon him the Spirit of wisdom and understanding the Spirit of counsel and might c. 2. This new spirit is said to have been with Caleb that is for his help so what we read Jos 1.17 The Lord thy God be with thee the Chald. Paraph. turns 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Lord thy God be in thy help to help with counsel so what we read 1 Kings 1.8 they were not with Adoniah the Chald. Paraphrast hath they were not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in his counsel To help with might and strength so where Job saith I know this is with thee the LXX render it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thou canst do all things Job 10.13 Thus the Lord promiseth to be for strength to them who turn the battle to the gate Esay 28.6 Whence we may take notice that 1. All men are acted by one spirit or other which is with them acts and leads them in their different wayes 2. All who walk toward the land of holiness are lead by Gods good spirit Psal 143.10 which either 1. initiates and enters us in Gods way as the spirit of bondage and fear Rom. 8 15. Or 2 the spirit of faith and power which goes and leads on towards the accomplishing and fulfilling of our journey 2 Cor. 4.13 And this is the spirit of power Or 3. the spirit of love 2 Tim. 1.7 which brings us home and is the perfection it self for he that dwelleth in love dwelleth in God 1 John 4.16 3. The Lord observeth by what spirit we are lead he took notice of the ten false and lying Spies how they were acted by the spirit of unbelief and disobedience Numb 14.22 He saw also that Jehoshua and Caleb were lead by another spirit All men may observe our outward motions actions words which because most men have learned that abominable Art of Seeming possibly may not proceed from a right principle For although 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the mind and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word anagrammatize one the other and the latter is interpreter of the former and Caleb saith I return'd word to Moses 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Josh 14. v. 7. according to what was with my heart Josh 14.7 whereby he gives a notation of his own name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Caleb Secundum cor according to the heart and although out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh yet our Lord who knowes the hearts of all men took notice that some who were evil yet spake good things Wherefore since the word that essential word Christ is quick or rather living 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Vulg. Lat. Vivus and powerful or rather operative Hebr. 4. v. 12 13. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and sharper or more cutting rather 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 then any two edged sword or above every two edged sword 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and piercing even to the dividing asunder of the soul and spirit the joynts and the marrowes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart neither is there any creature that is not manifest in his sight but all things are naked and opened unto the eyes of him with whom we have to do or rather concerning whom is our speech so the Vulg. Latin or unto whom is our account 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 O how needful is the Wisemans counsel Keep thy heart above all keeping Prov. 4.23 and that of the Prophet Take heed to your spirit Prov. 4. v. 23. Malach. 2.16 1. This justly reproves the timerous and cowardly spirit of many who pretend to that other and new spirit of Caleb as if they were called chosen and faithful Revel 17.14 yet yield themselves to be beaten and buffered by Satan and are overcome by every foolish and hurtful lust which fights against the soul Who boast as if they were Christians and were acted by the other the new spirit yet are indeed as yet under the spirit of fear and bondage Let such as these think sadly of what the Apostle saith Rom. 8. v. 9. If any man hath not the spirit of Christ he is none of his or rather this man is not h●s 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. Calebs example as justly reproves the proud and presumptuous spirit of those who in their own strength strength of imagination which they call faith go against the spiritual enemies like those Numb 14.40 45. or those Acts 19.13 16. and with like or worse success What an honourable testimony does the Lord give of Caleb here That he was his fervant that he had a anew another spirit And was it written for his sake alone that he was the Lords servant and that he had another a new spirit Is' t not worthy our holy ambition is it not a patern that may excite and raise our most industrious imitation How else were all things our examples O thou Israel of God! How great an honour is it to be a servant of the great God! The honour of the servant ariseth with his Lord. Such was theirs who being asked who they were return'd this answer we are the servants of the God of heaven and earth Ezra 5.11 How necessary is that other that new spirit without which Israel cannot prevail without which a Christian is not truly so called Rom. 8.9 We have as great need as Caleb had of another a new spirit Yea have we not more need since our enemies are spiritual and therefore more mighty Esay 31.3 Are not the inhabitants of the holy land who keep possession against us exceeding numerous and strong even manifold transgressions and mighty sins Are not their Cities walled and great even the strong holds of Satan the strong man that keeps his palace even strong imaginations or rather reasonings 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 Cor. 10. v. 5. Are not the sons of Anac there does not pride 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 compass many like a chain Psal 73.6 That 's Anac And are there not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ruling and reigning lusts Lords that rule over us Esay 26.13 Are there no Amalekites no glozing and flattering tongues which lick up the people they are the Amalekites that gainful shop-sin which makes London called Lick-penny that 's Amaleck that licks up and devours the people But come we to the following point wherein there is more difficulty The Lord saith of Caleb He fulfilled after me An harsh expression wherein somewhat must be supplyed For our better understanding of these words let us inquire what is here meant by fulfilling and how Caleb may be understood to fulfil after the Lord. The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which our Translators turn He hath followed me fully So Tremellius Plenè secutus est me and he tells us in the margent that in the Hebrew it is implevit ire post me he hath fulfilled to go after so Pagnin and Munster in the text and Diodati Luther
Piscator all the Low Dutch all the old English translations It s strange they should all so unanimously agree when yet there is no word in the Hebrew that answers to sequi or ire to follow or go Hierom Qui plenus alio spiritu secutus est me who being full of another spirit hath followed me he regarded rather the sense of the words which he conceived then the order of them That which deceived them was the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 after me which they understood not how to make sense of unless they supplyed the word sequi or ire to follow or go after me Surely they are all out and miss of the main drift of Gods Spirit in this phrase which is often used as Numb 32.11 Deut. 1.36 Josh 14.8.9 14. 1 Kings 11.6 Yet in none of all these places is any mention made of following Nor took they any notice of the Verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He fulfilled whereas indeed therein is intimated the meaning of this phrase where the object subject or thing to be fulfilled is understood which is no other then the word and will of God and Calebs own duty And so Vatablus explains it Implevit voluntatem meam sequendo me he fulfilled my will in following me which last words might be spared as I shall shew anon Munster also expounds it Implevit subaudi verbum vel voluntatem meam he fulfilled understand my word or will Castellio Suum mihi praestitit officium he performed his duty to me To this purpose a learned Jew on the place be hath fulfilled the word after me When Caleb is said to fulfil and do the will of the Lord after him the Lord is supposed to have fulfilled the same will before him But how is this to be understood I shewed before that these words are to be understood as spoken by the Lord Christ That we may the better understand this we must know that what God Almighty wills he either himself wills and does or else he wills that it be done by others Psal 135.6 whatsoever the Lord pleased he did in heaven and earth in the seas and in all depths Accordingly the Prophet my counsel shall stand and I will do all my will Esay 46.10 Yea the things which he himself would that others should do after him he himself first does them Jer. 9.24 I the Lord do exercise loving-kindness judgement and righteousness in the earth The son of God came down from heaven not to do his own will but the will of him that sent him John 6.38 This will of the Father the Father himself doth and the Son doth the Fathers will and word after him But is not word or will or duty as bold a supplement as followed Surely it is not For we read no such expression in the holy Scripture as fully to follow which this phrase is made to signifie But what phrases are more ordinary then fulfilling the word of the Lord his Law his Commandements fulfilling righteousness c. But in the sense which our Translators and others make of these words they render the verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fully as if it were an Adverb and adde hereunto followed which is not in the text But that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may be read alone as here it is with supply of will or word or law such a defect when the object is so well known may be well understood as in other phrases of Scripture Thus to over come is often used alone and no object named but supposed as known How often read we this phrase in the second and third chapters of the Revelation To him that overcometh I will give to eat of the tree of life c. He that overcommeth shall not be hurt of the second death Where and elsewhere we read an act exhorted unto without any object added yet to the performance of every such act and duty there is a respective reward annexed The object to be overcome is the old Serpent and his temptations Which may be understood from the first enmity put between the holy seed or Christ and the Serpent and their seeds as also from the frequent combates between them thorowout the Scripture And the like defect may easily be supplied where Caleb is said to have fulfilled others not to have fulfilled that is the law will or commandment of the Lord Josh 14.8 9. Num. 32.11 12. 1 Kings 11.6 1. There is a vacuum an emptiness and voidness where the word and will of God is not done such before the new creation as there was before the old And therefore when the Lord had complain'd Jer. 4. that his people were wise to do evil but to do good they knew not he presently addes I beheld the earth and so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 emptiness and voidness Jer. 4.22 23. Jer. 4. v. 23. Disobedience empties and makes void the will of God which obedience fulfils 2. As the Lord propounds his word and will to be done so likewise he sets himself before us as our patern and example that as he hath done so should we also do 3. Hence it appears that to fulfil the Lords word and will is a most reasonable service For what servant will grutch to do what his Master does before him Caleb the Lords servant thought it just to fulfil the Lords will which the Lord himself had first fulfilled wherefore our Lord faith it is enough for the Disciple that he be as his master and the servant as his Lord Mat. 10.25 4. The will word and law of God is to be fulfilled The law of God is practical and consists of duties to be done by us not imagined or fansied to be done already for us How often may we read this Deut. 6.25 observe to do all his commandements and 15.5 and 19.9 Revel 22.14 Blessed are they who do his Commandements James 1.22 Be ye doers of the word not hearers only c. 5. Christ hath not so fulfilled the law for us as to exempt us from fulfilling it after him in him and through him For what the law could not do in that it was weak through the flesh God sent his Son in the similitude of sinful flesh and for sin condemned sin in the flesh that the righteousness of the law might be fulfilled in us who walk not after the flesh but after the spirit Rom. 8.3 4. Beside when the Lord saith as it s supposed that the Lord hath done the work himself so hence it s required to be done by us 6. This will of the Father as the Son fulfils after him so the believers also in the Father and Son fulfill the will of the Father and Son after them Ephes 5.1 Be ye imitators of God as dear children and walk in love as Christ loved us c. And as the Father doth loving kindness judgement and righteousness so doth the Son after the Father and so ought we after the Son Matth. 3.15 It becometh us to fulfil all righteousness
us to fulfil all righteousness as S. Paul saith of the true Jehoshua 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I am able or strong to do all things through Christ who inwardly enableth me as was shewen before Phil. 4.13 4. Caleb had been in the land Caleb was one of the Spies who were to give testimony concerning the land It was therefore necessary that they should have been there Doth this concern Caleb alone that he went into the land or doth it concern us and others as well as Caleb Surely there is a spiritual land of peace and rest a better and heavenly countrey Hebr. 11.16 It is called the Lords land yea the Lord himself is so called Esay 33.21 That land which the meek inherit Matth. 5.5 In the New Testament this true land of peace and rest is understood by the everlasting life the promised inheritance salvation the kingdom of God and many the like As Caleb entred into this spiritual land so likewise do all believers Hebr. 4.3 We who have believed do enter into rest and the like v. 10. As Caleb and the other Spies entred and searched the holy land and brought report unto Moses even so the believers and obedient ones who have entred the spiritual land they report unto the Congregation what they have seen and heard 1 Pet. 1.10 11. Who ever is a spiritual Spy who makes report how good the holy land is its necessary that he have been there that he may speak upon his own knowledge as our Lord saith to N codemus John 3.11 Verily verily I say unto thee we speak what we do know and testifie what we have seen 1. This may justly give check to the over-forwardness of too hasty novices who speak much of the holy laud the heavenly countrey and the kingdom of God whereof they have no experience they were never there Qui non est expertus pauca recognoscit he that hath no experience knoweth little Ecclus 34.10 And therefore in reason he should speak but little A young man discoursing largely of the World abroad especially of the lesser Asia one present asked him whether he had ever been at Sigaeum a Town there which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it has the name from silence when he answered no I thought so quoth the other for there you might have learned to hold your peace concerning things whereof you have no knowledge O how many are there liable to this reproof who speak much out of their hear-say memory or reading who can say little or nothing out of their own experience 2. But much more are they to blame who had been in the holy land and had eaten of the fruit of it yea and brought of it unto the Congregation and gave testimony that it was a land flowing with milk and honey Numb 13.27 That it was a good land which the Lord our God doth give us Deut. 1.25 This was the common Veredict of the twelve men even of all the twelve Spies yet when the people believed not but rebelled against the Lord and murmured then ten of those Spies to humour and please the people brought up an evil report upon the land Numb 13.31 32 33. Deut. 1.26 27 28. Surely since all things befel that people as types 1 Cor. 10. v. 11. and were written for our admonition on whom the ends of the world are come there are some without doubt who in these times of the Gospel answer unto these types as the truth of them And therefore how much more are these false Spies to blame who have been in the holy land and tasted the gift Hebr. 6.4 5. that which is heavenly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and have been made partakers of the holy Ghost and have tasted the good word of God and the powers 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the age to come whereby was signified 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the time of the Messiah whereof he is the father Esay 9.6 Yet even these men to please the people or out of self-love to preserve a good report of themselves among the people as Oxthodox or pretious men they discourage or rather melt the hearts of men affirming Deut. 1. v. 28. that their enemies are too strong for them and that it is impossîble to overcome them 4. The Lord saith of Caleb I will bring him into the land whereinto he went Caleb must fight and by fighting must cut his way into the holy land yet the Lord saith I will bring Caleb into it The Lords promises exempt not men from their utmost endeavour to perform their duty Yea although the Lord adde his oath unto his promises that he will bring us into the holy land yet unless we be obedient and fulfil after him we shall not come into the land Deut. 8.1 All the Commandements which I command you this day shall ye observe and do that ye may go in and inherit the land The Lord hath made promise unto their fathers yea he hath sworn that he will give his people the land T is true yet this promise this oath supposeth our obedience yea it forcibly infers it Hebr. 6.12 Be not slothful but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises What is the Apostles argument the Lords oath as it followes in the next words For when God made promise to Abraham because he could swear by no greater he sware by himself c. So S. Paul having assured the Corinthians that God would be their father and they should be his sons and daughters c. So far is it that his promise should secure us and make us negligent that indeed the Apostle useth these promises of God the more to excite us to our obedience having these promises dearly beloved let us cleanse our selves from all pollution of flesh and spirit and perfect holiness in the fear of God 2 Cor. 6.18 and 7.1 The Lord saith not that he will enforce or compel Caleb to enter into the land The word is of very large use which here and for the most part signifies to lead into The Lord compels not any man to be happy forceth no man to inherit his heavenly kingdom He leads Caleb into the land he drives him not No nor his seed Of whom the Lord saith 5. Calebs seed shall possess it Wherein we must inquire 1. Who are Calebs seed 2. What it is for Calebs seed to possess the land 1. The seed of Caleb are either his off-spring according ing to the flesh or according to the spirit 1. According to the flesh we read that Caleb had three sons Iru Elah who had also his son Kenaz and Naham 1 Chron. 4.15 and one daughter Achsah Josh 15.16 These were the seed of Caleb according to the flesh 2. What was the seed of Caleb according to the Spirit By the spiritual children and seed of men we understand such as are like them in their mindes wills dispositions actions wills or good wills Thus they are the seed of Abraham who walk
strong so walking worthy of the Lord to all pleasing Col. 1.10 The holy land is well worthy of such a seed Nor is it a strong fansie or imagination but a strong faith which sets before us this eternal inheritance For want of this the land of Canaan hath fail'd the heirs of it who have been driven out of it these many hundred years But all the faithfull ones the true seed of Caleb are undoubted heires to an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled and that fadeth not away 1. Pet. 1.4 It 's a Land of desire Psal 106.24 Psal 106. v. 24. Which may excite and satisfie all desires It s the Lords Land who is the desire of all nations or to note the full satisfaction of all desires the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Desire is singular Hag. 2. v. 8. and joyned with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the plurall they shall come importing that all appetites and desires shall be fulfilled and satisfied in the Lords Land Hag. 2.8 Which the antient fathers understood of Christ saith Galatinus lib. 4. cap. 9. And therefore it s worthily called the Ornament in all Lands and that which the Lord hath spied out for his people Ezech. 20. v. 6. Ezech. 20.6 Remember the joynt testimony of Jehoshua and Caleb against the gainsaying and rebellious Israelites Num. 14.7.8 The Land which we passed thorow to search it is an exceeding good Land If the Lord bear good will toward us or delight in us he will bring us into this land and give it us And certainly he will so do if we bear good will towards him and delight in him Ut ameris amabilis esto That we may be beloved and delighted in we must be amiable and lovely Delight thy self in the Lord and he will give thee the petitions or desires of thine heart Psal 37.4 Now the Lord make us perfect in every good work to do his will working in us that which is well pleasing in his sight through Jesus Christ to whom be glory for ever and ever Amen Heb. 13.21 God keeps his time though men be out of tune SERMON X. Numbers 14. ver 34. After the number of the dayes wherein ye searched the land even fourty dayes each day for a year shall you bear your iniquities even fourty years and ye shall know my breach of promise IN the thirteenth and fourteenth Chapters of Numbers is contained one of the most famous and most remarkable histories of the whole Old Testament The sons of Israel were now come out of Egypt had received the law in Horeb were numbred and mustered were made ready to march toward the land of Canaaan But as usually it comes to pass when we are about to travail toward Sion and set our faces thitherward then we meet with most opposition from the enemy The like was prefigured in the manifold obstacles and impediments which hindred this people in their journey toward the land of promise whereof ye read in the two former books and in the first part of this book The greatest obstruction in their way was the diffidence and despair of the people and afterward their vain confidence and presumption The Text contains Gods sentence against the Apostates from the faith Whereof there are two parts 1. Their punishment denounced 2. The cause intimated First Their punishment denounced ye shall bear your iniquities Which is amplified by the time fourty years and that in proportion to the time wherein they searched the land fourty dayes a day for a year In both we have these Axioms SER. X. 1. They search'd the land fourty dayes 2. They shall bear their iniquity fourty years 3. After the number of the dayes in which they searched the land fourty dayes each day for a year they shall bear their iniquities fourty years 4. Thus they shall know Gods breach They searched the land fourty dayes Wherein we must enquire 1. What this land to be searched was 2. What it is to search it and who they were who searched it 3. Concerning the time of their search The land to be searched here mentioned is not only that which is called strictly the land of Canaan lying beyond Jordan but also the land of the Amorites Deut. 1.20 on this side Jordan 2. As for the act of searching it is not undertaken for it self but for information as Joseph chargeth his brethren that they were Spies and that they came to see the nakedness of the land Gen. 42.9 And the like Hanuns Princes say of Davids servants 2 Sam. 10.3 Accordingly Moses gives instructions to the twelve Spies to inform themselves touching the people of the land whether strong or weak few or many touching their Cities wherein they dwelt whether in tents or strong holds concerning the soil whether it be fat or lean And therefore the word here turn'd to search is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rendred by the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to consider but the word is of larger signification as to search round about according to Eccles 7.25 Eccles 7.25 I applyed mine heart to know and to search and to seek out wisdom The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as in the margent I and my heart compassed I cast about 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The searchers of this land were either God himself Ezech. 20.6 Or Men and they either the 12 Spies reckoned up by name Numb 13. Or the whole Congregation of whom the Lord here saith Ye searched the land for it was their motion first to send forth Spies to search it Deut. 1.20 Quod quis per alium facit id ipse facit That which one doth by another he may be said to be the author of it 3. The time of searching the land was fourty days The number of fourty is a mystical number which sometime notes temptation Sometime 2. tryal of faith and obedience Sometime 3. Sin it self is thereby signified Sometime 4. punishment of sin Sometime 5. repentance humiliation and expiation of sin And there are examples of all these Of the first The Lord Jesus was tempted fourty dayes Matth. 4.1 2. 2. The faith and obedience of the people was tryed fourty dayes while Moses was in the Mount While the Spies searched the land 3. It s a time of sin The Israelites sinned in the Wilderness fourty years Hebr. 3. 4. For that sins sake they bare their punishment fourty years 5. The same number also of fourty signifies a time of humiliation repentance and sorrow for sin And therefore fourty dayes were allowed the Ninivites for their repentance Jonah 3. The reason why they searched the land will appear from consideration of the land it self and the searchers of it their designe Gods authority for the searching of it 1. The land it self flowed with Milk and Honey and was the glory of all lands and therefore well worth the searching 2. The searchers of the land the principal chief of the people 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they were all men that
is the chief and principal men Numb 13.3 3. The peoples designe was to expel the present inhabitants out of the land a difficult work and therefore not rashly to be undertaken but with industries Prov. 20.18 with good advice Prov. 20. v. 18. or rather as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies with subtilties and industries make war 4. Beside the Lord out of confidence that the goodness of the land would answer his testimony given concerning it and would satisfie their most curious inquisition and search of it he yielded to their importunity and ordered the searching of it All which howsoever most true yet hereby the Lord approves not of their searching the land but in these words tacitly reproves them for their searching of it Does the Lord blame them for searching the Land Does not he himself appoint Moses to send men and direct him who they should be Num. 13.2 It is true but the Original of this search was the peoples curiosity and their prying and searching providence Deut. 1.22 Unto which notwithstanding the Lord condescended out of security and confidence that the Land would prove worthy their approbation Thus the Lord condescended unto the peoples desires of making themselves a King though he gave them that King in his wrath Hos 13.11 So here its evident that the Lord layes some blame upon the people for searching the Land For the onely wise God look'd throw all their pretences upon the true reason why they searched the Land 1. They had a longing desire to return back into Egypt as more then once they discovered and they hoped by this meanes to find occasion to revolt as the event proved Num. 14.1 2 3 4. 2. Though they might like the holy Land well yet not upon termes of fighting for it But so much for the literall meaning of these words Mystice There is a land which all men ought to search who intend to travel thither even the land of Righteousness and uprightness Psal 143.10 Thy land O Immanuel Esay 8.8 The good land which the meek shall inherit Matth. 5.5 Wherein their dayes shall be long who honour their parents Yea the Lord himself is that land Esay 33.21 a place of broad rivers and streames in which the trees of righteousness are planted Psal 1.3 There are also who search that land even the holy Prophets who have inquired and searched diligently who prophesied of the grace that should come unto us 1 Pet. 1.10 This land is best searched by travailing in it as the spies knew the land by their travaills and reported what they had seen And as the holy land is a Spiritual land so must the searching of it be spiritual The inhabitants of it who hold possession of it against us are many The Hittite who does what good he does out of Servile fear as Simon was compelled to bear the cross otherwise he had not born it He is like the Horse and Mule without understanding whose mouth must be held with bit and bridle lest they come neer unto thee Psal 32. The Girgashite differs litle from a stranger unto God onely some assumed showes of holyness he has like those Mark 7.3.8 of the Pharisees and all the Jewes whose art of seeming our Lord discovers well hath Esaias prophesied of you Hypocrites This people honoureth me with their lips but their heart is far from me Howbeit in vain do they worship me teaching for doctrins the Commandements of men c. For ye lay aside the commandements of God that ye may keep your own tradition Neer to these dwels the Amorite Locutuleius a religious pratler who talks much of God and is exceeding mouth-holy God and goodness is neer to their mouth but far from their reins Unto such a wicked one saith God what is it unto thee to declare my statutes Psal 50. v. 16 17. and that thou takest my covenant upon thy mouth But thou hatest discipline or chastisement and hast cast my words behinde thee The next neighbour to the Amorite is the Canaanite who what good he does he does it for reward Such are Curvae in terras animae coelestium inanes crooked souls bowed down to the earth and void of heavenly things such as look only after their gain whence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is a Merchant Hos 12 7. Of such the Lord saith they have their reward Matth. 6.2.5 And which of you shutteth the dores for nothing Malac. 1.10 The next is the Perizite Qui sine muris habitat a negligent a careless nation like the people of Laish Judges 18.27 Laish prefiguring the roaring Lion that strong one keeping his palace when all his goods are in peace till a stronger one comes when they say peace then comes Dan the judgement The Hivite who boasts of a false gift a pretending gifted man The Jebusite who by Apostasie or spiritual pride treads all under his feet even Christ himself Hebr. 10.29 Such inhabitants keep possession of the land which it 's much to be feared we shall finde if we seek them in our selves And let us be exhorted so to do the land is worth our search But who believes the true spies who assure us that the land is a good land and that we are well able to overcome it O how incredulous how unbelieving men are in the testimonies of the most true and faithfull God and his witnesses He tells his people that he had espied them out a land flowing with milk and honey the glory of all lands Ezech. 20.6 His witnesses tell us that its a good land and we are well able to subdue the inhabitants But who believes them Nay they bid stone such with stones Num. 14.10 Yet take heed of condemning these lest thou thy self be found guilty of the same thing One of his witnesses assures thee that the Lord hath shewed thee O man what is good Mic. 6. v. 8. and what doth the Lord require of thee but to do justly and to love mercy and to humble thy self to walk with thy God Mich. 6.8 And another that the kingdom of God is not meat and drink but righteousness and peace and joy in the holy Ghost for he that in these things serveth Christ is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rom. 14. v. 18. well-pleasing to God and approved of men Rom. 14.17.18 These and such as these divine testimonies the Lord seals unto us and perswades our hearts that these and the like sayings are faithfull and true Yet who so far believes these testimonies of the true and faithfull God as to be obedient unto him and do them So that the Lord complaines Num. 14.11 How long will it be yer they believe me and his witnesses Esay 53.1 Who hath believed our report or our hearing which we have heard of God and to whom is the Arm strength Christ of the Lord revealed Yea though men search the land yet it is as it were by a Map by reading of it they scarce travail one step toward it
Tigurin Bible Prohibitionem meam my prohibition or forbidding Coverdale that ye may know what it is when I withdraw my hand Two other Translations ye shall know my displeasure A fourth ye shall feel my vengeance 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nothing to the purpose The Hebrew word here used signifies neither vengeance nor provocation nor prohibition nor withdrawing the hand nor displeasure How be it I finde no Translation so far from the truth as our last and that of Diodati But if the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies none of these what does it signifie The word signifies a Breach So Tremellius ye shall know Abruptionem meam my breach So Piscator turns it and explaines the phrase ye shall know how great evill it is when a man breaks himself off from me Or thus That ye may know how great evil it is when I break my self off from any one But the former exposition is the more genuine For this people had broken themselves off from their God and shaken off the yoke of obedience Neque Deus quemquam deserit nisi qui prius Deum deseruerit God forsakes none but such as forsake him first The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies a breach must suppose something to be broken a breach must be of somewhat The Lord calls it his breach 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my breach It must therefore be of something in God whether counsel or purpose and will And these and like words may be understood as well passively as actively The Pharisees and Lawyers frustrated the counsel of God against themselves Luke 7.30 And I am broken by their whorish heart which hath departed from me saith the Lord Ezech. 6.9 God breaks not his covenant and promise with his people but his people break their promise and covenant with their God It s naturally known that when covenants and bargains are made between men he who fails the stipulation and performance of his promise is said to break his promise and covenant not he with whom the other deals falsely and deceitfully For when one of the parties confederate hath broken his bond and covenant the other is left free Thus the Lord layes the blame of covenant-breaking upon his people Deut. 31.16 17. Josh 7.11 Judges 2.20 1 Kings 19.10 and elsewhere very often The Lord assures his people of his keeping covenant with them Deut. 7.9 He is called the faithful God that keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love him and keep his Commandements to a thousand generations Psal 105.8 and 106.45 and 111.5 Dan. 9.4 Nor ever doth he break his promise or covenant unless his people first break with him In which sense we understand Zach. 11.10 and other like Scriptures Whence it will follow 1. That which is said to be broken off from somewhat it hath been whole and one with that from which it is broken off And therefore since the Lord speaks here of his breach of his people from him surely his people had been one with him How else can they be said to forsake him depart from him c. Deut. 5.9 Ezech. 6.9 It is a truth in Philosophy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Omne continuum est unum what ever is continued is one And such the Lord made the man of one minde one will one heart with himself 1 Cor. 6.17 He who is joyn'd unto the Lord is one spirit the Syriac interpreter adds with him 2. There is no doubt a Breach made between God and man 3. God here and elsewhere complaines of this Breach 4. Since the Lord complaines of his Breach doubtles he cannot be the cause of it 5. The apostate evill unbelieving heart of man turning from God makes this Breach 6. Gods counsells being conditional may by our default become frustrate 1 Sam. 2.30 I said indeed that thy house and the house of thy father should walk before me for ever But now the Lord saith be it farre from me For them that honour me I will honour and they that despise me shall be lightly esteemed According to this condition Paul and Barnabas speak to the contradicting and blaspheming Jewes It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you but seeing ye put it or rather thrust it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from you and judge your selves not worthy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of eternal life lo we turn to the Gentiles Acts 17. v. 46. Thus the Gadarens rejected Christ Luk. 8.37 1. Hence it appeares that they are much out who conceive that God makes no other then absolute decrees 2. Who believe such absolute decrees as are no where extant in the word of God 3. How justly does this reprove I fear the most of us of our fickleness and inconstancy how yelding how easy how pliable are we to any the least temptation to break off union with our God How does our vain fear melt our hearts How does our hope of some seeming good carry our souls away from the chief good How does worldly sorrow break our hearts off from our God How does any outward pleasing and delightfull object take us and win us according to that of the Poet Hinc metuunt cupiuntque dolent gaudentque Hence men fear desire grieve and rejoyce These are the four Cardinal affections by which the chariot of our souls is moved and removed from our God So fearfull and cowardly was this people Dut. 1. v. 28. The false spies had discouraged their heart or rather melted their heart For so what is solid and strong by faith vertue or prowess and courage is weakned dissolved and melted by fear fainting and unbelief Gen. 45.26 For fear is the betraying of those succours which reason offereth Wisd 17.12 Hushai makes good this metaphor of the holy spirit here used 2 Sam. 1.7 10. He who is valiant whose heart is as the heart of a Lyon shall melt So fearfull and cowardly are all they who have an evill heart of unbelief in departing from the living God They believe not but betray those succours which the great God the Lord of Hosts offereth them Where of he complaines how long will it be yer they believe for all the signes that I have shewed among them Num. 14.11 They fear their many transgressions their strong and mighty sins Amos 5.12 that they can never be over-come Is there any thing too hard for God That 's the question Not whether the enemy be too strong for thee And therefore the Lord there expostulates How long will this people provoke me Num. 14. v. 11. And how long will it be yer they believe me for all the signes that I have shewed the word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which I have wrought or done among them yea which I have done 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in interiore ejus in the midst of them in their heart As they confess Esay 26.12 O Lord Thou hast wrought all our works in us And therefore so much more exprobable
is their base fear and unbelief The Lord expects that men should reason à pari from like reason the most natural argument God hath wrought these signes and wonders for me therefore he is able to do the like and therefore he will do it because he bath promised so to do Thus valiant David argued 1 Sam. 17.37 God that delivered me out of the paw of the Lion and out of the paw of the bear he will deliver me out of the hand of this Philistine So S. Paul reasons I was delivered out of the mouth of the Lion And the Lord will deliver me from every evil work and will preserve me unto his heavenly kingdom 2 Tim. 2.17 18. And so he reasons in behalf of the Philippians Phil. 1. v. 6. being confident or having been perswaded of this very thing that he who hath begun a good work in you 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 perficiet will thorowly finish or perfect it until the day of Jesus Christ Phil. 1.6 The timerous and cowardly hearts of men will not suffer them to reason thus Therefore their base fear excludes them out of the holy land Revel 21.7 8. He that overcomes shall inherit all things and I will be to him a God and he shall be to me a son Revel 21. v. 7.8 But to the fearfull and unbelieving and abominated ones and murderers and whoremongers and sorcerers and idolaters and all lyars these have a portion but not in the holy land no but their part or portion is in the lake that burneth with fire and brimstone which is the second death How easily is the heart broken off from God by hope and trust in any creature St. Paul well knew this and therefore warnes Timothy charge them that are rich in this world that they be not high-minded nor trust in uncertaine riches or as in the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in divitiarum incertitudine in the uncertainty of riches but in the living God 1 Tim. 6.17 If they trust in riches if they be joynd to them they are broken off from the living God They cannot serve God and Mammon And therefore David blaming such man saith he walketh in an image Surely they are disquieted in vain He heapeth up Psal 39.6.7 and knoweth not who shall gather them And now Lord what wait I for my hope it self is in thee Psal 39.6 7. Such an heart-breaker is sorrow Prov. 15.13 By sorrow of the heart the spirit is broken For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 Cor. 7. v. 10. that sorrow that is according to God worketh repentance to salvation not to be repented of but the sorrow of the world worketh death 2 Cor. 7.10 It breakes the spirit off from the God of life But delight and pleasure in any seeming present good O how violently and suddenly it breakes off the heart from the chief good Unto such an one the Lord speaks in the judgment Psal 50.16 Psal 50. v. 16 17 18. 17 18. Thou hatest instruction disciplin or correction and hast cast my words behind thee How comes this to passe If thou sawest a thief what ever temptation comes to steal away the heart then thou consentedst or wert delighted or pleasedst thy selfe with him and thy portion is with the adulterers For the heart goes a whoring after the eyes Num. 15.38 and the lustfull man becomes patranti fractus ocello His lascivious eye breaks off his heart from the most holy God and melts it into weakness Reuben the beginning of Jacobs strength the excellency of dignity and excellency of power by this means becomes unstable and weak as water Gen. 49.3 4. Of this Apostasie the Lord complains Ezech. 6.9 I am broken with their whorish heart which hath departed from me O Israel Haec fierent si testiculi vena ulla paterni viveret in nobis Would these things be if the spring of holy life so vigorous in our holy Fathers Abraham Isaac and Jacob were derived unto us O Israel Thy God hath never broken his promise with thee he is the faithful God who keepeth covenant mercy with them that love him and keep his Commandements to a thousand generations Deut. 7.9 But thou hast broken promise and covenant with thy God many fourty dayes as this people in the Text did yea many of us more then fourty years Wherefore return O Israel unto the Lord thy God for we have fallen by our iniquity Hos 13.1 and may most justly expect a proportionable punishment for our sins who knowes how soon unless it be prevented by a proportionable humiliation and repentance As when Jonas had proclaimed from the Lord yet fourty dayes and Nineveh shall be destroyed Jonah 3.4 See what effect this wrought ver 5. The people of Nineveh believed God and proclaimed a fast and put on Sackcloth from the greatest of them even to the least of them Nor do I doubt if I may speak a word in season on this Quadragessima Sunday as it has been anciently called but we have altogether as reasonable grounds for a Quadragesimale Jejunium a fast of fourty dayes as the Ninivites had When ever it was or by whomsoever it was first instituted sure I am he wanted not a patern in the holy Scripture Our Lords example unto us is above all other who fasted fourty dayes and fourty nights Matth. 4.2 which was prefigured by Moses Exod. 34.28 and Elias 1 Kings 19.8 who appeared with him in his transfiguration Matth. 17.3 What if we produce a downright precept of Christ for Christians fasting Ye shall finde it recorded in three of the Evangelists Matthew 9.14 15. Mark 2.18 19 20. Luke 5.33 34 35. where the Disciples of John and of the Pharisees move this question to our Lord why do the Disciples of John and of the Pharisees fast but thy Disciples fast not Our Lord answers this question 1. Why for the present his Disciples could not fast They were children of the Bride-chamber and as yet the Bridegroom was with them therefore they could not fast 2. He gives command to his Disciples for after-time that they should fast and gives reason for it The dayes shall come when the Bridegroom shall be taken away from them and then shall they fast in those dayes We read no where that our Lord ever repealed or annulled this precept This precept therefore must stand firm at least while the reason of it stands firm Let us therefore inquire concerning the marriage between Christ and his Church and whether the heavenly Bridegroom be with us yea or no There were three special times observed in marriage not only among the Romans Lacedemonians and other nations but also among the Jewes 1. of espousing and betrothing when the stipulation and promise were mutually made between the Bridegroom and the Bride whence the names of sponsus and sponsa and our English word Wedding from the Dutch Medden to promise this time the Greeks called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this is the time of
espousing of which we read Hos 2.19 20. I will betroth thee unto me for ever c. 2. There was an interval or time after their betrothing before the parties came together which they called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of this we understand Deut. 20.7 and 21.13 Judges 14.7 8. Matth. 1.18 Hos 3.3 thou shalt abide for me many dayes 3. There was a time of coming together and cohabitation when the mariage was consummated this time was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Of this time the Lord speaks They shall be my people and I will be their God in Truth and Righteousness Zach. 8.8 of which our Saviour speaks John 14.23 If a man love me he will keep my words and my Father will love him and we will come unto him and make our abode with him Whence it will not be difficult for us to discern in what condition we are towards the Bridegroom whether our Lord be come unto us and make his abode with us or whether we stand at a distance from him while his Ambassadours woo us and beseech us O wonderful condescent that we will be reconciled unto him 2 Cor. 5.20 Surely where the Bridegroom is there his life and spirit is there his joy and consolation is and they twain are but one For he who is joyned to the Lord is one spirit with him so the Syriac 1 Cor. 6.17 And he who saith he abideth in him Esay 62. v. 5. he himself ought so to walk even as he walked 1 John 2.6 And as the joy to the Bridegroom is over the Bride thy God shall rejoyce over thee Is the heavenly Bridegroom thus gratiously present with us are we thus acceptably present with him let our lives give answer to this question The Lord is with you 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in your being with him 2 Chron. 15.2 If the Lord be not thus present with us 2 Chro. 15. v. 2. we have great need to fast and mourn and pray O Lord which for our sakes didst fast fourty dayes and fourty nights give us grace that we may use such abstinence that our flesh being subdued to the spirit we may ever obey thy godly motions in righteousness and true holiness to thine honour and glory who livest and reignest world without end Amen When ye be come into the land of your habitations which I give unto you So ver 18. when ye come into the land whither I bring you Numb 15. ver 2. Ver. 18. The words are in the Participle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I am giving you 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I am bringing you This seems a very slight exception against the translation but if we shall consider that the Spirit of God by giving and bringing into the land spiritually understands the conferring on believers the eternal inheritance which is the true holy land And how prone men are out of self-love and a strong fansie to assure themselves of bliss and happiness without due qualifications and conditions required thereunto and to be performed on their part it will appear to be the great wisdom of God by such suspension of acts to retain us in our obedience which the good God excites us unto collaterally concurs withal and blesseth with good success So that as we cannot act without him so neither will he act without us As to the words before us there are many examples of this kinde in Pagnins translation which Arias Montanus thought worthy his Animadversion who here instead of Do I give puts Dans I am giving and in place of ingredi facio I make you go in puts ingredi faciens I am making you go in So Tremellius hath here ego daturus sum and ego sum introducturus Nor am I ashamed for the reason named to follow so eminent examples when I endeavour the amendment of our last English translation All the congregation shall offer one yong Bullock for a burnt-offering Numb 15. ver 24. for a sweet savour unto the Lord. What they turn a sweet savour is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a savour of rest as the Translators themselves acknowledge where the words are first used Gen. 8.21 with allusion to Noahs name who offered that acceptable saccrifice But if they acknowledge that to be the meaning of the words why then do they not so render them in the Text but rather cast that proper sense into the margent It s answered that the Greek Interpreters turn the words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a savour of sweet smell and that S. Paul hath the same expression Ephes 5.2 where he saith that Christ loved us and hath given or rather delivered up 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Vulg. Lat. Pagnin Vatablus Tigurin Bible tradidit Castellio dedidit himself for us an oblation and sacrifice to God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for savour of sweet smell It is true indeed that the LXX so express the words howbeit not as a translation but rather as an exposition of them For so although the burnt flesh of beasts cannot be understood to render a sweet savour yet what is spiritually understood by it the consuming and abolishing of the sin cannot but yield unto the Lord a most pleasant and delightful savour which is properly rendred the Savour of rest by Pagnin Odor quietis of our English Ainsworth For whereas sin brings unrest grief trouble and labour to the most holy God whence it s called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the like and hence he is said to cry like a travelling woman Esay 42.14 and to be pressed down as a Cart is pressed that is full of sheaves Amos 2.13 and to be grieved Hebr. 3.7 and sundry other like hence it will follow in reason that the removal of these grievances must needs be accepted with favour before the Lord so the Chaldy Paraphrast as a savour of rest Thus the Lord saith that the Charets which went toward the North quieted his spirit in the North countrey Zach. 6.8 For the Spirits that are created for vengeance in their fury lay on sore strokes in the time of destruction they powre out their force and appease the wrath of him that made them saith the Son of Sirach Ecclus 39.28 Thus Christ taking away the sin becomes a savour of rest unto his Father Ephes 5.2 And he alone it is who can give quietness case and rest unto those who labour are weary and heavy laden Matth. 11.28 Yet he complains of us that we have made him to serve with our sins and wearied him with our iniquities Esay 43.24 O what a divine work then is it to procure quiet rest and ease even unto him who alone can give ease rest and quiet unto our soules Yea if he gives quietness who can make trouble saith Elihu Job 34.29 Sin and iniquity is that which grieves and disquiets our God that Davus qui turbat omnia that Achan which troubles Israel that Jonah which causeth the storm that Sheba which lifts up his hand against David the
brought upon them the King of the Chaldees 2 Chron. 36.15 16 17. And the like spiritual miseries the Lord threatens to the despisers of his Word in these last dayes Acts 13.41 Acts 13. v. 41. Behold ye despisers and wonder 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and see which is left out in our translation 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and vanish for I work a work in your dayes which ye will not believe though a man 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if a man declare it unto you It followes Hab. 1.5 For lo I raise up the Chaldeans even the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 quasi daemones as S. Hierom renders that word even the devils who bring with them their spiritual maladies as insensibility the plague of the heart a reprobate minde hatred malice and all uncharitableness But blessed be the Lord The Ambassadors of peace labour not altogether in vain For divers of Asher the blessed ones even the blessed of the Lord that 's Asher Gen. 30.13 Manasseh such as forget their own people and their fathers house Gen. 41.51 Ps 45.10 and Zebulun such as have the Lord for their habitation Gen. 30.20 Psal 90.1 These believe the Ambassadors of Christ and finde in these sickly times Prov. 13. v. 17. that a faithful Ambassador or rather 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 legatus veritatum an Ambassador of truths is health Prov. 13.17 These procure healing to the land And when others sin with an high land these submit themselves unto the Lord and give the hand unto him Thus Babel in these last dayes shall be laid waste the confused thoughts shall be brought under the obedience of Christ 2 Cor. 10.5 by the true Zorobabel who scatters Babel Zach. 4.7 and Babel shall give her hand and submit her self Jer. 50.15 Let us be such Zebulonites such Manassites such Asherites let us humble our selves and give the hand unto the Lord as they did and the hand of the Lord will be with us as he was with them and he will heal our land if we pray every one unto him Lord keep thy sereant from sins of pride Psal 19. v. 13 14. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sins of an high hand let them not rule 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in me Then I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall be perfect and pure from much transgression The words of my mouth and the meditation of my heart shall be to well pleasing before thy face O Lord my Rock 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and my Redeemer Psal 19.13 14. Now Korah the son of Izbar the son of Cohath the son of Levi Numb 16. v. 1. and Dathan and Abiram the sons of Eliab and On the son of Peleth sons of Reuben took men Here is a mistake of the Translators like that Numb 12.1 For as there so here where the Spirit of God puts difference between the Ring-leader and principal Offender and others drawn in who were less faulty in this Rebellion by joyning 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Corah took together as the Nominative and the Verb our Translators confound this difference by maming the Verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 common to all putting it in the end of this verse For the Scripture as here so elsewhere layes the principal blame on Korah Num. 27.3 the company of Korah the gainsaying of Korah Jud. v. 11. Ecclus 45.18 Hereby they do some wrong to Dathan and Abiram though otherwise blame-worthy as they also do some injury to Aaron though he were not blameless as was noted on Numb 12.1 But our Translatours are not alone in this errour For the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he took hath troubled most Translators Diodati puts it in the end of the first verse and makes it common to the other conspirators adding a supplement larger then ours have viz. they took with them certain men The French Bible puts it at the end of the verse and renders it Firent entreprise and tells us in the margent that in the Hebrew it is he took to wit certain with him to perform his enter prize Ainsworth and Piscator put the Verb after the Geneologie of Korah Nam zu sich den Dathan But the Copulative following and Dathan hinders that construction What Ainsworth saith in favour of it seems to be gratis dictum for the reason already alleaged as also because men which he adds is not in the holy text but a supplement and that a needless one Others leave this Verb quite out as Vatablus the Tigurin Bible Luther and the Low Dutch translations also of our English Coverdale and two other How then shall we dispose of this Verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and how shall we render it surely 't is best to follow the clue of the holy Scripture and to place it where the Spirit of God hath left it So doth Munster Arias Montanus Pagnin and the Spanish Bible As for the signification of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which they render took it imports Schism Faction and Sedition and is accordingly understood by the learned Jews Sal. Jarchi and others and therefore the Chaldee Paraphrast turns the Verb by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 divisus est Core c. And Korah was divided which Pagnin expresseth well Tulit seipsum ad partem he took himself aside or apart which Arias Montanus corrects without just cause as elsewhere The Bishops Bible so called as also that of Geneva herein agree with Pagnin and turn the Verb he went apart The Spirit of God aliud agens as relating an antient history points us to a mystery of iniquity the Source and Fountain of Marah and Meribah the bitter waters of schism sedition and mis-leading of the people For whereas antiquity old customs of the Church and the ancient Fathers are wont to be alleaged for the patronage and defence of Schismes Rents and Innovations nor is there any false Prophet but usually he takes covert or shelters himself and his false doctrine under the authority of one or other or all these three these three were prefigured by these three first notorious Schismaticks and false Teachers For what was Korah but Calvus as his name signifies an old Bald-pate Antiquity what signifies Dathan but long custom As for Abiram what 's he but an high father as it were another Abram and of the same original and authority also in his own and the peoples conceit who are seduced by him These reverend old Fathers and Patrons of Errour Heresie and Schism both infected their own age and became paterns also unto after ages 1. They so corrupted their own times that the Princes and people fell to them Numb 16. 2. They became paterns also unto after ages as S. Jude speaking of the Apostates of his and after times he shews whose examples they followed and sends a woe after them Jude v. 11. ver 11. Woe unto them for they have gone in the way of Cain and are poured out 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Effusi sunt so Pagnin or run greedily after the
as that whereon we rest as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies Whence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cui inclinamus quo nitimur whereon we lean Whence by metaphore it signifies what is strong whereon we relie as the staff of bread Levit. 26. Ezech. 14. In both places the LXX have 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a prop or stay So where the Prophet saith the Lord hath broken 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the staff of the wicked and the scepter of the Ruler Esay 14.5 the Chald. Par. hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 robur the strength which signification will not agree to a Rod but rather to a Staff Nor am I alone in this judgement For Martin Luther Piscator and two Low Dutch Translations have the word Staves So likewise Coverdale 2. Whereas it s said of this staff of Aaron that it was budded and brought forth buds What difference is there between budding and bringing forth buds they both seem to be the same Some to increase the miracle understand by the former 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that it brought forth leaves by the later 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that it brought forth buds against the course and order of nature which puts forth buds before leaves Others otherwise What if by the former we generally understand the shooting forth sprigs by the later bringing forth buds then flowers lastly ripe Almonds 1. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is of large signification and is turnd by the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which last is rendred by Ours to grow Hos 14.7 Beside 2. The Apostle speaking of the same miracle useth the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hebr. 9.4 which Pagnin turns by Frondere to branch or bring forth sprigs which word the LXX put first in the description of this miracle 2. The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which our Translators turn yielded signifies maturare to ripen or make ripe also ablectare to wean Gen. 21.8 And with good analogie For when the tree brings forth its fruit it requites the pains and cares of the husbandman And when the fruit is ripe it drawes no more moisture it sucks no more juice but is as it were weaned I believe that the signification of ripening or making ripe well befits this place and that for these reasons 1. Hereby it holds proportion with other types in that it prefigureth unto us the three spiritual ages the three degrees of growth in our Christian life as in a like resemblance of the Vine Gen. 40.10 wherein were three branches and it was as though it budded her blossomes shot forth Gen. 40. v. 10. and the clusters thereof brought forth ripe Grapes The word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 coquere fecerunt they made ripe their Grapes as Arias Montanus renders the word which Pagnin turns to the same purpose Maturaverunt they ripened Grapes For Christ is the true Vine and all in him are the branches John 15. One branch budding figureth babes in Christ another blossoming represents yong men in the flower of their spiritual age the third bringing forth ripe Grapes signifies old men of mature and perfect age in Christ And the same three degrees of growth in our spiritual age are held forth unto us in that Parable Mark 4.28 The Earth brings forth fruit of it self first the blade then the ear then the full corn in the ear As also more plainly delivered by the Apostle 1 John 2.12 13. in children yong men and old men And by the Schoolmen in their Incipientes Proficientes and Perfecti Beginners Proficients and Perfect men And the same degrees are intended in the words before us 2. And one of our old English Translations hath the words thus Aarons Rod for the house of Levi was budded and brought forth buds and brought forth blossoms and bare ripe Almonds The Authors also of our last translation themselves so render the word Esay 18.5 Afore the Harvest when the bud is perfect and the sowre Grape is ripening in the flower c. The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Uvamaturescens the sowre Grape ripening Adde hereunto the judgement of R. Salomon who understands wearing in the sense which I have already given and Kimchi bringing Almonds to maturity and ripeness 3. It sets forth the glory of Gods power who as he turnd the dry and sapless staff into a moyst and made the green and moyst bough to bud and blossom so he chang'd the buds and blossoms into fruit and that mature and ripe fruit And thus Almighty God in a short time performs the work of a long time as the Wiseman saith of Enoch 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he being made perfect in a short time fulfilled a long time Wisdom 4.13 Wisd 4. v. 13. Where the Zelotes being over-voted by the more Orthodox party who had put made perfect into the text lest any one lest even Enoch who walked with God and was translated lest he should be made perfect they qualifie the word in the margent by sanctified or consummated And what is sanctified being applied to Enoch but separated from sin what is consummated but perfect the same thing expressed by another word Did they so love sin as the Poets say Jupiter loved Ganymed that they would have it translated with Enoch into heaven But come we to the effects of this miracle Hereby the Priesthood is confirmed unto Aaron as by a like signe of the Vine and its branches whereof I have spoken before Pharaohs Butler was confirmed in his office Yea not only Aaron was hereby established in his Priesthood but also succession in that office was confirmed to his posterity by the buds and blossoms Yea whereas all the staves of all the Tribes were of the Almond tree but Aarons staff alone budded blossomed and brought forth ripe Almonds hereby the Lord declared by a wonderful signe and miracle That although all the Tribes which are also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 staves or rods as the staff of Manasseh Numb 2.20 Targ. the Tribe and so of the rest grew out of that one stock of Israel yet none of them all should minister unto him in the Priesthood except only the Tribe of Levi. And hereby withal the Lord tacitly threatned a speedy execution of judgement against any person of any other Tribe which should invade the office of the Priesthood according to the signification of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to make haste whence the Almond tree hath its name So the Lord reason'd touching the Rod of an Almond tree which Jeremy saw Jer. 1.11 12. Jir 1. v. 13 14. Thou hast well seen for I will hasten my word to perform it And what was that word even his menace of judgement signified by a seething pot the face thereof was toward the North. So our Translators render that place which translation seems contrary to the Hebrew text as appears in the margent and contrary to the scope of the place as the context proves The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
his divine wisdom he makes choise of such expedients and means as in their nature ingendred by him conduce to the working of such cures Thus in the cleansing of the leprosie the great Physitian prescribes among other ingredients Ezob Levit. 14.4 And Ezob which I take to be Rosmary is of great vertue it self toward the cure of that disease saith Gegorgius Venetus who ascribes also to the vertue of the same Plant the healing of the Epilepsie or Falling-sickness which he saith is Morbus daemoniacus a disease imblasted by the foul spirit It s also a soveraign remedy saith he against the bitings of Serpents and many other maladies It s exceeding profitable and wholesome against all infirmities of the head and brain And therefore it is not in vain called by the Italians Rosmarino coronario because the women made Garlands and Crowns of it as soveraign for the head So that well might Junius English Herba salutaris the wholesome herb Rosmary Hereunto I might adde many more vertues of our Ezob or Rosmary delivered by the Herbarists But I come to the use of Ezob 3. The use of Ezob in holy Scripture was to sprinkle the blood of the Sacrifice and the Sin-water or water of separation For of it together with Cedar-word and Scarlet-wool was made the Aspergillum or aspersorium which we may render the Sin-water-stock so that a small handful of Ezob consisting of three stalks four Inches long was tied to a Cedar-handle of a foot and half long and that was the aspergillum Hence its easie to judge whether Hyssop or Rosmary were the more fit and proper for such a purpose Hereunto I shall adde the testimony of Georg. Venetus Inter plantas Rosmarinus nobilissima est magis quàm existimatur excellens quamvis multitudine frequentiâ vilescat Est enim semper virens nulli nocens multis infirmitatibus inimica c. tantò in majora mala praevalet quanto majori gaudet tutelâ favore coelesti à quo omnis virtus consovetur Among Plants Rosmary is the most noble and more excellent then men suppose although by reason of plenty and store of it it be little esteemed for it is alwayes green hurting no man and an enemy to many infirmities c. And it prevails so much the more against greater evils by how much the more it enjoyes the tuition and influence of heaven wherewith all vertue is cherished Georg. Ven. Har. Mundi Ton. 7. cap. 27. And Tom. 2. de lege Se 5.5 de praecept Probl. 260. Hyssopus aut Rosmarinus Regina plantarum est sacratissima confota à maxima intelligentia vel virtute superna It is the Queen of Plants and most sacred being nourished and cherished by the greatest Angel and supream power Behold now the wisdom love mercy and goodness of thy God O thou Israel of God! Adam the Red-earthy man as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Adam signifies had sinned and his wife taken out of him had sinned and been deceived and was first in the transgression 1 Tim. 2.14 Yea Israel the Church of God figured by Eve who was taken out of Adam had sinned by making to themselves other gods though the most high God had brought them out of Egypt the house of bondage For whereas they had seen the Egyptians of all nations most idolatrous worship a Bull which they called Mevis in honour of Osiris reputed the Sun and also a Cow which they called Apis in honour of Isis whom they took to be the Moon although the Lord hath executed judgements upon the Egyptians gods yet they being delivered from the Egyptians and their gods they notwithstanding feared lest though the Constellation of Aries under which according to the learning of the Egyptians Egypt is prevailed not over them yet they thought it needful according to the principles of that science to implore the help of a superiour Constellation and so to draw down the influence of Taurus whose molten image they made And Jeroboam afterward having been in Egypt set up two Calves which he had there seen worshipped according to the paterns mentioned before 1 Kings 11. and 12.28 A sin full of extream folly and which is also great folly unthankfulness such as was afterward committed by Amaziah with whom the Lord thus expostulates Why hast thou sought after the gods of that people which delivered not their people out of thine hand 2 Chro. 25 v. 15. 2 Chron. 25.15 That sin of Israel though punished by the hand of the Levites by shedding of much blood yet was it not fully expiated for the Lord threatned afterward to visit their sin upon them Exod. 32.34 and the Jews say that in every after-judgement upon their nation there was a limb of the Calf Howbeit the merciful God found out an expedient for the purging these sins by a Sin-water or water of purifying made of Red Heifer Ox or Calf Sin savours of the nature of Redness and Blood whence it is called by the name of Blood Hos 4.2 Bloods touch bloods Hos 4. v. 2. And Edom the sinner who sold his birth-right for Red broth figuring the humane nature hath his name from Redness Thus the first man is of the earth even the Red earth earthy 1 Cor. 15.47 And Mars who is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the earth is called by Homer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the murderer hath his name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ruddy as he who stirs up to shed blood and under whom Ruddy and Red men are born The sin committed by occasion of the Ox must by the Ox or Heiffer or yong Cow be expiated and the earthly Red must be purified by the heavenly And therefore some have conceived that the name Adam is not only from the Red earth but from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Aleph which letter intimates somewhat of the Deity and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies blood as importing unto us humane flesh and blood sprinkled with the Divinity as being made in the image of God And therefore for the expiation of Adams Edoms Israels sin in worshipping the golden Calf yea for the purging the sins of all men a red Calf or Heiffer must be chosen representing not the Ruddy manhood of flesh and blood only but some other more noble better spiritual and heavenly manhood Concerning whom saith the Spouse my Beloved is white and ruddy Cant. 5.10 white in regard of innocency and ruddy in respect of charity ardent fervent and burning love And as Adam was Red by whom sin entred into this lower world so there must be a Ruddy heavenly man the man from heaven heavenly who must expiate and purge out the sin out of this inferiour world Such a White and Ruddy man pious antiquity hath delivered unto us in his character and such as have described his Physiognomy Such also David his type is said to be 1 Sam. 16. No mervail therefore if to figure out
Lord will not permit Israel to meddle with Edom the earthly man so far us to hurt him Deut. 2.4 5. For no man hath hated his own flesh but nourisheth it and cherisheth it even as also the Lord the Church Ephes 5.29 Yet Edom fears that Israel will hurt him as the Lord foretold Deut. 2.4 And therefore Edom saith Thou shalt not pass thorow me or into me 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Numb 20.18 The earthly man fears to be restrained of his liberty by the word of God Hereof Israel secures the earthly man v. 19. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tantum non verbum only the word shall not be that is I will not trouble thee with the word And hard expression you l say but it s as hard what the Translators give if read without their supplements But fear is suspicious And therefore Edom will not trust Israel but comes forth to meet Israel with much people the words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in populo gravi in or with an an heavie people Edom the earthly man is an heavie burden 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hard to be born Such are the ceremonies proper to the earthly man Matth. 23.4 Whereof S. Peter saith it is a yoke that neither their fathers nor they were able to bear He speaks of Circumcision Acts 15.10 For they who are circumcised are debtors to do the whole law Gal. 〈◊〉 But droop not despair not O Israel but proceed in thy journey toward the heavenly Canaan the true Jehoshua the true Jesus who is thy Leader he invites thee Come unto me all ye who labour and are heavie laden and I will give you rest all ye who are weary of the burden of the earthly man Edom and much more weary of the burden of sinful earthly man when Esau dwels in Seir that is the Devil Gen. 36.8 for so the Devils are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Levit. 17.7 Come unto me faith Jesus and I will refresh you taking off your burden by mortifying and killing the man of sin and correcting and chastising the earthly man and raising up the heavenly man in you who after God is created in righteousness and holiness of truth Mat. 11. v. 29 30. Take my yoke even the cross and patience upon you and learn of me that I am meek and lowly in heart and ye shall finde rest unto your souls For my yoke the cross and patience is sweet or good 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so the Vulg. Lat. jugum meum suave and so the Syriac and my burden the burden of my law and doctrine is light unto those who by the Spirit of life are freed from the law of sin and death Rom. 8.2 Thus having born the image of the earthy we shall bear also the image of the heavenly Would God that were come to pass unto every one of our souls The people spake against God Numb 21. ver 5.6 and against Moses c. Our soul say they loatheth this light bread And the Lord sent fiery Serpents among the people It is the common fault of young travailers toward the holy land that when out of obedience to the voice of God they have left the flesh-pots of Egypt the delights and pleasures of sin they presently look for some refreshing some joy some consolation when contrary to their hopes they come into a desolate and disconsolate howling wilderness a for lorn estate which they complain of Numb 20.5 and call it an evil place The words are emphatical 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Numb 20. v. 5. there 's an emphasis upon every word this this evil this place this very evil place And yet if all were quiet and they had no further trouble this estate were the more tolerable But now they meete with strong opposition from Arad the Canaanite 1. who makes war upon them who lead a way some of them captives Such is Arad the wild Ass the untamed and wild nature yet unsubdued in us which inclines or declines and bends us unto the earth and earthly things that 's the true Canaanite these figured out the motions of sin working in our members and warring against the law of our mind and bringing us into Captivitie to the law of sin Rom. 7.23 And who is there of us who has not had his time have not some of us yet our time of wildness and untamedness when we are ingaged in the like journey towards the holy Land For Ishmael the wild Ass among men Gen. 16. or the wilde Ass-man 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he is born before Isaac yea and he who is born after the flesh will persecute him who is born after the spirit and so it is now saith the Apostle Gal. 4.29 And there is no helpe for this untill Ishmael the wild Ass be cast out of dores ver 30. Arad also signifies a Dragon even that red Dragon called the Devill and Satan who like Arad here takes men captive at his 〈◊〉 ● Tim. 2.26 And who is there among us who may not complain that more or lesse he hath been 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 possessed in a sort and obedient unto him who worketh in the sons of disobedience Ephes 2.2 Who is there of us but is or hath been like that Demoniac who had his dwelling in the Toombs Mar. 5.2.3.4 who hath not sometime lived in dead workes What is now to be done for the taming of this wild Ass but to bring him unto Jesus Matth. 21.2 What is to be done for the freeing our selves from the captivity of Arad but to binde our selves with vowes and promises unto our God that if he will give Arad or whatever force of Arad holds us captive into our hands we will Anathematize and render it accursed which is the proper meaning of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Numb 21. v. 2 3. which Ours turn more generally to destroy When Israel hath atchived this noble exployt Edom the earthly man which must not be destroyed Deut. 2.5 may yet yea must be circumvented the earthly man of flesh and blood must be limited and the Israel of God must set bounds of moderation about him Num. 21.4 This is a long work and hard to be done Numb 21. v. 4. and therefore it s said that the soul of the people was much discouraged word for word The soule of the people 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was shortned or straitned And why should so choyse a motaphore be waived and cast into the margent and a worse put in the Text the Transsators themselves turn the same word so Mich. 2.7 Is the spirit of the Lord straitened Besides there is good reason from the contrary passions of the soul whereof some contract and shorten it as fear and grief and the compounds of them whence Anxietas and Angustia and the like names of straitned and shortned affections Others dilate and enlarge the soule as love and joy whence Latitia joy saith Aquinas is quasi latitia largness And the Apostle
of wicked men Wisd 2.21 22. Their own wickedness hath blinded them As for the mysteries of God they know them not neither hoped they for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not the wages Wisd 2. v. 22. as Ours turn it which is the hirelings hope but which is the hope and expectation of the childe the reward of righteousness or holiness nor 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 esteemed the honour of blameless souls For these on like reasons this people had a slight opinion of their Manna and called it vile base or contemptible bread Whence we may take notice that Etiam optima pessimi maxima minimi possin● aestimar● that even the best and greatest things may be worst and least esteemed The Manna the food of Angels Wisd 16.20 is here accounted vile and despicable bread Yea Christ himself who is the true bread which comes down from heaven is slighted and undervalued 2. They testifie their disaffection or ill affection answerable to their slight opinion and say Our soul loathes this vile base contemptible bread By the soul is commonly understood the verson but because anima or animus cujusque is est quisque every mans minde or soul is himself or the best part of himself when affections and actions are attributed unto the soul surely they are understood to be more intense and more vehement as when the Lord saith my soul shall abhor you Levit. 26.11 and Zach. 11.8 my soul loathed them the same word is there used which is here 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which we turn to loathe For the word signifies largely the passion or affection of Aversation and that in extremity and therefore the Greek Interpreters turn the word by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to abhor and abominate Levit. 20.23 And here by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be extreamly offended withal And being here applyed to food as bread it signifies the greatest aversation as of loathing and abhorring which is expressed by Nauseare when the stomach is turnd and a man is ready to vomit Thus disaffected were the people to their Manna their spiritual meat If we inquire into the reason of this we have it before in their slight opinion Or indeed their vitious appetite corrupted their judgement and opinion as they themselves speak-out Numb 11.5 6. We remember the Fish which we did eat in Egypt freely the Cucumbers and the Melons and the Leeks and the Onions and the Garlick But now our soul is dryed away there is nothing at all beside this Manna before our eyes O what a perverse judgement what a vitious appetite hath the carnal man what a false estimate in regard of spiritual and heavenly things How hot and eager is he toward the earthly how lunt how cold yea how contemptuous is he toward the heavenly See both these in Edom in him who is as a father and patern of earthly and carnal men whom degenerate Israel here followes As soon as Esau sees the Lentil Pottage Gen. 25.30 he cryes out Feed me Gen. 25. v. 30. I pray thee with that red that red Our Translators mention it but once and so lose the elegancy in the Hebrew His appetite was so violent he had not the patience to stay the naming of it and having bought it he flies presently upon it with such an impetuous appetite Homer as often describes in good fellowes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Lust sharp-set and without curb of reason and the fear of God renders a reasonable man an arrant unreasonable beast As for the spiritual and heavenly good things the earthly man hath no esteem of them at all We may perceive this in Esaus despiciency and contempt of his birthright which he betrayes in that which they call Notoreïtas facti the notoriousness of the fact it self in that he undervalued it and sold it at so low a price that he truckt it away for a Mease of warm broath and that the coursest that could be made Lentil pottage And in his scornful expressions when he sets his birthright to sale as a thing of nought a dead commodity of no worth at all And that 's signified by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ad quid hoc to what purpose is this And the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and in the beginning of his speech argues his indignation as Numb 16.11 And seek ye the Priesthood also And what is Aaron c Such a contempt indignation and loathing Esau bewrayes And what is this Birthright to me Tell me he that can what is it good for Prophane Esau Now look into thine own self O man and judge impartially touching thine own false estimate thine own lusts and desires whether thou hadst not rather be some great thing upon earth then one of the Church of the first-born who are written in heaven Hebr. 12.23 Whether thou desire not rather to satisfie thy greedy appetite with the fruition of thy present good things Luke 16.25 which are as the Leeks Onions and Garlick of Egypt then enjoy the fatness of Gods house the pleasures that are at his right hand for evermore I commend this example of the Israelites despiciency and loathing of their Manna to their serious consideration who slight and undervalue the outward Ordinances who lightly esteem and loathe the Sacraments especially that of the Lords Supper What else do they then what this people did They esteem the heavenly Manna a light a contemptible a despicable bread How does that appear The very same Res substrata the very same thing the very same spiritual Grace was exhibited unto that people which is also offered unto us though under another outward form so the Apostle tells us they did all eat the same spiritual meat 1 Cor. 10.3 And both that and this the one and the other were of divine institution He who gives the spiritual meat gives also the forms and signes under which it is exhibited unto us And therefore it is a like sin to undervalue the one and the other Or if there be a difference between them to despise the later is the greater sin because against a greater light against a more clear Gospel manifestation Nor let men sooth and flatter themselves that they have the same spiritual meat that same inward and spiritual grace in them which they undervalue not but highly honour though they neglect and slight the outward signes When men slight the outward signes they slight also the inward grace yea and him also who gives the grace and ordained the signes What think we of the sons of Eli 1 Sam. 2. The Scripture cals them sons of Belial and saith They knew not the Lord ver 12. The sin of the yong men was very great before the Lord ver 17. What was their sin they were lascivious persons v. 22. an heinous crime especially in Priests But what was their crime in regard of Gods Ordinances that ye finde ver 29. The Lord saith to Eli Wherefore kick ye at my Sacrifice and at mine offering which I have commanded in
my habitation and honourest thy sons above me c. And ver 30. Them that honour me I will honour and they that despise me shall be lightly esteemed The Lord saith That they who despise his sacrifice and offering despise him Thus in the text before us the people are said to speak against God as the other words so these when they call the Manna light vile or contemptible bread And what shall we think better of those who lightly esteem the Ordinance of God as his Sacraments Surely according to the testimony of the Lord himself they disesteem him despise him And what came of this peoples despiciency 2. What was the punishment of this great sin By reason of this great sin the slighting and abhorring of their spiritual food the Lord sent fiery Serpents among the people And what mystically are those Serpents but the evil spirits the Devils whose Prince is the old Serpent called the Devil and Satan Revel 12. For so despisers are delivered over to the Devil Acts 13.41 compared with Habac. 1.5 But here is consolation for the penitent and believing soul What if the Serpent have bitten thee What if the Dipsas the thirsty Serpent sting thee and seek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1 Pet. 5.8 to drink thee up and endanger thee to be swallowed up of wine Esay 28.7 What though the Serpent endeavour to stir up the fire of concupiscence in thee Is it not a promise to the believers that the flame shall not kindle upon them Esay 43.2 Look upon the brazen Serpent the signe of the Son of man The Lord Jesus hath been reputed a sinner yea the worst of sinners yea a Devil yea he was said to be acted by the Prince of the Devils And he hath been lifted up by Moses figuring the rigour of the Law as one accursed not simply on a Pole as Our Translators turn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 no more then on a Mast as Diodati turns it Antenna but as on a Banner or a Signe so most of our old English Translations Numb 21. v. 9. Col. 2. v. 15. so Luther and the Low Dutch as an Ensigne so the Spanish Vandera and Vexillum a Standard so Ar. Montanus But being lifted up he also lifts up and spoyles 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he devests or unclothes the Principalities and Powers the evil spirits The Serpent is of himself 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 naked as well as subtil Gen. 3.1 but he clothes himself with change of raiment according to their qualification and capacity with whom he hath to do as they say of the Chameleon and the Polypus rupi concolor changeth colour according to the Rock to which it cleaves so he shapes himself and his ministers and as the Apostle tels us that he appears to the religious as an Angel of light 2 Cor. 11.14 And therefore the Lord uncaseth this grand Hypocrite and his Legions discovers them in their nakedness and as they are as Malefactors were wont to be crucified naked and makes a shew of them openly triumphing over them in himself Col. 2.15 He is now lifted up as an Ensigne to the Nations Now is the judgement now shall the Prince of this world be cast out And the Lord himself hath prophesied that if he be lifted up he shall draw all men unto him John 12.32 He speaks to thee and me and every one Me vide that is Confide look up and trust in me O ye penitent and believing souls who ever have been bitten and poysoned by the Serpents venim let us look up unto him whom we have pierced who ever believeth in him shall not perish but have eternal life John 3.14 15. There is no other Name in which we can be saved he hath triumphed over the Serpents and gives us also power to triumph over them to tread upon Serpents and Scorpions and all the power of the enemy Matth. 3. v. 7. 23 33. and nothing shall be able to hurt us Luke 10.19 Let the Serpents and generations of Vipers 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 look unto other helps and means for cure of their venomed souls Let us look unto our Maker and let our eyes have respect unto the holy one of Israel Esay 17.7 The word used Numb 21.9 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to look intentively And let us 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 look stedfastly with the eyes of a pure heart Matth. 5.8 Let us look wishly with wishes and prayers unto the Lord for his help and power as Jehoshaphat did when the serpentine brood assaulted him saying O our God! There is ●o might in us against the faces of this same great multitude coming upon us And we know not what we may do 2 Chro. 20. v. 12. but our eyes are upon thee And he Balaam went to an high place Numb 23. v. 3. There are many translations of this word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hierom renders it Velocitèr Hastily the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the straight way the Tigurin Bible Ad excelsa to the heights or high places But if it be so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is to be understood which is here needless The Targum hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Unus unicus solus solitarius alone solitary and so Pagnin and Munster and Castellio Suecedit he goes apart so the Spanish and French Bibles so Tyndal and most of our old English translations and our last also hath Solitary in the margent which I believe is better as usually then that which they have put in the text for this reason As Balaam had learned by tradition from his forefathers the rites and ceremonies wherewith the God of Israel was worshipped as appears by his choise of clean beasts Bullocks and Rams as also by their number seven Bullocks and seven Rams for that number was sacred and commanded by God himself Job 42.8 and observed by David and Ezechiah 1 Chron. 15.26 2 Chron. 29.21 3. And by the kinde of sacrifice Burnt-offering all which are evident thorowout this History So no doubt but he had also understood in some measure how and in what manner the Lord had been wont to reveal his Oracles unto the Patriarchs of old ziz In solitude and retyredness For so we shall finde that God hath not been wont to speak to the holy Fathers in a crowd nor to whole nations or people but to some one or few men apart in the silence of the night in Fields in Deserts in Mountaines in Vallies So he revealed himself to Abraham to Isaac to Jacob to Moses to Samuel to David to Solomon to Elias to all the Prophets Such a solitude and loneliness together with such sacrifices according to his own institution might Balaam think would win upon Gods favour and that so far as to obtain leave of him to curse his people But though Balaam knew the outward services of God yet he knew not the nature of God nor his princpal and primary will Hos 6. v. 6. Prov. 21. v.
27. that he wills mercy and not sacrifice which is only his secondary will and only in order to the former and the knowledge of God rather then burnt offerings Hos 6.6 Yea he knew not that the sacrifice of the wicked is an abomination how much more when he bringeth it with a wicked minde Or rather even because he bringeth it with a wicked thought or intention Prov. 21.27 Such as Balaams here was who came with a wicked thought and intention to curse the people and so by cursing to consume them as Zach. 5.4 Whereas on the contary the blessing of God encreased them As for his solitary walking that known saying 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that a solitary man is either a god or a wilde beast Balaam verified the later of himself proving it and his name proper to himself in regard of Gods people 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that he was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a wild beast and a Devourer of them O Israel retire unto thy God In adytum in secretum in fundum cordis into the inmost retyring closet of thy heart Ex quo nem● quisquam exit quin sit intus manere melius Never any man goes out thence but it had been better for him to have stayed within But should we so retire our selves from the outward world that we should go into the Wilderness or some desolate or lonely place that there the Lord may reveal his will unto us Doubtless there is not the same reason of all men For however the outward figure of mens bodies may be like one to another yet the inward dispositions of the minde are extreamly differing so that Quot homines tot sententiae so many men so many mindes Matth. 19. v. 12. And our Lord saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is not as our Translators turn the word All cannot receive this saying but all do not receive this saying a very great difference And every man hath his proper gift saith the Apostle However therefore the Lord hath propounded a common salvation unto all the sons of men Jude v. 3. whereof all men are capable and hath prescribed common means which all men must make use of if they will be saved as repentance faith and obedience of faith yet several and particular means may be made use of also according to the great variety of dispositions and inclinations of men as also according to the divers ranks and orders of men Whereas therefore some men are of a more free and lightsome spirit they are rather inclined to an active life to live in vita communi and in luce as Tully speaks to live sociably among men Others of a more sad and melancholick spirit are inclined rather to retyredness and contemplation And such as these were some of the ancient Monks and Eremites as Antonius and others who sequestring themselves from the world and wordly imployments have consecrated themselvs unto God dwelling alone remote from others leading a solitary life Hereby I approve not the late superstitious and forced Monchery but a pious solitude and holy retyredness if it be possible from the tumults and troubles of this present evil world which I conceive not only not unlawful but expedient yea necessary for some men And therefore most what religious men having spent much of their life past in wordly imployments desire in their declining years to retire themselves unto greater privacy Howbeit a change of place is not so necessary as a change of minde He who fulfils not the lusts of his flesh who mindes not earthly things who though he live among men among riches among honours yet is as a stranger to them and esteems them only as they are and uses them as if he used them not such an one is an Eremite and lives a monastick life even in a throng and is a stranger to the world converseth with himself and with his God and becomes daily more and more like unto him More especially this may be observed in regard of diverse ranks and orders of men For such chosen vessels as the Lord would make Radices communitatis publick persons and such as should instruct others unto these he speaks a part these he takes a side from the multitude and puts his fingers in their ears teacheth them first obedience then toucheth their tongue and enables them to teach others according to Christs method of curing the deaf man who could hardly speak Mark 7.32 33. Of such S. Augustine is to be understood Epist 76. Non erit bonus Clericus qui non fuit bonus Monachus He will not be a good Clerk who hath not been a good Monk For can we think that the only wise God will reveal his pretious truth to such as conform themselves unto the lusts of vain men symbolize and please every base humour of fantastick foolish and dissolute companions O ye Esay 46. v. 8. who by profession are Monastick men Consider and remember this and shew your selves men Bring this upon your heart O ye transgressors Retyre unto your heart and hear God speaking there Be not ashamed to learn this Lesson from Balaams practice who retyred himself and went alone when he hoped to hear God speak unto him Were we exhorted unto an outward solitude men of all ranks would go out into the wilderness as they did to hear John the Baptist But when we are called to an introversion into our wildred heart to hear the voice of God crying there that 's John how few alas how few desire so to retyre themselves And the reason is It s a reflex act and more difficult then one dirict And therefore In sese nemo tentat desendere nemo No man assayes to sink into himself Yet is this the most expedite means and way for to meet and hear our God I have heard of many and known some who have travailled far in the world and made great search after the true religion that they might meet with God and hear him speak unto them yet these at length have returnd ashamed that they had sought that so long and so far off which they might neerer and sooner have found at home even in their own hearts All endeavours are in vain or to little purpose before such retyrement And therefore Moses perswades Pharaoh to let the people go into the wilderness that they might serve the Lord. Pharaoh was content that they should offer sacrifice in the land of Egypt Exod. 8.25 But Moses tells him they knew not with what they shall serve the Lord till they came into the wilderness Exod. 10.20 The Divill is content that men hear Gods voyce so it be in Egypt whereby the straits of sin are typically signified Mich. 7.15.19 Revel 11.8 But Moses is instant and earnest with Pharaoh that the people may go out of Egypt otherwise they shall not know his will And it is our case O thou Israel of God Unless we forsake all that we have and depart out of Egypt we
while we are as Jacob as yet weak it s to be expected that we suffer opposition and cursing but when we grow up in strength and become strong as Israel we must then expect Super maledictions cursings upon cursings Increase of grace is alwayes accompanied with proportionable increase of opposition and contradiction of the adversary Numb 33.11 They removed from the Red Sea and encamped in the wilderness of Sin c. The Red Sea or Edoms Sea for thence it had the name as I have shewen signifies that suffering which is incident unto flesh and blood or Edom the earthly man of which S. Paul speakes 1 Cor. 10.13 But Sin signifies Bushes and hatred when therefore we proceed from our conquest of that temptation which is incident unto man we become hated of men who are as thornes in our sides Thence they went to Dophkah that is pulsation knocking and smiting when their inward hatred breaks forth to knocks and blowes And the like significations have the following places of the Israelites journeyes if well observed by comparing spiritual things with spiritual For by how much we draw nearer to the heavenly Canaan by so much the more hatred we must look for from our outward and inward enemies The Spouse in the Cant. 4.16 therefore calls for not only the South winde but also the North winde to blow upon her Garden she desires both at once And why not only the South winde for from the South blow fruitful breathings whereby we understand the inspirations of the holy Spirit increase of graces thereby Jer. 1. v. 14. whereas Ab aquilone pandetur malum evil shall be opened from the North Jer. 1.14 The Spouse knowes well that there is no increase of graces to be hoped for without increase of opposition and contrariety And therefore by how much the sweet breathings of the Spirit proceed from the South by so much the more vehement opposition must be expected from the North. The Apostles and Disciples of Christ found this by experience Acts 2. when they received the spirit and the mighty rushing winde the spices flowed they declared the wonderful works of God but what then did the North winde cease when the South winde blew No did not the storm and tempest of persecutions arise more fiercely did not the hatred much more increase While the Apostles Disciples were yet but Novices in Christs school they suffered some accusation from the Pharisees as for plucking and rubbing the ears of corn for eating with unwashen hands c. But when they appeared full of the holy Ghost good God! how the North winde arose what storms and tempests did it raise in the hearts of gainsayers for as our God gives greater gifts unto his people so he permits greater oppositions against them and as their graces are greater so the greater are their sufferings Ubi magnitudo gratiae ibi magnitudo discriminis where there is greatness of grace there is greatness of danger saith S. Hierom. Men can well endure such as grow up together with them who are subject alike to the same infirmities with themselves while yet they live under the law and they can mutually pardon one anothers weaknesses but when the grace of God that brings salvation to all men 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath taught some of them to deny ungodliness and wordly lusts and to live soberly Tit. 2. v. 11. righteously and godly in this present world when these begin to grow up higher and to overtop the rest then the lower Shrubs speak evil of them 1 Pet. 4.4 Then the discipline of some Church or other sure I am not of the true Church of Christ which encourageth unto growth in grace 2 Pet. 3.18 and to abound more and more 1 Thess 4.1 like the Gardners Sheers soon crops and cuts down such surmounting proficiency under the name of Heresie or erroneous judgement because it exceeds the scanty measure of their Articles or confessions of faith which they will not suffer to be examined by the Word of God but require most unreasonably that the Word of God should be tryed and examined by their Articles and confessions of faith Hence it is that weaklings who are yet under the Law and like themselves may escape their Ecclesiastical censures 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but not yea as Ours render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all who are willing to live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecution 2 Tim. 3.12 Some opposition will be made against Jacob the heavenly man as yet weak while he contends with his Edomick earthly-minded brother and strives and strugles with him as in the womb of Rebecca Gen. 25.23 and layes hold on his heel and would hinder him from being born and brought forth by consent James 1.14 15. For his earthly-minded brother is yet too strong for him and treads him under his foot But much more opposition is made against Israel the heavenly man now growen up with the increase of God Gen. 32.6 We read Psal 83. of a multitude of Nations plotting and consulting against Israel and their main designe is as appears ver 4. that the name of Israel may be no more in remembrance Ye have ten of the conspirators against Israel ver 6.7.8 and then Selah added which imports a beating down of the earthly thoughts and a raising up the heavenly meditations on what goes before Accordingly Edom notes the earthly-minde Ismael is the hearing without obeying God Moab the refusing the correction by the Law which is bastardy Hebr. 12.8 Hagarens the estrang'd nature Gebal the evil bordering upon the good Rom. 7.21 like a Second in descant which makes the greatest disharmony Ammon the secret sin Amalek the flattering tongue licking up and devouring the people The Philistine earthly sensual spirits Tyrians spirits domineering and oppressing Assur the besieging sin 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sin which easily besets us in every circumstance Hebr. 12. v. 1. Psal 83. v. 5.8 and way-laying us And all these have been an Arm to the sons of Lot So much the Hebrew words signifie as it is acknowledged in the margent Only the Translators here as commonly elsewhere turn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Children which are Sons Hence the reason will appear why the Lord smites Moab All these have consulted together with one heart and have made a covenant against the Lord v. 5. For if against the people of the Lord then against the Lord himself for they who are in covenant have common friends and common enemies Acts 9.4 5. Whereas therefore they become an Arm to the Sons of Lot that is to the Moabites and Ammonites therefore Christ himself who is the Arm of the Lord Esay 40.10 and 53.1 John 12.37 38. is stretched out for the protection and salvation of his Israel and to smite the Princes of Moab and that according to his covenant For since the Moabites were enemies against Jacob yea mortal enemies against Israel the Lord had obliged himself by his
covenant to be an e●emy unto their enemies For so he promiseth Exod. 23.22 concerning the Angel of the Covenant if obeying thou shalt obey his voice that is continue in obedience and by obeying Exod. 23. v. 22. thou shalt learn to obey and do all that I shall speak I will be an enemy to thine enemies and I will distress thy distresses That the Lord therefore should smite the Princes of Moab it was reasonable and according to his covenant But why shall he smite them thorow 1. If we consider the history we shall finde cause sufficient for this thorow destruction of the Moabites They hired Balaam to curse Israel Deut. 23.4 They followed the counsel of Balaam to commit trespass against the Lord Numb 25.1 2 3. and 31.16 Adde to these what ye read of their pride security vain confidence and contempt of God and his people beside other sins Jer. 48. 2. But if we look into the mystery we shall finde yet more reason for a thorow-smiting of Moab Moab is a Bastard-generation such as receives no correction from the hidden and inward law of God figured by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Lot which signifies hidden and covered and such are interpreted Bastards and not genuin sons Hebr. 12.8 These revolt à patre from their father so the Antients Etymologize the word Moab and become born à patre diabolo of their father the Devil and his works they will do John 8. The root of this rebellion and disobedience is inward And therefore Christs smiting of Moab must be thorow and inward also It must needs be so For whereas there is a treasury of wickedness in the bea rt of every sinful man evil thoughts murders adulteries Matth. 15. v. 19. fornications thefts false witnessings blasphemies all in the plural since Jesus Christ came to save us from our sins how can he so do unless his arrows pierce deep even to the heart The Impostume lies there and the man must perish unless it be opened as they tell a story of him who smiting and intending to kill his enemy opened his Impostume with the stroke and saved his life Vulnus opemque tulit he wounded him and healed him both at once so unless Christ who seriously intends to cure our festerd ulcers of customary sins pierce them and open them with the injaculations and arrowes of his sharp word and spirit our impostumated souls must perish And therefore his living word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pier●eth to the division of the soul and spirit Hebr. 4. v. 12. whence note by the way that those two inward parts are different one from other since they can be divided lets out the corruption and heals the man Such a cure was wrought on the Jewes by S. Peters ministry by whom God sent his word and healed them Acts 2.36 37. The sharp piercing words are Let the whole house of Israel know for certain that God hath made this Jesus whom ye have crucified both Lord and Christ Upon this word of truth Christ came riding and pierced them thorow with his sharp arrowes the injaculations of his spirit for it s said that having heard this word they were pricked at the heart For whereas Vulnus is Dissolutio continui a wound is the dissolving of that which was centinued and one before whereas the sinful man was one with his sin as the envious man is one with his envie and the prowd man one with his pride and the like may be said of every sin which is the very nature and being and one with the sinful man the Son of God was therefore revealed that he might wound and so make a dissolution and dis-union between the man and his sin that they might be no more one as the Aposle saith 1 John 3. v. 8. for this the Son of God was manifested 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that he might dissolve and loose the works of the Devill 1 Joh. 3.8 For this end was the enmity of the Law put between the seed of the Woman and the seed of the Serpent Prov. 22. v. 15. Gen. 3.15 as I have shewen And whereas folly is bound up in the heart of a childe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Scepter or Rod of correction drives it far from him Prov. 22.15 But as the Lord hath his piercing and smiting word which pierceth thorow the heart and le ts out the corruption so hath he his healing word also 1 Tim. 1. v. 10. Such is his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1 Tim. 1.10 not only sound doctrine as our Translators turn it and thereby many understand Orthodox which indeed often times is nothing so but also healing doctrine such doctrine as heals our backslidings Jer. 3.22 Such as makes of a Drunkard a sober man of a Letcher a chaste man of a Covetous man a liberal and merciful man yea it heals all the spiritual maladies and diseases Psal 103.3 Such are those 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 healing words 1 Tim. 6.3 2 Tim. 1.13 and elsewhere Esay 19.22 Thus the Lord smites and heales he woundeth or smiteth-thorow 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the word in the text and his hands make whole Job 5.18 1. Note hence the transcendent power of the King Christ in mastring and subduing the greatest power of sin even the Ruling and Lording sins Exod. 15. v. 4. the Princes of Moab The Lords war is against the strongest of our sins against Pharoah and the Choyse of his Captaines Exod. 15.4 Such he wisheth to fight withall as the Poet describes a valiant man Optat aprum aut fulvum descendere monte Leonem he wisheth a wild bear or a Lyon to come down from the Mountain the strength of concupiscence the swinish sin of voluptuousness and sensuality yea the roaring Lion the Devill himself The stronger the enemy is the more fit for him to grapple withall Behold the Lord God or the Lord the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall come upon or against the strong Esay 40 10. Esay 40. v. 10. So it is in the Margent and better as most what then in the text Thus our Lord speakes of himself that stronger man that he shall come upon the strong man armed and overcome him and take away his armour from him Luke 11.22 and destroy him Hebr. 2.14 2. Hence we may take notice that the divine vertue reforming the sinfullman workes not superficially or slightly The influence of this Star smites thorow the corners the Princes of Moab The powers of heaven operate and are effectual even in the bowells of the earth The scepter of Christ pierceth even to the heart So the Psalmist describes him triumphant Psal 45.3.4.5 Psal 45. ver 5. Gird thee with thy sword upon thy thigh O thou mighty one with thy glory and thy Majestie And prosper thou with thy majesty Ride upon the word So the Original sounds 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ride upon the word of truth and meekeness and righteousness and thy right
hand shall teach thee terrible things So the Tigurin Bible the French Italian and Spanish Bibles also Piscator and two of our old English translations have Ride upon the word of truth c. Thus we finde him riding on a white Horse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 conquering and that he may conquer Revel 6. v. 2. Thus one victory armes him for another untill he conquer all our enemies He hath his bow even the zeal of the spirit for the salvation of men and his sharp arrowes Thine arrowes are sharpe the people fall under thee in the heart of the Kings enemies Even such are they who oppose him and his worke in their owne soules to their own salvation It is good counsell which the prophet gives us and let us all follow it Hos 6.1 Come and let us returne unto the Lord for he hath torn us and he will heal us he hath smitten us and he will bind us up 4. He shall destroy all the children of Sheth These words contain the Messiahs subduing of all his enemies Wherein we must inquire who are these children of Sheth and how we are to understand that the Lord shall destroy them As for the former of these OUr Translators persist in rendring 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Sons by Children as what is every where the Sons of Israel they render Children of Israel So here the Sons of Sheth they turn the Children of Sheth The truth is the old English Translators together with the French High and Low Dutch left them no better Copy to follow onely Ainsworth and one more English the Spanish and Italian and the Greek and all the Latin Translations have Sons of Sheth By the Sons of Sheth we must understand the Sons of Adam that is all the world all mankind so Vatablus so the Glosse of the French Bible For all man-kinde descended from Noah after the floud and consequently from Sheth for all Caines posteritie perished in the floud All the Sons of Sheth therefore are all men So the Cald Parah 2. What they render to destroy is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Wall and is here of contrarie signification as to un-wall so Airsworth turns it Vastabit he shall lay wast so Hierom. Tyndal hath undermine Coverdale over-come Others otherwise but almost all come to this sense That Christ shall destroy all the Children of Sheth that is all mankind This sense hath been judged very inconvenient first in regard of all men because Christ himself saith That the Son of man is not come to destroymens lives but to save Luk. 9.56 Secondly And more specially in repect of his Church which shall never cease according to our Lords reasoning Thus saith the Lord that giveth the Sun for a light by day and the ordinances of the Moon and of the Stars for a light by night c. If these ordinances depart from before me saith the Lord then the seed of Israel shall also cease from being a nation before me for ever Thus saith the Lord If heaven above can be measured and the foundations of the earth searched out beneath I will also cast off all the seed of Israel for all that they have done saith the Lord. Upon such impossibilities in nature the Lord puts the destruction of his Church and people Amos 9. v. 8. Jer. 31.35 36 37. And Amos 9.8 he shewes who they are whom he will destroy Behold the eyes of the Lord are upon the sinful kingdom or rather on the kingdom of sin 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in regnum peccati upon the kingdom of sin to destroy it from off the face of the earth notwithstanding I will not utterly destroy the house of Jacob saith the Lord. Yea as for Sheth himself and his holy seed he was that great Patriarch and Father of the Church before the flood a man so eminently holy that he was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a God among men saith Theodoret and his sons imitating their holy father are called the sons of God saith Chrysostom Gen. 6.2 And will the Lord destroy these or the genuin off-spring of these Mark Abrahams reasoning which the Lord consents unto Gen. 18.23.25 Wilt thou also destroy the righteous with the wicked That be far from thee from doing according to this thing that thou shouldest slay the righteous with the wicked and that the righteous should be as the wicked Gen. 18. v. 25. That be far from thee Shall not the Judge of all the Earth do judgement For the avoiding of this great inconvenience some have ●ound out another meaning of these words either understanding 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Sheth appellatively or finding out another meaning of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. By understanding 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 appellatively and so it signifies those who are behinde or the hinder parts 1. Those who are behinde And so Balaam when he spake this prophesie he turned his face toward the wilderness that is toward Israel ver 1 2. And so the Moabites the Ammonites the Midianites and all the people of the East shall be understood by those behinde So Jeremy calls such 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the hindermost of the nations Jer. 50.12 And so it was true of these whom Israel the people of the Messiah in their times overcame Or by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they understand such as besieged the people of Israel according to Psal 3. v. 6. Psal 3. v. 19. I will not be afraid of ten thousands of people who 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 have beset me round about So that what we have the sons of Sheth should be Filii obsidionis the sons of siege or such as lay siege unto Gods people Or by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they understand the hinder parts as Jehoshuah commands the people to pursue their enemies Jos 10. v. 19. and to cut off the hindmost of them Josh 10.19 Decandetis i. e. caudam decidatis to cut off their tayles so Esay 9.14 15. and 20.4 The King of Assyria shall lead away the Egyptians prisoners and the Ethiopians captives yong and old Discoopertos 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 natibus where we have the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 appellatively understood 2. They have found out other meanings of the Verb 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the LXX 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 saith Suidas Praedabitur pabulabitur he shall forrage plunder and lay waste but this upon the matter is all one with the former The Chald. Paraphrast hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dominabitur he shall rule and the Samaritan version hath Exaltabit he shall exalt 1. Hence we may take notice how the Spirit of God in Scripture amuseth men and intangleth and perplexeth all their understandings insomuch as although they have the written word of God before them and the knowledge of Tongues and Arts and search and labour and toyl and do 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
〈◊〉 Dig deep as in a Mine for the sense and meaning of the word yet at length after all their digging and toyl and labour and search with greatest industry and paines they must confess with sorrowful experience that nor knowledge of Languages nor skill in Arts and Sciences though they be good helps while instruments only serviceable instruments nor studies nor watchings nor utmost humane endeavours can admit them into the inmost closet of divine truth until with humility self-denyal prayer they yield their understandings captive to the obedience of that spirit which hath dictated that word and will lead them being so docible and teachable into the knowledge of it And so we shall finde that every one of these hath a meaning suitable and according to the proportion of faith as hath already appeared in part The Lord layes waste and unwals all the sons of Sheth even all men 2 Cor. 1● v. 5. when he overturns and demolishes their strong holds what are they but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their reasonings rather then their imaginations When he plunders them of their false knowledge and infatuates them 1 Cor. 1.19 20. When he robes them and disrobes them of their false righteousness John 16.10 Revel 3.17 When he easily undermines their towring imaginations and Castles in the air of Assurance which hath no foundation of faith and obedience of faith without which all pretences of Assurance are only from a strong fansie and self-love The Lord hath sworn that the disobedient shall not enter into his rest for to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest but to those who believed not So indeed our Translators turn the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but that signifies disobedient ones Hebr. 3. v. 18. 1 Sam. 2. v. 6. When he even kills and slayes us by the words of his mouth Hos 6.5 by that sword that goes out of his mouth which is the Word of God Ephes 6.17 Rev. 1.16 yea when he brings down to Hell 1 Sam. 2.6 This is the common passage of all the sons of Sheth even all the sons of God unto the eternal life and salvation even through Death and Hell For so the Lord leads his people wonderfully and so finally convinceth them that even they themselves pass the sentence of condemnation upon themselves when they confess the sentence of God to be most just Of this the Apostle speakes 2 Cor. 1.9 10. 2 Cor. 1. v. 9 10. We 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 our selves have had the sentence or answer of death in our selves that we should not have trusted 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in our selves but in God raising the dead He shall destroy all the sons of the tayl and these sons are of two sorts according to the two kindes of filthiness 2 Cor. 7.1 1. Of the flesh and so all unclean all lascivious persons Whoremongers and Adulterers are sons of the tayl 2. There is a filthiness of the spirit and so they who have seen vanity and spoken a lying divination Ezech. 13.7 All the false Prophets they are sons of the Tayl Esay 9.15 As for the reason of the former They oppose and confound that orderly way of propagation which the God of order hath prescribed unto mandinde of which above all his creatures he condescends to undertake the preservation and government And therefore howsoever he is the Judge of all the Earth yet all exorbitances all excesses of that kinde come under his special cognisance Whence it is that Er and Onan are said to be punished by the hand of God The Lord slew Er and the Lord slew Onan also Gen. 38.7.10 And 39.9 Adultery is said to be a sin against God And Hebr. 13. Whoremongers and adulterers God shall judge 2. As for the later the reason why the Lord will destroy the false Prophets may be because these sons of the Tayl oppose the God of order in his method and way of saving mens souls and under a pretence of doing the Lords work in edifying their souls 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they subvert or rather destroy mens souls Acts 15.24 Acts 15. v. 24. Perverse and affected counterfeiting in all kindes provokes great indignation in the person counterfeited Since therfore these 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 these sons of a Lye would be taken to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sons of a Star as the Jewes false Messiah in imitation of this Star in my text would be called since these sons of the Tayl pretend to be sons of Thunder Mark 3.17 The most high God sets himself against them Ezech. 13.8 as the Poets say of their Jupiter that he slew Salmoneus Dum flammas Jovis tonitrûs imitatur Olympi while he counterfeited thunder and lightning Aenead lib. 6. For so the Prophet saith expresly Esay 9.14.15 That the Lord will cut off from Israel Head and Tayl branch and rush in one day The ancient and honourable 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 qui vultu suspicitur so Munster acceptus faciebus Esay 9. v. 15. as Arias Montanus turns the words Esay 9.15 we may render them in English whose person or face is respected for there is a lawful respect of persons 1. Commanded as Levit. 19.32 2. Practised and that by Elisha 2 Kings 3.14 he is the Head and the Prophet teaching a lye he is the Tayl which the Lord threatens to cut off 1. Hence may the loose lascivious and unclean persons the sons of the Tayl read their doom The King Christ will destroy them 2. Yea hence the false Prophets who speak lyes in hypocrisie may take notice that the divine sentence is gone forth against them also For they are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the sons of the Tayl it is the worst and basest part of the beast whereunto the false Prophets are compared and the Lord threatens that he will cut them off and destroy them Esay 9.14 15. But we must not here forget that sense which the Chald. Paraphrast gives of these words which is this He shall rule over all men And this is harmonical with the great voices in Heaven when the seventh Angel sounded the Kingdoms of this world are or according to many Copies Rev. 11. v. 15. the Kingdom of the world is become our Lords and his Christs and he shall reign for ever and ever For when the humanity is recovered and seriously yielded up unto the divine Nature the whole heaven and heavenly nature congratulates unto God the kingdom of life Rom. 5.17 now taken in and celebrates and prayses the faithfulness of Gods promises Let us now compare these two last Axioms together and in reference one to another and so we shall finde that as in like prophetical speeches they have somewhat of consentaney nature and affection one towards the other and somewhat dissentaney and different yea opposit one to other 1. They have somewhat consentaney and agreeing one with the other And so as the Lord shall smite and smite thorow the
Princes of Moab who are such as receive not correction and so spiritually are Bastards Hebr. 12.8 So likewise he shall destroy the like incestuous generation even all the sons of the Tayl. He is impartial and without respect of persons otherwise how shall he judge the world It is the Apostles reasoning Rom. 3.6 I shall adde but one reading more and that is of the ancient Samaritan version And so these two last Axioms have some dissentuney affection yea opposite one to the other He shall smite thorow the fools of Moab but he shall exalt all the sons of Sheth There is no doubt but they read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies fools for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Corners or Princes of Moab But why fools of Moab We read indeed of the pride of Moab Esay 16.6 and Jer. 48.29 both in the same words which the Prophets express very elegantly we have heard the pride of Moab and then they turn aside as it were to let others know it he is very proud We read also of his security carnal confidence and contempt of God and his people We read not here of the folly of Moab And no marvail For can there be greater folly then to be proud secure self-confident and to despise God and his people These characters demonstrate the Moabites to be Solomons fools such are all wicked men And therefore they may be well termed Fools of Moab But there is yet a reason more proper to our purpose Moab and Ammon were of incestuous generation and accordingly Moab hath his name à Mo aqua Ab patris velut è patris aqua genitus At inter venerea recensetur aqua unde proverbia manarunt abstine ab aqua aliena Bibe aquam è cisterna tua fluenta putei tui Aqua furtiva est dulcior c. quae sunt ad illum modum And the God of the Moabites is called Chemosh which according to S. Hierom is from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 quasi palpans from dalliance and wantonness Whence is the name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 qui nocturnarum comessationum deunculus quin idem ipse lascivarum saltationum praeses Memoratur etiam juvenum procacium festum quoddam apud lascivum comicum quod 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 appellatur Thus much the Apostle intimates Rom. 13. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not in surfeting and drunkenness and then adds not in Chambering and wantonness Siquidem sine Cerere Baccho friget Venus Such wanton persons are called by a special name Fools in Scripture because that vice in special makes a man an arrant fool unmans him and takes his understanding from him Thus the Harlot is called the foolish woman and her Amaretto a yong man void of understanding who is taken by her fair speech and goes after her strait-way as an Ox goeth to the slaughter and as a Fool to the correction of the Stocks Prov. 7.22 And therefore the natural Philosophers observe that every four footed beast and fowl the more lustful it is the more foolish it is Of the fowls one instance is the Sparrow of the beasts the Asse Ezech. 23.20 And therefore Shechem who ravished Dinah the daughter of Jacob Gen. 34.2 is said to be the son of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hamor that is an Asse v. 7. And he is said to have wrought folly in Israel So the woman that played the harlot is said to have wrought folly in Israel Deut. 22.21 Thus ye read the same phrase upon like occasion Judges 19.23 and 20.6.10 Hence it is that Thamar saith to her brother Amnon now about to humble her 2 Sam. 13. v. 12. 2 Sam. 13.12 No such thing ought to be done in Israel do not this same folly there is an emphasis on every word And v. 13. Thou shalt be as one of the fools in Israel These and such as these are the fools of Moab which the Son of God smites and smites thorow as I shewed before When they that are wise or make others wise 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dan. 12. v. 3. shall shine as the Firmament and they who turn many unto righteousness as the stars for ever and ever For he exalts all the sons of Sheth which are all the sons of God Unto such glory and honour the Son of God exalts the sons of Sheth when he comes in his glory and all the holy Angels with him and sits upon the throne of his glory when all nations shall be gathered before him and he shall separate them as a Shepherd divideth his Sheep from the Goats And he shall set his Sheep on the right hand the wise sons of Sheth and the Goats on the left the fools of Moab whom he smites with the most dreadful sentence of final condemnation and exalts the sons of God unto glory and honour and praise and so invests them with himself and gives them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 That glory which ours turn honour that is from God alone John 5.44 John 5. v. 44. 1 Pet. 2. v. 7. That honour which is Christ himself unto you who believe he is pretious so Our Translators 1 Pet. 2.7 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 unto you who believe he is that honour that praise which is not of men but of God Such praise such honour and such glory have all his Saints Psalm 149.9 All the sons of Sheth O ye sons of Sheth Let us be subject let us submit our selves unto the Scepter of Christ It s a powerful Scepter it smites and smites thorow the Princes of Moab It s a Scepter of holiness it destroyes all the sons of the Tayl. It s a righteous Scepter a Scepter of equity it pierceth thorow the fools of Moab and exalts all the sons of Sheth And this last honour of Christs Scepter which David Psalm 45. and S. Paul Hebr. 1. ascribes unto it is most notable For neither the Psalmist nor the Apostle setting forth the glory of Christs Scepter commends it to us from the amplitude and largeness of his dominion but from the rectitude and equity of it Many unchristian and antichristian Kings and Potentates have large dominions but crooked Scepters Scepters of iniquity Yea the Devil challenged all the Kingdoms of the World as his own Matth. 4.8 9. Yea our Lord calls him The Prince of this world John 14.30 It is not greatness or largeness of a Kingdom that is an honour to it No nor greatness of strength For it s a known speech Magna regna magna latrocinia Great Kingdoms are great robberies And Satan is stiled by our Lord the strong man armed Luke 11.21 It is not greatness of authority and dominion it is not power or strength of a Kingdom that commends it but the rectitude and equity the just and right use of the authority power and strength without which a Prince or people may be said to be Stolidè ferox as Tacitus speaks foolishly and as we may adde unjustly
every one deperit perditè amat loves and zealously affects and commits adultery and fornication with all every one in the darkness in the secret closets of his own imagination Ezech. 8.12 in his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Brothelhouse the Stewes of his own heart whence proceed the issues of a wicked life and actions Lenonum pueri quocunque in fornice nati O Israel The Lord requires all thy love all thy zeal as his own and according to his command to be bestowed upon thy neighbour Let us O let us be zealous for our God every one against his Cozbi the lying thoughts of the Midianitish woman as Phineas was according to Gods testimony of him Numb 25.11 Phineas hath caused my wrath to be turnd away from upon the sons of Israel in his being zealous with my zeal in the midst of them v. 11. For so no doubt 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 should be rendred with my zeal as S. Paul saith to his Corinthians 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I emulate or am zealous for you with the zeal of God 2 Cor. 11.2 O let us with this zeal of our God be zealous against all iniquity 2 Cor. 11. v. 2. all our vain thoughts which we have caused to lodge in us and let us pierce them thorow mortifie and kill them and cast them out of our Tabernacle So shall the wrath of God be turned away from us so will the Lord be zealous for his land and spare us Joel 2.18 and set his Tabernacle in the midst of us O that he would vouchsafe so great grace unto us On the eighth day ye shall have a solemn Assembly Numb 29. v. 35. ye shall do no servile work therein The only wise and good God who loves the man better then the man loves himself according to that Charior est superis homo quàm sibi Man is more dear unto God then he is to himself out of that intire love unto man he not only signifies in express words what his will is but intimates the same also more implicitly in ceremonies as Sacrifices and Sacraments and Sacramental signes meats and drinks as also certain times as dayes and weeks and moneths and years Festival dayes new Moons and Sabbaths which are a shadow saith S. Paul of things to come but the body is of Christ Col. 2.17 Hence it was that the holy Apostles when they preached the Gospel they delivered the will of God shadowed in the law The Lord Jesus taught them so to do Luke 24.21 beginning at Moses and all the Prophets he expounded unto them in all the Scriptures the things concerning himself And v. 44.45 All things saith he must be fulfilled which were written in the Law of Moses and in the Prophets and in the Psalmes concerning me Then opened he their understanding that they might understand the Scriptures Accordingly S. Paul in his preaching the Gospel said none other things then those which the Prophets and Moses did say should come Acts 26.22 And can we follow any better any other so good example as that of our Lord The words are part of the prescript form and rule touching the feast of Tabernacles and the eighth day of that Feast wherein is prescribed 1. What was to be done They must then have a solemn assembly 2. What was to be left undone Ye shall do no servile work Accordingly I shall consider these two Rules 1. On the eighth day Israel must have a solemn assembly 2. They must do no servile work 1. On the eight day Israel must have a solemn assembly Wherein we must inquire 1. What this assembly was 2. What was that eighth day 1. What was that solemn assembly It is true that on the three principal solemn festivals of the Jewes there were wont to be conventions and assemblies of the people which might be truly called solemn assemblies and this name might be given to all the three principal Feasts But our Translators here call the last day of every such Feast a solemn assembly as here the eighth day of the feast of Tabernacles whereas 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies not the assembling or convening of the people together but the retaining or restraining of them being so assembled which is a great difference Yea Levit. 23.36 where we have mention of the same Feast our Translators themselves having rendred 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as here a solemn Assembly they put in the margent Hebr. Day of restraint and the like Deut. 16.8 a Chron. 7.9 Nehem. 8.18 And therefore what the Tigurin Bible hath Concio an assembly or gathering of the people Va●ablus explains Collectio sive retentio i. e. Solennitas Festum sic dicebatur quod retinerentur qui venerant ad festum c. It was called a gathering or retaining that is a Solemnity The Feast was so called saith he because they were retained or detained who came to the Feast To like purpose Munster who turns the word Retentio and gives reason because the seven dayes of the solemnity being past the people was yet retained one day So Luther explains it Piscator in his High Dutch Translation turns the word Verbotstag which in his Latin he renders Dies interdicti a day of prohibition and his reason is with reference to the following words because on it all servile work was forbidden Tyndal and another after him renders it a Collection not because money was then gathered for the reparation of the Tabernacle or to buy Sacrifices as Lyra and some others have conceived but because the people were then gathered and retained together And so the Chald. Paraph. expresly renders the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Collecti eritis ye not money shall be gathered Now because this Collection and retention was on the last day of the Feast as S. John calls it John 7. Therefore one of our old English Translators turns the word The conclusion of the Feast 2. This Collection Retention or Conclusion of the Feast was on the eighth day Which day was supernumerary and above the number of the Feast which consisted of Seven dayes as appears Levit. 23.34 On the fifteenth day of the seventh moneth shall be the Feast of Tabernacles for seven dayes unto the Lord. And afterward thrice ver 40 41 42. Ye shall keep it seven dayes The reason of this supernumerary day is to be sought in the Mysterie of it Meantime as to the letter The reason of this Collection and retention of the people on the eighth day is to be referred unto the authority of divine institution and the end of it is well worthy his divine wisdom and goodness who ordained it For the same Feast of Tabernacles was instituted in the seventh moneth the moneth Tizri which in part answers to our September when they had now gathered in the increase of the year Levit. 23.24 Then ye shall dwell in Booths saith the Lord seven dayes every home-born in Israel shall dwell in Booths
that your generations may know that I made the sons of Israel to dwell in Booths when I brought them out from the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God ver 42 43. That the people might remember and consider their slavery in Egypt and their deliverance out of it Their penury and poverty in the Wilderness when they were houseless and harborless and their plenty and abundance in the land of Canaan when they dwelt in houses that they had not built And therefore the Law was commanded to be read every seventh year at that feast Deut. 31.10 that they might hear and learn and fear the Lord their God the author of all this good unto them and observe to do all the words of his Law And for that end after the ordaining of that Feast Levit. 23.43 is added I am the Lord your God Hence it is that the LXX render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which some have conceived to be so turned because that Song was so called which the old Greek Stage-players sung at the end of their Comedies when they went off the Stage as Suidas and Pollux and others affirm Accordingly some conceive that the Greek Interpreters alluded to this custom of the Stage-players because when they ended the Feast of Tabernacles they returned to their houses with great joy But truly I am not easily perswaded that the Greek Interpreters would so much honour the Comedians and their profane Stage-customes as to transfer them unto the holy Scripture There is no doubt but the LXX gave this name to the Feast according to the divine institution of it as hath been shewen in memory of Israels coming forth of Egypt And for the same reason they gave the name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Exodus unto the second book of Moses wherein that great work of God is recorded and rendred the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for a memorial of the peoples going out of Egypt Levit 23.16 Numb 29.35 Deut. 16.8 2 Chron. 7.9 Nehem. 8.18 as well knowing the will of the Lord that his people should remember the day when they came forth out of the land of Egypt all the dayes of their life Deut. 16.3 Hence we learn one main end of humane society the celebrating of solemn Assemblies for the worship and service of God in the great Congregation Such are all the solemn Feasts in Scripture As also for the management of civil affairs in order to a peaceable life 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1 Tim. 2.2 That which the Psalmist expresseth in like words Psal 110.3 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the comlinesses of holiness Psal 100. v. 3. 1 Tim. 2. v. 2. which our Translators express in all godliness and honesty Where 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 turnd by honesty a word in our language of very large signification might more properly be rendred by comely gravity The Wiseman Prov. 8.6 brings in Wisdom saying I will speak of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 excellent things the LXX turn the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 grave things that is as the Philosopher explaines 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a decent deportment becoming all ranks and orders of men So that those Conventions of the people were either Ecclesiastical or civil And both had their times of restraint and their times of dimission For whereas all things in the Church ought to be done in decency and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to order 1 Cor. 14.40 1 Cor. 14. v. 40. We read that our Lord the Head of his Church is desired by the Disciples to let the multitude depart Mat. 14.15 as afterward he doth v. 22 23. and 15.29 And we read this practised by the Town Clerk or rather Sacred Scribe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as Dr. Hammond well proves that he dismissed the Assembly Acts 19.35 Acts 19. v. 35. And this dismission proves a restraint in all lawful Assemblies Such were those of the Christians in the Apostles times Hebr. 10.25 James 2.2 and afterwards So Ignatius to Polycarpus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 let the Assemblies be more frequent In which dismission was practised and therefore a restraint supposed In the Greek Church after the Sermon the Deacon said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a dismission to the people that is the people may depart And the like custom was in the Latin Church Hence is that known form of speech used by the Deacon after the Sermon to the Catechumeni those who were not yet initiated or entred into the divine mysteries but were yet in their rudiments to them it was said Ite missa est The Congregation is dismissed ye may go home These antient and now antiquated customes of the Church easily discover unto us what Dissolutae scopae what loose and confused companies our Church-congregations most-what are as being neither duely gathered and assembled together nor detained by any gentle and moderate restraint upon them nor decently dismissed All which might well become the people of the God of order and the comely body of Christ the head But at this day most men account it a great part of their Christian liberty to be disorderly and to do what they list So that our Church-Assemblies are like people some going others coming from the Market or like Bees alwayes some going in others out of the Hive But if we begin to speak of these disorders we shall never come to an end Come we rather to the spiritual meaning of these words For alas what honour is it unto God or what benefit is it unto the people that so many bodies of men are gathered together in one place or that they are retained and restrained there The Church of God is a communion of souls and spirits And this communion of souls and spirits must be with the God and Father of spirits who made us out souls Otherwise Nihil boni est in unitate nisi unitas sit in bono There is no good in unity unless unity be in goodness We must know therefore that there is a twofold Restraint 1. From sin and iniquity 2. A restraint unto God and his divine nature 1. The restraint from sin and iniquity is the restraint of the seventh day Deut. 16.8 Six dayes thou shalt eat unleavened bread and the seventh day shall be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a solemn Assembly or rather a restraint The feast of the Passover requires a purging out the leaven of malice and wickedness a keeping our selves from our own iniquity This must be done with unleavened bread even with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth Ye perceive sincerity accompanies the first and lowest duty even the first passage out of Egypt So far are they out who call perfection which is the highest duty by the name of sincerity which is or accompanies the lowest and meanest 2. There is also a restraint a recollecting and calling home all our wandring thoughts our loose affections our unadvised words our rash actions a bringing them to due examinations a judgeing and
condemning what is blameworthy of them a sifting and winnowing our hearts as the Prophet exhorts Zephaniah 2.1 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Inquirite in vos ipsos scrutamini let every one of you search Inter scruta among the trash and trumpery of his sinful conversation Under thy pride thine envie thy wrath thy covetousness thy gluttony thy drunkenness thy lasciviousness lies the chast sober temperate bountiful patient meek loving humble Christ of God troden under foot in the street He it is who is made flesh and desires 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to take up his Tent to keep his Feast of Tabernacles with us John 1. v. 14. John 1.14 Canst thou darest thou own believe on hope in love cleave unto such a Christ canst thou honour him joyn thy self unto him Unto him is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 our restraint our retention unto him we are to be adjoyned and to become of one spirit with him Unto him we are to be conformed in his humiliation and abasement that we may be made like unto him in his glory and exaltation The reason of this collection and retention of the Church of God in union may be referred to the Author of it whose wisdom and goodness as it appears in the history so much more in the mystery of it The story minded Israel according to the flesh of their bodily thraldom in and deliverance out of Egypt their great poverty and want of all things and their plenty and abundance The Mystery imports the precious redemption of their souls out of their spiritual slavery under the spiritual Pharaoh How miserable poor and naked they were but now abounded with all spiritual riches houses full of all good things that is the holy Spirit of God Matth. 7.11 with Luke 11.13 For by this eighth day was signified the holy Spirit of God Our Lord himself declares thus much John 7. Where ver 2. ye read that it was the feast of Tabernacles When our Lord went up to Jerusalem ver 10. On the last day the great day of that Feast 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Jesus stood and cryed saying If any man thirst let him come unto me and drink He that believeth on me as the Scripture hath said out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water But this spake he of the Spirit which the believers 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on him John 7. v. 39. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 should afterward receive John 7.37 38 39. In order to the receiving of this Spirit the Lord Jesus commands their restraint in expectation of it Luke 24.49 Behold I send the promise of my Father upon you but tarry ye in the City Jerusalem Judg. 6. v. 34. till ye be indued or clothed with power from on high For so we read Judges 6.34 that the Spirit of the Lord clothed Gideon The word they render tarry is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sit ye which notes that quiet posture of their minde Anima quiet a anima prudens wherein they were to receive the Spirit of God And accordingly we finde them in such a posture and disposition of minde Acts 2.1 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Acts 2. v. 1.3 They were all unanimous at or in one 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and it sat upon every one of them and they were all filled with the holy Ghost S. John puts both together the Spirit and the day of the Spirit I was or I was made 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so Arias Montanus or I became in the Spirit in the Lords day where he explaines one by the other by apposition for so we understand that Lords day which is so often mentioned in the Prophets and called the day of the Lord. In that day he was wherein there was no night nor need of a Candle neither light of the Sun Rev. 22. v. 5. for the Lord God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall enlighten them Revel 22.5 Hence we perceive good reason why the Lord laid a restraint upon them to tarry at Jerusalem It was the day of the Spirit the eighth day there was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a restraint Hence we learn that as in the letter and outwardly so inwardly and in the Spirit there is a difference of dayes It is the Wisemans question Why doth a day excel a day and all the light of the day of the year is of the Sun So the words are read in the Greek Ecclus 33.7 He answers his question Ecclus 33. v. 7. 13 By the knowledge of the Lord they were distinguished and he altered seasons and feasts Some of them he hath made high dayes and some of them he hath made high and sanctified and some of them he hath put for the number of dayes And the Wiseman shews there is like reason for the difference among men All men saith he are from the ground and Adam was created from the earth In multitude of knowledge the Lord hath divided them and made their wayes diverse some of them he hath blessed and exalted and some of them he hath sanctified and set them near himself But some of them hath he cursed and brought low and turnd them out of their standings As the Potters clay is in his hand 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all his wayes are which words are left out in our Translation according to his pleasure so man is in the hand of him who made him to render unto them according to his judgement Let them take notice of this who confound all differences of dayes and differences of men how point blank they oppose the express testimony of the Wiseman here I know there is a time when some strong men may esteem every day alike Rom. 14.5 But I am well assured that many of those who plead for a parity of dayes and persons are not yet grown up to that spiritual age But let them take notice that there is no time in all the Scripture set wherein it s said that all persons shall be equal Which is the main thing they contend for upon no ground Yea that which they suppose their principal ground is a main argument against their parity Mat. 23. v. 8.10 Our Lord saith to his Disciples Matth. 23. Be not ye called Rabbi for one is your Master the Christ and all ye are brethren And ver 10. Be not ye called Masters for one is your Master 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Christ But the greater or greatest of you shall be your Minister 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Its evident from the context that our Lord endeavours to render his Disciples like unto himself As therefore he did not exercise Mastership over his Disciples as the Jews Rabbins did over the people so neither would he that his Disciples should one over another because they were brethren which brotherhood yet inferred not a parity among them no more then our being the brethren of Christ Hebr. 2.11 renders us equal to him who is the first-born of many brethren Rom. 8.29 But
as he who is greater then all and indeed our true Master yet was minister of all so should he who is the greatest among his brethren be as their minister Whence we may reason convictively that if our Lord supposed some of his Apostles and Disciples greater or greatest of their brethren then surely he supposeth they are not equal 2. Hence also appears the spiritual excellency of the eighth day which is the true Lords day when the Lord God omnipotent reigneth and his Kingdom is come unto us in righteousness peace and joy in the holy Ghost For so we shall finde that in this number these are comprehended The number eight is a full number and called by the Pythagoreans the number of justice and righteousness because as it is compounded so it is also resolved into numbers Paritèr pares equal parts and particles of those parts Whence Georgius Venetus observes That they who were saved from the flood were Eight which according to the number of Justice implyes that all who shall be saved must be just men righteous men Yea that Noah for this reason is said to be a just man in his generation Gen. 6.9 Yea he himself is said to be the eighth Preacher of righteousness 2 Pet. 2.5 which is true without that absurd suppliment of person as I have heretofore shewen 2. In this mystical number also of eight the peace is represented when by Circumcision performed on the eighth day Gen. 17. the body of sin in the flesh which lusted against the Spirit Gal. 5.17 is put off Col. 2.11 and we now worship God in the spirit Phil. 3.3 when all jarring dis-harmony all differences between our God and us are silenced and taken away by Christs mediation as the binding cord and we hear nothing but the most harmonical diapason Wherein two things are considerable 1. A Return to the same Tone from whence we departed 2. Though it be not altogether of the same Key yet great agreement great peace there is an union identity and sameness The only difference between them is The one is lower the other is higher These are discernable even to every ear though the learned Musitian can best judge of these things But what is this to us When man thus imitates his God thus returns unto him then as the first day of the Feast of Tabernacles is holy so is the eighth and last also Levit. 23.35 36. When as it was in the beginning so it is now When the one extreme is God the other Man most like unto God and both make a most harmonical and peaceable Diapason There 's but one minde in both 1 Cor. 2.16 One heart in both David according to Gods heart In both one will Gods will done in earth as it is done in heaven O most perfect peace 3. From this righteousness and peace cannot but Echo and resound answerable joy joy in the holy Ghost How can it be otherwise For when the Lord hath circumcised the heart Deut. 30.6 with the circumcision of the spirit on the eighth day the day of the spirit of love and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hath cleansed and purged it round about according to the LXX and taken away the foolishness of it so the Chald. Paraph. expresseth it so that the man now loves the Lord his God with all his heart and with all his soul when now the mans love is fixed upon what is most lovely even the Christ of God in his Tabernacle the desire of all nations Hag. 2.7 When the man delights in what is most lovely most desireable and most delightful then the desire coming is a tree of life Prov. 13.12 Such joy must then be in great measure proportionable to him in whom we rejoyce and so in a sort unmeasurable and infinite such is the joy in the spiritual feast of Tabernacles when the Lord takes up his Tabernacle with us and dwels with us and we with him Revel 21.3 Such as when Nehemiah even the consolation of the Lord the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the great Comforter as his name imports keeps the feast of Tabernacles it must needs be joy great joy exceeding great joy Nehem. 8.17 As we may reason from what S. Peter writes to the believers in Christ Whom having not seen ye love in whom though now ye see him not yet believing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ye rejoyce 1 Pet. 1. v. 8. or leap and dance with joy unspeakable 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Glorificata glorified joy Such is that which ariseth not from the knowledge of Christ according to the flesh for though we have known Christ according to the flesh yet now we know him so no more for we walk by faith and not by sight by faith in the might and power of God according to which our Lord saith Blessed are they who having not seen yet are believing Joh. 20. v. 29. John 20.29 Who can duely esteem this faith and love but he who can experimentally say My Beloved is mine and I am his Cant. 2.16 The excellency of the holy assembly and restraint on the eighth day may justly reprove both the assemblies and restraints of known wicked men and of seeming holy ones for there are of both sorts The Prophet tells us of an assembly of treacherous men Jer. 9.2 The word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 such as restrained themselves from what was good Jer. 9. v. 2. 8. and were in the bond of iniquity He describes them verse 3. They cause their tongue their bow to shoot a lie and have not strengthened themselves for truth in the earth For they proceed from evil to evil and have not known me saith the Lord. And the Prophet gives warning of such Take ye heed every one of his friend and trust ye not in any brother for every brother will not be Israel prevailing with God but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 will utterly supplant will imitate Jacob in deceiving his brother and every companion will walk deceitfully They will use deceit every one against his neighbour they will not speak the truth they have taught their tongue to speak a lie They have laboured or wearied themselves to commit iniquity Whereupon the Lord tells Jeremy Thine habitation is in the midst of deceit wherefore I am melting them and I will try them saith the Lord. For what shall I do for the Daughter of my people As if the Lord should say they are indeed thus wicked an assembly of treacherous men but some good men there are among them as some gold among much dross wherefore I will melt them and try them Their tongue is an arrow shot out it speaketh deceit One speaketh peace with his neighbour with his mouth but in the midst of him or in his heart he laieth his wait These sins the Prophet found and reproved at Jerusalem and so did David before him Psal 5.5 He had found a like assembly of treacherous men like those before the confusion of tongues Gen. 11. of whom the
Lord said the people are one and they have all one language Whereupon he confounds their tongue and David prayes for the like confusion they are now bound up in the bond of iniquity Wherefore v. 9. Divide their tongues for I have seen violence and strife in the City Their lying deceit and fraud are sins more proper to a City Whence they say that Astus craft subtilty deceit and fraud is from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is a City wickedness is in the midst of it deceit and guile go not out of their streets These are City-sins our City-sins sins rank and abounding in our City And therefore the Lord proceeds in his threatnings against that people and it may be feared for like reason against us also Jer. 9.9 Shall I not visit them for these things saith the Lord shall not my soul be avenged of such a nation as this not only that nation but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 such as this also These are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a combination of wicked men committing open and known wickedness Others there were also among the Jews an assembly of seeming holy men Esay 1. who brought a multitude of sacrifices unto God so that he was full with the burnt offerings of Rams and the fat of fed beasts and the blood of Bullocks Lambs and Goats These were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ver 13. a solemn meeting as it is there rendred or rather a people in restraint or retention wholly taken up in offering sacrifices observing new Moons and Sabbaths But what saith the Lord of these who hath required this at your hands to tread my Courts Bring no more vain oblations Incense is an abomination unto me The new Moons and Sabbaths the calling of assemblies I cannot away with iniquity and the solemn meeting or restraint So no doubt the words are to be read Esay 1. v. 13 14. And so Pagnin Tremellius Munster Piscator the Tigurin Bible and two of our old English Translations render them Not as our last doth with the supplement it is but jointly without a supplement And the reason is because iniquity opposeth the righteousness of God and the more of God is opposed the more God hates it and therefore it followes your new Moons and your appointed feasts my soul hateth they are a trouble upon me I am weary to bear them This was no doubt a gross mistake of the Jewes that they could not distinguish between that life which God required out of the ceremonies even his everlasting will and commandement John 12.50 and the ceremonies themselves which God adjoyned unto it until the life it self should appear Col. 3.9 Yet I doubt not but we may parallel them with a people among us an assembly a combination of seeming holy ones who make their assembling and the keeping of an outward Sabbath hearing the Word and receiving the Sacrament and the observation of a few other outward duties the very 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the whole business of their religion wherewithal they cover their envie their pride their covetousness their wrath their surfeting their drunkenness their chambering their wantonness all their abominations As for what is required out of these outward services as from the Sabbath the ceasing from our sins from hearing of the Word obedience to be performed thereunto from receiving of the Lords Supper the shewing forth the Lords death in the daily mortification of sin As for the love of God and our neighbour the walking in good works the very end for which our God created us Ephes 2.10 Of these Ne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 quidem few words of these or if words yet but words These are after we believe and are assured that is have strongly fansied that we are justified these are then accounted but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 things at the best indifferent and in a manner at our discretion as being not absolutely necessary to salvation which they are sure of already but upon the matter as to salvation impertinent and needless But if they be urged home and their necessity be demonstrated and that to salvation then they are reputed Pharisism Arminianism Socinianism Familism Monchery Popery So that all the Christian duties and all the excellent priviledges of the eight day of the feast of Tabernacles are resolved into a few outward services of the seventh day But let them expect what event the Jews had of all their ceremonial services without the life of righteousness Who required these things at your hands I cannot away with iniquity and the solemn meeting or restraint As for us let us keep the feast of Tabernacles to the Lord let us keep a solemn assembly a retention a restraint on the eighth day 1. Let us restrain our souls from all iniquity Let us vow this vow unto the Lord and keep it Numb 30. v. 3. If a man vow a vow unto the Lord and swear an oath to binde his soul with a bond he shall not break his word Or rather according to the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by binding a bond upon his soul so David saith Thy vows are upon me O God! If we make vows unto God our word is no more ours but Gods and therefore we are obnoxious unto him So that to violate our words is not simply to break it as our Translators turn it but to prophane it as it is in the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he shall not profane his word because it was sacred as made to the Lord and therefore being not performed it is profaned as they acknowledge in the margent 2. Let us avow and consecrate our selves to the Lord. A promissory oath differs little and only formally from a vow Accordingly David gives us example of the other restraint even to binde our selves to the Lord and his righteousness I have sworn and I will perform it Psal 119. v. 106. that I will keep thy righteous judgements or rather the judgements of thy righteousness 1. It is no mean Society and assembly we are invited unto read how the Apostle describes it Hebr. 12.22 23 24. 2. Nor is the benefit small no less then even the subduing the power of our greatest spiritual enemy Mark 1. v. 23. Mark 1.23 we read of a man in the Synagogue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a man with or in an unclean spirit who cryed out saying Let us alone What have we to do with thee thou Jesus of Nazareth Art thou come to destroy us I know thee who thou art the holy one of God Satan knew well that Jesus and he had nothing common therefore he saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 what is common to us and thee And therefore he well knew that there would be no society between Christ and him but that he the stronger man would cast him out of his Tabernacle which he had usurped Whence saith David thine enemies roar Psal 74. v. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 like the Whelps of the Lion the Devil
it have made it intricate They conclude and agree most-what that by a servile work is to be understood some corporal mechanical or artificial work how be it they hence except works of necessity to be done and such as whereby men may serve one another in love Also by a servile work they understand journeying dancing singing fidling hunting fishing fowling painting marketing going to law doing any work for a reward whence in the Arabic version a servile work is called a work of gain or for gain Light of nature taught the heathen that on their holy days and feast days they must do no work So Tully in his 2d. book de legibus And Macrobius in his first book saith the Priests affirm that their Festivals are polluted if any work be done in them Only they say Feriis agi licere quod praetermissum noceret that such work may be done on their Holy dayes which might do hurt if left undone as to draw an Ox out of a pit Whereby it appears that the Gentiles knew not only the law of nature but somewhat of the Gospel also For this sentence of Scaevola the high Priest hath good conformity with what the only true high Priest delivers upon like occasion touching the Sabbath Luke 13.15 16. According to this account we may finde somewhat like Christianity even among the idolatrous Heathen yea the Heathen if we consider and compare them according to their light with many who believe themselves to be the only Christians they may shame them and all other who place the breach of the Sabbath in sitting at their doors or walking a turn in the field Which haply may be as necessary for some man as plucking a Sheep out of a pit on the Sabbath day And how much is a man better then a Sheep saith our Lord Matth. 12.12 And thence he there concludes That it is lawful to do well on the Sabbath dayes We must therefore inquire yet further what a servile work is Others have conceived that by a servile work is to be understood such work as a Servant or Handmaid is wont to do and thus the LXX call it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which because it may signifie a work tending to divine worship which is most-what called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therefore they would rather turn it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 manual labour or work with own hands But surely the Lord would not destroy his own Primitive institution or make that unlawful to be done which he himself commanded our first parents to do and that in the state of innocency For so we read that the Lord commanded them to subdue the earth Gen. 1.28 and 2.15 It s said that the Lord God took the man and put him in the Garden of Eden 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to till it which is the word before us here rendred servile or of servitude doubtless if such a work were at any time unlawful to be done the Lord would not have commanded them while they were in their integrity to do it We are therefore yet to seek what is that servile work which is here forbidden to be done on the eighth day There is no question but Israel according to the flesh understood by a work or works of servitude such as they wrought in Egypt when the Egyptians made them serve with rigour Exod. 1. v. 14. and made their lives bitter with hard bondage in Morter and in Bricks and in all service in the field with all their work wherein they wrought with rigour But whereas old things are past away 2 Cor. 5. v. 17. and behold in Christ all things 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 are made new and according to the promise the Lord now brings his people again out of the land of Egypt Zach. 10.10 we must understand now other servile works answerable unto the spiritual Egypt the land of Ham the servant And therefore Origen interprets the doing of Israels works in Egypt Opera carnis terrena opera opera seculi actûs terrae lutea explere ministeria to do the works of the flesh earthly works worldly works deeds of the earth and to fulfil durty offices or services It rests therefore that since according to our Lords decision it is lawful to do well on the Sabbathday well-doing is not forbidden on the eighth day so that the sirvile work is the sinful work whosoever commits sin is the servant of sin John 8.34 Hence it is that the sinful man yields his members servants to iniquity unto iniquity that is from one degree of iniquity unto another and so he becomes the servant of sin Rom. 6.19.20 A servant of corruption 2 Pet. 2.19 A vassal unto divers lusts and pleasures Tit. 3.3 So that every sin is a servile work such as rvery ones ruling lust commands him to do The reason why no such servile work is to be done on the eighth day may appear from 1. Divine authority forbidding it the Lord saith ye shall do no servile work 2. In regard of the work it self which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sin and iniquity unlawful in its own nature and therefore it brings a prohibition with it it s that which ought not to be done 3. In regard of the quality of the work forbidden servile work a work of servitude and therefore mis-beseeming yea unlawful for those whom Christ made free 4. In respect of the eighth day which is the day of the Spirit as hath been shewen and where the Spirit of the Lord is there is liberty 2 Cor. 3.17 Yea 5. The seventh day imports a cessation and rest from all servile work No Manna was then to be gathered Exod. 16.6 No labour for the meat that perisheth John 6.27 No distracting care what we shall eat or what we shall drink if we have tasted that the Lord is gratious 1 Pet. 2.3 No journeying on the Sabbath Exod. 16.29 but every one must tarry in his place Now God himself is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the place and its one of the Names of God And if all our works be wrought in God John 3.21 we shall then keep the Sabbath well unto the Lord. Cain went from his presence and then whither went he he dwelt in Nod Instability Nimrod went from him and wrought a servile work he built his Babel his work of confusion No fire was to be kindled on the Sabbath day Exod. 35.3 Ye read of iniquity burning like a fire Esay 9.18 A fire of envie which is not kindled on the true Sabbath Esay 11.13 A fire of legal zeal which I know will burn against this exposition of the Sabbath in some yong Disciples like those Luke 9.54 which is there quenched No buying or selling must be on the Sabbath Nehem. 13.15 For the time is short that they who buy shall be as though they possessed not 1 Cor. 7.30 Accordingly the Prophet speaking of the great Sabbath saith there shall be no Canaanite
that is no Merchant no buyer or seller in the house of the Lord Zach. 14.21 There must be no bearing of burdens on the Sabbath Jer. 17.22 Hebr. 12. v. 1. We must lay aside every weight that presseth down and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the sin that so easily besets us in every circumstance And therefore the Lord comforts his people against Assur that is the besieging sin Esay 10.24 And he gives a reason ver 27. In that day his burden shall be removed from off thy shoulder Esay 10. v. 27. and his yoke from off thy neck and his yoke shall be dissolved or broken 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the unction or the anointing of the Spirit of God which gives the true liberty Yea the Lord mindes his people Levit. 26.13 of his redemption and freeing them from the Egyptian slavery I am saith he the Lord your God Lev. 26. v. 13. which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt from being bondmen to them and I have broken the bands of your yoke and made you go 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 In erectione erect or upright which is the posture of liberty and freedom And therefore the Chald. Paraphrast turns it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 In libertate in freedom as the contrary posture of being bowed down is a signe of bondage and servitude Rom. 11.10 Ever bow thou down their back 1. Observe we hence what that is which enslaves and abaseth those who otherwise are most noble and free-born what else but servile work or work of servitude Even Adam who was the son of God by his fall became the servant of sin And of all Adams posterity Ham the son of just Noah so noble that he was by divine estimation better then all men of his age and taken in exchange for the world Ecclus 44.17 His son Ham by his iniquity became a servant of servants so that the Egyptians his off-spring have been and yet are until this day the Drudges of all Nations as I have formerly shewen on Gen. 9.25 And he hath stained all his issue with a black spot spread over all their bodies a mark of a black sinful soul Yea the Israelites of the noble stock of Abraham free-born were yet abased and sold under sin and became the servants of Cushan Rishathaim even the blackness of both iniquities inward and outward and him they served eight years the full time of the spirit of bondage until they cried unto the Lord and he raised up a Saviour in the fulness of time until Gods time Judges 3. v. 8 9. that is Othniel came even the Saviour and delivered them Judges 3.8 9. An express figure of Christ our Saviour whom God the Father raised up and sent him to bless us by turning every one of us from our iniquities Acts 3.26 And accordingly Christ in Gods time even in the fulness of time he gave himself for us that he might redeem us from the blackness of all iniquity outward and inward and that he might purifie unto himself a peculiar people zealous of good works Tit. 2.14 How free was Ahab even the King of Israel yet he sold himself to commit iniquity became a very servant How much more free was King David yet hear how he groans under the burden of his sins Mine iniquities saith he have come over mine head as an heavie burden they are too heavie for me and as a man bowed under his burden ver 6. I am wreathed or wryed and pressed down exceedingly Psal 38. v. 6. Psal 38.6 So was the noble daughter of Abraham whom Satan had made crooked and bowed down a figure of the noble heaven-born soul which is by sin averse from heaven and heavenly things and bowed down to the earth and minding earthly things yea abased even unto Hell 2. The eighth day is a day of liberty It is the day of the spirit and where the Spirit of the Lord is there is liberty Howbeit its a Paradox a day of restraint yet a day of liberty It is a restraint from sin and restraint and binding unto God which is to be free indeed Gods service is perfect freedom No man is ever made or permitted to be so free indeed so licentious as to be left to the bent and inclination of his own will but as he is freed from the bondage of sin and servile works he comes under the yoke and service of Christ and his righteousness And this is the end of our redemption that being delivered out of the hand of our enemies we should serve him our Redeemer without fear in holiness and righteousness before him all the dayes of our life Luke 1.74 75. So the Apostle Rom. 6. v. 22. Rom. 6.22 being made free from sin and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 made servants of righteousness For this end our conscience is purged by the blood and Spirit of Christ that we may serve the living God Hebr. 9.14 And for this end the people pray for deliverance from their enemies that they might serve the Lord. And we may well confess and pray with them 1 Sam. 12.10 we have served Baalim and Ashteroth our Lording lusts our riches our flocks they are our Baalim and Ashteroth now deliver us out of the hand of our enemies and we will serve thee O ye sons and daughters of God ye who are hasting the coming or presence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the day of God 2 Pet. 3. v. 12. and tending toward the eighth day desiring to become born of the Spirit let not us abase our selves to the servile works of sin We are of the light and of the day and ought to walk as the children of light and of the day This is Christs day which Abraham saw and rejoyced John 8. ver 56. John 8.56 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Abraham your father rejoyced that he might see that my day Not only that he foresaw the time of Christ in the flesh though that also may be a truth as Abraham desired to see by vision or experience or some other way of revelation when or what manner of time the time of Christ should be when in spirit he desired a signe to assure him that he should possess the land of rest whereby the spiritual promises of God were signified For so he saith Lord how shall I know that I shall possess it Then God shewed him a vision Gen. 15.8 So that in that sense it may be a truth that Abraham then had seen that day of Christ But doubtless Abraham had seen Christs day in his soul and spirit and had obtained the rest of his soul even the day of Christ And this appears evidently by the following words Thou art not yet fifty years old say they and hast thou seen Abraham Our Lord answers Before Abraham was born I am Before Abraham was born so it is in the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and
the Latin Antequam Abraham fieret before Abraham was made or born I am not I was The former before Abraham was it notes a temporary being I am signifies the eternal being proper to God alone signified by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods proper name a being without beginning or end and best signified by the present I am And so the Jews understood him Thus oftentimes Christ makes known his eternal being by I am though our Translators obscure it by turning the words otherwise This eternal being this light this day of the Lord Abraham saw and rejoyced This is that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that Lords day wherein S. John the Divine was Revel 1.10 This is the day which the Lord hath made Psal 118.24 we will rejoyce and be glad in it he hath made and honoured this day above all other as he is understood to have made Moses and Aaron 1 Sam. 12.6 Thus he made twelve Mark 3.14 he advanced them and preferred them before all others And thus the Lord made the eighth day The eighth day supposeth all the other seven preceding And since Non pervenitur ab extremo ad extremum nisi per medium nor can we come to the eighth but by the intermediate seven dayes Let us therefore enquire into the seven dayes preceding which may be some wayes helpful towards our attainment unto the eighth day Whereas therefore our unregenerate estate is compared to darkness wherein we walk not knowing whither we go of which the Apostle Rom. 1.21 They became vain in their imaginations and their foolish heart was darkned and Ephes 4.17 18. Acts 28.26 27. Hearing ye shall hear and not understand that the true light the day of the Lord may shine unto us Let us consider these dayes 1. With reference to Gods creation and according to their mysterie and 2. More plainly and in relation to our duty The number of six is the first perfect number because it results and ariseth from the combinations of the parts one two and three Whence the Pythagoreans call it Gamon the number of Mariage because the parties joyned one to other beget the whole number The parts also multiplyed one by other produce the same As six times one thrice two twice three A number fit for the fabrick of the world which consists of the first proportion as of four to two which with the principles from which it ariseth and to which it tends makes the Diapason of all harmonies and agreements of sounds the most harmonical and consonant And therefore Pythagoras applyed it to Wedlock and more eminently to that mariage and conjunction of the creatures among themselves And this number being the first perfect number agrees to the perfect Architect and Workman as also to his work to whom to which nothing is wanting nothing is superfluous And therefore when the Creator had finished his work of creation and produced and parted it into this number of six Moses adds his Epiphonema Perfecti sunt igitur coeli terra omnis exercitus eorum Gen. 2.1 Thus the Heavens and the Earth were finished and all the host of them And therefore Orpheus who had read these works of God in Genesis as Socrates Plato and many others of the learned Gentiles had done he put a Period and a full close to his Hymns and Songs in the sixth generation because the argument of his Hymns were in this sixth generation wholly concluded and perfected because in that number of dayes the great workman God himself had finished his work in six dayes Now if more curiously we consider the egress and progress of the Workmaster the number of six wherein this Fabrick was made is fitly represented by a Triangle whose base is three the top one and the middle two For the whole Fabrick or work of the World is raised proceeds from the three subsistences which are called persons whose works Ad extra are undevided and they tend unto one end the glory of the one and onely God The Transitus or passage is by a Binarius a Duality by two which is the matter and is consummate and perfected by union which is the form Thus the divine Philosopher in his Timaeus Where God saith he the Maker of the World hath produced the number of Heaven and Earth he presently made the light whereby the Creators might be distinguished and distinctly known the Chaos was the matter the light the form the first dayes work On the second day he set the Firmament between the waters above and beneath even the Divine Wisdom and the Humane lest there should be a greater influence then this inferiour World could receive This is the second dayes work which the antient Divines account unhappy and the Jews of old read mournfully with the Accent 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as grieving for that Obstacle that bar which hindred the influence of the Divine Wisdom and goodness upon us The Fountain of Divine Grace and Goodness it is most plentuous most exuberant and abundant but the Divine Justice weighs out unto every one its measure whereof it is capable For unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift Christ Ephes 4.7 divided to every one according as he will Ephes 4. v. 7. 1 Cor. 12.11 On the third day according to the formal number which is three the formes of things are explained and thereby they are severed one from other That the distinction of these might appear more evidently the the two great Lights and all the other Stars are made and set in Heaven and that is the fourth dayes work On the fifth day signified by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is the character of life the living souls were made which fill the air and water On the sixth signified by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which also is a character of life the living creatures were made which replenish the earth Last of all when the house is builded and finished the Man the Lord of it is made in the most perfect form even the similitude and image of his God Now because the Lord in six dayes made Heaven and Earth and rested the seventh day therefore man is commanded to labour six dayes and to rest the seventh day The reason of this consequence is man was made in the image and similitude of his God From this when man fell he was again invited thereunto to imitate his God in doing and leaving undone and renewing his work in labour and in rest As by the six dayes our God had his egress and rested in the seventh so man fallen man hath his regress and return to his God by his six dayes of abour and rests in the seventh As before God made the World there was darkness c. The like we read Jer. 4.23 As therefore God said Let there be light and he who commanded the light to shine out of darkness shines in the heart 2 Cor. 4.6 The light that enlightens every one coming into this
each by one place and no more And there are many like Nor were some of these places named so nigh the passage over Jordan where these words were spoken as to specifie it as appears by most of them if we compare them with the Chorographical Tables Yea some words understood of places will hardly prove so as will be manifest unto those who shall well examine them The Chaldee Paraphrast opens the whole business declaring summarily in these few words the Argument of the whole Book of Deuteronomie and the practise of Moses herein conformable unto other Governours of Gods Church For thus he understood and explained this verse as minding and reproving Israel for their sins committed in the places mentioned Thus by These words he understands hard and reprehensory words Moses reproved them saith he because they sinned in the Wilderness and because they tempted God in the Plains over against the Red Sea and in Pharan Where they murmured against Manna And in Hazeroth where they provoked God for flesh And in that they made themselves a golden Calf So he interprets Dizahab which is from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sufficientia auri whence the LXX turn the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Vulg. Latin Ubi auri est plurimum where there is much gold And many suppose Dizahab the proper name of a place which is no where else named nor doth Hierom mention it where purposely he treats De locis Hebraicis The Appellative signifies the abuse of their plenty of gold to the making of an Idol Which opinion of the Chald. Par. is so probable that Rabbi Salomon and Munster and others follow it Yea Rupertus was so far perswaded of this that hereby he explains the Lords words Numb 14.22 They have tempted me these ten times to be properly understood and not taken for many as elsewhere Levit. 26.26 Job 19.3 But whether exactly that number of provocations may be found in these words as Ainsworth on Numb 14.22 hath reckoned up just so many I leave to their inquiry who have more leisure Lastly according to this interpretation the Chald. Paraph. brings in Moses now toward his death reproving the sons of Israel as Moses had brought in Israel himself doing the like immediately before his end Gen. 49.1 2 3. 33. In like manner Samuel in his old age sharply rebuked the people 1 Sam. 12. And that great example of all Governours the Lord Jesus Christ whom the Lord raised up like unto Moses He before his asscension into heaven left a severe reproof with his commission to the Apostles Mark 16.14 But let us proceed unto the following words There were eleven dayes journey from Horeb by the way of Mount Seir Deut. 1. v. 2. unto Kadeshbarnea The word journey is not in the Text howbeit the literal sense will bear it well enough The words might well be let loose from the Parenthesis both because they are consentany with the former verse as also because they agree with ver 6 7 Where the Lord commands the people to take their journey from Horeb as they did ver 19. and came to Kadeshbarnea They agree very well with ver 1. and make good proof of that sense which the Chaldee Paraphrast gives of it viz. A Reprehension of the people for their sin There was eleven dayes journey from Horeb the way of Mount Seir unto Kadeshbarnea They had now gone thorow that great and terrible Wilderness and were come to the confines of the promised land v. 19. and that in eleven dayes Whence we may consider that inestimable loss of the unbelieving Israelites who in so short a time had finished so much of their journey and refused through unbelief and disobedience to make further progress toward the holy land Insomuch as what remained of their journey was not finished in less then thirty and eight years which had they been willing and obedient according to the proportion of their journey past might have been accomplished in less then so many dayes Deut. 2.14 Let the Israel of God take notice of this That there intercede eleven dayes or legal lights between Mount Horeb the Sword and terrour and killing letter of the Law and Kadeshbarnea the moveable or mutable holiness of the child and that in compasing Mount 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or Seir that formidable doctrine which causeth horripilation and makes the hair stand on end through fear Besides the number Undenarius eleven is of ill omen as being that which is called in the Interlineary Gloss Numerus transgressionis the number of transgression since the mysteries of it for the most part bode somewhat that 's evil It is S. Augustins observation lib. 15. de Civit. Dei cap. 20. That the tenth generation of those who built up the City of God ended in Noah But Cain who was the builder of the Devils City he had eleven in his posterity before the flood Quoniam lex denario numero praedicatur unde est memorabilis ille decalogus profectò numerus undenarius quoniam transgreditur denarium transgressionem legis ac per hoc peccatum significat Because the Law is delivered in the number of ten whence that Decalogue is memorable surely the number Eleven because it transgresseth or goes beyond the denary or number of Ten it signifies a transgression of the Law and thereby Sin The same Father gives further instance of eleven Curtains Vndecim vela Cilicina In Cilicio recordatio est peccati propter haedos ad sinistram futuros quòd confitentes in Cilicio prosternimur Progenies ergo Adam per Cain scelerationem undenario numero finitur quo peccatum significatur Eleven Curtains of Goats hair or Sackcloth In Goats-hair is the remembrance of Sin by reason of the Goats which are to be at the left hand Because when we confess in Sackcloth we are humbled or cast down Therefore the Progenie of Adam by the wickedness of Cain is finished in the number of eleven whereby Sin is signified And this number falling short of twelve is that notable number of the twelve Patriarchs and Apostles as there were eleven children of Ham before the flood sons of Canaan Gen. 10.15 18. In undenario fuerunt Apostoli tempore passionis quando defecerunt à fide The Apostles were in the number Eleven in the time of the Passion when they fell from the faith saith S. Bernard And as the number eleven is ominous in regard of the sin so likewise is it unlucky in respect of the punishment For the like number of dreadful Epithites we meet withal noting the day of the Lord most terrible unto sinful men Zephan 1.15 16. Where we have a description of the day of the Lord by Eleven adjuncts and circumstances of it which render that day most formidable and terrible For it s called a day of wrath and that day brings forth Twins and every one of them speaks terrour and affrightment and imports an abhorrency unto our nature How
but of an hard and impenitent heart Rom. 2.5 like the sand on the Sea-shore and as the Dust Gen. 13.16 minding earthly things Phil. 3.19 The later part of Gods promise unto Abraham was fulfilled in the people to whom Moses here speaks as he affirms v. 10. The Lord your God hath multiplyed you and behold ye are this day as the stars of heaven for multitude Howbeit this accomplishment was only figurative and it self was to be yet fulfilled in the true Israel And therefore Moses prayes thus The Lord God of your fathers adde beside or over and above you 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as it were you or like unto you or such as you a thousand such as you are that is true Israelites such as you represent in type And thus many both antient and later Translators understand the words and commend them to us in this sense The LXX thus The Lord God of your fathers 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Addat vobis not as the Latin Translators there turn it Ut sitis that ye may be but ut estis as ye are The Samaritan version The Lord God of your fathers adde over and above you as ye are So the Arabic such as ye are To the same purpose the Tigurin Bible and Vatablus Addat super vos sicut estis that is Hebr. Vt tales quales estis that such they may be as ye are So the Spanish Bible so Piscator and Pagnin Howbeit Arias Montanus though often very judiciously he render by the Participle what Pagnin turns by the Verb yet both of them agree to render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Addat the Lord adde which is better here turnd by the Participle and not harsh in English The Lord God of your fathers be adding unto you such as ye are So that hereby is imported Gods continued act of adding unto his Church and people such as they are Which is very reasonable For 1. Such is the vertuous inclination of holy love in every pious soul that it moveth and disposeth every one to his like so that good men soon finde out one another 2. The Divine Wisdom goeth about seeking such as are worthy of her and sheweth her self favourable unto them in the wayes and me●t●th them in every thought Wisd 6.16 according to what our Lord saith of the Father John 4. v. 23. Acts 2. v. 40.47 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that he seeketh such worshipping him and such he brings unto the Son and is daily adding such unto his Church according to what S. Luke saith Acts 2.47 that God added unto the Church 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 those who being obedient unto the exhortation v. 40. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 save your selves or be ye saved saved themselves from the crooked or untoward generation such 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 such saved ones God added unto the Church daily 3. Herein consists much of Gods blessing upon his people that addition of such as they themselves are is made unto them Which the Psalmist proves Psal 115.13 14. He will blesse them that fear the Lord the small with the great Wherein that followes Psal 115. v. 13 14. the Lord will be adding 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 above you above you and above your children 4. From such addition or from addition of such results the glory of God So the Prophet Esay 26.15 Esay 26. v. 15. Thou hast added to the nation then followes thou art glorified viz. in regard of his faithfulness in that he makes good his promised blessing So that under the figure of Israel here mentioned and the increase of them and addition unto them Moses prayes for the Israel of God such as are pure in heart unto whom in special manner God is gratious as Asaph saith God is good unto Israel and then he explains what Israel that is and adds to the pure in heart Psal 73.1 The like distinction our Lord intimates John 1.47 John 1. v. 47. speaking of Nathanael Behold faith he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an Israelite indeed or truly in whom there is no guile For so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 veritas the truth is opposed to types and figures very often in Scripture Dan. 7.16.19 and 11.2 John 6.32 and 15.1 Hebr. 8.2 and 19.24 This is Israel indeed and truly And such is the Israel which God respects and saves and according to which he is said to be the God of Israel And therefore when the Apostle had spoken the wisdom of God among the perfect and had declared the secrets of the divine dispensation and shewen in what manner and order God declares his wrath on the vessels of wrath and the riches of his glory on the vessels of mercy and had now taught that every one who is a vessel of wrath he becomes such because through his hardness and impenitent heart he treasures up wrath against the day of wrath but the vessels of mercy are such as have cleansed themselves from these and have prepared themselves unto every good work Rom. 9.27 He confirmes this doctrine by the authority of the Prophet Esay 10.22 If the number 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the sons of Israel be as the sand of the Sea a remnant shall be saved They who are not to be saved are as the sand of the Sea they who shall be saved are as the Stars of heaven For the speech contains both parts of the promise made to Abraham Gen. 15. saith one of the pious Antients Howbeit I cannot but note a mistake of the Translators in the place named Esay 10. v. 22. Rom. 9. v. 27. Esay 10.22 where they render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 though and in Rom. 9.27 they so render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 both which in both places of Scripture are conditionals not discretives and are to be turnd by Si if not though And as God could adde no other then such unto his Israel so neither could Moses pray for any other than such to be added unto Gods Israel For if the sons of Israel be as the sand of the Sea an hard hearted fruitless and unprofitable people if an earthly minded people how ever numerous yea innumerable nor can God bless such nor adde them to the Church of Christ nor can Moses or any other true servant of God pray for the addition of such It is the advice of the Wise man Desire not a multitude of unprofitable children neither delight in ungodly sons Though they multiply rejoyce not in them except the fear of God be with them Trust not thou in their life neither respect their multitude For one that is just is better then a thousand c. Which he proves by many examples of Gods judgements on the increase of sinful men whom God pitied not nor spared the six hundred thousand footmen who were gathered together in the hardness of their hearts Ecclus 16.1 10. Consider this O thou Israel of God! and endeavour to assimilate and make others like unto thy self that they
up take your journey and pass over the River Arnon 2. Executory Begin possess and contend with him in battle The inducement and motive perswading hereunto is by divine artifice situate between these two kinds of exhortation as a powerful perswasive unto both Behold I have given you c. The Exhortations may be considered either in themselves and a part or joyntly as one is in order to other Thus Arise ye take your journey Arise ye that ye may take your journey and pass over the river Arnon Arise ye take your journey and pass over the river Arnon c. But I shall not speak so particularly of all the divine truths which this Text may afford SER. XII but I shall take the exhortations in their order and speak of them as they are serviceable to our edification And first of the first 1. Rise ye up The word here turn'd to Rise up is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which properly is a change or motion of the body upward which had sitten lyen or fallen down before Generally it imports a change in order to some other state and so it signifies 1. Surgere to Rise which in regard of the term à quo is from sleep from sin and uncleanness from a low estate from great abasement from bondage we have all these together Esay 52.1 2. Awake awake put on strength O Zion put on thy beautiful garments c. There shall no more come into thee the uncircumcised and the unclean Shake thy self from the dust Arise and sit down O Jerusalem loose thy self from the bands of thy neck O Capive daughter of Zion Yea rising is from sleep and that sleep in death Awake thou that sleepest and arise from the dead saith the Apostle 2. But 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies also Insurgere to rise against to rise up Hostili more as also to make insurrection against the predominant and oppressing sin This seems to be more proper here as the Lord exhorts to a warlike engagement against Sihon and to a spiritual warfare against sin and iniquity And so this command is Secundum motum Antitypiae Christ our Head is risen and it is most reasonable that his body arise with him He hath risen from a dead sleep his low estate abasement and humiliation and it is the duty of those who are Christs to arise from a like a worse sleep in death Christ hath conquered and abolished death and brought life and immortality to light 2 Tim. 1.10 And according to the exceeding greatness of Gods power to us-ward who believe we rise up as mighty men and tread down our enemies in the mire of the streets in the battle and we fight because the Lord is with us Zach. 10.5 We call upon the Lord and awaken him in us Awake why sleepest thou O Lord arise Psal 44.23 And again v. 26. Arise an help for us so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies And the Lord calls upon us Psal 44. v. 26. Ephes 5. v. 14. Awake thou that sleepest and arise from the dead and Christ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 illuminabit te Christ shall enlighten thee Whence we may take notice 1. That men are commonly asleep or lazy or at ease in the flesh or drown'd in speculation or dejected and in a drooping despondency and not soon or easily rouz'd or raised up to difficult and hard duty 2. The Lord supposeth in us believers a power to arise when we are awakened by his outward call as that of the Minister as that of Moses here and by his inward call annexed to the outward the voice of Christ speaking from heaven Hebr. 12.25 3. And this is the great mercy of our God to his Israel that he hath raised up his Son Jesus and sent him to raise us up and to bless us by turning every one of us from our iniquities Acts 3.26 or as it is in the Vulg. Lat. Ut convertat se unusquisque à nequitia sua Acts 3. v. 26. that every one of us turn himself from his iniquity which the most antient English Translations follow and the Greek will bear it This goodness and mercy of God will be frustrate and so great grace we shall receive in vain if as Christ is risen we arise not with him Wherefore 2. The second Exhortation is Take your journey Whence it followes 1. Psal 119. v. 1. The Law of the Lord is a way O the blessednesses of those who are perfect in the way What is that way It follows who walk in the law of the Lord. The Gospel also is a way Acts 19.9 They spake evil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of that way and v. 23. There arose no small stir 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 about that way In both places the Vulg. Latin hath De via Domini concerning the way of the Lord which is the way of life Yea it is called the life it self Acts 5.20 Go stand and speak in the Temple to the people all the words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of this life 2. There are diverse stages diverse steps in the way of life diverse degrees of lalitude extension and intention in the divine vertues and graces There is an increase of faith Rom. 1.17 An abounding in hope Rom. 15.13 A walking and progress in love Ephes 5.2 A growth in grace 2 Cor. 9.8 2 Pet. 3.18 According to which we may out-go one another and exceed our selves 3. We are all of us by profession not at home but Travailers and such as seek a countrey a better countrey that is an heavenly Hebr. 11.16 4. The way to the heavenly Canaan consists not in indivisibili It is not finished all at once Justification is not in an instant but as in nature place and space motion and time they are all Continua continued Revel 22. v. 11. and therefore they have Partem extra partem one part beyond another So in our spiritual journey he that is righteous let him be righteous still The Greek text is otherwise in some Copies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 let him that is righteous work righteousness still Revel 22.11 For since the way to the state of bliss here prefigured by the Lords land Rom. 2. v. 7. Hebr. 10. v. 38 39. is signified by a journey it imports progress and going on a patient continuance in well doing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of good worke Rom. 2.7 And as Justification it self is progressive so likewise is the justifying faith from faith to faith Rom. 1.17 And the just shall live by faith or out of his faith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 But if any man draw back my soul shall have no pleasure in him The Greek words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which found thus And if he the just draw back my soul hath no pleasure in him there 's no any man in the text but the just man necessarily understood So Hierom Justus autem mens ex fide vivet Quòd si subtraxerit se non placebit animae
meae But my righteous man he read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall live by or out of faith but if he shall draw himself back he shall not please my soul But the Translators could not endure this to be spoken or suspected of the righteous man It could not consist with their opinion of a man perpetually righteous although meantime he be unrighteous In sensu composito unrighteous even while he is righteous as some have said O absurdissimum turpiloquium that David was as lust in the act of adultery with the wife of Uriah as when he danced before the Ark. And therefore Beza taught the Translators to corrupt the text by adding quis to it Si quis subduxerit se if any man draw back But we are not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hierom read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we are not Non sumus subtractionis filii we are not sons of drawing back to perdition but of faith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the purchasing or gaining of the soul which otherwise is lost by drawing back but saved and gotten by going on Hebr. 10.38 39. This faith is all one with obedience of faith Rom. 1.5 and 16.26 That is such obedience in doing and suffering according to the will of God as proceeds from faith And such a peculiar people Christ purchaseth as are zealous of good works Titus 2.14 and abounding in them 2 Cor. 9.8 as the end of our creation Ephes 10. and the way and means whereby we are justified and saved not as they proceed from the Law or any power or strength in man but as they come from faith in Christ So the Apostle Knowing Gal. 2.16 that a man is not justified by the works of the Law but by the faith of Jesus Christ The words are not so truly rendred by the Adversative as they might have been by the Exceptive and so the Vulg. Lat. hath Nisi unless So the Tigurin Bible and Pagnin as also the Spanish translation The words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which words sound thus Knowing that a man is not justified by the works of the Law unless by the faith of Jesus Christ that is unless those works proceed from faith in Jesus Christ who is the power of God whereby they are wrought 1 Cor. 1.24 Thus S. Paul who saith that a man is justified by faith and S. James who saith that a man is justified by works and not by faith only James 2.24 they are both solidly reconciled one to the other It is true there are examples brought to prove that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 answers to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and may be rendred by Sed but Nor do I deny it But since S. Paul understands faith in the power of God for producing good works prescribed in the Law and S. James understands the same good works proceeding from the same principle of faith what need was there to fly to an Hebraism when the Greek text it self is so clear and evident As for that distinction that Bona opera sunt via ad regnum non causa regnandi that good works are the way to the kingdom not the cause of reigning who ever was the Author of it its satisfactory only to those who want Logic and cannot distinguish between a cause nakedly and properly expressed and a cause clothed with a metaphorical term nor between a cause in general and a meriting cause Calvin himself acknowledgeth that good works are Causae quaedam salutis inferiores certain inferiour causes of salvation And so S. Paul We are saith he his workmanship created in Christ Jesus Eph. 2. v. 10. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 In bonis operibus in good works which God hath prepared that we should walk in them The way is continued and the motion and travail in the way is progressive it consists not in indivisibili It is not finished at once Wherefore Let us arise from our empty contemplations from our ease in the flesh from our sins and thraldom under them unto faith unto righteousness of faith unto perseverance in the faith and righteousness to the labour of love to action to travail The helps conducing to our journey are many two especially 1. The Word of God which is the Travailers Viaticum as the Manna to the Israelites in their travailes and therefore it s called the Word of the Lord Exod. 16. v. 16. Psal 37. v. 3. Exod. 16.16 And 2. Prayer according to the Northern English Proverb Meat and Matins minish no way Thus let us feed on the Word and on Faith in the Word so Psal 37.3 As the Israel of God did all eat that same spiritual meat and did all drink that same spiritual drink for they drank of the spiritual Rock accompanying or following them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but that Rock was Christ 1 Cor. 10. v. 4. no other but he could accompany them or follow them Timothy was a Travailer in the same way and was nourished up in the words of faith and good doctrine 1 Tim. 4.5 So was Gaius S. Pauls Host Rom. 16.23 for whose good journey in the way of the Lord 3 John v. 2. S. John prayes 3 John v. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 above all things I pray that thou mayest have a prosperous journey and be in health as thy soul prospereth in its journey So the Lord will be with us as he was with those Travailers Luke 24.13 who went to Emaüs Timoris consilium the counsel of fear as that word is interpreted for timor is consiliativus fear inclines us to take counsel saith Aquinas And that name imports the first state of the new converts under fear which is said to be upon every soul Acts 2.43 which is figured when the Disciples are said to be unanimous altogether in Solomons Porch a type of Gods fear in the spiritual Tabernacle When two or three are unanimously gathered together in the Lords Name he is with them according to that proverbial speech When two or three meet and speak of the words of the Law the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the divine presence is with them Mal. 3.16 Matth. 18.20 3. Wherefore fellow-travailers let us arise and take our journey and proceed to the next Stage of it the third exhortation let us pass over the river Arnon Arnon is the name of a Rock a City and a River according to Adrichomius and others Rivers of old were the bounds of Countreys Such a border was Jordan between the two Tribes and an half and the other Tribes of Israel Josh 22.25 And such was Arnon to the sons of Moab Numb 21.13 For Arnon is the border of Moab between Moab and the Amorites The Lord sets bounds and limits unto the dwellings of the several nations Acts 17.26 He hath determined the bounds of their habitation These bounds whatever Potentates Princes or people out of their boundless ambition or insatiable covetousness shall transgress let them know they remove the Lords Land-marks and therefore
Deut. 4. ver 7. as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon him for The Translators here have understood Moses as if he had compared the only true God and his presence with other nations and with his own people As if he had said God is more present with Israel then with any other nation But the comparison stands between the Heathen gods the true God of Israel For 1. Therefore there is added the proper name of the true God Jehovah and appropriation of him to his people Jehovah our God Such comparison we read Deut. 32.31 Jer. 14.22 1 Cor. 8.4.5 and often elsewhere And because the Heathen worshipped many gods the word here is to be turned plurally gods And thus the Vulg. Lat. Pagnin Castellio Munster the French and Spanish Translations Martin Luther two translations in the Low Dutch five English Translations all these render the word plurally gods and Diodati though he render it in the singular number yet he acknowledgeth that some understand the word plurally the gods of the Gentiles which could not succour their own worshippers So the Tigurin Bible and Vatablus acknowledgeth that in the Hebrew the words are gods nigh Herein Tremellius and Ainsworth mislead our Translators who understood the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the singular number and of the true God And Drusius is mistaken with them who though 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be plural and signifie gods neer excuseth it by saying that Elohim is of the common number and that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was put in the plural to answer the termination not the sense A strange reason as if the Spirit of God had more regard to an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or a like ending of words then of the sense and matter And although Tremellius alleage a like example Josh 24.19 and Ainsworth another Deut. 5.26 Yet the common name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 applyed to the other nations and the proper name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with his relation joyn'd to his people evidently prove that there is not the same reason of these testimonies and the Scripture now before us Beside there was no doubt or question could be made whether the God of Israel were so neer to any other nation as to his own people in covenant with him Which yet is all that these men contend for Whereas indeed the comparison stands between the presence and help of other gods to their respective people and the presence and help of the only true God to his people of Israel 2. The words following in v. 8. make this sense clear and evident what great nation is there which hath so righteous statutes and judgements as all this Law which I set before you this day So that the Lord God of Israel is compared and preferred before the gods of other nations in regard of his nighness and accessibleness when his people call upon him so in respect of all his righteous Law set before his people in comparison of the statutes and judgements of other nations which how ever they might at least many of them be called righteous yet were they mixt with unrighteous Lawes As those of the Lacedemonians which however they had many just lawes delivered to them by Lycurgus yet theft was tolerated among them yea commanded provided that the thing stoln were kept so close that it could not be found 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 It was held lawful or commanded by the Law to steal but it was accounted dishonest to be discovered saith Plutarch And although some Law-givers as Numa and Lycurgus for the credit of their Lawes pretended the authority of a Deity yet beside that their subtilty was soon known the vanity and superstition of the Lawes themselves Ex insitis argumentis easily made manifest what god was the author of them I wish therefore that the words were thus rendred what great nation is there whose gods are so near unto them as Jehovah our God is in all things we call upon him for The truth of this hath hitherto appeared in the histories of the Egyptians the Amalekites the Midianites the Moabites and the Ammonites whose gods were not so nigh unto them nor helpful at all in the necessities of their respective worshippers as the Lord God of Israel had been unto his people in all things for which they called upon him So that the words are an appeal to the peoples experience touching the truth of all these Histories and a strong argument obliging them to believe and obey the Lord their God so nigh unto them in all things they call upon him for 1. Take notice hence O thou Israel of God what God that is whom thou worshippest how near he is unto thee and can he be neerer then in the midst of thee Levit. 26.11 12. Numb 5.3 Deut. 23.14 Ezech. 37.26 even in thy heart and in thy mouth Deut. 30.14 Rom. 10.8 James 1.21 2. How ready he is to hear thee and answer thee when thou callest upon him Psal 145.18 Esay 58.9 Yea before thou callest upon him Psal 32.5 Esay 65.24 3. How reasonable therefore is it that we should renounce those false gods who cannot draw near unto or help their own people Such are the gods of the Edomites earthly men whose god is their belly who minde earthly things 2 Chron. 25.15 Phil. 3.19 Yea how unreasonable is it that we draw near unto the Lord our God the only true God who is most near most able most willing and most ready to help his people By so doing we shall invite the Lord to draw nigh unto us It is the exhortation of S. James Chap. 4.8 Draw near unto God and he will draw near unto you But how shall we draw near unto our God How else but by humbling our selves under his mighty hand and opposing the temptations of his and our enemy therefore the same Apostle premiseth immediately these means Jam. 4. v. 7. v. 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 They are all Military phrases S. James as a Captain or Leader gives words of Command Be subject or subordinate unto God the Commander in chief withstand the Devil the great enemy and then he warrants them they shall rout him he will flee from you Such were the antient engagements of the person baptized who being turnd toward the West said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I renounce Satan And then being turnd toward the East he said 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I am co-ordinate or conjoyn'd as a Souldier unto Jesus Christ And so much of antiquity there is extant in that excellent form of Baptism though antiquated wherein the person baptized is admitted into Christs matricula his Military Roll and Army for this end Manfully to fight under his Banner against Sin the World and the Devil and to continue Christs faithful Souldier and servant unto his lives end When such Souldiers are foyled and wounded by the enemy and are sorrowful for their wounds the Emperour of the World the Commander
the commanding of these same words and this day I render them the same words because there is a double emphasis upon them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 These same words are either extended unto all the Commandements of God as often elsewhere so especially in this Book or else they have special reference unto the words next preceeding even the great Commandement of the Law 1. These same words are extended to all the Commandements both affirmative and negative more specially to those principal precepts of the Decalogue delivered in the former Chapter So Aben Ezra And this is clear out of the context For v. 1 2. Moses propounds to Israel all the Commandements the Statutes and the Judgements 2. By these same words those next preceding may be understood even the first and great Commandement as our Lord calls it Matth. 22.37 Mark 12.29 Hear O Israel the Lord our God is one Lord. And thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soul and with all thy might Then followes and these same words shall be upon thy heart c. In the fourth verse is contained the Object of our duty in the fifth the duty it self The Object of our duty is Triunus Deus the Unity in Trinity The Lord that 's the Father our God that 's the Son Immanuel God with us and again the Lord who is the Lord the Spirit 2 Cor. 1.17 and these are one God There 's the Uunity of the Object There is also an Universality of the duty required of all Nations inhabiting in the four quarters of the World For so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hear hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Capital letter and bigger then the other which being numerical signifies the LXX Nations which may be reckoned up Gen. 10. and are implyed by Moses Deut. 32.8 which Seventy Nations inhabited the four quarters of the Earth which is intimated in the letter 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 another Capital letter which is the last in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Then followes the Vniversal duty of all the Seventy Nations inhabiting the four parts of the World Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart with all thy soul and with all thy might These same are the words which the Lord is commanding may be understood both wayes both generally of all the Commandements and more specially of the first and great Commandement which comprehends vertually all the rest 2. Now what is the commanding of these same words As for this manner of speech I am commanding It is no nice or formal difference but indeed a material and real one between these two expressions I command and I am commanding For the former imports only a present act the later signifies the continuation of the act Ye have a like example v. 2. of this Chapter and very often elsewhere where the act is put for the conntinuation of the act which is no doubt a wrong to the holy Text and that a greater then men at first conceive as I shall shew more fully hereafter if the Lord will For although it seem to some no more then a circumlocution of the present yet we shall finde that there is more in it This will appear in part by one or two brief Observations from these words and so I shall leave this point 1. Observe hence what an excellent Lawgiver the Lord our God is he has given Commandements and he is yet commanding them he is yet giving them Inferiour Lawgivers as Lycurgus Numa Solon c. when they have once published their Lawes they leave them to the people to observe them at their peril Not so the Lord our Lawgiver as he is called Esay 33.22 He gives Lawes and Lawes for publication of those Lawes and himself is still giving them Artificers having done their work they leave it to the care of others whom it concerns as the Carpenter having built an house he takes no more thought for it The Shipwright having made a vessel fit to sail it concerns him no more whether it sink or swim The Husbandman having planted a Vineyard he leaves it to the weather and to the ordinary providence of God Our most gracious God having done any spiritual work like these or any of these though he has done it yet he has not so done it but that he is still doing it Gods people are his Vineyard Esay 27.2 I the Lord 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Custodiens eam Esay 27. v. 3. 1 Cor. 3. v. 6.7 I am keeping it I will water it every moment lest any hurt it I will keep it night and day I have planted Apollo hath watered the words are indefinite 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dabat did give that is he so gave as he is yet giving increase And so the Apostle expresseth himself in the next words Therefore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he that is planting is not any thing nor he that is watering but God who is giving increase Ye are Gods building 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which Pagnin and Beza turn aedificatio a work in fieri which is yet a doing 1 Cor. 3.9 And therefore the Apostle I commend you saith he unto God and to the word of his grace 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 able further to buiid you which Beza turns Superstruere the Son of God saith My Father worketh hitherto and I also work John 5.17 2. Whence appears the great goodness love and care of the Lord our God toward his people in that he is alwayes instructing informing counselling admonishing reproving correcting chastening comforting exhorting dehorting and performing all other acts of a fatherly Lawgiver and Teacher Who like him saith Elihu Job 36.22 That spirit which spake very often to the old Romans whom therefore they called Locutius at length lest speaking when they had built him a Temple But the Lord who is yesterday and to day and the same for ever hath spoken in every soul even from the beginning whence he is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Word by S. John This is very often expressed in the Chald. Paraph. when God is said to say or do something the Paraphrast adds 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by his word Thus Psal 110.1 The Lord said unto my Lord sit thou on my right hand the Thargum hath the Lord said unto his Word and Psal 144.2 where the Hebrew hath I will trust in him the Chaldee paraphraseth it I will trust in his Word Where it is in the Hebrew your new Moons and Feasts my soul hateth the Paraphrast puts my Word hateth Esay 1.4 and 45.17 Israel is saved by the Lord is express in the Chaldee by the Word of the Lord. So Jer. 1.8 where the Lord saith to the Prophet I will be with the the Paraphrast expresseth it my Word shall be with thee And many the like Which it were much to be wished that they well
glory be turned into shame that she may be made to know her self that she was born to be a servant and to perform the drudgery about the letter and serviceable word of the Lord. And therefore Moses who was learned in all the wisdom of the Egyptians Acts 7.22 he was a servant in Gods house Hebr. 3. And S. Paul a very learned man in Arts and Languages as appears in all his Epistles was a servant of God in the Gospel of his Son and the Lord found use for both kinds of learning in his Church and both may be taught as serviceable unto these same words 1. Observe with how great caution how warily Moses commends the Commandements of God unto Israel to be conveyed unto their sons they must be these same words Moses no doubt foresaw that there would be a generation who should afterward teach for doctrines the commandements of men as the Pharisees and Scribes laid aside the Commandement of God and held the tradition of men Mark 7.8 That if they own'd the Law yet so as to pick and choose among the Ten Commandements of God take some one and reject all the rest As in the dayes of Christs flesh yea and at this day great account is made of the Sabbath as if it were indeed the onely Commandement of God and that extreamly misunderstood and all the rest are neglected And will not our Lord call us to a reckoning for all these same words and say like what he spake of the Lepers were there not ten words ten cleansing healing saving words given but where are the other nine 2. Take notice hence that Moses speaks not this to Eleazar or any other teaching Priest only though that was their duty also but to Israel v. 3. Hear O Israel and again v. 4. Hear O Israel Moses speaks this to thee and me to every one who hath these same words in his heart and hath others under his care who ought to be as his sons S. Paul wrote not to the Priests but indifferently to all in like condition with those to whom he saith Hebr. 5.12 For the time ye ought to be Teachers c. Nor were they Priests only to whom he orders Timothy to convey these same words 2 Tim. 2. v. 2. 2 Tim. 2.2 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the things or words which thou hast heard of me by many witnesses these commit thou to faithful men who shall be able to teach others also 3. Gods truths are not so committed to any person or generation and age of men as to rest there there must be a conveyance of them unto others who ought Vitae lampada tradere to hand the Lamp of life from age to age Deut. 4.9 and 11.19 4. It is not enough that these same words be in or upon our heart unless they be there as a form of words whereby and out of which we may instruct others 5. How stupid how dull we are in receiving these same words Israel must sharpen and whet them often and often inculcat them iterate and repeat them again and again yet hardly do we receive them Such improficients the Apostle met withal Hebr. 5.11 12. 6. Though the sons of Israel be dull fungantur vice cotis and are as a Whetstone yet must Israel with unwearied patience whet and sharpen and inculcate these same words unto them 7. Take notice how qualified he ought to be to whom the only wise God gives licence and authority to teach the sons of men He must have these same words of God written in his heart as a living form and Idea or exemplary cause and principle according to which he must speak Jer. 23.28 Jer. 23. v. 28. The Prophet with whom a dream is let him tell his dream and with whom is my word let him speak my word faithfully or rather the truth of my word what is the chaff with the Wheat saith the Lord. The Lord would that the truth and spirit of his Word be spoken as for the Letter only without the spirit and truth it is but as the chaff Now my words saith our Lord are spirit and they are life John 6.63 and what is the chaff to the wheat what is the letter to the spirit And the Lord himself is that word and that spirit and that life and unless he be in the heart and speaks these same words there what authority hath any man to speak these same words what else means the Apostle Gal. 1.15 when God was pleased separating me from my mothers womb and calling me by his grace Gal. 1. v. 15. to reveal his Son in me that I might preach 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the glad tydings of him to the Gentiles Gal. 1.15 the Son must first be revealed in the Preacher before he can preach the Son or whet these same words upon his sons 8. These same words are a form patern and example according to which the thoughts are inwardly molded and made up outwardly into words and so conveyed unto men But whereas a form is either good or evil as the Rabbins say that there is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the good or evil frame of the heart which may be understood as well of the minde and thoughts as of the concupiscence unto which many restrain it According to which our Lord saith that a good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forth good things and the evil man out of the evil treasure of his heart bringeth forth evil things Of the former of these David speaks 1 Chron. 29.18 where when the people had offered willingly to the Lord David prayes Keep for ever saith he in the frame or form which ours turn imagination of the thoughts of the heart of thy people The word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 For whereas the heart of the people was willing and joyful in offering to the Lord David prayes not for a floting and unsetled imagination but for a constant permanent and setled form to be imprinted on their heart Such is that form of doctrine 2 Tim. 1. v. 13. Rom. 6.17 that form of sound or rather healing words 2 Tim. 1.13 9. If Israel must teach his sons then must the sons of Israel learn these same words This necessarily followes according to the Law of relation 1. They are much to blame who when their fathers whet these same words upon their sons they oppose their hard their stony hearts unto them they say really and in their life and practise unto God Depart from us for we desire not the knowledge of thy wayes Job 21.14 2. How justly may this reprove parents and those whoare in place o● parents who whet not inculcate not these same words upon their sons I doubt not to say it that some men take more pains and care to teach a Colty to pace or amble then they do to instruct their sons to walk in the way of Gods Commandements What enemies are they to the Church of God and to
the Church of England The spirit of grace grant us O Lord To keep these Lawes our hearts restore And cause us all with one accord To magnifie thy Name therefore For of our selves no strength we have To keep these Lawes after thy will Thy might therefore O Christ we crave That we in thee may them fulfil And thou shalt consume all the people which the Lord thy God shall deliver thee The words are a command or in another respect Deut. 7. v. 16. a promise touching the disposing of those nations which the Lord would give into the power of Israel A threefold just exception lies against the translation of these words If they be rendred right they sound thus And thou shalt eat up all the peoples which the Lord thy God is giving to thee 1. What they turn people is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the plural those peoples which though harsh to our English ears yet by use it may be made familiar 2. These peoples are the same which before are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nations v. 1. whom the Lord is delivering or giving unto Israel For the words are The Lord thy God is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Dans tibi giving unto thee which imports the continuation of the act so that what God hath done he is yet doing So that Hierom renders the words Daturus est tibi he is about to give to thee Thus the Lord is said to have given Sihon and his land into the hand of Israel Deut. 2.24 Yet hereby is implied a beginning progress and continuation of the act of giving And therefore Deut. 4. v. 31. v. 31. he saith See I have begun to give Sihon and his land before thy face Begin inherit that thou mayest inherit his land As I shewed on v. 24. of that Chapter 3. The Lord commands or makes promise unto Israel that they shall consume all these peoples The word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Thou shalt eat them up So Arias Montanus renders it Comedes and S. Hierom Devorabis omnes populos quos Dominus Deus tuus daturus est tibi According to which Ainsworth turns the words Thou shalt eat up all the peoples c. It s true there is analogie between 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to consume and sustain and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to eat yet they have their different significations Nor are these two to eat and to consume 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 equipollent or of equal power and extent one with other For to consume is a degree of evil beyond eating up and devouring 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gal. 5.15 which S. Hierom turns Quodsi invicem mordetis comeditis videte ne ab invicem consumamini And our Translators But if ye bite and devour one another take heed or see ye that ye be not consumed one of another Where to devour or eat up is a lesse degree of evil in order to a greater to consume But some will say These Seven Nations were to be consumed Be it so Howbeit since the Spirit of God thought meet to express it self by eating not consuming is it not reasonable Sequi Deum Thus the metaphore is borrowed either from evil beasts as Gen. 49.9 or from fire which devoureth Howbeit it s literally true of certain people in Africa who eat up their enemies the Locusts which were allowed the Jewes as a clean food Levit. 11. whereon John Baptist fed Matth. 3. For remedy of such mistakes which seem light and slight to a careless Reader not so to him who precisely and seriously considers what he reads it were to be wished that every word if possible in our English tongue answered in property to its proper word in the Hebrew And if a metaphore be founded upon it in the Hebrew let the proper word be expressed in English and the motaphore in the Hebrew be understood out of it so let the original precede and other tongues follow it Nor is this metaphore uncouth in holy writ For the Psalmist complains to the Lord Psal 14. v. 4. that the ungodly eat up his people Psal 14.4 Have all the workers of iniquity not known eating up my people as they eat bread So these Nations are said to be bread for Israel Numb 22. v. 4. Numb 14.9 Nor is that metaphore unlike this when Moab saith of Israel Now shall this company lick up all round about us as the Ox licketh up the grass of the field Numb 22.4 which Balaam confirmes Chap. 24.8 Whence also Amalek hath his name Populus lambens a people licking up their enemies Compare Psal 79.7 Mich. 3.2 3. 1. Let the people of God take notice of his gratious promise unto his Church here signified by Israel who must lick and eat up their enemies And this the Lord speaks by the mouth of his Churches enemies Numb 22.4 Moab saith Now shall 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ecclesia the Church or Congregation lick up all round about us And Balaam sutably to the words before us Numb 24.8 He shall eat up the nations his enemies To like effect we read other Prophesies as that the Lord will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling to all the people round about Zach. 12.2 And ver 3. A burdensom stone for all people all that burden themselves with it shall be cut in pieces though all the people of the earth be gathered against it Such opposition must the genuine Israel of God expect from all the divided judgements of the religious World and they may assure themselves of like deliverance Take notice of it for it shall certainly come to pass according to that history of future time 2 Esdr 13. v. 6. The Governours of Judah shall be like an Hearth of fire among the wood and like a Torch of fire in a sheaf and they shall devour all the people round about All which and many like prophesies bode a consumption of the Churches enemies whom it shall eat up and assimilate unto it self and subdue them unto the obedience of faith or if desperately obstinate and incorrigible that of the Prophet Esay 60.12 shall take place The Nation and Kingdom that will not serve thee shall perish yea these nations shall be utterly wasted Note hence Gods main designe whereunto the Scripture before us is serviceable viz. That the body of sin be destroyed that the kingdom of Satan Sin and Death be abolished Rom. 6.6 and that the Kingdom of God may come and be raised up in us Dan. 9.24 This is typified by the burning up the sin offering and burnt offering and by the destruction of the seven Nations figuring the seven capital sins according to Lyra and diverse of the Antients whom he followeth This is meant by the Prophet if rightly translated and understood Behold the eyes of the Lord God are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in regnum peccati upon the kingdom of sin Amos 9. v. 8. and I will destroy it from off the face of the earth Dan.
others different in judgment from them Sadducees they themselves may be thought to differ little from Epicureans if what is said of them be true that they confine the divine essence within the heavenly bodies and admit no operation of God below the Moon Yea how like those are they who say the Lord hath forsaken the earth Ezech. 8.12 And however they pretend modesty and high thoughts of God they are doubtless a daring generation For what boldness what presumption is it to adde unto Gods words Prov. 30.6 If they say it is no addition but only an explication Surely explication of Scripture especially such as is of so great moment as this is touching the being of God and Christ and his spirit in us ought to be taken out of Scripture which I am confident they are never able to do not out of their own imagination and as they think good which S. Hierom calls Boni opinio good thinking Yea the spirit of God foreseeing such false Glosses hath left some such expressions as are not easy to be corrupted whereby the truth of Gods and Christs being in his Saints is averred As when Christ is called Immanuel God with us that he is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the indwelling deity That the Kingdom of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is inwardly within you That the people of God are partakers of the divine nature 2. Pet. 1.4 That Christ by himself is making the purging of our sins Hebr. 1. v. 3. Hebr. 1.3 And many the like What they say that it is presumption to think that God and Christ should be in his Saints as the Scripture often holds forth unless understood according to their influence that it is against our modesty to judg that God should entreat and request any thing of Israel which he should rather require and command Whether to understand Gods word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as he hath left it to his Church or to impose a sense upon it of our own be more breach of modesty and the greater presumption let the Godly learned judge Surely the onely-wise God can best determin what is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the decorum and what expressions may best become himself in his dealing with his Israel But the entreaties of Princes are interpretative their commands their Requests are their Requirings And therefore what the Lord here entreats or is entreating 7. Moses commands or is commanding this day whether understood of the Law of Gospel Lex imperat Evangelium impetrat saith one of the Antients The Law commands The Gospel obtaines power to be obedient unto the Law Commands befit the law Entreatyes and Requests the Gospel The Lord leaves no meanes untryed he makes use of both But why does the Lord entreat and Moses command 1. Our God in himself is Love sweetness and goodness which inclines him to request and desire of us our bounden duty And that his goodness ought to lead us unto repentance Rom. 2.4 But sin iniquity and obstinacy in sin brings in rigour and austerity yea wrath and fury which is no genuine property of our God who saith Fury is not in me Esay 27.4 and 28.21 vengeance is his strange work his strange act which when he executes he puts on his armour Esay 59.17 2. He well knowes our heart who made it that it being perverted it s not fit to be wrought upon by love goodness and mercy which by accident hardens it as in the case of Pharaoh but then severity commands and threatnings are most proper for it And therefore since è malis moribus ortaesunt bonae leges good lawes arise from and suppose ill manners of men hence it is that they are propounded imperatively and have their due and respective sanctions by punishments annexed And the Magistrate in such case is more feared then God himself Which was wisely considered by John Fisher Bishop of Rochester who composed the local statutes of Christs Colledge in Cambridge in the Chapter de visitatore he hath these or the like words Si Deum non timeant at visitatorem saltem reformidabunt if they fear not God yet they will at least be affraid of the Visitour They who will not grant the Lords Request will be obedient unto the Command of Moses 1. Note hence how wisely and gratiously God deals with his people He dispenseth his acts of grace by himself his acts of severity by his servant Israel is the seed of Abraham his friend He therefore softens the Commands of Moses by his own entreaties and lest his own Requests should be thought too much indulgence they are somewhat straitned by Mose's commands Yea such is the intimacy of his friend-ship with his Israel that as friends have mutual power one over the other he vouchsafes to Israel power over himself as Israels name imports and as Israel entreats his God so God interchangeably entreats his Israel Yea and as the Lord commands Israel so a wonderful dignation and condescent he gives power to Israel to command himself Esay 45.11 2. It is in Israels power or may be obtained by faith and prayer to fear the Lord his God SER. XIV to walk in his wayes to love him to serve him with all his heart and with all his soul and to keep his Commandements and his Statutes How does this appear from the context what is the Lords requesting 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a tecum from with thee Thou hast power with thee So St. Paul chargeth Timothy to stir up the gift that was in him The gift was with him and in him and wanted onely stirring up 2 Tim. 1.6 And the Lord tells the Church of Thyatira that somewhat they had which he warns them to hold fast till he came What ye have hold fast till I come Revel 2.25 And the Apostle knew what power he had when he told the Philipians that he was able to do all things through Christ inwardly enabling him Phil. 4.13 Much more does the Lord know what Israel can do when he requests him to fear him walk in all his wayes love him serve him and keep his Commandements and Statutes The Lord requests no more Moses requires no more then we have power with us to perform The Lord is most wise and most righteous and would injoyn no more nor request any more nor would his servant Moses require more in the name of the Lord then might stand with Gods wisdom and righteousness to request or require 8. What doth the Lord request of thee and what doth Moses require of thee O Israel but these duties named Does the Lord request or require no more Are there not 248 affirmative Precepts in the Law answerable to the same number of bones in a mans body which also import the strengths and powers of the inward man to be perfected by the Commandements of God And therefore when the Lord was now about to give Abraham his name which contains in the letters of it the same number the Lord
ingredient of all the Christian mans actions that pretious tincture that turns all it touches into gold as they say Midas did And what ever wants this divine tincture of holy love t is like the Terra damnata t is nothing worth Hence the Apostles general advise is Let all your things be done in charity 1 Cor. 16.14 A rule so necessary that the very best and greatest duties otherwise performed whether towards God or towards our neighbour are of no value in the sight of God 1 Cor. 13. I shall adde no more motives Let us rather come to discover our love to the Lord our God whether we keep this Commandement or not 1. The love of God proceeds from a pure heart a good conscience and faith unfeigned 1 Tim. 1.5 How then canst thou love thy God when thou sayest thy heart cannot be pure And how can thy faith be unfeigned when thou believest not that thou art able to love the Lord thy God with all thy heart 2. Love will suffer nothing to intervene or separate us from the party we love that may hinder our union Love knits unites and makes one 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that which is continued is one Our love unto God unites us and makes us one with him according to our Saviours prayer John 17.21 and that of the Apostle he who is joyned unto the Lord is one Spirit 1 Cor. 6.17 Such love of our God will not endure any mixture of what is contrary to our God And therefore S. Paul having exhorted to sincerity of love which is required even in the lowest degree of it as hath been shewen Let love be without dissimulation Rom. 12.9 he presently adds Abhor that which is evil Sincerity of love unto our God will not endure any corrival any thing or person to share with our God in our love of him How then canst thou say thou lovest the Lord thy God with all thy heart and all thy soul and keepest all that Commandement when yet thou knowest that thou lovest thy pleasures more then thou lovest thy God when thou knowest thou lovest the world and the things of this world Ye Adulterers and Adulteresses Know ye not that the friendship of the world is the enmity of God Jam. 4.4 So the Greek text hath it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Whosoever therefore will be a friend of the world is made an enemy of God Wouldst thou believe thy wife should she say she loved thee whilest she prostitutes her self unto another man And wilt thou pretend to be the loving Spouse of thy Maker yet love his enemy 3. The love of God puts us upon such works as he loves Whence the Apostle This saith he is the love of God that we keep his Commandements It puts us upon the love of our neighbour Love works no evil to his neighbour Rom. 13.10 Ad populum Phaleras Away with all trappings and false pretences of love without the reality of it Good discourse and holy conference proceeding from a life worthy of God and a heart and soul which loves God is an edge which pierceth to the assimilating of others unto it self Such a soul edifies and conveighs grace to the hearers For charity edifies not knowledge not holy talk without it The Pharisees of old knew very much of God and his Word and wayes and spake very much of God And they of all others most reasoned with our Lord concerning God and his truth But our Lord tells them I know that ye have not the love of God in you John 5.42 And we may say the like of the Pharisees of our time They are great talkers of God and of Religion and indeed would seem to be the onely people of God and to know all things knowable They are indeed the true Amorites great Talkers and most bitter men in their invectives against all who are not of their opinion as no wise man is And therefore we may know that they have not the love of God in them They have a knowing knowledge or such as reflects upon it self as the Apostle saith we know that we all have knowledge This knowledge puffs men up and makes them proud but charity edifies 1 Cor. 8.1.2 That knowing knowledge is the dust the food of the Serpentine generation according to their doom Gen. 3.14 which the Prophet Esay 65.25 tells us must be fulfilled in these last dayes a food wherewithal they so glut themselves that there is no place left for the love of God in them Therefore Jehu cuts off and destroyes the knowing knowledge so the Chald. Paraphrast renders 2 Kings 9.8 Every one that pisseth against the wall all the knowing knowledge which excludes the love of God For so the true Jehu Hebr. 1. v. 12. who is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Qui est a type of Christ Hebr. 1.12 Thou art He for so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Notat aliquid divinitatis saith Galatinus it imports somewhat of the Divinity And therefore Scaliger having reckoned up many names of God concludes them all with Ipse He. This spiritual Jehu destroyes all the false the knowing disobedient knowledge which is the true spiritual inward Antichrist and consumes him with the spirit of his mouth and destroyes him with the brightness of his coming or presence 2 Thes 2.8 Psal 90. v. 12. And therefore Moses the man of God prayes Psal 90.12 that the Lord would teach him to number his dayes that he might bring unto him a wise heart so the words signifie not a wise not a subtil crafty head not a strong head-piece as they call it Let us name some means and helps to advance this great duty 1. The fear of God is the beginning of his love Ecclus 1.14 And that fear drives out the evil And when the love of God is brought into the soul it makes a compleat separation from the sin O ye that love the Lord see that ye hate the thing that is evil Psal 97.10 2. Whatsoever thou seest amiable and lovely in the creature love it wholly for God and in order unto God the Creator of it How shall that be done When thou seest ravishing Beauty in the Creature reason thus O how much more beautiful is my God who created this Beauty When thou seest great strength think how much more strong is He who is the Power Mark 14.62 Thou lovest wealth consider how much better is it to be rich towards God! Or thou art desirous of Honour Reason thus How much more excellent is the honour that comes of God only Thou lovest Pleasures but think how much more satisfying and durable are the pleasures at Gods right hand for evermore 3. Pray we unto the Lord that he will be pleased to circumcise our hearts that we may love him with all our heart and with all our soul that we may live Deut. 30.6 For the advancement of this divine and eternal life and kingdom of God there are who point us unto faith only But beside it
26.67 and 27.30 Men look for some nasty hole some sluttish corner or other to spit in whence an unmannerly fellow spit in a Philosophers face excused it saying it was the foulest place about the house Yet our Lord the very wisdom and righteousness of God it self hath been accounted by the evil world 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Conspuendus one worthy to be spit upon as Job typically represented him where he saith of his enemies they abhor me they spare not to spit in my face Job 30.10 Have many even of those who profess the Christian religion a more honourable esteem of the true Christ of God when they oppose the truth of God and deny it in their sinful lives do they not spit in the face of Christ He is the Truth John 14.6 This Law as all agree was ceremonial and therefore as to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the letter of it it was to cease when the seed was raised up to whom the promises were made Howbeit out of the letter we may Note here the kindness and love of God unto men how gratiously he condescends to comply with man in his natural affections Men naturally love their children the continuance of their names among men the propagation of their family c. And the Philosopher could say if the separated soules take care for any thing it is for the good and welfare of their posterity Thus 2 Sam. 7.11 12 16. see how kindly David accepted this at the Lords hand v. 18.19 which care for posterity children house and name David calls 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the law of Adam that which is implanted in man to love and take care of his children his name and his posterity And with this love the Lord himself vouchsafes gratiously to comply in this Law Mysticè As for the mystical understanding of this Law we finde an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and graphical exemplification of it in the history of Ruth Chap. 1.5 where Mahlon the husband of Ruth is said to be dead in Moab Who is this brother that is dead who else but Christ who is not ashamed to call us brethren Hebr. 2.11 He is dead Mahlon died in Moab Moab is a patre Diabolo as the Antients give the etymon Sinful men are of their father the Devil John 8. And while we are sinners Christ dies Rom. 5.8 For he is wounded of our transgressions Efay 53. v. 5. and bruised of our iniquities Esay 53.5 And therefore he is said to be crucified in Sodom and Egypt Rev. 11.8 while we are weak and cannot withstand the temptations unto sin and while Christ is weak in us he is crucified in weakness 2 Cor. 13.4 that 's Mahlon which signifies infirmity and weakness Thus the holy seed is sowen in weakness 1 Cor. 15.43 The Lord hath his inheritance given him by his Father Psa 2.8 A large one nay yet a larger Hebr. 1.2 The Father hath appointed him heir of all things The Lords Name is to be be raised up upon his inheritance His people are to be called after his Name they are his inheritance They are his Spouse But she is barren and brings him no children in the dayes of his flesh But his Apostles whom he calls his brethren John 20.17 these raise up seed unto their brother by the uncorruptible seed the Word of God 1 Cor. 4.15 Gal. 1.19 And these raise up their brothers name upon his inheritance his Church which is called not after their names but after the name of their brother Acts 11.26 they are called Christians Psal 72.17 His Name shall be continued The Hebrew word is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 His Name Filiabitur if we might so speak according to the Hebrew which is of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a son as the margent expresses it well His name shal be as a son to continue his fathers name for ever Thus no doubt the Ministers of the Word ought to raise up the name of Christ upon his inheritance his Church They ought not to raise up their own names Whence I cannot see how that practice can be justified out of the Word of God that Christians should call themselves after the names of men and say they are of such or such a ones Church I am of Paul I am of Apollo 1 Cor. 1.12 But the Apostle interprets this the peoples weakness Chap. 3.3 4. Are ye not carnal and walk 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1 Cor. 3. v. 3. according to man the earthly the carnal man But if any of their Leaders gather Disciples to themselves to raise up their own names upon the Lords inheritance its unjustifiable and abominable and unwarrantable out of the Word of God What saith the Apostle 1 Cor. 13.4 5. was Paul crucified for you or were ye baptized into the name of Paul c. No no Paul and Barnabas gathered not Churches to themselves but themselves were gathered to the Church Acts 11.26 they assembled themselves with the Church They made no Proselytes to themselves Be we all exhorted to raise up seed unto our brother to endeavour every one of us to gather our selves and others unto him unto him all the people must be gathered Gen. 49.10 And the Church must be called after his name as the wife by the name of her husband Esay 4.1 His name shall endure for ever his name Filiabitur Psal 72. v. 17. shall be continued by succession of many sons the children which God hath given him Hebr. 2.3 before the Sun And men 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall bless themselves in him and all Nations shall call him Blessed Blessed be the Lord God of Israel doing wondrous things alone And blessed be the Name of his glory for ever And the whole Earth shall be filled with his glory Amen! and Amen! Psal 72.17 18 19. A Syrian ready to perish was my father Deut. 26. v. 1. and he went down into Egypt c. This the Israelite who brought his Basket of first-fruits must say before the Lord. But must he say that before the Lord which is untrue And does Moses teach him to say that which is untrue before the Lord Surely Jacob who is here meant was not a Syrian but born in the holy land Gen. 25.11.24 c. Unless a man should be that countryman whither he came as a stranger as Jacob did to Laban Gen. 29. The Syrian therefore here meant is Laban And he really did persecute Jacob Gen. 3.1 whom the Israelite here calls his father Thus the Vulg. Latin Syrus persequebatur patrem meum A Syrian persecuted my Father And so Castellio and Martin Luther turns the words and the like we finde in the Low Dutch Bibles And although the French hath the same with our last English Translation yet they have the other Translation in the margent Coverdale and all the old English that I have seen render the words thus A Syrian persecuted my
word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies other and also after implying that the other god is after Him who is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the one and only true God So that the other gods are whatsoever the heart of man turns unto obeyes and is driven unto when it turns from and obeyes not but is driven from the only true God 2. The word To worship hath diverse words answering to it in the Hebrew as 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 To bow down the head especially with some other part of the body 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 To bow the knee 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 To prostrate and cast down the whole body which comprehends the other two and this last is here used The Scripture is full of the expressions of honour and reverence which of old were and yet are usual in the East parts of the World But as there are other inward Idols and false gods whereof the outward were types and figures So are there also inward and spiritual false worships of these inward false deities represented by those outward The Lord our God will be known trusted remembred loved feared obeyed and honoured alone The Lord being now about to send his people to Chaldea whither he had already sent some of them furnishes them with an answer to those who should tempt them to worship other gods Jer. 10.11 The gods who have not made the Heavens and the Earth they shall perish from the Earth and from under these Heavens This is written in the Chaldee and this only of all the Prophesie of Jeremiah Which therefore the Chald. Paraph. saith was a Copy of the Epistle which Jeremiah wrote into Babylon that the Jews if tempted to worship their gods might speak to them in their own language The gods that neither can give rain from Heaven nor cause the fruit to grow out of the Earth they and their worshippers shall perish from the Earth and from under these Heavens Note hence the vast dominion sole soveraignty of the true God He is Lord Paramount he loveth not he will not have any Corrival Faith Fear Love Honour Hope these things are the inward worship of God and are to be given unto him What is the true separation which the Lord our God requires of us 2 Cor. 6. What else but the cleansing our selves and putting away all our strange gods Gen. 39. 2 Cor. 6. See a vast difference between the worshippers of the one and only God and the servants of other gods The Rich mans Wealth his Mammon is taken away c. he despairs and dies as Aristotle saith Despair is the cause of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 self-murder and worldly sorrow causeth death The Honourable man hath lost his Honour God staines the pride of all glory and brings into contempt all the honourable of the Earth Esay 23.9 The dishonoured man sinks in desparation and is lost The fulness of bread is taken from the Glutton and his god and he are both lost The Wine is taken from the Drunkard Joel 1.5 Awake ye Drunkards and weep and houl all ye drinkers of wine because of the Wine for it is cut off from your mouth The Amaretto the lascivious Letcher the poor forsaken Whore she mourns and weeps Alas there 's no more hire So ye finde the women Ezech. 8.14 There sate at the North-gate Women weeping for Tammuz that is for Adonis as the Latin Fathers commonly understand it or as others Osiris for their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their pleasure and voluptuousness their belly which is their god they have not wherewith to worship it And there is great reason for it That which all these had for their god is now taken away The heart cannot be removed from what it extreamly loved without grief yea great grief Ye have taken away my gods and what have I more Judges 18.24 Micha had a house of gods which the Tribe of Dan took away When the judgements of the jealous God are in the land and upon all our gods as he executed judgement upon the gods of the land of Egypt when the Danites the judgements of God plunder us of all our gods is it not time high time to have a God that cannot be taken away from us Such an only God have the true worshippers Esay 5.13.17 When the false gods and their worshippers are removed then shall the Lambs the innocent blameless ones feed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 according to the Word Nebuzaradan left of the poor of the land to be Vine-dressers and Husbandmen 2 Kings 25.12 Zeph. 3.11 Mal. 3.18 with 4.1 2. Those who have more gods then the one and only God are hence justly reproved of this great sin whereof were and are guilty both Romani and Romanenses the older and later Rome 1. This lost the old Romans the knowledge and faith of Jesus Christ the true God They would have acknowledged him such but they understood he would be worshipped alone and they were loth to part with all their false gods for one and so they lost him Their case was much to be lamented but is not thine the same Alas beloved this is Malum epidemicum 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is a common evil to the Gentiles to the Papists to the Protestants any thoughts wills affections actions works due to God and aliened from God unto the Creature makes a man a worshipper of another God Give me children or else I die saith Rachel to Jacob whereupon Jacobs anger was kindled Am I saith he in Gods stead who who hath withheld from thee the fruit of thy womb Gen. 30.12 Am I a God to kill and make alive that I should cure Naaman of his leprosie so Joram said having rent his clothes 2 Kings 5.7 So Paul and Barnabas rent their clothes when the Lystrians would have done sacrifice unto them Acts 14.14 The Apostle tells us that all things befell the antient people in types and figures and were written for our example And therefore it is more then probable that we may finde the same false gods among us We condemn Salomon for worshipping Ashteroth and Baalim Even to this day we worship Ashteroth the goddess of the Zidonians 1 Kings 11. and that with as much solemnity as ever that is wealth and riches we worship Mammon And though our Lord hath told us that we cannot yet we will serve God and Mammon together We worship many Baalims that is Lordliness and Domineering 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we will be many Masters This was the pride of the Clergie heretofore Truly pride or any other sin in the Minister is most abominable They had many Titles of Honour but we Clergie and Lay Priests and People can be as proud as they without any titles of honour and like the Cynik tread down Plato's pride with greater pride of our own We have our Baal Perazim the god of Divisions and therefore the Lord threatens to deal with us in this time of the overflowing
himself a glorious Church not having spot of deformity or wrinkle of the old man or any such thing but that it should be holy and without blemish Ephes 5.25 26 27. But I have contracted long customary sins and am even wo●ded in them Nullum tempus occurrit Regi No long time can prescribe unto the King Christ but that he may cleanse his Spouse But alas Long custome is another nature mine habitual spots are as indelible and fixt in me as blackness in the Ethiopian and spots in the Leopard And can the Ethiopian change his skin or the Leopard his spots Jer. 13. Thou complainest very much of thy sin but deal faithfully between God and thine own soul would'st thou indeed be cleansed from it We read that a blinde man cryed after our Lord Jesus thou Son of David have mercy upon me and again Jesus thou Son of David have mercy upon me nor could the people make him hold his peace Mark 10.50 51. He is brought unto Jesus And he ask'd the blind man what would'st thou that I should do unto thee A strange question For what else what greater boon could the blind man desire then that he might receive his sight Our Lord well knew that many love darkness more then light He knew that some men love the lusts of their eyes better then their eyes And for like reason when a certain man lay at the pool of Bethesda thirty and eight years Jesus saw him and knew that he had been now a long time in that case yea though he knew all this yet he saith unto him wilt thou be made whole Certainly our Lord Jesus knew right well and foreknew that many then were and would be in aftertime yea and are at this day who have had their infirmities as long yea longer then that man So they call their habitual sins their infirmities which they love so well that they desire not to be made whole Therefore our Lord inquires into the mans will For without the mans will Christ may will and no cure be wrought I would but ye would not Matth. 23.37 But with the mans will the greatest cure may be wrought even of habitual and customary sins Jer. 13.23 The peoples sins were as fixt as blackness to the Ethiopian and spots to the Leopard And these spots the foulest adulteries neighings leaudness of whoredom and abominations on the hills in the fields c. Those spots were of the deepest die yet the Lord required of Jerusalem onely her will toward the cure of them Wilt thou not be made clean When shall it once be Be we exhorted to keep our selves unspotted from the world It s a part of the pure religion and undefiled James 1.27 So shall we be the sons of God and have his characters his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his marks upon us even his mark of love even unto enemies Mat. 5.44 His mark of mercy and pity Ecclus 4.10 Blameless and harmless or sincere or simple the sons of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Immaculati without spot so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 answers to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a spot in a crooked and perverse nation or rather generation 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Phil. 2. v. 15. as they render the word in the text Phil. 2.15 That 's the third and last Axiom They are a perverse and crooked generation This is the result of their corruption and depravation their spot and their stain This corrupt and spotted people are a perverse and crooked generation Let us inquire into the meaning of these words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 properly signifies an age or time while men live successively in the world whence is Durare to continue in the Latin By the same word also the men of an age are understood by Synecdoche as in this place So the Lord saith to Noah I have seen thee righteous 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in this generation that is in this age and among these men Gen. 7.1 And that was a very crooked and perverse generation and so was that of which Moses here speaks These words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in their metaphorical sense as here used have like signification one to other and both import subtilty oblique crooked and perverse dealing among men Howbeit they have their difference for the former signifies oblique and crooked which the LXX turn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a crooked generation The later imports the same crooked generation to be perverted and depraved and accordingly t is rendred by the Greek Interpreters 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a perverse generation But although the words have like signification of wresting writhing depraving yet should not the Translators have inverted and perverted the genuine order of the words as they have done unless thereby they intended an elegancy turning them perverse and crooked instead of crooked and perverse generation which errour they corrected Phil. 2.15 Where we have the same words in the Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which our Translators render in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation or rather generation The two former characters of this wicked people do not necessarily imply a spreading beyond themselves He corrupted himself not another so the Chald. Paraphrast and their spot it s not said that it infects another But when this people are called a crooked and perverse generation the Hebrew words import craft and subtilty to circumvent and deceive others so Mich. 3.9 They make crooked what is straight which elegant opposition is lost in our Translation In the later word the metaphore is taken from Wrestlers who by turning and winding their bodies endeavouring to supplant and overthrow others the Wiseman describes such a perverse generation Prov. 4.16 They sleep not except they have done mischief and their sleep is taken away unless they cause some to fall But since both these words signify crooked and are accordingly rendred by the LXX the former in the text and elsewhere the later Prov. 8.8 it s needfull that we inquire what 's here meant by crooked Privations are known by their habits and deprivations by their integrity and soundness That therefore we may know what 's meant by crooked we must know what is straight because Rectum est judex sui obliqui what is straight discovers it self and what is crooked That 's straight and right which inclines to neither part as a straight line lies even between two termes as a straight way inclines neither to the right hand nor to the left as we read it described by Moses Num. 20.17 Deut. 2.27 The rule of this Rectitude is the word of God which is Right Psal 19.8 and 33.4 And his word is conformable to himself who is right Deut. 32.4 In this rectitude and uprightness the upright God made and set man at the first Eceles 7.29 Hence we may understand what is obliquety and crookedness namely an aversion and deflexion from that original straightness rectitude and uprightness in our God And this crookedness
is framed by a rule which is iniquity lawlesness and irregularity For as rectitude and uprightness is compared to a straight way so is iniquity to by-wayes crooked and erroneous wayes So 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to sin signifies properly to miss the right way or Mark Judg. 20.16 And of like sense is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Pecco to sin And as rectitude and the rule of it is conformity unto the upright God himself so crookedness and irregularity the rule of it is conformity to the Devill himself the crooked Serpent Esay 27.1 And as the upright God made the man upright in his generation and according to his will So the Divill the crooked Serpent deleuded man and brought him to the bent of his will in the degeneration God made man upright but they have found out many inventions Eccles 7.29 Whence appears the reason why this generation became crooked and perverse For although the heart it self perverts it self as hath been shewen on Deut. 30.17 yet this comes not to pass without a Tempter declining and bending the man to his will Nor is he in vain called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Tempter Matth. 4.3 It is his business and he is fitted for it being a subtil Serpent full of windings and turnings and insinuations full of mischief or readiness and easiness to do mischief 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whence Elymas is called the Devils childe Acts 13.10 He hath also his instruments and ministers 2 Cor. 11.14 15. not only such as are in his ordinary service as Sorcerers and Wizzards whereof one ye read of in the place now named but his great designe is to gain to his party and service some of Gods Ministers And because Levi was in reputation for holiness the Law of truth was in his mouth and iniquity was not found in his lips he walked with God in peace and equity and he turned many from iniquity Mal. 2.6 If Satan can perswade a Levite to corrupt the covenant of Levi and so gain a Levite unto his side to do his work to turn men and decline them from righteousness to iniquity then what mischief may not the Devil and the Priest do And too often he gets this advantage whence he has gotten himself a name and is called Leviathan the piercing Serpent and again Leviathan the crooked Serpent Esay 27.1 that is of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Levi the Priest and the Dragon These two joynd are abundantly sufficient to make a crooked and perverse generation Incurvas interam animas et coelestium inanes Souls bow'd to th' earth and void of heavenly things 1. Whence we may learn by the rule of contraries what maner of people are the sons of God As the Devills children are the crooked generation as Elymas the Sorcerer is called the son of the Devill because he went about to turn the deputy from the faith Act. 13 8.9.10 So Gods sons are generatio rectorum the generation of the upright Psal 112.2 being such as turn sinners from the errour of their way Jam. 5.20 and turn many unto righteousness Dan. 12.3 These are Gods Jeshurun his upright ones 2. Hence we gather what is the Heathenish life where-with this people were corrupted and spotted and so pronounced not to be the sons of God but a crooked and perverse generation That life consists in craft and cunning to circumvent and deceive si possis rectè si non quocunque modo rem to be getting quo jurè quâve injuriâ by right or wrong any way to lurch cousin cheat go beyond another And being growen rich to spend prodigally and wastfully upon their lusts what they got injuiously The former part of this description is in the text the later yea read 1 Thess 4.5 1 Pet. 4.3 That the will of the Gentiles consists in lasciviousness lusts excess of wine c. Both parts of this Heathenish life too many of this City live yet think themselves and would be accounted by others very good Christians although their spot declares evidently that they are not Gods sons but Gentiles or Heathens a crooked and perverse generation 3. Hence we learn that it is no good reason wherewithal yet many sooth and flatter themselves into a good opinion of that way of religion wherein they walk that it is Orthodox and sound pure undefiled and upright when yet its corrupt spotted and impure Pro. 30. v. 12. crooked and perverse That such there are the Wiseman assures us Prov. 30.12 There is a generation that is pure in their own eyes and yet is not washed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from their dung They reason thus They of the Church of Rome worship Idols teach the doctrine of merit by workes c. therefore they are a crooked generation Now as for us though we commit that which the world calls Sacriledge yet we abhor Idols Rom. 2.22 And as for merit by good works we conscientiously abstain from them for fear lest we should hope to be saved by them I doubt not but I speak the inward thoughts and reasonings of many Professors It s possible that men of contrary minds and opposite wayes in Religion may neither of them walk in Gods way which is the right way yea they may both be crooked and perverse generations Ye read that Ephraim was against Manasseh and Manasseh against Ephraim and both together against Judah which alone was in the Right Esay 9.21 and therefore both the other must be in the wrong The Pharisees were against the Saducies and the Saducies against the Pharisees Matth. 22.23 40. Acts 23.6 7 8.9 and both against Christ who is That way John 14.6 that one straight way to life There are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 many Antichrists but Christ is One. And the reason is A right line is but one between two terms But crooked lines may be infinite between the same two termes And the like we may say of the true religion and undefiled that it is but one Psal 119. v. 1. but one upright way And blessed are the perfect in the way who are walking in the Law of the Lord. But erroneous and by-wayes are as so many crooked lines innumerable and infinite So that although the present Christians accuse judge and condemn one another yet that sentence of the Psalmist is true of too many of them They are all gone out of the way they are corrupt and become abominable their feet are swift to shed blood destruction and unhappiness are in their wayes and the way of peace that 's Gods right way they have not known 4. The Lord owns not his own people and nation corrupted spotted crooked and perverted but reputes them as Gentiles and Heathen their spot is not of his sons they are a crooked and perverse generation For why It is the Gentiles and Heathenish life that makes Gentiles and Heathen be they otherwise of what nation or people soever they may be The unconverted Macedonians were a
crooked and perverse nation or generation Phil. 2.15 And well might they be so termed when S. Peter cals the Jews a crooked generation Acts 2.40 Yea the perverted people are called after the names of those nations whose lives and manners they imitated So Esay 1.10 the Princes of the Jewes are called Rulers of Sodom and the nation the people of Gomorrha And Ezech. 16.3 The birth and the nativity of Jerusalem is said to be of the land of Canaan their Father an Amorite their Mother an Hittite Yea the Israelites who usually are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the people and people of God when they lost their rectitude uprightness and conformity to the one and only God and brake the bond of unity among themselves by reason of their rents and divisions from one another and from their God the Lord calls them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nations Ezech. 2.2 as it is acknowledged in the margent Nay when the people have depraved the divine characters and image of their God they are judged unworthy the name of a people so saith the Lord They have provoked me to jealousie with that which is not God and I will provoke them to jealousie with those who are not a people Deut. 32.21 And the divine Image being renewed it restores the name of a people unto them Ye saith S. Peter are a chosen generation a royal Priesthood an holy nation a peculiar people that ye should shew forth the vertues or praises of him who hath called us out of darkness to his mervailous light 1. And why may we not exhort the crooked and perverse generation to repentance why may not they hope to return to their Primitive rectitude and uprightness There is a promise left that the crooked shall become straight Esay 40.4 alwayes provided that they admit the doctrine of Repentance and amendment of life For to such penitent ones John Baptist brings that promise Luke 3. v. 5. that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that the crooked things shall become a straight and plain way Provided also that they yield unto Gods wrestling and striving with them For as with the merciful the Lord will be merciful and with the perfect man he will be perfect and with the pure Psal 18. v. 25 26. Gen. 30. v. 8. he will be pure so with the perverse he will be cross wrestle and strive to overcome him so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 properly signifies And such are the wrestlings of God with the perverse man Gen. 30.8 This is the method of the divine wisdom in converting the man observed by the Son of Syrac Ecclus 4.17 c. At the first she will walk with him not by crooked wayes Ecclus 4. v. 17 18 19. as our Translators turn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but perversly or crosly as thwarting his perverse will and bring fear and dread upon him and torment him with her discipline until she may trust his soul and try him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Justificationibus suis with her justifications or Laws which make righteous Then will she return by the straight way unto him and comfort him or make him glad 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and shew him her secrets But if he go wrong she will utterly forsake him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and deliver him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 into the hands into the power of his own fall or ruin 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 O that the crooked and perverse generation would consider this and take to heart this advise of the Wiseman and other counsel of his in that excellent Book So shall they experimentally know that what is crooked Eccles 1. v. 15. 7. v. 13. may be made straight yea that he whom the just God leaves in his wilful hardness and impenitency his crookedness and perverseness and so may be said to make him crooked even him now become penitent and relenting the merciful God can again make straight and upright according to the promise Esay 40.4 Luke 3.5 2. Acts 2. v. 40.46 Meantime let the new converts be exhorted to save themselves o● be saved 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Salvamini from the crooked generation according to S. Peters counsel Acts 2.40 So will the Lord adde unto the Church 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 such as are saved from the crooked generation 3. And ye who have attained unto a greater measure of light and strength Phil. 2. v. 15. continue ye blameless and harmless the sons of God without spot in a crooked and perverse generation among whom 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shine ye as lights in the world Direct and strengthen and turn many unto righteousness So shall ye shine as the Stars for ever and ever Dan. 12.3 Who is wise and he shall understand these things prudent and he shall know them experimentally so the LXX turn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 For the wayes of the Lord are right and the just shall walk in them Hos 14. v. 9. but the transgressors shall fall therein Hos 14.9 AN APPENDIX of Three Sermons on Three Texts of Scripture out of that course which hath hitherto been observed which of themselves speak not that sense which the Translators have imposed upon them but by mis-translation and mis-interpretation have long time mislead the credulous and ignorant multitude But being rightly rendred and explained may undeceive them and through the goodness of God reduce them into the way of Truth There is no necessity for a Wise and Just man to sin SER. 18. SERMON XVIII Eccles 7. ver 19 20. Wisdom strengtheneth the wise more then ten mighty men which are in the City for there is not a just man upon earth that doth good and sinneth not THE Wiseman ver 15. discovers unto us a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an hidden and unknown kinde of divine providence which ignorant men account little less then an irregularity That sometimes it goes ill with good men and things succeed well with evil men All things have I seen in the dayes of my vanity There is a just man that perisheth in his righteousness c. Whereupon he gives advise to avoid extreams of both kindes 1. That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that Summum jus that rigour and too much severity of Justice ver 16. which while we go about to decline we must not run into the other extream ver 17. Be not overmuch wicked c. 2. But alas if the case be so that a man may perish in well doing and prosper in evil doing what shall we do which way shall we turn our selves T is true these are great inconveniencies but be sure thou heed this well and forget it not Fear God and thou shalt easily escape all these extreams all these inconveniencies This Clue This Wisdom viz. The fear of God whereby thou mayest dis-intangle thy self and winde thy self out of this Labyrinth of evils it strengthens the wiseman more then ten mighty men that are in the City although
judgement the wicked compassing about the righteous c. Habac. 1. v. 2 3 4. which causeth Jerusalem to mourn make lamentation He is wont saith one of the pious Antients to be a type of the Devil This King of all the children of pride Job 41.34 This Prince of this World sets all the World against this little City All that is in this World the lusts of the flesh c. all temptations unto sin all occasions of sin c. He summons his Servants all Tyrants Hereticks the Wisemen and wisdom of the world and the wisdom of the flesh Ye read of such a straight siege Revel 20.8 when the City is so little and so few to defend it it seems it might easily be taken How much more when the Prince of this World comes and begirts it with all the power of this World This City the poor Wiseman who for our sakes became poor delivers yet who remembers this poor Wiseman Axiom 2. Wisdom strengthens the wise more then ten mighty men who are in the City These words of the Wiseman present us with the pirase of Wisdom compared with Strength and Authority For so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 here used signifies one that 's strong and powerful whence the Arabians and Turks call their Governours Soldans or Sultans that is men of power and authority mighty men Whereas the wisdom of the Wiseman is compared with ten such Princes or mighty men and preferred before them The number of Ten is not here exactly and precisely of necessity to be understood but as we often in common speech use a definite number for an indefinite as Castellio here Decies tantum ten times as much that is many times And the reason is because the number Ten is the boundary beyond which we number not but by repeating Hence it is that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that signifies Ten is from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to contain because it comprehends all numbers The Scripture speaks thus Job 19.3 These ten times have ye reproached me that is oftentimes And so Jacob complains that Laban had changed his wages ten times Gen. 31.7 And the Lord saith he was tempted so often by his people Numb 14.22 Thus Matth. 25.1 ye read of Ten instead of the whole number of the Church and diverse the like The truth of this is evident both by testimony of natural experience and Scripture 1. Experience as the Heathen found it true who said Cedant arma togae Arms must yield to the Gown And Archimedes the Mathematitian was more feared by the Romans then all the power of Syracuse Insomuch as if the Souldiers besieging the City saw but a Line or a small piece of wood hanging down the wall they presently suspected some Engine and would cry out Archimedes Archimedes and turn their backs and flye which they disdained to do at all the strength of the Souldiery But the Scripture proves this expresly Prov. 21.22 Eccles 7.17 and 9.14 And the weaker Sex arm'd with wisdom prevail'd against the strong witness Debora Jahel and the wise Woman of Abel 2 Sam. 20. The reason why this wisdom so strengthens the wise even more then many mighty men so that one wise man more preserves the City then many strong men it seems to be because Wisdom both originally and formally is concrete with power and might and therefore whatsoever strength can do alone that also can Wisdom do more Therefore Wisdom is described the breath of the power of God and a pure efflux from the glory of the Almighty Wisd 7.25 Wis 7. v. 25. And formally the same Christ is the wisdom of God and the power of God 1 Cor. 1. which is the second necessary for our spiritual war 3. Besides there is a priority in nature For Vis consilii expers mole ruit suâ Force without Counsel perisheth by his own weight And therefore if strength be successful and prosperous in the actions of it it must presuppose Wisdom as the guide and director of it Yea Wisdom is the Teacher of Valour yea of Prudence Temperance and Justice according to Wisd 8.7 If a man love Wisdom her labours are vertues For she teacheth Temperance Prudence Justice and Fortitude which are such things that men can have nothing more profitable in their life which are the four Cardinall Vertues known and famous among the wise Heathen Obs 1. If that wisdom which is the fear of God and but the beginning of wisdom as it s often called be yet stronger then many mighty men how much more strong is the progress and increase of divine wisdom in faith which overcomes the world 1 John 5.4 Yea how much more strong is that mighty power of love which is God himself 1 John 4.8.16 The last enemy that shall be destroyed is Death 1 Cor. 15. And love is strong as death it self Cant. 8.6 Obs 2. How should this inflame our soules with the love of Christ which is not only power but wisdom also yea and righteousness and holiness Job 36. He is mighty in strength and wisdom Yea he is all things Col. 3.11 and in whom are hid all the treasures of this wisdom and plenipotence of power Obs 3. The divine wisdom is of more power and force then all humane wisdom and strength This appears by the examples of holy men not trained up in Trades Arts and Sciences yet able to judge of them even better then they who professed them As Joseph no States-man Paul no Mariner yet able to out-vie them to out-shoot them in their own Bow The like we may truly say of the divine wisdom in regard of all humane power and might What is the most glorious pretence of using might and power Is it not the cause of Religion the building up and defence of pure religion Does not the Wiseman tell us here that wisdom strengthens the wise more then ten mighty men that are in the City And therefore what ye read Zach. 4.6 spoken of the material Temple the building of it not by might nor by power and the same is most true if understood of the spiritual Temple the Church of God All the Zelots in all Ages they have found that by their tyranny all that could be effected was but to make many Hypocrites like themselves But to build up the Church of God of living stones it is the work of divine wisdom which reaches from end to end strongly and disposes all things sweetly Wisd 8.8 And therefore when the Lord appeared to Eliah now zealous of Gods glory who might seem to pray for fire from Heaven to destroy Jezabel 1 Kings 19.11 The Lord was neither in the strong winde nor earthquake nor fire but in a still voice And let them take notice of this who like James and John even out of zeal for God and Christ wish for fire from Heaven to consume their supposed enemies the wisdom of God tells them They know not of what spirit they are Luke 9.55 Mysticè The
far off from him As I shall shew anon The words thus opened in general contain in them these divine Doctrines 1. The Lord hath his Tabernacle or Tent of meeting 2. The sons of Israel must pitch their Tents over against the Tabernacle of meeting 3. They must pitch round about the Tabernacle of meeting 1. The Lord hath his Tabernacle or Tent of meeting So Tremellius turns the words Tentorium conventûs and so Arias Montanus and the French Bible and the Italian Gods Tabernacle is that portable house wherein he walked many years with the sons of Israel until the Temple was built 2 Sam. 7.6 But what need hath the great God of any either Tabernacle or Temple Heaven is his Throne and the Earth is his Footstool and what House Tabernacle or Temple can be built for him Esay 66. And do not I fill Heaven and Earth saith the Lord Jer. 23. T is true the Heaven of heavens cannot contain him He is incomprehensible so that if we look for his adequate Tabernacle or Temple we shall finde no other but Himself And therefore Revel 21.22 The Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the Temple of the holy City So that its a wonderful condescent of the incomprehensible God that he owns any Temple or Tabernacle upon earth That of Salomons building was most magnificent yet that most wise King admires the Lords dignation But will God indeed dwell on the Earth Behold the Heaven and the Heaven of heavens cannot contain thee how much less this house that I have builded 1 Kings 8.27 How much more may we wonder at that far greater condescent Revel 21.3 Where he saith Behold the Tabernacle of God is with men and he will dwell with them and they shall be his people and God himself shall be with them their God Wherein there is expressed the force of Immanuel God with us This is that Tabernacle namely the Church thorow which the Lord Christ passed into the Holiest of all according to which we may understand that otherwise difficult place Hebr. 9. where the Apostle telling us of two Tabernacles or the two parts of the Tabernacle the high Priest passed through the first part or the Holy into the second or the most Holy once every year Hebr. 9. V. 7. to 12. with the blood of Bulls and Goats But Christ being come an high Priest of good things to come entred once by his own blood into the Holy viz. the most Holy the Church triumphant through a greater and more perfect Tabernacle that is his Church militant For as the passage to the most Holy lay throught the Holy so the way to the Church triumphant lies through the Church militant In this Tabernacle our God dwells with us as he had promised Exod. 25.8 Let them build me 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Tabernacle or Sanctuary and I will dwell 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the midst of them Exod. 25.8 and 29.45 46. which our Translators turn amongst them as also Chap. 29.45 46. Men are not willing I fear that God should be so near them as he promiseth to be if we prepare him a Sanctuary even an holy habitation in us Or else they fear that Gods indwelling his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or divine presence requiring such a Sanctuary wherein he would dwell might strongly argue an inherent holiness which rather then they would admit they render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 amongst them even at such a distance as they would have the Tribes to pitch their tents a far off from the Tabernacle Thus commonly when Christ is said to be in his people they render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is in or within either in the text or margent among you as Luke 17.21 Gal. 3.1 Col. 1.27 and elsewhere unless it cannot possibly be avoided without peril of reprobation as 2 Cor. 13.5 So that if we compare our estate under the Gospel with that under the Law we may thence note the happy condition of the Church of Christ if they knew their happiness or would believe it The Lord had his Tabernacle of meeting whither Moses and the Israelites resorted sometimes from a far off but it was an Evangelical speech Deut. 30.14 and accordingly S. Paul makes use of it the Word that is Christ is night thee in thy mouth and in thy heart Rom. 10.8 The Tabernacle of witness was of mans building and figurative only and therefore made by Bezaleel that is in the shadow of God implying that the Tabernacle of meeting was a shadow made also by Aholiab that is the Tent and Tabernacle of the Father representing only the aeconomy and dispensation of God the Father whereas the better and more perfect Tabernacle was of Gods own building wherein the Deity it self dwels Bodily Col. 2.9 wherein the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the divine Word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 took up his Tabernacle and dwells in us John 1.14 which our Translators turn among us the words are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in us Happy Christians bona si sua norint if they knew their own happiness 2. The sons of Israel must pitch their Tents over against the Tabernacle of meeting The Metaphore is taken from Military affairs The sons of Israel pitch their Tents every one over against the Pavilion of the Commander in Chief the Corps du gard as the Souldiers of the Lord ready prest to receive the word of Command to go whither he bids them go to come when he bids them As his servants ready to do what he bids them do as the faithful Centurion saith to the Captain of our salvation Matth. 8.9 The reason of this is the resemblance and likeness which ought to be between the Church Militant and the heavenly host whereof Daniel saith Thousand thousands ministred unto him and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him Dan. 7.10 And the Church of God the Mother of all the living ones was made to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 2. Ver. 18. Judg. 5.23 an help as before him Gen. 2.18 to help him among the mighty ones Judg. 5.23 So the Targ. Hierom LXX Vatablus Tremellius Castellio Pagnin Munster all the Dutch High and Low the French Bible and of our old English Translations Tyndal and Coverdale and two others all render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with or among the strong or mighty ones not against the mighty as our Translators have turn'd that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that Scripture so much named and so little understood Such a Virago such a valiant Spouse the Lord hath chosen to stand before him as the Apostle with allusion to Gen. 2.18 writes to the Ephesians 1.4 He hath chosen us in him before the foundation of the world that we should be holy and without spot as ours also turn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ephes 5.27 before him in love 3. All the Saints are round about the Lord. The reason why the Saints of God are round